CONTENTdm
British Columbia Historical Books Collection
The Year Book of British Columbia
Gosnell, R. E. (R. Edward), 1860-1931
"Publications for the years 1897 (500 p.), 1897-1901 (406p.), 1903 (394p.), 1911 (coronation edition of 358 p.), and 1911-1914 (406 p.) Compendiums are separately listed as entries 1284 and 1484. Continued as Manual of provincial information. Table of contents, index. In Holmes. Has historical reviews, parliamentary and judicial information, statistics; information on Indian tribes, physical characteristics of land, forestry and fishing industries, trade, finance, etc." -- Lowther, B. J., & Laing, M. (1968). A bibliography of British Columbia: Laying the foundations, 1849-1899. Victoria, BC: University of Victoria, p. 141.
406 pages : illustrations, photographs, tables ; 23 cm
application/pdf
The Year Book of BRITISH COLUMBIA MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION (CORONATION EDITION) R. E. GOSNELL formerly Librarian Legislative Assembly and Secretary Bureau Statistics THE GOVEBNMENTOF THE PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUVBU Published by Authority Legislative Assembly, British Columbia Victoria, B.G. 1911 TABLE OF CONTENTS Dedication. Preface (In Explanation)... 7- 8 Historical Review 9-52 Early History 9-24 Dates in Our History 25-46 Explorers, Travellers, Fur Traders, etc 47- 48 Founding of Forts 48 Churches and Missions .. 49 Issues ol Postage Stamps 49 itates ot Postage 50 B. U. Tariff 51-52 Government 53- 92 introduction of Kespon- siuie Government 53- 54 Colonial and Provincial Governments 55- 60 Legislative Assembly After Confederation ... 61- 65 Provincial Officials 66-69 B. C. Legislature, Opening and Closing Since Confederation 70 Administrations and Members of Executive Council 71-74 Dates of General Elections Since Confederation ... 75 Provincial Elections Since 1903, Votes cast 76-80 Qualifications of Electors 80 Provincial Elections by Constituencies 81 Speakers, Governors, and Lieut.-Governors of B.C. 82 The Old Government Buildings 83 Present Government Buildings 83-85 Proposed Extension of Buildings 86-87 Arms- of B. C 88 B. C. Representatives in House of Commons ... 89 Dominion Elections 90 B. C. Representatives in the Senate 91 Dominion Government Officials in the Province 92 Administration of Justice .. 93-105 The Supreme Courts of Vancouver Island and B. C 93-95 Constitution of the County Court 96-97 Minor Courts 97- 98 B. C.mLaw Society 98 Synopsis of the Laws of B. C 99-102 Certain Constitutional Questions 103-105 Physical Characteristics ... 106-143 General Description 106-109 Geology of B. C 109-112 The Province by Districts 113-129 A Coast Journey 129-137 Climate 137-143 Education 144-157 Early History, etc 144-146 School Districts, Certificates, Salaries, etc. ...146-149 Higher Education 149-151 Statistics of Schools 151-157 Our Native Races (The Indians) ..158-169 The Indians Classified and Described 158-163 Their Places in the Nation 164-165 Numbers and Distribution of Indians 166-169 The author here wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to R. T. Williams' Directory of 1891 for chronological information subsequent to Confederation, and for political information with reference to early Administrations. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA TABLE OF CONTENTS-Continued Mines and Minerals 170-202 General Introductory Remarks 170-173 History of Mining in B.C. 173-176 Mineral Production 176-181 Lode Mines of the Province 181-183 B. C. Mineral Resources 183-184 Mining and Metallurgical Facilities 185-191 The Iron, Steel Industry 191-198 Department of Mines ...198-201 'Mining Laws .„. 201 Mineral Products in B.C. 202 The Fisheries 203-226 Introductory Remarks .. .203-205 Investigation and Regulation 205-207 Hatcheries 207-208 Deep Sea Fishing .208-215 Seal, Whale and Other Fisheries 215-218 Fishery Regulations 218-222 Fishery Statistics 223-226 Population of B. C 222 Agriculture 227-246 General Description of Industry 227-239 Statistics of Production and Consumption 239 Farmers' Institutes and Their Membership 240 Creameries in B. C. ....240-241 Crown Lands and Laws Respecting Agriculture 242-246 Forest Wealth 247-263 Economic Conditions 247-250 Wood, Pulp and Paper ..250-253 Conservation and Markets 253-254 B. C. Forest Trees Described 255-262 . Further Observations .. .262-263 Municipal Affairs ....264-277 .'-'■^ikltMcipal Powers, etc. .. .264-267 Assessment and Taxation 267-268 Administrative Powers, etc. 268-271 Taxation in Municipalities 271-273 Municipal Statistics 274-277 Provincial Finances 278-287 Financial Statistics 278-280 Assessment and Taxation 281-287 Railway and Electrical Enterprise 288-306 Railway Statistics .. 288-292 Stage Routes in B. C. ... 293 International, Inter-Provincial and Provincial Highways 294-298 Tramways, "Electric Light and Power 298-302 Telegraphs 302-304 Water Powers 304-306 Game of B. C. Game and Fur Bearing Animals 307-311 Game Birds .311-317 Synopsis of Game Law .. 318 Commerce and Shipping ..319-328 Steamship Lines ...319-321 Statistics of Shipping ...321-322 Exports and Imports at B. C. Ports 323-325 Postal Statistics of B. C. 326 Clearing House Returns . 327 Business Failures 327 Consuls and Consular Agents 328 Provincial Boards of Trade 328 Social Conditions 329-334 General Remarks .., 329-330 Labor and Wages 330-332 Vital Statistics 333 Hospitals 333-334 Naval and Military Establishments 333-335 Area of Province 336 Altitudes 336 Lakes 336 Gazeteer of B. C 337-354 DEDICATION In the year 191 1, of the Coronation of King George V, this book is dedicated to the welfare and best interests of his subjects in British Columbia, than whom throughout the wide expanse of our Empire there are none more loyal to their Sovereign or steadfast in their adherence to Motherland and British institutions. The hope is entertained that during a long and prosperous reign of His Majesty they may continue to enjoy in an ever increasing degree the Era of Progress peculiar to and coincident with the Age of Queen Victoria and King Edward VII, the most illustrious and best loved of a long line of ancestral rulers, of whom our Sailor King is a worthy successor. HIS MAJESTY KING GEORGE V. ^^^^^^^^^^^^ HER MAJESTY QUEEN MARY. HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL. HIS HONOUR THE LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR. THE HON. RICHARD McBRlDE, Prime Minister, THE HON. HENRY BSSON YOUNG, Provincial Secretary and Minister of Education. THE HON. W. J. BOWSER, Attorney-General. phe i ION. TH( )MAS TAYLOR Minist er of Worl cs and Railways. THE HON. PRICE ELLISON, Minister ofllPinance and Agriculture, ^.^^^^^^^^^HHHRlfl THE HON. WILLIAM R. ROSS, Minister of Lands. THE HON. ALBERT E. McPHILLIPS, President of the Council. MR. JOHN HERBERT TURNER, Agent-General for B. C. (London, Eng. THE HON. J. S. HELMCKEN, First Speaker Legislative Assembly (V. I.). ^^ss^^ssi THE HON. D. M. EBERTS, Speaker Legislative Assembly. ^S%w£' 45? THE LATE HON. R.« G. TATLOW, Minister of Finance, IN EXPLANATION THE last edition of the Year Book of British Columbia and Manual of Province Information appeared in 1903, and was published under the auspices of the Bureau of Provincial Information. On account of the large amount of literature issued from that department in bulletin from dealing specifically and separately with the subjects treated in the main chapters of the Year Book, it was not considered necessary or, indeed, advisable, in view of the heavy expense involved, to continue it as a distinct and annual publication. However, as time has gone on, the requests from a great variety of sources for a new edition and for copies of the old have been so numerous and persistent that the Provincial Executive have authorized the issuance of the present volume, of which an edition of 10,000 copies has been printed. Owing to the circumstance of the Diamond Jubilee of Queen Victoria having been celebrated the same year in which the original edition appeared, and as a similar circumstance, in the crowning of King George V., will affect 1911, it has been deemed appropriate to style the present The Coronation Edition. Another reason which may be cited as influencing the Government in again undertaking this work is the fact that since the date of the last publication, which was by a pleasant coincidence the date of the incoming of the present provincial administration, eight years ago, very remarkable developments have taken place in the Province of British Columbia, and a new manual definitely marks and emphasizes the important mile posts of that eventful period of progress and unexampled prosperity. It will, too, it is hoped, materially assist in satisfying in a substantial way the extraordinary quest for information concerning the province. Essentially, as is stated elsewhere, the Year Book is a work of reference in respect to matters of general interest pertaining to British Columbia, and in the preparation of its 350, odd, pages an honest endeavor has been made to anticipate all reasonable enquiries about its present or its immediate past, and cause them to be, generally speaking, instructive on that score. It ought not to be necessary to state that a work of this character should be characterized by extreme accuracy and reliability as well as completeness. While a conscientious effort, as alleged, has been made to satisfy every requirement in these and other respects, the time at the disposal of the author—a period of three and a half months for the commencement and completion of the work, including the supervision of printing and binding— YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA must be the excuse for any failure to attain to the ideal of a Whittaker's or a Burke's vade mecum. To secure absolute results in the way of accuracy and completeness, in the absence of an organized" bureau of statistics, is not practicable, and, dealing, as was necessary in this case, with a mass of new material and the statistics of new developments and rapidly changing conditions, the author has been handicapped in being unable to find in easily accessible form the information which in frequent instances he was most desirous of obtaining. In all the circumstances, therefore, in having done the best with the time and facilities at his disposal, the writer is not inclined to offer any apologies for what appears in the following pages, prepared as they were at high pressure, and for what, in the very nature of things, he must accept the lion's share of responsibility. On the other hand, he has had the most cordial co-operation and assistance of the members of the Executive, of all the officials of departments, and of all other persons whom he has had occasion to interview or rely upon for the purposes of the work, and if particular credit has not been given to all such persons it is because of the magnitude of the debt of gratitude thus incurred. He has drawn freely from a great variety of sources, not always by permission, in view of the objects of the undertaking, but with acknowledgments wherever such wholesale "pilfering" would otherwise be too glaring. Such as the volume is it is presented to the public in the hope that it will in some measure fulfil its ostensible .mission and that it will not fall too far short of what, in a work of the kind, the public especially interested in the fortunes of British Columbia have a right to expect. AN HISTORICAL REVIEW THE Year Book of 1897 contained a preliminary historical review of over 100 pages, and there have been frequent requests that, in subsequent editions, that feature should be continued; but considerations of space will not permit a similar lengthened treatment of . the purely historical and reminiscent matter. As the Year Book is, however, essentially a work of reference in regard to British Columbia it has been decided to include an outline in the way of a table of events in chronological order. As every important event, however remote, which has transpired on this coast since the discovery of the Pacific Ocean by Balboa has had an influence directly or indirectly on the country as it is to-day, the reader is referred back to Balboa himself and with his discovery, as a starting point, is carried on to the present time through a long list of voyages, discoveries, conquest, explorations, overland journeys, and the other more important events of a national or political character, including also a number of matters of individual and general interest as well. Very early in the 16th century the Spaniards entered upon a career of remarkable activity in the Southern Ocean, whereby they ultimately acquired the sovereignty of the seas, not merely by authority of Papal bulls, but by actual discovery, conquest and occupation of the conti- Early Voyages nental coast, and hinterland, from the present southern and Navigators boundary of Oregon to Cape Horn. In 1521 Cortes established the dominion of Spain in Mexico, which was closely followed by Pizarro's conquest of Chili and Peru in 1535. In 1537 California was discovered and explored by Cortes and was in 1578-9 visited by Sir Francis Drake, who after looting the Spanish cities of the coast, attempted the return voyage to Europe by a northeast passage and, failing, put back to where San Francisco now stands, and there he proclaimed the sovereignty of England throughout the North Pacific littoral under the name of "New Albion." In 1587 Drake's example was followed by Cavendish and others of the British bucanneers of those days. The various stories regarding a northern passage from ocean to ocean, current at that time, are proved to have been mere fables, though they were exceedingly useful in stimulating research. In 1592 the Strait of Juan de Fuca, at the entrance to the Strait of Georgia, between Vancouver Island and the British Columbian mainland, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA was said to have been discovered by a navigator whose name it bears, but no authentic records are extant of visits to the coast of British Columbia prior to those of Bodega and Heceta in 1775 and of Captain Cook's third voyage in 1778. The traditions relative to the earlier discovery of the northern Pacific coast by Chinese or Japanese navigators are largely speculative, based, chiefly upon the ethnological peculiarities of the coast' Indians which seem to point to Oriental origin. For over one hundred years, and, in fact, for about one hundred and fifty years, there is almost a hiatus in the records of discovery or adventure on the part of Spanish navigators on the Pacific coast, and, after which, interest was revived- in northwest explorations largely through -the fear of the Spaniards losing their traditional hold of the western seas, threatened as they were by the Russians to the north and by the growing power of the British everywhere. The first of these were undertaken by Juan Perez, Juan Francisco de la Bodega y Quadra and Heceta. The great stimulating cause of the activity which followed for years afterwards was the third voyage of Captain James Cook, which, undertaken in 1776, extended to the northwest coast in 1778. The well-known circumnavigator was commissioned by the British Govern- The Coming of ment to examine the coast line from about 45 Cook and Vancouver degrees north to the Arctic ocean for alleged large inland openings to the eastward. Through prevailing bad weather in March, 1778, he passed, unnoticed, the Strait of Juan de Fuca, and proceeding northward, discovered and named Nootka sound. Prince William's sound and Cook's inlet. He entered the Arctic through Behring strait; thence, returning southward, on the homeward voyage, after demonstrating the impracticability of the "Northwest Passage," he touched at the Sandwich islands, where he met his death in 1779. In 1784 Cook's records were published which again directed the attention of navigators to the coasts of the Pacific, and many expeditions resulted, the names of whose leaders are borne to-day by various geographical points of prominence. In 1787 Captain Barkley rediscovered the Strait of Juan de Fuca, substantiating, or at least adding color to, the old story of the Greek pilot of that name whose record dated back to 1592. Captain Barkley was grandfather to the late Captain Edward Barkley, R.N., for many years resident at Westholme, Cowichan district, and his wife, who accompanied him, was the first white woman to visit the coast north of the Spanish dominions. One of the events determining the political fate of the northwest coast arose out of the traffic in furs, following the voyage of Captain Cook, through which attention was called to the great Value of the skin of the sea otter, then abundantly in evidence almost everywhere along the coast. Captain John Meares, commanding in 1788 an expedition from. China, visited the coast and established a trading post at Nootka, which was shortly afterwards raided and confiscated by the Spaniards, by virtue of their claims to AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 11 exclusive sovereignty in the western seas. Although Captain Meares was flying the Portuguese, flag, he was a British subject and his ship was really a British vessel. This led to a demand for satisfaction on the part of England, which, in 1795, Spain finally settled by payment of an indemnity and making restitution of British rights and property, under the terms of the Nootka Convention of 1790. In 1792 Captain George Vancouver arrived at Nootka to see this settlement carried into effect, he being the representative of the British Government for the purpose, and Captain Quadra the representative of the Spanish Government. The two could not agree and the dispute was referred back to their respective home authorities. In the meantime he carried out another commission and in three years completed a most thorough exploration and survey of the adjacent coasts and terminated the activity of Spain in these waters. British official interest in the territory thereupon practically ceased until faintly revived by later complications with the United States Government, which claimed certain advantages of the Anglo-Spanish convention, in connection with the delimitation of the Oregon boundary. To the North West Company and its successor, the Hudson's Bay Company, belongs the credit for the final establishment of British supremacy throughout the northern Pacific coasts, which, but for the laxity of, and lack of foresight on the part of, the British Government, Fur Companies might have been British to-day from what was then and Diplomacy Russian America as far south as Mexico. Reference is made in particular to the terms of the Nootka convention and to the convention of 1818 with the United States, which was an arrangement arising out of the treaty following the close of the war of 1812, being a recognition of rights claimed on the part of the United States to which that country was not entitled. That the claims of the United States to a region extending far north of the 49th parallel were not also recognized is probably due to the memorable overland journey of Sir Alexander Mackenzie, after whom the Mackenzie river was named. He was the first white man or citizen of any country to traverse the northern continent from ocean to ocean, which he did almost wholly on foot. He reached the Pacific in the vicinity of Bella Coola on July 20, 1793. He was followed, south of the line, by Lewis and Clark, who, In 1805, keeping to the Missouri river, and, after crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the Columbia river, reached the mouth of the latter. The ill-fated Astor expedition came on the heels of Lewis and Clark, in 1811. Its object was to establish in the west within the sphere of United States influence a rival to the British fur-trading companies and to dispute the territory exploited by the latter. Both of these expeditions were designed in the territorial interests of the United States and upon them were based important claims when the question of a northwest boundary became an international issue. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Several fearful tragedies in which the Indians were concerned are recorded to have taken place on this coast when the fur trade was at the height of prosperity. One was the destruction in 1803 of the American ship "Boston" by the natives at Nootka sound, all the crew being murdered with the exception of the armourer, Jewitt, and the sailmaker, Thompson, who were kept in slavery four years by the Chief Maquinna of Vancouver and Quadra's day. In 1805 the American ship Atahualpa, of Rhode Island, was attacked by the savages of Milbank sound and her captain, mate and six seamen were killed, after which the other seamen succeeded in repelling the assailants and saving the vessel. In the same manner the Tonquin, of Boston, was, in June, 1811, attacked by the natives whilst at anchor in Clayoquot sound, and with one exception the whole of the crew murdered. The period between 1795, after the abandonment of Nootka, and 1818, is marked only by the arrival of numerous trading vessels, principally British and American, but including those of other nations as well. Subsequent to 1818, the history of the coast to 1846 is practically the history of the North West and Hudson's Bay companies, and so far as the territory on the coast of what is British Columbia is concerned, that period may be extended to 1858. During the long interval of" fifty years the principal voyages were in ships trading on behalf of the latter corporation. The long drawn-out period of diplomacy respecting the territorial limits of Great Britain, Russia and the United States, included the limits of Russian America (now known as Alaska), settled by.the Anglo-Russian convention of 1825, with its further developments of the Behring sea and Alaska boundary disputes, eventually settled by arbitration; and the Oregon boundary question, out of which the San Juan difficulty grew7—the first of which was settled by treaty in 1846, and the second by the arbitrament of the Emperor of Germany in 1872. In the early history of the northwest coast the three important factors were: First, the search for the northwest passage, the practical solution of which was finally evolved by the building of the Canadian Pacific railway; second, the fur-trading period, from the date of the royal charter to the Hudson's Bay Company, in 1670, to that of the abrogation of the same in British Columbia in 1859, and the purchase cf Rupert's Land by the Imperial Government in 1869; third, the claims to territory advanced by the three great powers mentioned and the diplomatic negotiations arising therefrom. There is, in addition, the story of the founding of the colonies of Vancouver Island and British Columbia, after the gold seekers had intruded upon the ancient preserves of the fur hunters and had almost in a day swept away the sovereignty of the Hudson's Bay The Hudson's Company. Bay Co. Regime Under new organization, in 1821, and for purposes of trade and control, the Hudson's Bay Company divided the fur-bearing country into three great departments presided over by chief I AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 13 factors, namely: The Northern, Southern and Western and the Minor Department of Montreal, which included trading-posts in Canada on the borders of the settlements and down the coast of Labrador. The depot for the Western Department, which included all the territory between the watershed of the Rocky mountains and the Pacific ocean and the Russian territory on the north and Mexico on the south, was established in the first place at Vancouver, on the Columbia river^and afterwards removed to Victoria. The trading posts on the coast of British Columbia were strongly fortified and large farms, gristmills, sawmills, tanneries, fisheries, etc., were established for cattle-raising and business in several parts of the country. In 1863 the sale of the Hudson's Bay Company's stock and assets to the International Financial Society brought the days of their power practically to a close. History will accord to the Hudson's Bay Company its due meed of approbation for its wise and beneficent dealings with the Indians, thereby preparing them for the peaceful advent of white settlers; and equally so for its methods of training to labour and utility which now constitutes the Indian a factor in the labour market of British Columbia. It was during this period of Hudson's Bay Company, rule that two - important events in the commercial and industrial development of the Pacific coast are to be noted. One was the arrival of the Beaver, the first steamship to enter the western ocean, in 1835. The other was the discovery of coal in the vicinity of Fort Rupert, where it was first prospected for by the Hudson's Bay Company. Boyd Gilmour and his nephew, Robert Dunsmuir, later Hon. Robert Dunsmuir and the founder of the Dunsmuir millions, came there from Scotland under contract as coal-mining experts for the purpose, in 1851. The coal seams in that locality not being found to be sufficiently thick to warrant exploitation, the plant and scene of operations were shifted to Nanaimo, which became the nucleus of an industry on Vancouver Island since developed to very important proportions, for the first few years under the aegis of the Hudson's Bay Company, and, after 1862, under the control of the Vancouver Coal Company and its successors, and Robert Dunsmuir and his sons and their successors. In approaching the subject of the early settlement of British Columbia, memory at once reverts to the act of Imperial authority in which, through a long and involved descent, it had its genesis. This was the charter of incorporation granted to Prince Rupert and his asso- Early Settlement ciates by King Charles the Second, in 1670, giving them and Organization exclusive and unlimited rights, subjected later, however, to the power of intervention or revocation by the Crown. Prior to the conclusion of the Oregon treaty on June 15th, 1846, which fixed the boundary line between the United States and Great Britain at the 49th parallel, the Hudson's Bay Company, anticipating the result YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA under which Fort Vancouver, their chief Pacific depot and distributing centre, established since 1824, became American territory, decided to remove their headquarters to within British limits. Victoria, at the southernmost end of Vancouver Island, was selected at the instance of Senior Chief Factor James Douglas. Thus was constituted a centre to which British subjects could safely migrate, bringing with them all of British law, rights and- reciprocal responsibilities which British subjects carry with them to their new homes across the seas, their children's inalienable heritage and an eternal link of sentiment with the Motherland. The site of the present city of Victoria was known as Camosun, being the Indian name of the locality, the significance of which, however, is not known. It was chosen originally not with the view of becoming a city but as a spot favorable for the erection of a fort, which was built in 1843. It was at first known as Fort Camosun, but was shortly changed to Fort Victoria in honour of the Queen. The site, it is needless to say, was one of great natural beauty and was admirably adapted for the purpose for which it was intended, that of becoming the chief depot of fur-trading in the vast territory tributary to it and of' which it was the administrative centre. Had James Douglas had an eye to the future and could have foreseen Victoria as a commercial city, he would no doubt have chosen Esquimalt on account of the splendid harbour there. On January 13th, 1849, a charter was granted to the Hudson's Bay Company, with the stipulation that within five years a settlement of resident colonists should be formed, subject to revocation in case of failure and reserving to the Crown the right of repurchase on expiration of the licence —a saving clause which shortly proved of the first importance to the establishment of the Crown colonies of Vancouver Island and British Columbia. In 1849 Vancouver Island was proclaimed a British colony, ostensible inducements to settlement being extended to emigrants from Europe and elsewhere. In the same year Mr. Richard Blanshard was appointed and proclaimed the first Governor of the new colony, but his term of office was short and unsatisfactory, and in November, 1851, he returned to England, leaving the authority in the hands of a Provisional Council. Before the close of the year, Mr. James Douglas, chief factor of the Hudson's Bay Company, was appointed Governor and, at. the instance of the home government, called together in 1856, a representative assembly by whom the affairs of the colony were successfully administered. Of that assembly, which continued in existence until 1859, Hon. J. S. Helmcken, still living, was Speaker, and in a special sense was guide, philosopher and friend of the members and the link between the assembly and the Governor, James Douglas, who was its divinity. Pausing here for a moment, it may be remarked that as settlement was the object aimed at in creating a colony, which was in reality a fur-trading AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 15 oligarchy in the guise of government, the stimulus was afforded by the success of the American colonization of Oregon. That is An Imperium to say, the Hudson's Bay Company turned to good account in Imperio their losses in the country south of the boundary line by making sure of the country north. Settlement was the pretence, but sovereignty to restrict settlement was the ulterior object, and it must be understood that while there was the garb of constitutional government and Imperial control, the Hudson's Bay Company possessed quasi- sovereign powers and was literally an imperium in imperio. The experiment was not a success from a public-policy point of view, and while, perhaps, the future was not prejudiced by the intermediate form of government through which it passed until the semblance became a reality—it may have even been a blessing in disguise—success was not possible under such an arrangement. The Oregon settlement was not an ideal one in many respect, but its government was the expression of a people free to expand according to individual tendencies and rights. The few settlers of Vancouver Island fretted under a rule that was opposed to this ideal, and the inevitable was precipitated by the discovery of gold in the Fraser river and the rush of people to share in the prospective fortunes it afforded. This brought the Hudson's Bay Company monopoly of trade and government to an end, and it gave birth to two independent colonies, those of Vancouver Island and British Columbia. Gold had been discovered in 1856 and 1857, though there is a dispute as to exact time and circumstances, and the excitement took place in 1858. Efforts on the part of Vancouver Island to secure reciprocity with the United States failed and the occupation by American troops of the adjacent island of San Juan, peopled as it was by British subjects, threatened to lead to serious political trouble. The Supreme Court of Civil Justice of Vancouver Island had been constituted under Chief Justice Cameron, a brother-in-law of Governor Douglas. He was not a lawyer, and had been a linen draper, but he was nevertheless quite learned in the law for those days and times. The second parliament of the legislative assembly, composed of members elected under an enlarged franchise, met on 1st March, 1860, terminating its first session on February 1st, 1861, having established for itself the rules and orders of the English House of Commons. Governor Douglas, referring to the sturdy growth of the young colony, expressed a truth which permanently obtained until the advent of Confederation in 1871. The following were his words: "Self- " supporting and defraying all the expenses of its own government it pre- " sents a striking contrast to every other colony in the British Empire and, " like the native pine of its own storm-beaten promontories, it has acquired | a slow but hardy growth." During the first sessions of the House of Assembly of Vancouver Island and in view of the gold rush which had brought some twenty to thirty thousand miners into the country, a determined stand was made against M-WBMEB1 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA the continuance of the trading monopoly of the Hudson's Bay Company, whose local resources proved inadequate to deal with the new and rapid development of the country. During the early days of colonial government on Vancouver Island, the mainland, known in a vague way as New Caledonia, still remained Indian territory under the control of the Hudson's Bay Company. On the 20th of August, 1858, by Imperial edict, it was named British The Genesis of Columbia with boundaries as at present established. British Columbia By order of the Queen-in-Council, dated the 2nd of September, 1858, Mr. James Douglas was made Governor and empowered to make provision for its due administration. On 3rd November, 1858, proclamation was made revoking the Crown grant of 3rd May, 1838, to the Hudson's Bay Company for exclusive trading with the Indians in New Caledonia. On 19th November, 1858, the legislative birthday of British Columbia was enacted with the swearing in of officials under the auspices of Governor Douglas and Chief Justice Matthew Baillie Begbie, the scene of the ceremony being Fort Langley, the presumptive capital of the new colony. Here it is necessary to refer to the organization of the mainland government. At first, there was no authority upon which Douglas, as Governor of Vancouver Island, could act in dealing with the rush of adventurers up the Fraser river through its mouth and through other points of ingress, his jurisdiction not extending to the adjacent mainland. He, however, assumed authority and acted with promptness and decision, not altogether without an eye to the interests of the Hudson's Bay Company, of whose affairs he was still chief representative in the Western Department, and then appealed to the home authorities for sanction of what he had done and explicit instructions. His acts were confirmed by the Secretary for the Colonies, who recognized the necessity for the exercise of authority, under exceptional circumstances, in a country wholly unorganized and wholly without representatives of the Crown; but he was mildly reproved for certain acts which would not have been warranted had the territory been regularly organized. All men, British, American, or whatever their nationality, were received in British Columbia with ready welcome. The proportion, however, of the restless spirits from American mining camps became so great that fears were entertained by Douglas for the very stability of British rule. To negative this suggestion and restrain its cause, Governor Douglas imposed a head tax upon all new comers, practically as an acknowledgment of the Queen's authority, taking at the same time firm and unmistakable measures to collect the same, if necessary, by force of arms. In this he was not upheld, although, as stated, his measures, so far as they had been taken without instructions, were confirmed. James Douglas was appointed Governor of the new colony of British Columbia and upon receipt of his commission and his instructions the AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 17 sovereignty of the colony was proclaimed, and the civil and criminal laws of Great Britain, in so far as they were not inapplicable to British Columbia, were declared to be in force. Proclamations of special ordinances were also made from time to time. Until 1864, Governor Douglas, assisted by certain officials sent from Great Britain, including Lt.-Colonel Moody, commander of the forces, and chief commissioner of lands and works—with latent powers as lieutenant-governor—Matthew Baillie Begbie, as chief justice; Hon. Wymond Hamley, collector of customs, and other heads, administered the affairs of the new colony. In 1864, in response to demands from the people for some form of representative government—not favored by Douglas—a legislative council was brought into existence, which had three sessions at New Westminster before union was accomplished. By legal enactment the new mainland colony was subjected to an impost of customs duty; and thus a somewhat irritating and anomalous position was created from the fact that the Island colony was, on the other hand, exempt, Victoria being by proclamation a free port, whilst at the same time it was the seat of government of both colonies, and likewise the place of residence of Governor Douglas, who was Governor equally of both.. The local irritation produced and the rivalry and jealousy in regard to Victoria and as between New Westminster, as capital of the mainland colony, and Victoria, the capital of Vancouver Island, tended to increase as time went on and the feeling on the lower mainland was greatly intensified and embittered when, after union of the colonies, the seat of government was moved to Victoria. It was a feeling that has not wholly been allayed even after a long lapse of time. Along with the chief officials from England came the Royal Engineers, a corps of 400 strong, whose headquarters were at Sapperton and whose mission was to assist in the protection and development of the new colony. They were a fine body of men, some of whom still The Royal Engineers reside in the province and many of whose descend- and Road-making ants were born and raised in and have become identified with the country. The Royal Engineers did excellent work in building roads and bridges and in surveying and making other public improvements. Among other important undertakings the Cariboo wagon road was begun by them from Yale and in a large measure constructed by them or under their supervision. This was a project that reflected the highest credit upon all who were identified with it, both as illustrations of engineering skill and of enterprise and public spirit on the part of a young colony. Indeed, Sir James Douglas, to whom a large share of credit is due, has been described as a "King of Roads." Road- building was not only a part of his policy, but it was the distinguishing feature. It was to him, along with his surveyor-general, the late J. D. Pemberton, the people of the southern end of Vancouver Island owe the splendid network of good highways they enjoy. We are assured by no less 18 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA an authority than the late Sir Henry P. P. Crease that "a still greater " and bolder enterprise was contemplated by Sir James Douglas and indeed " commenced by him on the mainland, no less than a prospective toll wagon " road from Hope, the then head of navigation of the Fraser, through Hope, " Similkameen and Okanagan, down and across the Columbia to Kootenay, " and more ambitious still, through the Rocky Mountain passes and across " the Indian territories via Edmonton House to meet a similar road from " Canada westward towards British Columbia which he confidently expected " Eastern Canada would build to meet him at Edmonton, and form together " a great British-Canadian colonization road, England being too far off to " expect any general colonization from thence. General immigration from " Canada East was always his idea, fostered, no doubt, by his familiarity " with the Hudson's Bay Company posts in that direction and away north. " Convinced always that population ultimately would come from Canada, " there is reason to believe that so satisfied was he of the benefit it would " be both to British Columbia and Canada, that he was inclined to press " such a scheme as a toll colonization road, if it could be favored by the home " government, and he hoped to obtain from them what then would have been " an impossible permission." There were two overland parties from Ontario to British Columbia in early days, and the experiences of each were notable. When it is stated that there were two parties it is, perhaps, not strictly circumstantial. There were a number of parties in all who started out Early Overland at various times between 1859 and 1862, inclusive, but Journeys all of these en route became consolidated into two main parties, in crossing the plains and the Rocky mountains, but who separated thereafter and arrived at their destination at different times and by different local routes. In 1859, one or two small parties left Toronto and vicinity—the late Mr. John Jessop, who was one of the number, was not very sure in respect to all the particulars—and at least two of them, of which Mr. Jessop was one, came by the old fur-trading route, via Fort William, to Fort Garry, where Mr. Jessop taught school for a time. The journey thus far completed in the late spring was one of unusual hardship and suffering. On the first of August the two men above referred to started out from Fort Garry with a horse and Red River cart to cross over to British Columbia. The first stage of the journey to Fort Ellice was accomplished in ten days. Here half a dozen Americans joined them. They reached the Rockies early in October; crossed them by the Boundary pass to Tobacco plains, and four of them got to Fort Colville on the fifth of November. It goes without saying that this journey at that early day, without guides or trails, was a most dangerous and foolhardy undertaking. Only one of the two leaving Ontario in early May reached Victoria, at the New Year of '60. The second overland journey was undertaken in the spring of 1862. Aroused by the interest in Ontario, in the reported rich discoveries of AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 19 Cariboo district, several parties, quite unconscious of the intentions of each other, perhaps twenty in all, left home and travelled westward via Detroit, Milwaukee, St. Paul and the Red river, reaching Fort Garry early in June. Here they were joined by other parties en route, and making one large party, 150 in all, with perhaps an additional fifty who arrived subsequently and followed, as a second party, two weeks later, proceeded. From Fort Garry, travelling westward a few points to the north over the great plains, they passed the Hudson's Bay Company's forts, Ellice, Carlton, Pitt and Edmonton, reaching the latter point on July 22nd. On August 18th the party reached the Rocky mountains, which they crossed by the Yellowhead pass in latitude 52% north. Arriving at Tete Jaune Cache on the western slope August 27th, a portion of the party from this point journeyed southward with the bulk of the animals, via the north branch of the Thompson, while the main body with eight animals came down the Fraser by rafts and canoes to Quesnel Mouth, where they disbanded September 11th, 1862, some going into the mines, while others scattered through the country toward the Pacific seaboard. Though the journey was long it was inexpensive, costing per head about $98.00. The distance travelled from Queenston, Ontario, to Quesnel. B.C., was 3,547 miles, of which 1,650 miles were by public conveyance and 1,897 miles by foot and canoe and raft. The party actually travelled 94 days and were on the road 142 days. The experiences of that journey were varied, extremely pleasant at times and terribly strenuous and severe at others. Several were lost by drowning in descending the Fraser in canoes. The late Thos. McMicking, brother of R. B. McMicking, Esq., and captain of the main expedition from Fort Garry west, left a most interesting and detailed account in his diary, particulars from which were published in book form by Mrs. Margaret McNaughten, wife of one of the members of the party. Mr. R. B. McMicking, another of the party, has written a short account which appeared in the Year Book of 1897, and delivered several lectures in regard to it. Among the more prominent of those who took that memorable journey were R. H. Alexander, Vancouver; J. A. Mara, ex-M.P., Victoria; the Fortune brothers, old-timers of the interior; A. McNaughten, Cariboo (deceased); John Bowron, late government agent, Cariboo (deceased); "Jack" Fannin, founder and late curator of the Provincial Museum (deceased) ; George Tunstall, senior, late government agent, Kamloops (deceased) ; Thos. McMicking, late deputy sheriff NewWestminster (deceased); R. B. McMicking, local manager of the B. C. Telephone Company; and a man named Wattie, who made a fortune out of the Steel mining claim in Cariboo district. Touching the selection of a site for the capital of the mainland, Langley was at first chosen, and town lots were sold by auction; but .this was YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA abandoned in favor of the present site of New Westminster. There was a dispute in official circles as to the name by which the latter A Capital was to be called. "But so great already was the jealousy and a Name "of Victoria against the projected new city," says Sir Henry Crease, "that Queenborough was considered by the " Colonial Secretary, Mr. W. A. G. Young, as too nearly a paraphrase of " Victoria, the only permissible queen city, that after a great inkshed and " a long acrid correspondence, the name was proclaimed to be not the " Queen borough (Victoria), but Queensborough, which was quite another " thing. The dispute did not stop there, and finally it was referred to Her " Majesty, and 'Queensborough' was converted into a Royal City of British " Columbia, under the name of New Westminster, and on the faith of that " many invested their all in it." Lots sold at high prices at auction, on the understanding, so it is stated, that all the money from the proceeds of sale should be applied to opening up the streets and clearing the lots of timber " as large and as dense as the world could possibly produce," but the understanding was ignored and the purchasers were obliged to tax themselves to do the work for lack of the money which the government applied to other purposes. The next logical step in the progress of the two colonies was their union. At first, it was strongly favored by Victoria and Vancouver Island and opposed by New Westminster and the lower mainland. Vancouver Island was comparatively small in area and circumscribed Union of in opportunity. Victoria, being by far the most populous, Two Colonies wealthy and influential of the two cities, would naturally be the controlling factor of the united colonies, and the addition of the mainland would increase its commercial and political prestige. On the other hand, sectional feeling and local jealousy of Victoria and the Island of Vancouver, developed a spirit of opposition in New Westminster and district. Besides, when the issue had reached its most feverish stage, in 1865, the mainland colony was the most prosperous. At the bottom of it all, however, was the question of which should be the capital city. New Westminster was afraid of the overpowering influence of Victoria, and Victoria was very hopeful and confident of its own chances on that score. There were two very important factors favorable to union, which finally prevailed. The expenses of civil government in both colonies were very high and union meant a very great saving in that respect. Governor Douglas from the outset strongly supported union and his views .were shared by the Imperial Government, whose influence was all but paramount. The upper country had little interest in the subject and favored, if anything, Victoria as a choice between two capitals. On the lower mainland it came to be felt at last that the uncertainty was interfering seriously with progress. In 1866 a petition in favour of union was signed AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 21 by 450 persons. In the" author's Life of "Sir James Douglas" the following appears: " In the end the British Government decided the question, and the " authority of the executive government and council of British Columbia " was extended over Vancouver Island, the number of members of the " council being increased to twenty-three. The customs regulations of the " mainland colony were likewise extended to the island. Other ordinances " remained for a time as before. The original authority of the Governor to " make regulations for peace, order and good government was not restricted. " The act bore date of August 6th, 1866. A short time after, the attorney- i general of Vancouver Island introduced a bill for assimilating its laws I with those of British Columbia. There then remained only the question " of the seat of government—a rock which the act of union had discreetly I avoided. Amid the violent altercations of partisans, the choice fell on "Victoria, and though the bitterness of the defeat rankled long on the | mainland, no effort subsequently availed to secure a reversion of the " decision." Events moved rapidly thereafter. Union in British Columbia was brought about contemporaneously with the movement in Eastern Canada towards Confederation, the central idea of which was consolidation of the whole of British North America under one central gov- Entrance Into ernment of Canada. No sooner, therefore, had union been Confederation accomplished locally than an agitation started in favor of Confederation, and it was an issue which, generally speaking, excited more interest than the lesser one already decided. Although sentiment in Vancouver Island, on the whole, was unfavorable to Confederation, the entire mainland, including Cariboo, then an important factor, was practically a unit in its favor. Old-time elements, represented by Sir James Douglas and Dr. J. S. Helmcken, the latter of whom was still an important public figure and widely influential, were in opposition, to some extent as a matter of sentiment easily understood; but in the case of Dr. Helmcken opposition was founded on something more substantial. He did not think the time ripe, and argued that by waiting until the system had worked out satisfactorily in eastern Canada, British Columbia would receive more consideration and could demand better terms than by applying for admission at the outset; and it must be admitted that subsequent events proved that there was much wisdom in bis contention. To go back a bit in the narrative, in order to make it complete, James Douglas retired as Governor of Vancouver Island in September, 1863, and was succeeded by Arthur Kennedy, who took up the duties of office in March, 1864. He continued as Governor of Vancouver Island for a time and in 1864 was succeeded by Frederick Seymour, formerly Governor of Honduras. Seymour strongly opposed the union of the colonies at first, but finally acquiesced. Upon the union of the two colonies, he became Governor YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA of British Columbia, and was as strongly opposed to Confederation as he had been to union. James Douglas was knighted as a recognition of his eminent services, an honor that was richly merited, and upon his retirement took the opportunity he had long craved for, of visiting England and his old home in Scotland and of taking an extended trip on the continent of Europe. Upon his return to Victoria he sought the seclusion of private life and no longer took a part in public affairs. To quote again from the pages of the Life of Sir James Douglas <Morang's Series of the "Makers of Canada"): " On December 17th, 1867, ■" the legislature of British Columbia assembled for the first time at Victoria. •" The influence of Seymour, who had succeeded to the governorship of the ■" united colonies, had hitherto retained for New Westminster this coveted "" distinction. Having yielded in one matter, the Governor and the opinion **' which he represented saw fit to bow to the majority in another and more '" important. No sooner had the confederation of the eastern colonies "' become an accomplished fact, than the admission of British Columbia to "' the Dominion of Canada was keenly debated. The Governor opposed it. '" A small party which favored annexation with the United States opposed it. "' The body of office-holders opposed it vigorously. At the first, the activity "' of these succeeded in shelving the question. Nevertheless, as early as "" March, 1868, a resolution passed the council in favor of the union, provided '" fair and equitable terms could be obtained. Public meetings at Victoria, "" Barkerville and other points, soon after, gave solid endorsation to the " project. The sympathy of the Dominion itself was obtained, with special "" reference to the taking over of the intervening territory. A confederation " league was formed and a convention held under its auspices at Yale. *" Here, perhaps for the first time, ,the movement found its full voice, the ■*' existing form of government being denounced as a despotism for which " the only remedy was asserted to be the immediate admission of British " Columbia into the Dominion and the establishment of responsible insti- " tutions." [Just here, it may be stated parenthetically that the sentiments at the Yale convention represented rather the lucubrations of extreme politicians xthan the solid views of the people of the province. There were no very substantial grievances against the government, in the same sense as confederation came about in old Canada as a result of an impossible system in which Upper and Lower Canada were tied together in an unnatural and (Conflicting alliance and continuously locked horns. The real thing which made confederation popular in British Columbia and carried the day for it was the hope afforded of ending a hopeless isolation by railway communication with the Atlantic seaboard. There was very little of sentiment mixed up in the agitation and certainly relief from misgovernment or a bad system of government, though a contributing factor, was not of itself sufficient to have decided the people in favor of a change.—R. E. G.] SSS5S AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. " But the most potent of all the arguments for union was the promise ' which it held out of promoting overland communication with Canada. • This is was that finally silenced the opposition of Seymour. In any event, f the death of the Governor in 1869 led to the appointment of an avowed I advocate of confederation, Anthony Musgrave, previously governor of ' Newfoundland, and with an experience of administration gained in the ' West Indies. A tour of the colony which the new officer immediately ' undertook confirmed the view that the overwhelming sentiment of the ' population was in favor of confederation. On the back of this came ' formal instructions from England that the Governor should take steps I as he properly and constitutionally could, either in conjunction with the ' Governor-General of Canada or otherwise, to promote the favorable con- ' sideration of the question. When the council, which had been recon- 5 stituted in 1869, met for the session of 1870, Musgrave had a series of | resolutions prepared for its consideration. In a memorable debate which I began on March 9th, 1870, and lasted until the twenty-fifth, the terms on 1 which British Columbia should become a part of the Dominion were | definitely determined. On July 7th, the news was received from Ottawa I that the articles had been agreed upon, the construction of the transcon- I tinental railway guaranteed, and the delegates, who had been sent to " present the claims of the province, already on their way home. " The provisions upon which British Columbia entered confederation I ensured in the first place that the Dominion should assume all debts and I liabilities of the colony, allowance being made for the small amount of I these compared with the original indebtedness of the other provinces. I For the support of the provincial government an annual subsidy of thirty- " five thousand dollars, with an additional grant of eighty cents per head 1 on an estimated population of sixty thousand was promised, the latter I allowance to be increased pro rata until the population reached four I hundred thousand. Canada was to defray all charges in respect to the I salaries of the Lieutenant-Governor and of the judges of the superior and j county or district courts—likewise of department of customs, the postal I and telegraph services, the fisheries, the militia, the geological survey, I the penitentiary, the marine department, the care of the Indians and | other matters appertaining to the general government. A fortnightly ■ steam mail service between Victoria and San Francisco, and a weekly I service with Olympia, were to be maintained by the Dominion. But the I portion of the agreement which was of most absorbing interest to British I Columbia, was that which set forth in detail the terms on which the I railway across the continent, now the dream of every section of the com- 1 munity, should be built, and which provided in brief that it should unite 1 the seaboard of British Columbia with the railway system of Canada and I that its construction should be begun within two years of the date of § union, the province conveying the necessary public lands along the line J 24 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " in trust to the Dominion Government. The Dominion also guaranteed the "interest for ten years on a maximum sum of £100,000 to be expended on " the construction of a graving dock at Esquimalt. The new province was " given three seats in the Senate and six in the House of Commons. Finally, " it was agreed that the constitution of the executive authority and of the " legislature of British Columbia should continue until altered under the " British North America act, it being understood that the Dominion Gov- " ernment would consent to the introduction of responsible government " when desired by the people of British Columbia, and that it was the " intention of the British Columbia Government to amend the existing con- " stitution of the legislature by providing that a majority of its members " should be elective. The union was to take place on a date to be fixed " by Her Majesty on addresses from the legislature of British Columbia " and of the parliament of Canada, the former being granted leave to " specify in its address the electoral districts for which the first election of " members to serve in the House of Commons should take place. " The document containing the terms of union reached Victoria on " July 18th, 1870. Meantime a representative had been despatched to " England to secure the needed change in the constitution of the colony and " the guarantee of the Imperial Government for the completion of the " Canadian Pacific Railway. For the election of the new council, which for " the first time in the history of the united colonies was preponderatingly " representative in character, the colony was divided into eight electoral I districts, consisting of Victoria city, Victoria district, Nanaimo, New " Westminster, Hope, Yale and Lytton, Lillooet and Clinton, and Cariboo " and Kootenay. Of these, Victoria city returned two members. The " election was held in November, and the council met in January, 1871. " The chief work of the session was, of course, the ratification of the terms " of union previously agreed upon. This done, an act was passed abolishing " the council and establishing a legislative assembly in its stead, the latter " to be elected once in every four years and to consist of twenty-four " members chosen by twelve electoral districts. Thus it was effected that " responsible government should come into operation at the first session " of the legislature subsequent to the union with Canada. A qualification " and franchise act was passed and the council prorogued on March 28th. " On the same date, the resolutions for the admission of the colony were " moved in the Canadian House of Commons, and, after a four days' dis- " cussion, were adopted. On July 1st, 1871, the first Dominion Day was "celebrated in British Columbia." AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. DATES IN OUR HISTORY THE following list of dates refer to important events which have had an influence in the development on the Pacific side of the continent and directly and indirectly upon affairs within the more narrow confines of British Columbia. First, we have the Spaniards as the only European power with knowledge of, and dominion over, the shores of the American Pacific, acquired through, discovery, and conquest of the natives. Then come the English buccaneers to rudely disturb the dreams of Spanish repose in exclusive sovereignty, followed by a long hiatus of comparative inactivity on the. part of all nations. The Russians, impelled by a policy of empire expansion, establish themselves on the northwest coast in the territory now known as Alaska, the basis of whose settlement is fur-trading. This incites the Spanish Government to a renewal of activities in order to strengthen and conserve their traditional rights to sovereignty over the Pacific ocean northward as well as southward. They acknowledge the Russian settlements as prior to their own in that region, but endeavor to create a claim, by expeditions of discovery, to exclusive jurisdiction over the coast line south of Russian America. The Russian fur-trade in the far north, in addition to the fear of British enterprise, was undoubtedly the chief inciting cause of their new-found zeal. But the memorable visit of Captain Cook, and the publication of the journals of his voyage, gave the chief impetus to a series of voyages and trading expeditions which rendered the succeeding quarter of a century the most remarkable in Pacific coast history, and determined its future. The Spaniards as a power were, by the events of, and following, the American Revolution, thereafter eliminated from the arena of international disputation north of California. With the definite demarcation of Russian territory by the treaty of 1825, the claims to the coast between the latter and California are narrowed down to those of two claimants, Great Britain and the United States. What was known as the "Oregon Territory," a vast expanse of Indian lands, became the bone of contention. There was a definite partition made under the provisions of the treaty of 1846, whereby the 49th parallel, except with reference to the southern portion of Vancouver Island, was the dividing line. Two very important complications arose subsequently, one was the fixing of the boundary line through" the strait of Georgia, south of the 49th parallel of latitude; the other was in regard to the delimitation of the Alaska boundary. Each of these was settled by arbitration. In 1859, Vancouver Island became a Crown colony "and in 1858 British Columbia was carved out of the mainland by Imperial enactment as an organized territory. So that it took about 350 years for events to narrow themselves down to a sphere of British influence in which we, as British Columbians, are exclusively interested. Though it may appear that YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA many of the events recorded are far afield and remote from provincial interest, each one has had a specific and important effect in moulding and fixing our present destiny, the absence of any one of many of which might have entirely altered it and "writ" history differently. The information with respect to each of these events is necessarily brief, but it indicates a line of investigation for those who might desire to" pursue the subject more in detail and, incidentally, affords an outline of historical development. 1509- 1513- 1517- 1518- 1518- 1519- 1519- 1520- 1521- 1523- 1526- 1527- 1528- 1528- 1529- 1529- 1530- 1530- 1530- 1532- -Francisco Pizarro reaches Darien. -Balboa sees the Pacific. -Hurtado in Gulf of Costa Rica. -Discovery of Mexico. -Portuguese obtain from the Chinese Government the possession of Macao. -Espinosa in Gulf of Costa Rica. -Cortes. -Magellan discovers strait which bears his name and sails into Pacific. -Conquest of Mexico. -Commissioners of Spanish and Portuguese governments meet at Badajos to settle respective jurisdictions of the two countries in the Far East according to Papal bull of 1494. No definitive arrangement reached. -Cortes despatches two vessels from the Mexican Pacific seaboard to the East Indies to assist the armament despatched thither from Spain under Loyasu. Returns to Mexico. -Saavedra sails from Mexico for India. -Pizarro. -Maldonado. -Pedro Nunez Maldonado leaves mouth of river Zacatula. -Cortes visits Spain and is granted large powers by Charles V. -Treaty concluded at Saragossa by which King of Spain sold all his rights to the Moluccas to the King of Portugal for 350,000 ducats of gold ($3,080,000). -Cortes returns to Mexico. -Nuno de Guzman founds Culiacan at the entrance to the Gulf of California. -1550—Cabeza de Vaca, Guzman, Niza and Coronada in Central America. -Ports on the Pacific seaboard of Mexico already occupied by Spaniards were: Tehuantepec, where Cortes had his arsenals and shipyards; Acapulco, the principal place of trade; Zacatula and Aquattan. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 1532—Diego Hurtado de Mendoza, kinsman of Cortes, sails with two vessels from Tehuantepec. 1533—Becerra, Grijalva and Jemenez. 1533—Hernando Grijalva and Diego Becerra leave Tehuantepec September 30th in search of ill-fated Mendoza. 1535—Conquest of Peru. 1535—Cortes in person commands expedition and reaches peninsula of Lower California; lands at place called by him Santa Cruz (May 3rd), probably Port La Paz. 1535—6-7—Cortes explores Lower California. 1536—Name California assigned by the Spaniards to the southern portion of the peninsula now called Lower California. 1537—Cortes returns to Mexico. 1537—Cortes superseded in the government of New Spain by Don Antonio de Mendoza. 1539—Acting under instructions from Mendoza, the friars Marcus de Niza and Honorato set out from Culiacan (March 7) in search of the rich countries reported to lie in the northwest. 1539—Ulloa rounds Cape St. Lucas, the southern extremity of the peninsula of Lower California. 1539—Francisco de Ulloa sails from Acapulco (July 8th), with three vessels; explores Gulf of California, named by him Sea of Cortes, but generally known among the Spaniards at that time as the Vermilion Sea. 1539—1542—Wanderings of De Soto. 1540—Reports received from the friar Marcus of fabulously rich cities to the northwest. Mendoza, Cortes, Guzman, Alvarado and De Soto all claim jurisdiction. " 1540—Expedition despatched by Mendoza to subdue territories discovered by Marcus. * 1540—Fernando de Alarcon, commanding marine armament of two ships, sails from Santiago, May 9th; he discovers large river debouching into the head of the Gulf, probably Colorado; not so named by him. 1540—Land force despatched under Francisco Vasquez de Coronado, who exploded Marcus' fine story. 1541—Chart of Gulf of California prepared by Domingo del Castillo, Alarcon's pilot. Surprisingly accurate. 1542—Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, a Portuguese of high reputation, explores western side of California; instructed to sail as far north as possible, to seek for rich countries and passages leading towards the Atlantic. Sails from Navidad in June. 1542—Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos from India. 1542—1543—Hernando de Soto's celebrated march through the regions extending north of the Gulf of Mexico. 28 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1543—Ferillo reaches the neighborhood of the 43rd degree of latitude. 1564—Miguel de Legazpi sails from Mexico for the Philippine Islands and subjugates them. 1564—Andres de Urdaneta, a friar, pilots three of Legazpi's vessels across the Pacific to Mexico. Up to this time no vessels had sailed from the East Indies to America. Urdaneta by steering a northerly course from the Philippine Islands entered a region of variable winds and he was thus enabled to reach the coast of California, along which the prevailing norwesters carried his vessels safely to Mexico. Important discovery. 1564—After the discovery of the trade routes of the Pacific galleons sailed between Mexican and East Indian ports. •1574—Juan Ladrillero claims that he had sailed from the Atlantic, near Newfoundland, to the Pacific. 1575—John Oxenham, commanding a party of freebooters, crosses the isthmus a little west of Panama, and built a vessel on the southern side. Expedition fell into the hands of the Spaniards in a few months. Nearly all the freebooters were executed near Panama. 1576—Martin Frobisher sails from England with the express intention of seeking a northwest passage to the Pacific—the first voyage taken with purely that object in view. 1577—Drake sails from England, December 13th. 1578—Drake reaches Pacific in September. 1579—Drake, fearing Spanish reprisals if he returned by Magellan's strait, resolves to sail to England by northwest passage. Variously stated that Drake sailed northward as far as the 43rd and 48th parallels of latitude. On account of the cold and fogs Sir Francis deemed it advisable to seek land. He made "a fair and good bay" under the 38th parallel, where he stayed for some five weeks, taking possession of the country in the^name of Queen Elizabeth. 1580—Drake arrives in England on the 26th of September, having been the the first to sail round the world in the ship Golden Hinde (formerly Pelican) of glorious memory. 1584—Francisco Gali in a passage from Macao to Acapulco made the American coast in latitude thirty-seven and a half degrees. 1587—Thomas Cavendish, or Candish, follows Sir Francis Drake's example. 1588—Lorenzo Ferro de Maldonado, a Portuguese, in a memoir presented to the Council of the Indies, claims that he had sailed into the Pacific through seas and channels north of America. 1592—Voyage of Juan de Fuca, for whom has been claimed the discovery of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. 1595—Sebastian Cermenon, from Manilla to Acapulco, being instructed to search for a safe harbor on American seaboard for galleons returning from East Indies, loses his vessel near Bay of San Francisco. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 29 1595—Alvaro de Mendana discovers Islas de las Marquesas (Islands of the Marchionesses), so named on account of the beauty of their women. 1596—Sebastian Vizcaino sails from Acapulco with three ships; explores the Gulf of California. 1598—King Phillip II. of Spain dies; succeeded by Phillip III. 1602—1603—Sebastian Vizcaino sails with three vessels with the object of surveying the west coast of North America. Terrible hardships suffered by crew. Work nobly and faithfully executed; 42nd parallel of latitude reached. Vessel under Martin de Aguila reached 43rd parallel and named Cape Blanco. Discovers mouth of a large river. 1605—Pedro Fernandez Quiros visited many Pacific islands, among them, it is said, "Otaheite" and "Owyhee"; it is also said that he believed that he had discovered a great southern continent which he named Australia del Espiritu Santo. 1608—Vizcaino died while preparing for another voyage to the west coast of North America. 1608—1768—The northwest coasts of North America neglected. 1616—Lemaire and Van Schouten, Dutch navigators, sailed round Cape Horn. 1631—Expeditions to dislodge Dutch privateers and to establish colonies under Vicuna and Ortega. 1640—Admiral Pedro Bartolomede Fonte claims to have passed from the Pacific to the Atlantic by means of a chain of lakes and rivers extending across the American continent. Account published sixty- eight years later in a periodical entitled "Monthly Miscellany, or Memoirs of the Curious." 1643—Martin Geritzin Devries and Hendrick Schapp, Dutch navigators, explore Japanese waters. 1644—Expeditions under Barriga and Porter to Gulf of California. 1664—Expeditions under Pinadero to Gulf of California. 1667—Expeditions under Pinadero to Gulf of California. 1668—Expeditions under Lucenilla to Gulf of California. 1670—Charles II. grants royal charter to "The Company of Adventurers Trading into Hudson's Bay." 1670—"American Treaty" between Great Britain and Spain. I673—Thomas Peche, English buccaneer, sails along Japanese coast. 1683—Expedition under Otondo to Gulf of California. 1688—Captain Coxton, a veteran buccaneer, asserts that he had sailed far eastward into the American continent. 1689—Commercial treaty between Russia and Japan. 1697_Royal warrants granted to the Jesuits empowering them to reduce California for the King of Spain. Father Salvatierra, chief missionary, establishes Loreto on the eastern side of the peninsula, about two hundred miles from the Pacific. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1709—Father Kuhn settles beyond doubt that Lower California is a peninsula and not an island. 1712—Louisiana granted by King Louis of France to Antrio Crozet. 1713—Treaty of Utrecht. 1717—Crozet relinquishes his privileges. 1728—Vitus Bering sails through the strait which separates Asia from America. 1740—Bering accompanied by Steller, a celebrated German naturalist, and Chirikof, reach coast of Alaska. 1741—Bering wrecked on Bering island, where he died. 1745—Reward of £20,000 offered by the British admiralty for discovery of northwest passage. 1747—Ulloa's report on condition of American dominions of Spain. 1757—History of California published by the Jesuits. 1759—Jesuits expelled from Portugal at the instigation of the celebrated Marquis de Pombal. 1762—Louisiana and New Orleans surrendered by France to Spain. 1762—Jesuits expelled from France through the agency of the Due de Choiseul and Madame de Pompadour. 1763—Peace restored, i.e., between Great Britain, France and Spain. 1763—Canada ceded to Great Britain. 1763—Treaty of Paris. 1765—Measures devised at Madrid for the betterment of conditions in Spanish America. 1766—Galvez, a high officer of the Council of the Indies, arrives in Mexico to institute measures of reform. 1766—Lieutenant Synd explores coast of Kamchatka. 1766—Johnathan Carver travels in the west. 1767—Jesuits expelled from Spain, 2nd April, 1767, by Charles III. at the instigation of the celebrated Count de Aranda. 1768—Jesuits expelled from California. 1768—1769—Expedition of Krenitzin and Levaschef. 1769—Spain obtains actual possession of New Orleans and territory west of Mississippi. 1769—Hearne's first overland expedition. 1769—San Francisco named. 1769—Force of soldiers and settlers assemble at La Paz, on the western shore of the Californian gulf, and begin their march towards San Diego, for the purpose of there establishing a colony. 1770—British colonists expelled from Port Egmont, Falkland Islands, by Spaniards. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 1770—King of Spain disavows act of Governor of Buenos Ayres. 1770—Settlement established at Monterey by Portola. 71—Polish exiles on the northwest coast. 71—Count Maurice de Benyowski touched at Japan and carried to Canton the first furs which ever entered that city by sea. -Land expedition, California, by Don Joseph Galvez. -Port Egmont colonized by British colonists. -Hearne discovers Great Slave lake. -Juan Perez discovers Port San Lorenzo (Nootka sound). -Colonists withdrawn from British islands by order of British Government. -Staehlin published account of Russian voyages and discoveries between 1741 and 1770. -By 1775 the new Spanish colonies on the west coast of America were firmly established. -Friars Font and Garces travelled by land from Mexico to San Gabrielle. -Bruno Heceta sails from San Bias in the Santiago, with San Carlos under command of Bodega y Quadra, with Antonio Maurelle as pilot. -Cook sails from England upon his third voyage round the world. -Trading posts established on Athabasca or Elk river by Messrs. Frobisher and Pond. '78—Captain Cook fails to find Strait of Juan de Fuca, but lands at Friendly Cove, Nootka island, and explores the coast into Alaskan waters. '79—Captain Cook murdered at the Hawaiian islands by natives. '79—Ignacio Arteaga sails from San Bias in Princessa, with Favorita, commanded by Bodega y Quadra. '79—War declared between Great Britain and Spain. ^80—Cook's expedition returns to England. f81—Trading association formed by Chelikof and Golikof. -Chelikof explores coasts between southwest extremity of Alaska and and Prince William sound. 1783—1784—North West (fur-trading) Company of Montreal established. 1785—La Perouse, French navigator, sails for the Pacific, and in 1786 is on the northwest coast. 85—James Hanna sails from Macao for northwest coast, first trading expedition to this region. 85—1786—Portlock and Dixon engage in fur trade in northern waters. 86—Hanna's second voyage. 86—Captains Meares and Tipping visit northwest coast. 86—1787—Captains Lowrie and Guise engage in fur trade. 87—Captain' Barkley rediscovers the strait of Juan de Fuca and names it. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1787—1788—Captains Colnett and Duncan. 1787—American sloop Washington and ship Columbia. 1788—John Meares with vessels Felice and Iphigenia (William Douglas, supercargo). 1788—Martinez and Haro, Spanish expedition. 1788—Fort Chipewyan founded. 1788—Captain Meares launches the North West Coast, the. first vessel to be built in these waters. 1788—The granting of the Alaska fur monopoly. 1788—1789—Captains Meares and Douglas. 1788—1789—Captains Gray and Kendrick, American. 1789—Russians establish ports on Cook's river. 1789—Captain Metcalf, American trader, with the brig Eleonora and schooner Fair American reaches Nootka sound. 1789—Spaniards seize the British vessels at Nootka sound (17th February), the occasion of the "Nootka affair." 1789—John Kendrick in the Columbia and Robert Gray in the Washington, fit out at Boston for northwest trade. 1789—Mackenzie reaches Arctic ocean by Mackenzie river. 1790—Joseph Billings sails from Azov. 1790—Quimper, in the sloop Princess Royal, explores the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Fidalgo and Elisa also on the coast. 1790—Joseph Ingraham in the brig Hope sails from Washington for northwest coast, September 16th. 1790—Baranoff made Governor of Alaska. 1790—Nootka treaty, October 28th. 1790—Captain Meares addresses his celebrated memorial to British Government. 1790—Captain Gray leaves Boston in the Columbia on second voyage. 1791—Captain Ingraham trades with natives on the northwest coast. 1791—Captain Gray arrives at Clayoquot. 1791—Captains Magee and Roberts (Americans). 1791—Captain George Vancouver appointed British commissioner to settle the claims arising out of the "Nootka affair." 1791—Alexandro Malaspina, with Descubierta and Atrevida, reaches coast in vicinity of Mount Edgcombe. 1791—Etienne Marchand, in the Solide, visits northwest coast of North America. 1791—Vancouver sails from England. 1791—Captain Brown visits the coast. 1792—Spaniards attempt to form a settlement at Port Nunez Gaona (Poverty Cove of the Americans). 1792—Bodega y Quadra leaves San Bias for Nootka to confer with Captain George Vancouver under terms of Nootka convention. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 1793—Sir Alexander Mackenzie journeys overland to Pacific coast ana reaches point on the ocean near Bella Coola. 1792—Captain Gray enters and names Columbia river. 1792—Jacinto Caamano in the corvette Aranasu, leaves San Bias to search for the Rio de Reyes (Columbia river). 1792—Dionisio Galiano and Cayetano Valdes sail from San Bias to survey the Straits of Juan de Fuca, in the vessels Sutil and Mexicana. 1792—Haswell in the Adventure (built by Americans at Nootka sound) sails for Queen Charlotte island. 1792—Captain Vancouver circumnavigated Vancouver Island. To him belongs the honor of being the first European to navigate the intricate channels dividing the island from the mainland. 1793—Captain Kendrick killed in the Hawaiian island by a ball accidentally fired by a British vessel while saluting him. 1793—Treaty of alliance between Great Britain and Spain. 1794—Nootka convention, Madrid. 1795—Spaniards abandon Nootka. 1795—Captain Vancouver departs for England. 1796—Tbe X. Y. Fur Company, a rival to the North West Company, founded. 1799—Russian American (fur) Company formed. 1800—David Thompson, explorer and astronomer, enters the Bow river pass. 1800—1811—His explorations throughout the interior. 1800—October 1st, Louisiana retroceded by Spain to France. 1802—Massacre at Sitka of Russians by Indians. 1803—April 30th, France cedes Louisiana to United States, known as "The Louisiana Purchase." 1803—Massacre of the crew of ship Boston at Nootka sound by natives. 1803—1805—John Jewitt captured by the Indians at Nootka. 1803—Russian scientific expedition to North Pacific under Krusenstern and Lisiansky in the ships Nedascha and Neva. 1803—Russian establishment on Norfolk sound destroyed by natives. 1804—Re-amalgamation of the X. Y. and North West companies. 1804—1805-6—Lewis and Clark expedition to mouth of Columbia river. 1805—The Indians attack the ship Athualapa in Milbank sound. 1805—Von Resinoff at Sitka. 1805—John Jewitt escapes from Nootka on the ship Lydia. 1805—North West Company determines to establish posts beyond Rocky mountains. 1805—Simon Fraser is selected by the company to carry, out these enterprises. 1805—North West Company cross Rocky mountains and establish Fort McLeod on McLeod lake. 1806—The Russians attempt to establish a colony at the mouth of the Columbia river. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1807—David Thompson reaches the Columbia river overland. 1808—Simon Fraser reaches Pacific (via Fraser river). He discovers and names the Thompson river. 1808—David Thompson at Kootenai lake. 1810—1811—Winship's proposed settlement on Columbia. 1808—Diplomatic relations established between United States and Russia. 1811—Ship Tonquin at Astoria, and the Tonquin massacre at Clayoquot takes place. 1811—David Thompson reaches Pacific (Columbia river). 1811—1812—Hunt's party overland to Astoria in connection with Astor's enterprise in establishing a fur depot in rivalry with the North West Company. 1811—1841—Russian colony, California. 1812—Ship Beaver at Astoria, the second ship sent out by Astor from New York, the Tonquin being the first. 1812—The North West Company acquires Fort Astoria. 1813—Wreck of the Lark at Hawaii. 1813—H.M.S. Racoon in Columbia river. War of 1812, when Astoria is formally acquired. 1813—Albatross at Astoria. 1813—The North West Company takes over the interests of the Pacific Fur Company and Astoria. 1814—Ship Peddler at Astoria. 1814—Ship Isaac Todd at Astoria. 1815—1818—Kotzebue's voyage through Behring strait. 1817—The Bordelaise (French). 1818—Ships Ontario and Blossom. 1818—Astoria restored to United States. 1821—Amalgamation of North West and Hudsons's Bay companies. 1824—American-Russian convention. 1824—Beechey's expedition to Behring sea. 1825—British treaty with Russia fixing the boundary line of Russian- American, now Alaska. 1824—1825—Fort Vancouver founded. 1831—Russian ukase, re American territory and trading limits. 1835—First steamer (Beaver) to Pacific. 1837—Simpson's and Dease's expedition into northern interior. 1838—Hudson's Bay Company gets exclusive privilege trade (30th May) throughout the Indian territory. 1839—Alaska leased to Hudson's Bay Company. 1830—Convention Russian affairs. 1841—Sir George Simpson visits the Western Department on his tour around the world. 1842—The Ashburton treaty. 1842—Victoria selected as Hudson's Bay Company's fort. 1843—Fort. Victoria erected. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 35 1845—First ship England to Victoria. 1846—Oregon boundary fixed (12th July). 1847—California annexed to the United States (Feb. 8th). 1847—Provisional government in Oregon (Abernethy, Governor). 1848—Gold discovered in California. 1848—Vancouver Island ceded to the Hudson's Bay Company under conditions of settlement (13th January). 1848—Oregon organized as a territory (Aug. 14). 1849—Vancouver Island formally erected into a colony. Richard Blanshard apopinted governor. 1850—Arrival first governor of Vancouver Island (10th March). 1850—Coal discovered at Nanaimo. 1850—Gold found on Queen Charlotte islands. 1850—New Mexico organized as a territory (Sept. 9). 1851—First council Vancouver Island. 1851—Governor Blanshard departs (1st September). 1852—Fort Nanaimo founded. 1852—Victoria city surveyed. 1853—Washington organized as a territory (Nov. 2). 1855—First school Vancouver Island established. 1856—First elections, Vancouver Island, (August 4th). 1856-^First legislative assembly V.I. (12th August). Hon. J. S. Helmcken, Speaker. 1856—San Juan island occupied by American troops, as the result of the "San Juan affair." 1856—1857—Discovery of gold in British Columbia. 1857—News of gold finds published abroad. 1857—Parliamentary (Imperial) investigation into the affairs of the Hudson's Bay Company. 1858—First rush of gold miners and settlement of country. 1858—First miners arrive in Victoria (25th April). 1858—First sale British Columbia lands. 1858—British Columbia made Crown colony. 1858—British Columbia boundaries defined. 1858—Arrival Lieutenant-Colonel Moody (24th September) and detachments of Royal Engineers follow. 1859—Old government buildings begun at Victoria. 1859—Westminster selected capital of British Columbia (28th January). 1859—General Harney at San Juan. 1859—Victoria Phil, society organized (29th January). 1859—New Westminster founded. 1859—New Westminster named (5th May). 1859—First sale New Westminster lots (1st June). 1859—Arrival of Chief Justice M. B. Begbie (15th September) from England. 1859—California becomes a state (Sept. 9). 1859—Oregon admitted as a state (Feb. 14). YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1862—Victoria incorporated. 1862—Cariboo wagon road begun. 1864—Chilcotin massacre. 1864—First session legislative council New Westminster (21st January). 1864—Governor Douglas knighted. 1864—First issue Cariboo Sentinel (June 6th). 1864—Quebec conference to consider confederation. 1866—Union of Vancouver Island and British Columbia (17th November). 1866—Surveying route railway. 1866—Miners' mass meeting, Cariboo (23rd June). 1867—The United States purchase Alaska (13th March). 1867—Confederation of Canada (July 1). 1868—First British Columbia parliament in Victoria. 1868—Confederation convention, Yale. 1870—British Columbia decides to enter Confederation. AFTER CONFEDERATION- Last meeting of the legislative council, Jan. 3, 1871. Legislative council passed the terms of union with Canada, Jan. 19, 1871. Dr. Black thrown from his horse and killed between New Westminster and Burrard inlet, March 23, 1871. Terms of union passed House of Commons, April 1, 1871. Death of Captain Mouatt, H. B. Co., near Fort Rupert, April 12, 1871. Victoria Pioneer society organized, April 28, 1871. First Dominion flag received by Dr. I. W. Powell, June 16, 1871. The first Dominion day, July 1, 1871. Direct telegraphic communication with Cariboo established July 15, 1871. Departure of Governor Musgrave for England, July 25, 1871. Death of the Rt. Rev. Bishop Demers, the pioneer Roman Catholic missionary, July 28, 1871. First meeting of the British Columbia legislative assembly, Dr. Trimble, Speaker, Feb. 15, 1872. Death of A. Waddington at Ottawa, of smallpox, Feb. 27, 1872. Death of Hon. David Cameron, first Chief Justice of Vancouver Island, May 1, 1872. Death of Captain William Irving, father of Captain John Irving, Aug. 28, 1872. First election for the House of Commons in British Columbia, Sept. 2, 1872. First provincial agricultural exhibition held, Oct. 10, 1872. Death of Captain John Swanson, H. B. Co., Oct. 21, 1872. Heavy earthquake felt, Dec. 14, 1872. News of death E. G. Alston, formerly registrar-general and acting attorney- general, in Sierra Leone, Jan. 26, 1873. Death of S. M. Driard, Driard hotel and Colonial hotel, Feb. 15, 1873. Death of Captain Ella, one of the very early H. B. Co. captains, by drowning at Burrard inlet, Feb. 16, 1873. News of loss of ^steamer G. S. Wright, near Plumper pass, 31 lives lost, March 16, 1873. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Death of Thos. Buie at Yale, April 20, 1873. Death of Lumley Franklin, ex-Mayor of Victoria, at San Francisco, Aug. 3, 1873. News of the discovery of gold in the Cassiar district, by Henry Thibert, Aug. 28, 1873. Foundation stone of the Victoria waterworks laid, Oct. 7, 1873. Moodyville sawmill destroyed by fire, Dec. 22, 1873. British Columbia's first royal commission convened to investigate the Texada island land spandal, March 21, 1874. Nanaimo incorporated a city, Dec. 21, 1874. Death of Richard Lewis, ex-Mayor of Victoria, Jan. 1, 1875. Death of Judge A. T. Bushby, son-in-law of Sir James Douglas, at New Westminster, May 19, 1875. Muir's mills at Sooke destroyed by fire, Jan. 6, 1875. Loss of U. S. warship Saranac in Seymour narrows, June 15, 1875. Charles Langley, an old resident of Victoria, died in California, July 25, 1875. Death of Captain W. H. McNeill, H. B. Co., Sept. 3, 1875. Loss of the steamer Pacific off Cape Flattery, with 383 passengers, Nov. 4, 1875. Attempted murder of Rev. Father Brabant on the west coast by a Hesquiat chief, Nov. 5, 1875. Death of Captain A. E. Starr of Olympia, July 14, 1876. Arrival of Lord Dufferin at Victoria, followed by general celebration and famous "Carnarvon Terms or Separation" episode, Aug. 15, 1876. Strike of miners at Wellington, Feb. 3, 1877, and militia called out, April 28. Death of Sir James Douglas, K.C.B., Aug. 2, 1877. Great quartz excitement Cariboo, Oct. 7, 1877. First Thanksgiving day observed by the people of British Columbia, Nov. 22, 1877. Royal commission to investigate charges of alleged corrupt practices made by members for Kootenay against Hon. A. C. Elliot, April 13, 1878. Dedication of Masonic temple, Victoria, Oct. 22, 1878. Death of Hon. Henry Rhodes, of the pioneer firm of Rhodes & Janion, Nov. 8, 1878. Death by suicide of F. J. Roscoe, M.P., at Victoria, Dec. 20, 1878. Terrible explosion at Wellington colliery, 12 miners killed, April 17, 1879. Death of Captain John Evans, M.P.P., at Stanley, Cariboo, Aug. 5, 1879. Death of the Hon. R. W. W. Carrall, B. C. Senator, at Woodstock, Ont., Sept. 19, 1879. J. P. Davies, a pioneer auctioneer of Victoria, died, Sept. 20, 1879. J. Ussher and J. Kelly, murdered by the McLean brothers, outlaws, Kamloops, Dec. 7, 1879. Destruction of the Vancouver Coal Company's works at Nanaimo, March 11, 1880. Thomas Pollard, an intoxicated sailor, was chained to a post in a barn at Departure bay and the barn taking fire he was burned to death, July 3, 1880. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Disastrous fire at Yale, T. F. McCormick and James McKee died from injuries, July 27, 1880. Great slide on the Thompson river, 20 miles above Spences Bridge, damming the river for 41 hours, Oct. 14, 1880. Town Forks of Quesnel partly destroyed by fire, Oct. 14, 1880. McLean brothers hanged at New Westminster, Jan. 31, 1881. News of burning of H. B. Co.'s post and Indian rancherie at Bella Coola, Feb. 1, 1881. Arrival of the first locomotive for the C. P. R. at. Yale, May 15, 1881. Launch of the steamer Elizabeth J. Irving, June 18, 1881; totally destroyed by fire at Hope, Sept. 29. Death of Mr. Justice A. Rocke Robertson, first provincial secretary (brother- in-law of Hon. D. M. Eberts), at Victoria, Dec. 1, 1881. A leprous Chinaman, hanged and partly burned by his countrymen at New Westminster, supposed to prevent contagion, April 1, 1882. Launch of the steamer R. P. Rithet, April 20, 1882. Death of Captain James A. Raymur, Victoria (father of J. Raymur, water commissioner), July 31, 1882. Death of Preston Bennett, M.P.P., at Kamloops, Aug. 11, 1882. Death of Hon. John Tod, Mt. Tolmie, a pioneer H.B. Co. official, Aug. 31, 1882. Arrival, on H.M.S. Comus at Victoria, of His Excellency the Marquis of Lome (present Duke of Argyll) and H. R. H. Princess Louise, Sept. 20, 1882, followed by various functions and visits to various parts of the province. Death of the pioneer shipbuilder, Andrew Laing, Sept. 29, 1882. A grand potlatch of Indians at Nanaimo, Nov. 13, 1882. Esquimalt contested election case, unseating of Hon. J. R. Hett (attorney- general) and seating of Charles E. Pooley, Nov. 16, 1882. First service of the Church of Independents, Victoria, Jan. 16, 1883. Canadian Pacific Navigation Company formed, Jan. 17, 1883. Excitement about a proposed Fenian invasion in militia circles, Jan. 23, 1883. Beaven Government resigned (succeeded by the Smithe administration) Jan. 27, 1883. Captain Blasdell, a well-known mining engineer, arrived at Victoria and had a lengthy interview with reference to dry dock, Island railway and Island lands, Jan. 30, 1883. Gold discoveries in Kootenay; bonanza announced, Feb. 2, 1883. First sale of Port Moody lots, at New Westminster, Feb. 2, 1883. Loaded teams crossed the Fraser river at New Westminster, Feb. 7, 1883. Old steamer Beaver ran on the rocks at first narrows, Burrard inlet, filled and sank, Feb. 13, 1883, afterwards raised and beached at Granville (now Vancouver). Stahlschmidt & Ward dissolved, Victoria, succeeded by Robert Ward & Co., Nov. 15, 1883. Theodore Davie and Charles Wilson formed legal partnership as Davie & Wilson, Nov. 18, 1883. John Jessop appointed Dominion immigration agent, Victoria, March 30, 1883. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. S.S. Barbara Boscowitz (Captain Warren) launched, April 1, 1883. Death of John Muir, pioneer settler, at Sooke, aged 83, April 3, 1883. The centennial canoe, 63 feet long (said to have been 100 years old and exhibited at the Philadelphia exhibition), sent to Museum of Natural History, New York, April 3, 1883. A. J. McLellan, Victoria, secured right to plant oysters both sides of the Victoria arm for 20 years, April 28, 1883. Loss of the steamer Grappler, destroyed by fire four miles from Seymour narrows, about 50 lives lost, May 3, 1883. Lieutenant Diggle, R.N., disposed of his interests in Wellington colliery to Hon. Robert Dunsmuir, May 12, 1883. The twenty-fifth anniversary of Father Rondeau's settlement in Cowichan celebrated, May 31, 1883. Death of Ebenezer Brown, formerly president of the council, at New Westminster, June 6, 1883. Death of Alphonse Verdier, an old Saanich settler, June 27, 1883. A company formed to work a copper lode at Sooke, "traced for twenty miles," July 1, 1883. First rail laid at Port Moody, July 20, 1883. Arrival at Victoria of Sir Alexander Campbell, Ottawa, Dominion minister of justice, July 29, 1883. The Hon. Robert Dunsmuir reported to have secured the contract for E. & N. railway, August 9, 1883. Death of Otto Hartnagel, one of the proprietors of the Driard hotel, Sept. 5, 1883. Arrival of (Sir) Sandford Fleming and Principal Grant overland from London, England, Sept. 28, 1883. Joseph Hunter and party started to select a route for the E. & N. railway, Sept. 29, 1883. Death of Captain Thomas Pritchard, Oct. 31, 1883. Death of James Douglas, eldest son of Sir James Douglas, at San Francisco, Nov. 7, 1883. Death of Andrew Hunter, a pioneer of Nanaimo, Jan. 6, 1884. Edward Hanlan, the oarsman, in Victoria, Jan. 27, 1884. Death of A. Pepley, for 25 years an employee of the H. B. Co., at Nanaimo, March, 1884. Death of Captain William Spring, Victoria, March 25, 1884. Contract awarded to McNamee & Co. for the construction of the dry dock at Esquimalt, April 12, 1884. Death of William Leigh, twenty years city clerk of Victoria, May 1, 1884. Death of Alexander Caulfield Anderson, one of the best known of the old H. B. Co.'s officials, who occupied various public offices and was a writer of ability, May 9, 1884. The old steamer Wilson G. Hunt, which came around the Horn in 1849, laid up for good, May 9, 1884. The British Columbia Express Company succeeded the old Barnard Express on the Cariboo wagon road, June 5, 1884. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA A serious explosion at the South Wellington mines, twenty-three men killed, July 1, 1884. First cable message across the straits, Oct. 21, 1884. H.M.S. Satellite left Esquimalt for Metlakatla, in anticipation of Indian troubles, as the result of the dispute between Missionary Duncan and Bishop Ridley, Nov. 6, 1884. Larkin & Connolly's tender for the dry dock at Esquimalt accepted, Nov. 12, 1884. Death of Sheriff Harris, first Mayor of Victoria, Nov. 30, 1884. Sheriff seizes city hall of Victoria to satisfy a judgment obtained by a legal firm, Dec. 12, 1884. Death of Leopold Lowenburg, uncle of Carl Lowenburg, German consul, Victoria, Dec. 22, 1884. Death of Hon. Dr. Trimble, Jan. 1, 1885. Death of Peter McQuade, Dec. 31, 1884. Death of Mrs. F. G. Vernon, March 29, 1884. Corner stone of Victoria theatre laid, March 31, 1885. Disallowance of the Chinese restriction act by the Dominion Government announced, March 31, 1885. Capture of Sproule, the Kootenay murderer of Thomas Hammill (June 3). The trial was a cause celebre, June 5, 1885. Arrival of first locomotive for E. & N. railway, Aug. 12, 1885. Opening of the Point Ellice bridge, Victoria, the same that subsequently collapsed with such terribly fatal results, Aug. 22, 1885. Official visit of the Marquis of Lansdowne to Victoria, having come overland on the route of the C. P. R., Oct. 7, 188i. Grand opening of the new theatre, Victoria, Oct. 16, 1885. First railway engine crossed the Columbia river at Farwell (Revelstoke), Oct. 17, 1885. C. P. R. telegraph connected with Winnipeg, Nov. 4, 1885. First train over the C. P. R. from the east, and last spike driven by Sir Donald Smith, 11 p.m., Nov. 6, 1885. (Sir) C. W. Van Home and party arrive at Victoria over the C. P. R., Nov. 8, 1885. First through freight received at Port Moody over C. P. R., Nov. 22, 1885. The Victoria rice mills ready for operation, Nov. 26, 1885. Death of Henry D. Saunders, an old resident of Victoria, Jan. 12, 1885. Arrival of Harry Abbott, general superintendent of the Pacific division of the C. P. R., Jan. 18, 1886. Death of Phillip Sullivan at Granville, one of the oldest pioneers of British Columbia, Feb. 25, 1886. Death of Richard Deighton, J.P., at New Westminster, March 2, 1886. John Robson, James Cunningham and James Orr, representatives of New' Westminster city and district in the legislative assembly, burned in effigy for action in permitting non-Chinese clause in the government subsidy for branch lines to New Westminster to pass, April 8, 1886. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Death of Dr. John Ash, formerly provincial secretary, April 17, 1886. Total destruction of Vancouver city by fire, June 13, 1886. The Esquimalt dry dock completed, June 26, 1886. Sir John A. Macdonald and party arrive over the C. P. R. at Victoria, July 24, 1885. First issue of the Daily Columbian at New Westminster, July 31, 1886. Sir Geoge and Lady Stephen and party arrive in Victoria, Aug. 3, 1886. Hon. John Norquay, Premier of Manitoba, visits Victoria, Aug. 5, 1886. First through train over the E. & N. railway; Sir John A. Macdonald drives the last spike near Shawnigan lake, Friday, Aug. 13, 1886. Death of J. A. R. Homer, M.P., New Westminster, Sept. 20, 1886. The German vessel Bylgia arrives at Port Moody, 22% days from Yokohama, with a cargo of tea for overland shipment, Oct. 17, 1886. Victoria Colonist sold by D. W. Higgins to Ellis & Co., Oct. 16, 1886. Hanging of R. S. Sproule at Victoria for murder of Thomas Hammill at Kootenay lake (3rd of June, 1885), Oct. 29, 1886. Death of Dr. Cluness at Nanaimo, Nov. 19, 1886. Death of William Sterling, a pioneer, at Victoria, Nov. 22, 1886. Mr. Raybould, M.P.P., Nanaimo, fell off the rear platform of his store and instantly killed, Dec. 3, 1886. First press telegrams received over the C. P. R. telegraph line published in Colonist, Dec. 5, 1886. Mayor Beaugrand, Montreal, and party arrive in Victoria, Dec. 12, 1886. Coal discovery on Tumbo island announced, Dec. 18, 1886. Death of J. C. Pimbury, a very early pioneer, at Quamichan, Feb. 22, 1887. Thomas Richardson, rancher and cattle dealer, Nicola valley, died at Victoria, April 13, 1887. Death of Walter Akenhead, an old resident of Nanaimo, April 20, 1887. News of death of Major-General Clement Moody, formerly commandant of the Royal Engineers and commissioner of lands and works, British Columbia, at Bournemouth, England, April 28, 1887. Terrible explosion in No» 1 shaft, New Vancouver coal mine, Nanaimo, Ma> 3, 1887. Death of Captain H. B. Good at Victoria, May 10, 1887. The seizure of the sealing schooner Anna Beck in Behring sea, July 2, 1887. The murder of Bishop Seghers, of Victoria, in Alaska, Nov. 28, 1887. Opening of the Esquimalt graving dock, H.M.S. Cormorant first to enter, July 20, 1887. Following deaths recorded: Captain Alexander McDonell, Aug. 1; J. B. Price, Victoria, Aug. 9; Captain T. F. Wilson, steamer North Pacific, Aug. 10; L. T. Curveau, pioneer florist, Victoria, at Lytton, Aug. 9; Prof. Serge at Ogden, news of, Aug. 31; Richard Callidge Sept. 5), and Robert Lipsett (Sept. 20), Victoria, and H. Coffin, New Westminster (Sept. 8), 1887. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The Hon. Thos. White, minister of the interior, visited Victoria, Aug. 6, 1887. Sir William de Voeux, ex-Governor of Newfoundland, and new Governor of Hong Kong, both in Victoria, Sept. 1, 1887. Mr. John Palliser, C.M.G., veteran explorer, engaged in the early topographical survey of 1855-60 by the Imperial Government for determining the international boundary from Lake Superior to the Pacific, died in his 71st year at his home in County Waterford, Sept., 1887, reported in the Colonist, Sept. 20, 1887. Canada-China mail subsidy. It is announced in the Victoria Colonist of Sept. 15, 1887, that Lord Salisbury on behalf of the Imperial Government agrees to the proposal of Sir John A. Macdonald for the granting of a mail subsidy to the C. P. R. for a bi-monthly mail service between Hong Kong and Montreal, amounting to $220,000 per annum. A sturgeon, 11 feet 9 inches, weighing 822 lbs., caught at Ladner's Landing, Oct. 2, 1887. The new C. P. R. steamer Premier (now Charmer) arrived at Victoria from San Francisco, Oct. 5, 1887. Dr. G. M. Dawson arrived at Victoria from his exploration of the unknown northern interior, Oct. 22, 1887. Death of Dr. Charles M. Trew at New Westminster, Oct. 27, 1887. "C" battery arrived at Victoria, Nov. 10, 1887. Death of Edward Stephens, C.E., at Victoria, Nov. 12, 1887. Arrival of Sir Adolphe Caron, minister of militia, Victoria, Nov. 24, 1887. Vancouver illuminated with gas, Nov. 26, 1887. Standard time adopted in Victoria, Dec. 1, 1887. Death of Johnathan Nutt, an old-timer, Dec. 11, 1887. Noah Shakespeare, M.P., appointed postmaster of Victoria, Dec. 21, 1887. Death of John H. Pitts at Victoria, Dec. 28, 1887. Gas explosion in the Wellington colliery, 75 perished, Jan. 24, 1888. East Wellington mine closed down on account of dispute with miners, Feb. 15, 1888; opened up with all Chinamen employed, Feb. 19. Hon. A. N. Richards, police magistrate of Victoria, March 2, 1888. News of death of H. E. Wilby, old-time resident Esquimalt, at Oporto, Portugal, Feb. 9, 1888. William Rich, a '52 pioneer, died at Nanaimo, March 30, 1888. Death of Mrs. Hills, wife of Bishop Hills, April 29, 1888. Arrival of the C. P. R. steamer Parthia at Victoria, July 6, 1888. "C" battery and a number of specials left in H.M.S. Caroline for scene of Indian troubles at Skeena, July 16, 1888. Death of Very Rev. Father Jonckan, a pioneer Oblate missionary, at Victoria, July 29, 1888. Death of Coote M. Chambers, a pioneer accountant, well known, Aug. 3, 1888. Consecration of Rt. Rev. J. N. Lemmens, R. C. Bishop of Vancouver Island and Alaska, Aug. 5, 1888. New Westminster Southern railway begun, Aug. 22, 1888. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. First consignment of Chilliwack fruit sent to Winnipeg, Aug. 25, 1888. Death of Thomas Elwyn, deputy provincial secretary, Sept. 11, 1888. The inauguration of Stanley park, Vancouver, Sept. 27, 1888. Arrival of Major-General Sir Frederick Middleton, commander of Canadian forces, at Victoria, Sept. 30, 1888. Arrival of Dwight L. Moody, evangelist, at Victoria, Oct. 11, 1888. Death of Charles J. Phillips, first chief of the Victoria fire brigade, Oct. 19, 1888. John A. Cameron died at Barkerville, Nov. 7, 1888. Death of an Indian woman, S. Kunotia Cornechian, at Victoria, aged 116 years, Nov. 20, 1888. Arrival of steamer Islander from Glasgow, Dec. 9, 1888. The Islander and Premier refused a landing at Vancouver on account of small pox epidemic at Victoria, Jan. 11, 1889. Arrival of Sir George Baden-Powell, Feb. 9, 1889. First banquet of the board of trade, Vancouver, at the Hotel Vancouver, March 5, 1889. Death of Hon. Charles E. Elliott, former premier, at San Francisco, April 9, 1889. Death of the Hon. Robert Dunsmuir at Victoria, April 12, 1889. Arrival of Sir Charles Tupper, Bart., at Victoria, April 12, 1889. Laying corner stone of the Jubilee hospital, April 23, 1889. Opening of the Victoria public library, May 10, 1889. Death of the Hon. Mr. Justice Gray, June 5, 1889. Death of the Hon. A. E. B. Davie, Premier of B. C, Aug. 1, 1889. Ice first manufactured at Victoria, Aug. 8, 1889. Commenced construction of the Victoria electric tramway, Sept. 2, 1889. Telephone line opened between Comox and Victoria, Sept. 5, 1889. Death of E. V. Bodwell, Sr., Vancouver, at Field, Oct. 19, 1889. Arrival of Their Excellencies Lord and Lady Stanley at Vancouver, Oct. 31, 1889. H.M.S. Amphion struck a rock en route to Vancouver, with the Governor^ General on board, Nov. 6, 1889. New Westminster lighted with electricity for the first time, Dec. 9, 1889. Death of Colonel Robert J. Stevens, U. S. consul at Victoria, Dec. 25, 1889. A. R. Milne appointed collector of customs at Victoria, Jan. 1, 1890. Death of William Heathhorn, Victoria, Jan. 19, 1890. Inauguration of the tramway in Victoria, Feb. 19, 1890. Edward Allen, M.P.P., Lillooet, died at Victoria, March 31, 1890. Commencement of ocean docks at Victoria by R. P. Rithet, April 3, 1890. D. Chisholm, M.P., New Westminster, died, April 5, 1890. Death of Dr. William Jackson, Victoria, April 23, 1890. Death of Uriah Nelson at Victoria, May 2, 1890. Arrival of the Duke and Duchess of Connaught, May 21, 1890. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Opening of Vancouver electric tramway, June 23, 1890. Daring robbery of B. C. Express Co.'s stage on Cariboo wagon road, July 14, 1890. Death of Frederick Steitz, a pioneer of Victoria, Aug. 4, 1890. Death of Henry H. Wootton at Victoria, Aug. 25, 1890. Thomas Basil Humphreys, formerly minister of finance and provincial secretary, died, Aug. 27, 1890. Death of James Mason, M.P.P. for Cariboo, Dec. 2, 1890. Death of ex-Mayor Fell, Victoria, Dec. 8, 1890. News of the death of Charles Oppenheimer at San Francisco, a prominent and very early pioneer, Dec. 19, 1890. Opening ceremonies of the New Westminster Southern railway at Blaine, Washington, Feb. 14, 1891. Death of Frank Campbell, one of the best known of Victoria old-timers, March 14, 1891. Death of William McNiffe, a Victoria pioneer, April 11, 1891. Death of J. R. Hett, barrister, Victoria, April 15, 1891. Arrival of the C. P. R. steamer Empress of India. Celebration and banquet in Vancouver in honor, April 28, 1891. Death of Henry Brown, of Brown & White, Victoria, May 15, 1891. Death of Thomas E. Peck, formerly collector of customs and harbormaster, Nanaimo, May 19, 1891. Death of Rev. William Pollard at Victoria, June 1, 1891. Moodyville sawmill sold to English capitalists, July 1, 1891. Death of Rev. Donald Fraser, Victoria, July 9, 1891. Death of Edgar Marvin at Victoria, July 15, 1891. Death of John A. Andrews, Victoria, Aug. 17, 1891. H. O. Tiedemann, a well-known surveyor and architect, Victoria, died, Sept. 12, 1891. John Kurtz, noted pioneer, died at Victoria, Sept. 17, 1891. A. A. Green, of Garesche, Green & Co., Victoria, died, Sept. 21, 1891. Marriage of Sir Richard John Musgrave and Miss Jessie Sophia Dunsmuir at Victoria, Sept. 23, 1891. Visit of Baroness Macdonald to Victoria, Sept. 25, 1891. Death of the Hon. A. F. Pemberton, pioneer of 1855, Oct. 18, 1891. Inauguration of regular tramway service between Vancouver and New Westminster, Oct. 28, 1892. Dunsmuir delegation to Ottawa, better terms, Jan. 11 to Feb. 6, 1901. John Jessop, provincial immigration official, died Victoria, March 30, 1901. J. C. McLagan, managing editor and founder of Vancouver World, died, April 10, 1901. Donald Beaton, editor Nelson Miner, died, July 20, 1901. Royal commission on British Columbia salmon industry appointed by Dominion Government, Jan. 24, 1902. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Liberal convention at Vancouver (Joseph Martin elected president), Feb. 6, 1902. Death of Peter Grant, collector customs, New Westminster, April 2, 1902. Important labor convention at Kamloops, April 14, 1902. Conservative convention at Revelstoke, Sept. 13, 1902. Death of George Maxwell, M.P., Vancouver, Nov. 18, 1902. Death of Rev. Father McGuckin, superior of the Oblates, in Vancouver, 1903. Death of A. R. Milne, C.M.G., collector of customs, Victoria, Jan. 7, 1904. Provincial Mining Association opened at Victoria, Feb. 25, 1904. Death of Sir Joseph Trutch in England, March 4, 1904. Death of Rev. James Scouler, ex-moderator Presbyterian Assembly, New Westminster, May 9, 1904. Hon. R. McBride's (Conservative) administration sworn in, June 4, 1904. The John Houston incident (occasioned by refusal of Sir Henri Joly to accept him as a minister), Oct. 23, 1904. Provincial assessment commission, Jan. 16, 1905. Death of W. P. Sayward, a prominent pioneer of Victoria, Feb. 1, 1905. Death of Simeon Duck, ex-M.P.P., and ex-minister of finance, Feb. 5, 1905. Death of Hon. Sir Henry P. P. Crease, retired judge of the Supreme Court of British Columbia, Feb. 27, 1905. Coquitlam power tunnel opened, June 11, 1905. Death of James Alan Graham, formerly Hudson's Bay Company commissioner, Victoria, June 19, 1905. Death of Andrew Leamy, county court judge, Greenwood, Aug. 4, 1905. Death of James Orr, ex-M.P.P., and a pioneer, Nov. 6, 1905. Death of J. C. Shaw, principal Vancouver High School, April 18, 1907. Death of Rev. Father Jonckele, O.M.I., at Victoria, May 30, 1907. Anti-alien riots in Vancouver, Sept. 8, 1907. Death of David Robson, government agent, New Westminster, Sept. 17, 1907. Death of LieuL-Colonel J. C. Whyte, warden penitentiary (New Westminster), Oct. 9, 1907. Death of W. H. Ladner, ex-M.P.P., at New Westminster, Nov. 1, 1907. Death of Dr. F. H. Eaton, inspector Victoria public schools, Jan. 11, 1908. Death of Hon. George Anthony Walkem, ex-premier and retired judge of the Supreme Court, Jan. 13, 1908. Death of Hon. Montague Tyrwhitt-Drake, retired judge of the Supreme Court, April 19, 1908. Death of H. C. Beeton, for many years agent-general of British Columbia in London, England, June 14, 1908. Death of A. S. Farwell, an old-time official of the province, surveyor and engineer, at Nelson, July 29, 1908. Death of G. F. Cane, judge of the county court, at Vancouver, Sept. 26, 1908. Death of Mrs. Joan Olive Dunsmuir, relict of the late Hon. Robert Dunsmuir, Oct 2, 1908. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Death of Captain J. G. Cox, shipping master, Victoria, Nov. 9, 1908. Death of Sir Henri Joly de Lotbiniere, ex-Lieutenant-Goyemor of British Columbia, at Quebec, Nov. 15, 1908. Death of Dr. W. J. McGuigan, a pioneer, and ex-Mayor of Vancouver, Dec. 25, 1908. Death of A. H. McBride, ex-warden of the British Columbia penitentiary, and father of Hon. R. McBride, May 3, 1909. Death of Gavin Hamilton, an old Hudson's Bay Company official, at Victoria, July 30, 1909. Death of E. C. Johnson, an old-timer, and well-known lawyer, Dec. 20, 1909. 1871—Passing Constitution Act (Feb. 14). 1871—Pioneer Society organized (April 28). 1891—Arrival "Empress India." 1871—C. P. R. survey Commenced. 1873—Starting Victoria waterworks (Oct. 7). 1873—British evacuate San Juan. 1874—Carnarvon terms—visit J. D. Edgar. 1874—1876—Salmon canning commenced. 1878—C. P. R. route selected. 1880—First work on C. P. R. by syndicate. 1880—Esquimalt dry dock started. 1883—Settlement act. 1886—Vancouver city started. 1889—Nelson started. 1889—Washington admitted as a state (Nov. 11). 1890—Revelstoke laid out. 1891—Arrival Empress India. 1892—Kaslo laid out. 1892—Death of Hon. John Robson (June 29). 1893—First Australian steamer. 1893—First C. P. R. steamer China. 1893—Death of Lieut.-Gov. Nelson (March 3). 1894—Death of Chief Justice Begbie (June 11). 1895—Rossland named. 1896—Klondyke discoveries. 1897—Rush to Klondyke. 1897—Completion new government buildings. 1898—Formal opening government buildings. 1898—Discovery of Atlin gold diggings. 1903—Columbia and Western railway enquiry. 1903—Visit of R. L. Borden, Conservative leader, to province. 1903—Present redistribution bill passed. 1903—Two provincial delegations to Ottawa on better terms. 1906—British Columbia obtains recognition of her claims for better terms. 1907—Mission of Hon. R. McBride to England in re better terms. m AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. EXPLORERS, TRAVELLERS, FUR TRADERS, ETC. In the following list are indicated the dates at about, or between, which the more celebrated explorers, travellers and fur-traders performed journeys, which have become more or less familiar through published accounts, in the direction of the Pacific. The commencement is properly Early made with La Salle, the intrepid explorer and adventurer, Adventurers who first voyaged the Mississippi to its mouth and opened the road to the Far West, which was at that time beyond the great lakes in every direction, northerly and westerly, wholly a terra incognito. All those referred to are included because the sum of their efforts and discoveries is the knowledge we now possess of, and the development which has taken place throughout not only this coast, but a vast extent of territory constituting three-fourths or more of the American continent. In the later years the members of the Geological Survey of Canada— Richardson, Dawson, Bowman, Ogilvie, McConnell, Tyrell, McEvoy and others—at various times have performed notably good work at much risk and under conditions of considerable hardship, and to them Later more than to any other persons we are indebted for an exact Explorers scientific and practical knowledge of the physical characteristics of the whole northwest country and the Pacific coast of . Canada. There have been, too, such men as W. H. Dall, Prof. John Muir, and other scientists of the United States, who have, under similar conditions of privation and toil, added to the general stock of information, particularly in respect to the northwest coast, Alaska and the Yukon. Nor must we forget such men as Warburton Pike, who in the pursuit of big game and through the love of adventure, for which so many of his countrymen are noted, has incidentally acquired a wide experience of the little-known "barren lands" of northern Canada, the results of which he has given to the public in two most interesting and well-known books of travel. 1678-1687 La Salle 1803-1816 Duncan Cameron 1731-1743 M. de Verendrye and son 1807-1817 George Keith 1766-1768 Jonathan Carver 1804-1806 Charles McKenzie 1769-1772 Samuel Hearne 1807-1824 W. F. Wentzell 1784 TJmfreville 1805-1808 Simon Fraser 1789-1793 Sir Alexander Mackenzie 1808 John Stuart 1797-1811 David Thompson 1811-1814 Franchere 1799-1814 A. Henry 1811-1817 Ross Cox 1791-1816 John McDonald, of Garth 1811-1826 Alex. Ross 1799-1800 James McKenzie 1811-1812 Hunt and Crook's party to 1789-1801 Roderick McKenzie Astoria 1784 Peter Grant 1808 Manuel Lisa 1800-1819 D. W. Harmon 1819-1820 Major Long 1804-1806 Lewis and Clark 1823 W. H. Keating 1805-1807 Major Pike 1821-1849 Sir James Douglas" YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1823 John Tod 1843 1844 1813-1846 John McLoughlin 1846 -1847 1811-1835 Peter Skene Ogden 1845 1848 1815-1867 John Work 1846 1823-1827 Ashley Trading Expedition" 1848 1849 1825-1828 Sir George Simpson 1857 1858 1825-1834 David Douglas 1858 1827 Pilcher 1859 1865 1832 Capt. Wyette 1862 Peter Ogden 1862 1864 1832-1839 Georgre Catlir 1862 1868 1832-1834 Capt. Bonneville. 1859 1860 1837-1843 Roderick Finlayson 1860 1869 1832-1834 A. C. Anderson 1872 1881 1834 J. McLeod 1872 1835-1838 Glasunoffi 1872 1836-1840 Thomas Simpson 1871 1876 1839 T. J. Farnham 1875 1880 1837 Simpson and Dease 1883 1840-1852 R. Campbell Capt. Fremont Thomas Rae Paul Kane J. Bell Sir J. Richardson H. Y. Hind Hind-Dawson Capt. Palliser Dr. Brown, Exploration V.I. Milton and Cheadle Frederick Whymper Earl Southesk Walter Moberly Prof. Macoun Capt. Butler Principal Grant Sandford Fleming Dr. Bell Lieut. Schwatka (Yukon) FOUNDING OF FORTS. In the following list is contained the dates of the founding of a number of fur-trading posts by the several fur companies, principally by the Hudson's Bay Company, operating in the territory formerly included in Russian- America, old Oregon and New Caledonia. As no similar list was ever published prior to the Year Book of 1897, it was with considerable difficulty that the dates were in every instance obtained, as they incidentally occur in a wide range of western books. The list will in a measure outline the progress of the fur companies in covering a vast extent of country. 1784 Kodiak Willamette Settlement 1805 New Archangel (later Sitka) 1831 (Old) Fort Simpson established 1832 Umqua 1805 Rocky Mountain Portage Redoubt St. Dionysius Fort McLeod 1833 McLaughlin Clatsop Nisqually 1806 St. James Fraser 1834 Champoeg Hall 1807 George Simpson Kootenai 1834 Fort Yukon 1811 Astoria Thompson Flathead House 1835 Essington Boise Rupert Fort Sheppard 1837 Cowlitz Okanagan 1838 Dease Rocky Mountain House 1834-1849 Stikine Spokan House 1840 Taku 1813 Kamloops Frances 1818 Walla Walla 1842 Pelly Banks 1821 Alexandria 1843 Victoria Chilcotin 1847 Hope 1822 Babine 1848 Fort Selkirk (Mouth Yukon) 1824-1825 "Vancouver Yale 1825-1286 Colville 1852 Nanaimo 1826 Connolly 1868 Fort Tongass (Alaska) 1827 Langley 1882 Juneau (Alaska) AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. CHURCHES AND MISSIONS 1843 First Mass V.I. (Father Balduc) 1859 Dr. Evans (Meth.) 1847-51 Oblate Missions 1860 Bishop Hills (Epis. Missionary) 1849 Rev. Geo. Staines (Epis.) 1861-62 Revs. Hall and Jamieson (Pres.) 1852 Bishops Demers and Lootens 1863 Bishop D'Herbomez (R.C.) (R. C.) 1875-76 Rev. E. Cridge (R.E.) 1855 Rev. E. Cridge (Epis.) 1877 Rev. W. Crane (Baptist) 1857 Rev. William Duncan (Epis.) 1887 Salvation Army Missionary) 1888 Rev. J. W. Pedley (Cong.) ISSUES OF POSTAGE STAMPS WHEN Vancouver and British Columbia were Crown colonies, they, of course, had their own postal systems, and their own postage stamps, of which there were several issues. On account of the supply on hand having been destroyed at the time of confederation, Vancouver Island and British Columbia stamps are now very rare and highly prized. The Canadian Philatelic Handbook (1892), No. 1, describes them as follows:— This province first issued stamps in 1861. The first stamp issued was the two and one-half pence, which may be described as follows. Head of Queen Victoria to left in the centre of stamp; "British Columbia" at the top and "Vancouver Isle" at the bottom, both in two lines; on the left-hand side "Postage," and on the right-hand side, in two lines, "Two Pence Halfpenny." The stamp was in color pink. It is found both perforated and un- perforated. In 1865, a five and a ten-cent was issued for use in Vancouver Island only. They were both of the same design, and may be described as follows. Head of Queen Victoria to left in circle; "Vancouver Island" above, and value in words below. The color of the five-cent was rose. The color of the ten-cent was blue. Both the five and ten-cent stamps are found perforated and unperforated. In 1864 a three-penny stamp was issued. The centre of the stamp was occupied by an oval scroll, on which were the words, "British Columbia Postage, Three Pence." Inside the space enclosed by the scroll was a Roman numeral "V," surmounted by a crown. Perforated; color blue. Issue 1868.—In this year stamps were printed from the above plates of the three penny, in colors, and surcharged the value in cents. Research has disclosed the fact that all British Columbia stamps are water marked "Crown and CC." jfiffliflffl] YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA RATES OF POSTAGE THE rates of postage in early days, as may be supposed, were high, and correspondence was necessarily limited in volume and frequency. There are about thirty countries included in the official list published, and for the purpose of comparison the rates of foreign postage are given for the years 1860 and 1869 from Vancouver Island and British Columbia for a few of the countries to which correspondence would be most frequent for letters not over a half oz. in weight, which included a colonial charge of five cents: Aspinwall Australia 48 1860 1869 i860 20c. 25c. Germany 40c. Belgium British N. A. Provinces Cape of Good Hope Chili China San Francisco France Great Britai; Mexico 25 Peru 32 Portugal 68 Russia 48 Sandwich Islands 15 United States — Spain 48 In the colony of British Columbia prior to the union with Vancouver Island the postage prepaid was as follows, the rate between the points named being the same for New Westminster, Douglas and Hope as for Yale: New Westminster Douglas Hope 5d Yale Lytton Is Lillooet Is Williams Lake 2s Quesnel 3s Antler 4s Williams Yale. Lillooet. Lake. Itrs. nsprs. ltrs.nsprs. Itrs. 5d 2y2 Is 5d 2s 5d Is 2s Quesnelle. Antler. As a matter of interest in this connection it may be stated that a mint was established in New Westminster among the first of the governmental institutions, but only a very few gold pieces—now among the rarest of modern coins—were coined. The plant lay unused in the building built for the purpose—which was finally torn down to make room for the free library building, destroyed in the great fire of 1898—for many years. Hon. J. S. Helmcken has written a souvenir pamphlet on the coins of the period, which is of great interest. Stsaaaaaaxfifearc ffrgggfgggggETCS're'regggggggssHi AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. . C. TARIFF. IT will be interesting for purposes of comparison to give the tariff of British Columbia as it was prior to Confederation. One of the objections of the opponents of Confederation in British Columbia was that the tariff of Canada was lower than that of British Columbia, and would consequently be disadvantageous to local interests. The Canadian tariff was adopted by resolution of the Legislative Assembly in 1872. SPECIFIC DUTIES. Ale and porter, in wood, pr gal. Ale and porter, in bottles, per . doz. (qts) Bacon and hams, per lb Barley, oats, field peas, malt per 100 lb Beans, split peas, per lb Bitters, per gal Butter, per lb Candles, per lb Cheese, per lb Cider, per gal Cigars (2c each) per 100 Coal, per ton Coffee, raw, per lb Coffee, unmanufactured, per lb Eggs, per doz Flour, per bbl 1 50 10 2 00 1 25 12^ 1 50 Fresh fruits, viz: Apples, pears, plums, cherries, currants, raspberries, strawberries, and gooseberries, per lb 1 Gunpowder, sporting, per lb.. 6 Gunpowder, blasting, per lb... 3 Hay, per ton 4 00 Lard, pen lb 5 Lime, per bbl 50 Lumber: Rough, fir and cedar, per 1,000 ft 3 00 Dressed fir and cedar, per 1,000 ft 5 00 Shingles, per 1,000 1 00 Fence pickets, per 1,000 2 00 Laths, per 1,000 100 Live stock: Horses and mules, per hd. .. $2 00 Beef cattle, per hd 3 00 Milch cows, per hd 2 00 Sheep and goats, per hd. ... 75 Hogs, per hd 2 00 Potatoes, per lb y% Rice, per lb lty Sugar, raw, per lb 2 Sugar, refined, per lb 2% According Spirits: to Proof. Brandy, per gal 2 00 Gin, whiskey, rum, and all other kinds, per gal 2 00 Tea, per lb 12^ Tobacco, per rb 25 Vegetables, viz: Onions, per lb 2 Other kinds, fresh, per lb .. 1 Wheat, per 100 lbs 35 Wines, viz: Champagne and Moselle, per doz. (qts.) 3 00 China Medicated, per gal. .. 1 50 California, red and white, per gal 25 Claret, per gal * 20 Port, sherry, and all other descriptions, per gal 75 Bran and shorts, per 100 lbs .. 25 Buckwheat, per lb 1 Oatmeal, per rb 1 Cornmeal, per lb % Hops, per rb 10 Shot, per rb 2 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA AD VALOREM. Per Cent. Axes 15 Beef, salt 10 Billiard and bagatelle tables . ... 12% Blankets 20 Boots and shoes 20 Bread , 20 Cards, playing 50 Chocolate 20 . Clothing, ready-made 15 Confectionery 30 Drugs, medicines 20 Dry goods 12% Earthenware .' 12% Fish, preserved, dried and salt .. 15 Firearms 12% Fruits, preserved and dried 12% Furniture 15 Glass and glassware 12% Groceries 12% Hardware and ironmongery ... .12% Harness and saddlery 20 Hemp, canvas, etc 2% Leather 15 Jewellery 20 Machinery 10 Matches,, 12% Meat, preserved .. L 12% Meat, fresh 20 Per Cent. Molasses 12 % Nails 12% Nuts and almonds 12% Oils 15 Opium 25 Paints 10 Pork, salt 10 Plants, trees and shrubs 12% Poultry, dead and alive 25 Quicksilver •. 10 Rope, cordage and twine 5 Soap 15 Stationery 12% Tinware 25 Vegetables, preserved and salt ... 10 Wagons, carriages 20 Trunks 12% Watches and clocks 12% Window sashes and doors 20 Ship-building materials, viz: Manufactured sails 20 Cotton canvas 5 Woodenware 12% Yeast powders 12% All other articles not enumerated in either of the above lists, nor in the following list of free goods 12% FREE OF DUTY. Agricultural implements, books printed and manuscript, bricks, all fresh fruits not enumerated in schedule of specific duties, coin, gunny sacks, iron and steel, all kinds of woods not enumerated in schedule of specific duties, calves under twelve months old, personal effects, salt, garden seeds, grain for seed, tar and pitch, tin, copper and zinc, wire (iron and brass), copper sheets, boiler-plates and bolts and patent metal for ships, iron hoops, sheet iron, rough and partially manufactured woods used in construction of carriages and wagons, and steel springs, anchors, cables, chains and copper bolts for ship-building, fresh fish, fish oil, whalebone, raw hemp for rope-making, tallow, gas retorts, fire clay, furs, hides, lemon and lime juice, guano, wool,, oakum, jute, wagon axles, ship's blocks and junk, and blacksmith's coal„ lead in pipe, sheets and bars. GOVERNMENT THE growth of parliamentary government, or responsible government, as it is more often called, in British Columbia, was slow. The colonies of Vancouver Island and British Columbia enjoyed only the semblance of popular government from their first settlement until 1871, when the colonies entered the Canadian Confederation as a province. By the term "responsible government" is meant a pledge and security for the rightful exercise of every act of Royal authority, and it is required by the British constitution that the ministers of state for the time being shall be held responsible to Parliament and to the law of the land Early for all public acts of the Crown. Previous to 1859 the Conditions electoral privilege was confined to property-holders, or holders of real estate. Consequently, when the government of Sir James Douglas divided the colony of Vancouver Island into electoral districts, in some districts only one, and frequently only four, voters returned a member. Such was the case at Nanaimo, when one voter returned a member to the Legislature in 1859. Amongst the first arrivals of gold hunters in 1858 were many natives of Canada and the Maritime Provinces, where responsible government had existed for many years. These colonists were naturally anxious to have a similar form of government adopted here, and almost at once an agitation was inaugurated for the change of government by the well understood wishes of the people was the rallying cry. Hon. Amor De Cosmos established the British Colonist newspaper to advocate responsible government in December, 1858. The movement was a popular one; but it required thirteen years of hard hammering in the press and on the public platform, and an entire transformation of the central power from Downing Street to Ottawa before the people came to their own. In March, 1860, Gov. Douglas met a house of fifteen members, partly composed of appointed members and partly of members selected by popular vote. The political business of the country was conducted under similar auspices, with some slight changes, until 1864. In that Of Hybrid year Gov. Kennedy succeeded Gov. Douglas as Governor of Character Vancouver Island, and Governor Seymour was appointed over the Mainland, then known as British Columbia. Legislative councils were convened in both colonies, and in 1867 the two were united, on petition of the Legislature of Vancouver Island, under the one term, British Columbia. The government continued to be of a hybrid character until 1870, when Gov. Musgrave was appointed and introduced a semblance of parliamentary government, by enlarging the number of constituencies and reducing the qualification of voters. He summoned a legislative council in that year, partly corhposed of appointed members, but a small majority of the council were sent by the people. The terms of union with Canada were discussed by that council and adopted by them. In those terms there was no provision for responsible government. In fact, a clause which was attempted to be inserted by the popular members of the council was defeated by a Responsible majority vote of the body; so when the delegates, Messrs. Government Trutch, Helmcken, and Carrall, took the terms to Conceded Ottawa, they contained no clause providing for the estab lishment of responsible government. The late Hon. John Robson, the late Mr. H. E. Seelye and Mr. D. W. Higgins held a conference, and decided that in order to secure parliamentary government it would be necessary for one of their members to proceed to Ottawa, and inform the government there that unless responsible government was assured by the terms, they would oppose the adoption of the terms altogether and thus delay confederation. Mr Seelye was selected as the delegate, and proceeded to Ottawa in the same boat and on the same train that carried the government delegates. He was a warm personal friend of Mr Tilley, afterwards Sir Leonard Tilley, then minister of customs at Ottawa, and he succeeded in convincing the Ottawa government that our contention that the Province was sufficiently advanced to entitle it to representative institutions was correct. When the terms came back they contained a clause to that effect, and upon those lines the government has ever since been administered. The expenses of Mr. Seelye's mission were entirely borne by Mr. Higgins. The first parliament convened in British Columbia after confederation met early in 1872. Mr. McCreight, later Mr. Justice McCreight, was attorney- geenral and premier. In the winter of 1728 a vote of want of confidence in the government having been passed, Mr. McCreight and his colleagues resigned, and Mr. De Cosmos was called upon to form a ministry. It will, therefore, be seen that the form of government in British Columbia is similar to that of Canada and Great Britain, with the single exception that there is no Upper House; and in case of an adverse vote the government must go out, as in every other country that has responsible government. The rules of procedure are those governing the parliament of the Mother country. [The foregoing was supplied by Mr. D. W. Higgins for the Year Book of 1897, practically in its present form.] AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. COLONIAL AND PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENTS LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, Vancouver Island, First Parliament. 1855 to 1859.—Victoria town, James Yates and J. W. McKay; Esquimalt and Victoria districts, J. S. Helmcken* and J. D. Pemberton; Esquimalt town, Thomas J. Skinner; Sooke district, John Muir. * Speaker. Legislative Assembly, Vancouver Island, Second Parliament, March. 1860 to February, 1863.—Victoria town: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, J. H. Cary, S. Franklin; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, J. H. Cary, S. Franklin; 3rd session, March 1862, to December, 1862, J. H. Cary, S. Franklin; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, J. H. Cary, S. Franklin. Victoria district: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, H. P. P. Crease, W. F. Tolmie, A. Waddington; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, H. P. P. Crease,* W. F. Tolmie, A. Waddington.f J. W. Trutch (vice Crease), J. Trimble; 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, W. F. Tolmie, J. W. Trutch, J. Trimble; 4th session, Jan., 1863, to Feb., 1863, W. F. Tolmie, J. W. Trutch, J. Trimble. Esquimalt town: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, G. T. Gordon; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, G. T. Gordon; $ 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, T. Harris,§ Wm. Cocker (vice Harris); 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, Wm. Cocker. Esquimalt district: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, J. S. Helmcken, James Cooper,|| R. Burnaby (vice Cooper); 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, J. S. Helmcken, Robert Burnaby; 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, J. S. Helmcken, R. Burnaby; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, J. S. Helmcken,ff R. Burnaby. Lake district, 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, G. F. Foster; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, G. F. Foster; 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, G. F. Foster; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, G. F. Foster. Sooke district: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, W. J. Macdonald; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, W. J. Macdonald; 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, W. J. Macdonald; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, W. J. Macdonald. Saanich district: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, John Coles; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, John Coles; 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, John Coles; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, John Coles. Salt Spring district: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, J. J. Southgate; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, J. J. Southgate; 3rd session, March, ♦Resigned October, 1861. fResigned October, 1861. ^Resigned January, 1862. §Resigned September, 1862. ||Resigned November, 1860. ttSpeaker. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1862, to December, 1862, J. J. Southgate; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, J. J. Southgate. Nanaimo district: 1st session, March, 1860, to February, 1861, A. R. Green; 2nd session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, A. R. Green,fff D. B. Ring (vice Green); 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, D. B. Ring; 4th session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, D. B. Ring. fttResigned October, 1861. Executive Council of Vancouver Island, September, 1863, to September, 1866.—Hon. William A. G. Young, acting colonial secretary, from September, 1863, to August, 1864*; Hon. George Hunter Cary, attorney- general, from September, 1863, to August, 1864f; Hon. Alexander Watson, treasurer, from September, 1863, to September, 1866; Hon. Joseph D. Pemberton, surveyor-general, from September, 1863, to October, 1864$; Hon. Henry Wakeford, acting colonial secretary, from August, 1864, to June, 1865§; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, acting attorney-general, from August, 1864, to September, 1866; Hon. B. W. Pearse, acting surveyor-general, from October, 1864, to September, 1866; Hon. W. A. G. Young, colonial secretary, from June, 1865, to September, 1866. ^Resigned. fResigned. *Leave of absence. § Superseded by colonial secretary. Legislative Assembly, Vancouver Island, Third Parliament, September, 1863, to August, 1866.—Victoria city: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, W. A. G. Young, A. DeCosmos, I. W. Powell, J. C. Ridge,* S. Franklin (vice Ridge); 2nd session, Sept., 1864, to July, 1865, A. DeCosmos,t | W. Powell, S. Franklin, C. B. Young,f A. DeCosmos (re-elected), L. MeClure (vice C. B. Young); 3rd session, Nov., 1865, to August, 1866, I. W. Powell, S. Franklin:!:, A. De Cosmos, L. MeClure, C. B. Young (vice Franklin). Victoria district: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, E. H. Jackson, W. F. Tolmie, J. Trimble; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, W. F. Tolmie, J. Trimble, James Dickson; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, W. F. Tolmie, J. Trimble, James Dickson. Esquimalt town: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, G. F. Foster; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, J. J. Southgate; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, J. J. Southgate,$ E. Stamp (vice Southgate). Esquimalt district: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, J. S. Helmcken,§ R. Burnaby; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, J. S. Helmcken, R. Burnaby; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, J. S. Helmcken, John Ash. Lake district: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, J. Duncan; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, J. Duncan; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, J. Duncan. Sooke district: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, J. Carswell; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, J. Carswell; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, J. Carswell. Saanich district: 1st ♦Resigned Jan. 1864 tResigned Feb., 1865. §Speaker. $Seat declared vacant April, 1866, . AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 57 session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, C. Street; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, C. Street,|| J. J. Cochrane (vice Street); 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, J. J. Cochrane. Salt Spring district: 1st session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, John T. Pidwell,tt George E. Deans (vice Pidwell); 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, G. E. Deans; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, G. E. Deans.tt J- T. Pidwell (vice Deans). Nanaimo district: 1st session, September 1863, to July, 1864, A. Bayley; 2nd session, September, 1864, to July, 1865, A. Bayley; 3rd session, November, 1865, to August, 1866, T. Cunningham. j|Resigned Oct., 1864. ffUnseated on petition. Legislative Council of Vancouver Island, September, 1863, to September, 1866.—Hon. David Cameron, chief justice, from September, 1863, to November, 18651; Hon. D. B. Ring, acting attorney-general, from September, 1863, to October, 1863 ;f Hon. Alexander Watson, treasurer, from September, 1863, to September, 1866; Hon. Roderick Finlayson, member of council, from September, 1863, to September, 1866; Hon. Alfred J. Langley, member of council, from September, 1863, to January, 1864$; Hon. B. W. Pearse, acting surveyor-general, from October, 1863, to April, 1864§; Hon. George H. Cary, attorney-general, from October, 1863, to August, 1864||; Hon. Joseph D. Pemberton, surveyor-general, from April, 1864, to October, 1864; ft Hon. Donald Fraser, member of council, from April, 1864, to September, 1866; Hon. Henry Wakeford, acting colonial secretary, from August, 1864, to June, 1865ftt; Hon. Henry Rhodes, member of council, from August, 1864, to September, 1866; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, acting attorney-general, from August, 1864, to September, 1866; Hon. B. W. Pearse, acting surveyor-general, from October, 1864, to September, 1866; Hon. W. A. G. Young, colonial secretary, from July, 1865, to September, 1866; Hon. Joseph Needham, chief justice, from November, 1865, to September, 1866.tttt ♦President. Resigned. tSuperseded by attorney-general. $Mr Langley's name does not appear on minutes of council after this date. § Superseded by surveyor-general. ||Resigned. tffSuperseded by colonial secretary. ffResigned. ttttPresident. Legislative Council, 1864 to 19th July, 1871.—Session 1864: The Hon. Arthur N. Birch, colonial secretary; Hon. Henry P. P. Crease, attorney- general; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Chartres Brew, magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, magistrate, Cariboo East; Hon. E. H. Sanders, magistrate, Yale; Hon. H. M. Ball, magistrate, Lytton; Hon. J. A. R. Homer, New Westminster; Hon. Robert T. Smith, Hope, Yale and Lytton; Hon. Henry Holbrook, Douglas and Lillooet; Hon. James Orr, Cariboo East; Hon. Walter S. Black, Cariboo West. Session.—1864 to 1865, Hon. Arthur N. Birch, colonial secretary and presiding member; Hon. Henry P. P. Crease, attorney-general; Hon. Charles W. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Franks, treasurer; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Chartres Brew, magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, magistrate, Cariboo; Hon H. M. Ball, magistrate, Lytton; Hon. A. C. Elliott, magistrate, Lillooet; Hon. John C. Haynes, magistrate, Osoyoos and Kootenay; Hon. J. A. R. Homer, New Westminster District; Hon. Henry Holbrook, Douglas and Lillooet Districts; Hon. Clement F. Cornwall, Hope, Yale and Lytton Districts; Hon. George A. Walkem, Cariboo East district; Hon. Walter Moberly, Cariboo West district. Session 1866.—Hon. Henry M. Ball, acting colonial secretary, and presiding member; Hon. Henry P. P. Crease, attorney-general; Hon. Charles W. Franks, treasurer; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, chief commissioner of lands and works; Hon. Wymond O. Hanley, collector of customs; Hon. Chartres Brew, magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, magistrate, Kootenay; Hon. Andrew C. Elliot, magistrate, Lillooet; Hon. John C. Haynes, magistrate, Osoyoos and Kootenay; Hon. J. A. R. Homer, New Westminster district; Hon. Henry Holbrook, Douglas and Lillooet districts; Hon. Clement F. Cornwall, Hope, Yale and Lytton districts; Hon. George Anthony Walkem, Cariboo East district; Hon. Robert Smith, Cariboo West district. Session 1867—First session after union with Vancouver Island. Hon. Arthur N. Birch, colonial secretary and presiding member; Hon. Henry P. P. Crease, attorney-general; Hon. William A. G. Young, acting during session as treasurer; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, chief commissioner of lands and works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, acting during session as solicitor-general; Hon. Henry M. Ball, magistrate, Cariboo West; Hon. Chartres Brew, magistrate, New Westminster; Hon, Geo. W. Cox, magistrate, Cariboo East; Hon. William H. Franklyn, magistrate, Nanaimo; Hon. William J. Macdonald, magistrate, Victoria; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, magistrate, Kootenay; Hon. Edward H. Sanders, magistrate, Yale and Lytton; Hon. Amor DeCosmos, Victoria; Hon. J. S. Helmcken, Victoria; Hon. Joseph D. Pemberton, Victoria District; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster; Hon. Robert T. Smith, Columbia River and Kootenay; Hon. Joseph J. Southgate, Nanaimo; Hon. Edward Stamp, Lillooet; Hon. Geo. A. Walkem, Cariboo; Hon. Francis J. Barnard, Yale and Lytton. Session 1868—The Hon. W. A. G. Young, acting colonial secretary and presiding member; Hon. Henry P. Pellew Crease, attorney-general; Hon. Robert Ker, acting during session as treasurer; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, chief commissioner of lands and works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Henry M. Ball, magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. Geo. W. Cox, magistrate, Columbia and Kootenay; Hon. Thomas Elwyn, acting during session as magistrate for Cariboo; Hon. Wm. J. Macdonald, magistrate, Victoria; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, magistrate, Yale and Lytton; Hon. Warner R. Spalding, magistrate, Nanaimo; Hon. Thomas Lett. Wood, magistrate, Victoria; Hon. Amor DeCosmos, Victoria; Hon. John S. Helmcken, AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Victoria; Hon. Joseph D. Pemberton, Victoria District; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster; Hon. Robert T. Smith, Columbia and Kootenay; Hon. Edward Stamp, Lillooet; Hon. Geo. A. Walkem, Cariboo; Hon. Francis Jones. Barnard, Yale and Lytton. Session 1868-69—The Hon. W. A. G. Young, acting colonial secretary and presiding member; Hon. Henry P. Pellew Crease, attorney-general; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, chief commissioner of lands and works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Arthur T. Bushby, acting postmaster- general; Hon. Edward G. Alston, J. P.; Hon. Henry M Ball, J. P.; Hon Henry Holbrook, J. P.; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, J. P.; Hon. A. F. Pemberton, J. P.; Hon. Edward H. Sanders, J. P.; Hon. George Anthony Walkem, J. P.; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, J. P.; Hon. Robert W. W. Carrall, Cariboo; Hon. John C. Davie, Victoria District; Hon. M. W. T. Drake, Victoria City; Hon. Henry Havelock, Yale; Hon. John S. Helmcken, Victoria City; Hon. Thomas B Humphreys, Lillooet; Hon. David B. Ring, Nanaimo; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster. Session 1870—The Hon. Philip J. Hankin, colonial secretary and presiding member; Hon. Henry P. Pellew Crease, attorney-general; Hon. Joseph Wm. Trutch, chief commissioner of lands and works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Arthur T. Bushby, acting postmaster- general; Hon. Edward G. Alston, J. P.; Hon. Henry M. Ball, J. P. Hon; Henry Holbrook, J. P.; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, J. P.; Hon. Augustus F. Pemberton, J. P.; Hon. Edward H. Sanders, J. P.; Hon. George A. Walkem, J. P.; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, J. P.; Hon. Francis Jones Barnard, Yale; Hon. Robert W. W. Carrall, Cariboo; Hon. Amor. DeCosmos, Victoria District; Hon. Edgar Dewdney, Kootenay; Hon. M. W. T. Drake, Victoria City; Hon. John Sebastian Helmcken, Victoria City; Hon. Thomas B. Humphreys, Lillooet; Hon. David B. Ring, Nanaimo; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster. Session 1871—The Hon. Philip J. Hankin, colonial secretary (Speaker); Hon. George Phillippo, attorney-general; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, *chief commissioner of lands and works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, collector of customs; Hon. Augustus F. Pemberton, J. P.; Hon. Edward G. Alston, J. P.; Hon. Henry Nathan, Victoria City; Hon. John S. Helmcken, Victoria City; Hon. Amor DeCosmos, Victoria District; Hon. Arthur Bunster, Nanaimo; Hon. Hugh Nelson, New Westminster; Hon. Clement F. Cornwall, Hope, Yale and Lytton; Hon. Thomas B. Humphreys, Lillooet and Clinton; Hon. Robert W. W. Carrall, Cariboo; Hon. Robert J. Skinner, Kootenay. *On the 14th February, 1871, the Hon. P. O'Reilly was appointed a member of the legislative council vice the Hon. J. W. Trutch, absent from the colony. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA COUNCIL OF VANCOUVER ISLAND. August, 1851, to August, 1863. Name From To Hon. James Douglas* August 1851 November 1851 Hon. John Todt August 1851 October 1858 Hon. James Coopert August 1851 June 1856 Hon. Roderick Finlayson .November 1851 August 1863 Hon. John Work§ April 1853 December 1862 Hon. David Fraser November 1858 August 1863 Hon. David Cameron July 1859 August 1863 Hon. Alfred J. Langley February 1861 August 1863 ♦Appointed Governor fResigned ^Resigned §Died 21st December, 1862 Members of the Executive Council of British Columbia from April, 1864, to Confederation, 19th July, 1871. Arthur N. Birch Henry Pering P. Crease. Charles W. Franks Joseph W. Trutch Wymond Hamley Henry M. Ball Arthur N. Birch William A. G. Young ... Philip J. Hankin John Sebastian Helmcken Robert W. W. Carrall .. George Phillippo E. Graham Alston ♦Colonial Secretary ♦Attorney-General .. ♦Treasurer§ ♦Chief Com. Lds. W't'r ♦Collector of Customs., tActing Colonial Sec'y.. Colonial Secretary Acting Colonial Sec'y.. JColonial Secretary ... Member Ex. Council .. Member Ex. Council .. Attorney-General Acting Attorney-Gen'1. April, 1864 .. April, 1864 .. August, 1864 May, 1864 ... April, 1864 .. October, 1865 November, 181 July, 1867 ... April, 1869 .. December, 18 December, 18 May, 1870 ... May, 1871 ... September,1865 May, 1870 September,1866 July, 1871 July, 1871 October, 1866 July, 1867 April, 1869 July, 1871 July, 1871 July, 1871 May, 1871 July, 1871 ♦The members of the Executive Council took precedence in this order, and as holding these positions, without reference to date of appointment. §This position was not refilled after the resignation of Mr. Franks. tDuring this period the colonial secretary was administering the government. JMr. Hankin administered the government from June to August, 1869, and again for a few weeks in the summer of 1870. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY AFTER CONFEDERATION. Esquimalt . Kootenay . FIRST PARLIAMENT (To Aug. 30, 1875) oseph Hunter... ornelius Booth . . G. Barnston ... (vice Booth)] John Ash, M.D.. Wm. Smithe — John P. Booth .. N. Westmin City N. Westminster | 2 A. Rocke Robertson Henry Cogan John A. Mara Charles Todd John Robson .. Henry Holbrook . J. F. McCreight ... Simeon Duck Robt. Beaven Jas. Trimble, M.D, . Hon. A. DeCosmos j Hon. A. Bunster j . W. F. Tolmie (vice DeCosmos) W. A. Robertson (vice Bunster) | Robert Smith . Jas, Robinson . Chas. A. Semlin A. E. B. Davieb John Evans Geo Cowan (vice Davie) John Ash, M.D. .. Wm. Smithe ... . Edwin Pimbury . Wm. Fisher Frederick Williams... A. W. Vowelld Chas. Gallagher John Evans c... G. A. Walkem . G. Ferguson John Ash, M.D. . Wm. Smithe E. Pimbury Frederick Williams H, Helgesen 0. Callagher R. L. T. Galbriath . Win. Morrison John Brvden h Jas. A. s D. W. Gordon (vice Bryden) Robt. Dickinson . Robert Beaven James Trimble, M.D. A. C. Elliott J. W. Douglas Hon. T. B. Humphreys W. F. Tolmie MEMBER ELECT FOURTH PARLIAMENT (To June 3, 1886) Ebenezer Brown.. W. J. Armstrong (viceBrc—, . D. McGillivray 1 2 W. J. Harris J. S. Drummond J. W. Williams J. T. Mcllmoyl Hon. T. B. Humphreys Robert Smith.. , .J.. Mara.. F. G. Vernon P.Bennett.. Wm. M. Dingwall William Smithe Hans Helgesen C. E. Pooley R. L. T.Galbraith Edward Allen W. J. Armstrong John Robson Robt. Beaven Theo. Davie Simeon Duck M. W. T. Drake Geo A. McTavish R. F. John Chas. A. Semlin 62 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY AFTER CONFEDERATION. COXSTIT- I FIFTH PARLIAMENT 1 J Sixth Parliament Ml Seventh Parliament To May 10, 1890 | To June 5, 1894 S 1 S s| Cariboo. . . 3|J. Mason 3|Joseh Mason n .. . 2IS. A. Rogers R. McLeese |Hon. J. Robson o.. Wm. Adams G. Cowan S. A. Rogers I. B. Nason (vice p Jos. Mason) Dr. Watt (vice Hon. Robson) Wm. Adams Cassiar . .. 1 John Grant 1 (vice I. B. Nason) R. H. Hall 1| John Irving Comox . . . 1 A. M. Stenhouse .. 1 Joseoh Hunter 1U. Hunter . Hon. T. Humphreys fcSTS-V 2 (vice Stenhouse) Cowichan .. Hon. W. Smithe m 2 Hon. Theo. Davie 2|Hon. T. Davie x Henry Fry Henry Croft I Major Mutter (vice Hon. Smithe) |G. A. Huff 2 C. E. Pooley 2 Hon. C. E. Pooley I (vice Hon. Davie) Esquimalt .. ID. W. Higgins .. .. [Hon. D. W. Higgins 2|Hon. C. E. Pooley 1 Lt. Col. Jas. Baker 2 (E) Lt. Col. Baker 1 Hon. D. W. Higgins Kootenay .. l(W) J. M. Kellie 3|(E) Col. Baker |(W) J. M. Kellie Lillooet . . 2 Hon. A. E. Davie q 2 D. A. Stoddart |(S) J. Fred Hume E. Allen A. W. Smith 2|(E) J. D. Prentice y A. W. Smith |D. A. Stoddard (vice Hon. Davie). (vice Prentice) l(W) A. W. Smith Hon. R. Dunsmuir. 2 T. Forster 1 Nanaimo . . ''£ Wm. Raybould r .. Geo. Thompson C. C. McKenzie 2|(N) John Bryden |(S) Dr." Walkem (vice W. Raybould) A. Haslam (vice Hon. R. Dunsmuir) Nan'o City . N. West'r 1 IT. Keith 11 J. Brown 1 -4 Jas. McGregor J. B. Kennedy W. N. Boie t. .'.' !. City . . . T. Cunningham (vice W. N. Bole) N. West'r 3 Hon. John Robson. * 3|Hon. J. Robson n 4 (Ded'y) C. B. Sword District . W. H. Ladner .. |T. E. Kitchen (Delta) T. Forster Jas Orr James Punch C. B. Sword (vice Hon. Robson) (Rich'md) T. Kidd (Chilliwack) T. E. Kitchen z A. S. Veddar (vice T. E. Kitchen) Victoria C 4 Robert Beaven . .. 4 John Grant 4 R. P. Rithet IE. G. Prior v Robert Beaven Hon. J. H. Turner |J. H. Turner .. .. Dr. G. L. Milne H. D. Helmcken Theo. Davie w . .. Hon. J. H. Turner John Braden Victoria 2|R. F. John 2 D. M. Eberts 2 (S) D. M. Eberts District . IG. W. Anderson . . G. W. Anderson (N) J. P. Booth Yale .... 3|C. A. Semlin .. .. 3 Hon. F. G. Vernon 3 (N) Hon. G. Martin IF. G. Vernon .. .. G. B. Martin (E) Don. Graham G. B. Martin .. .. C. A. Semlin (W) C. A. Semlin Vane. City 2 F. C. Cotton J. W. Home 3 A. W. Williams Robt. Macpherson F. C. Cotton Alberni . . The Tslnnrla 1 1 Thomas Fletcher .T "P "RnntVi a—Appointed clerk, records, Kootenay, Aprilt 1872. b—Accepted office May, 1877, and was defeated, c—Died Sept., 1879. d—Appointed gold commissioner, Cassiar, May, 1879. e—Died Oct., 1877. f—Died Nov., 1872. g—Resigned Sept., 1874. h—-Re signed Dec, 1876. i—Resigned Nov., 1889. j—Resigned Feb., 1874. k—Died Aug., 1882. m—-Died 1887. n—Died Jan., 1891. o—Died June, 1892. p—Died Aug., 1893. q— Died Aug., 1888. r—Died 1886. s—Died 1869. t—Appointed judge, 1881. u—Resigned to sit for Cariboo, v—Resigned for House of Commons, w—Ran for Cowichan. x— Resigned March 4, 1895, appointed chief justice, y—Resigned on election protest and was defeated. z- -Died during session 18 97. [See opposite page.] >MKV>^^^^VVV<VWiVggSgW» AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.—Continued Alberni Cariboo Cassiar Comox Cowichan Esquimalt Kootenay East (South Rdg.) Kootenay East (North Rdg.) Kootenay West (Nelson) ... Kootenay West (Slocan) ... Kootenay West (Revelstoke) Kootenay West (Rossland). Lillooet East Lillooet West Nanaimo City Nanaimo North Nanaimo North Nanaimo South Newcastle City Newcastle City Vancouver City Vancouver City Vancouver City Vancouver City Victoria Victoria Victoria Victoria Victoria Victoria North Victoria South Victoria South Yale East Yale South a ... . Yale West Yale West Westminster— District Chilliwack District Delta District Dewdney District Richmond I Eighth Parliament 11 Alan Webster Neill 21 J. C. Kinchant |Hans Helgesen 2|C. W. D. Clifford John Irving 1 James Dunsmuir 1 W. R. Robertson 2 Hon. C. E. Pooley D. W. Higgins 1 Col. James Baker 1 W. C. Wells lHon. J. F. Hume 1 R. F. Green 1 J. M. Kellie 1 J. M. Martin I J. D. Prentice 1A. W. Smith l|Hon. R. E. McKechnie I II John Bryden 11 Ralph Smith l|Alex. Henderson Hon. F. Carter Cotton Hon. Jos. Martin Robt. Macpherson C. E. Tisdall H. Turner Richard Hall H. D. Helmcken A. E. MePhillips J. P. Booth D. M. Eberts Price Ellison E. J. Deane C. A. Semlin BpS I 1|C. W. Munro l|Hon. Thos. Forster 1|R. McBride 1| Thos. Kidd 1 1 Ninth Parliament 1 11 Alan Webster Neill 21 Joseph Hunter I Samuel A. Rogers 2|C. W. D. Clifford |James Stables 1|L. A. Mounce 1|C. H. Dickie 2|Hon. C. E. Pooley |W. H. Hayward 1|E. C. Smith 1|W. C. Wells l|John Houston 1|R. F. Green 1| Thomas Taylor llSmith Curtis l!Hon. J. D. Prentice 1|A. W. Smith 1|Ralph Smith J. H. Hawthornthwaite [(vice R. Smith resg'd) l|Hon. W.W.B. Mclnnes l|Hon. Jas. Dunsmuir llHon. J. C. Brown Thos. Clifford (vice Brown defeated) 4 R. G. Tatlow Hon. Jos. Martin H. B. Gilmour J. F. Garden Hon. J. H. Turner ICol Hon. E. G. Prior (vice Turner resigned) Richard Hall H. D. Helmcken A. E. MePhillips 1 J. P. Booth T. W. Patterson (vice Booth deceased) 1 Hon. D. M. Eberts l|Price Ellison 1|F. J. Fulton II Denis Murphy C. A. Semlin (vice Murphy resigned) 1 C. W. Munro 1 John Oliver llHon. R. McBride 1 Thos. Kidd Mr. Kitchen died near the close of the session of 1897, and an election was held on the 8th of May, when A. S. Veddar was elected to succeed him. Upon the elevation of Hon. Theo. Davie to the Supreme Court bench, Mr. G. A. Huff, Alberni, succeeded him by election. The election contest in East Lillooet was contested, and, as the result of a compromise, a new election was held after the session of 1895. Mr. D. A. Stoddart was returned. Dr. Walkem, although elected as a government supporter, during the session of 1897, voted and spoke in opposition. Hon. D. M. Eberts, upon being appointed attorney-general, was elected by acclamation. When Hon. G. B. Martin became chief commissioner of lands and works he was re-elected by acclamation. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.-Continued. Tenth Eleventh. Twelfth. Alberni 1 W. W. B. Mclnnes H. C. Brewster H. C. Brewster Hon. Wm. Manson (vice Mclnnes res.) Atlin 1 Dr. H. E. Young Hon. H. E. Young Hon. H. E. Young Cariboo 2 Harry Jones Harry Jones J. A. Fraser James Murphy J. M. Yorston Dr. M. Callanan Chilliwack 1 C. W. Munro C. W. Munro S. A. Cawley Columbia 1 W. C. Wells Harry Parson Harry Parson Comox 1 Robert Grant Robert Grant M. Manson Cowichan 1 J. N. Evans W. H. Hayward W. H. Hayward Cranbrook 1 Dr. J. H. King Dr. J. H. King T. D. Caven Delta 1 John Oliver John Oliver J. A. F. Mackenzie Dewdney 1 Hon. R. McBride Hon. R. McBride W. J. Manson (vice McBride res.) W. J. Manson John Jardine Esquimalt 1 Hon. C. E. Pooley John Jardine Fernie 1 W. R. Ross W. R. Ross W. R. Ross Grand Forks ... . 1 G. A. Fraser John Mclnnes Ernest Miller Greenwood 1 J. R. Brown G. R. Naden J. R. Jackson Islands 1 T. W. Paterson A. E. MePhillips Hn.A.E. MePhillips Kamloops 1 Hon. F. J. Fulton Hon. F. J. Fulton J. P. Shaw Kalso 1 Hon. R. F. Green Neil F. Mackay Neil F. Mackay Lillooet 3gg A. McDonald M. R. Eagleson A. McDonald Nanaimo 1 J. H. Hawthorn- J. H. Hawthorn- J. H. Hawthorn- thwaite thwaite thwaite Nelson ■ttt John Houston Dr. G. A. B. Hall Harry Wright Newcastle £* Parker Williams Parker Williams Parker Williams New Westminster . 1 Thomas Gifford Thomas Gifford Thos. Gifford Okanagan 1 Price Ellison Price Ellison Hon. Price Ellison Revelstoke 1 Thomas Taylor Thos. Taylor Hon. Thos. Taylor Richmond 1 Hon. F. L. Carter- Hon. F. L. Carter- Hon. F. L. Carter- Cotton Cotton Cotton Rossland 1 J. A. Macdonald J. A. Macdonald W. R. Braden Saanich 1 H. E. Tanner Hon. D. M. Eberts Hon. D. M. Eberts Similkameen 1 L. W. Shatford L. W. Shatford L. W. Shatford Skeena 1 C. W. D. Clifford Dr. W. H. Kergin Wm. Manson Slocan 1 Wm. Davidson Wm. Hunter Wm. Hunter Vancouver 5 W. J. Bowser Hon. W. J. Bowser Hon. W. J. Bowser J. F. Garden J. F. Garden Harry Watson A. H. B. Macgowan a. H. B. Macgowan A. H. B. Macgowan Hon. R. G. Tatlow Hon. R. G. Tatlow C. E. Tisdall Victoria 4 Hon. Chas. Wilson Dr. G. A. McGuire Dr. G. A. McGuire W. G. Cameron Hon. R. McBride Hon. R. McBride R. L. Drury H. F. W. Behnsen H. F. W. Behnsen Richard Hall Fred Davey Fred Davey J. D. McNiven H. B. Thomson H. B. Thomson Yale 1 Stuart Henderson Stuart Henderson Hon. R. McBride Alexander Lucas (vice McBride res.) Ymir 1 Harry Wright J. H. Schofield J. H. Schofield AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. PRESENT LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. (Elected November 25th, 1909: term expires 1913.) The Honourable David MacEwen Eberts, K.C., Speaker. Name. Constituency Represented. P.O. Address. Behnsen, Henry Frederick William .. Victoria City Victoria Bowser, Hon. William John, K.C. ... Vancouver City Victoria Braden, William Robert Rossland City Rossland Brewster, Harlan Carey Alberni Clayoquot Callanan, Michael, M.D Cariboo Barkerville Carter-Cotton, Francis L Richmond Vancouver Caven. Thomas Donald Cranbrook Cranbrook Cawley, Samuel Arthur Chilliwack Chilliwack Davey, Frederick Victoria City Victoria Eberts, Hon. David MacEwen, K.C. . Saanich Victoria Ellison, Hon. Price Okanagan Victoria Fraser, John Anderson Cariboo Quesnel Gifford, Thomas New Westminster City New Westminster Hawthornthwaite, James Hurst ... . Nanaimo City Newcastle Hayward, William Henry Cowichan Duncan Hunter, William Slocan Silverton Jackson, John Robert Greenwood Midway Jardine, John Esquimalt Esquimalt Lucas, Alexander Yale Vancouver Macgowan, Alexander Henry Boswell. Vancouver City Vancouver Mackay, Neil Franklin Kaslo Victoria Mackenzie, Francis James A Delta New Westminster Manson, Michael Comox Union Bay Manson, William Skeena Prince Rupert Manson. William J Dewdney Mission City Miller, Ernest Grand Forks Grand Forks McBride, Hon. Richard, K.C Victoria City Victoria McDonald, Archibald Lillooet Lillooet McGuire, George Albert, D.D.S Vancouver City Vancouver MePhillips, Hon. Albert Edward, K.C The Islands Victoria Parson, Henry G Columbia Golden Ross, Hon. William Roderick, K.C. .. Fernie Fernie Schofield, James Hargrave Ymir Trail Shatford, Lytton Wilmot Similkameen Hedley Shaw, James Pearson Kamloops Shuswap Taylor, Hon. Thomas Revelstoke Victoria Thomson, Henry Broughton Victoria City Victoria Tisdall, Charles Edward Vancouver City Vancouver Watson, Henry Holgate Vancouver City Vancouver Williams, .Parker Newcastle Ladysmith Wright, Harry Nelson City Nelson Young, Hon. Henry Esson, M.D Atlin Victoria YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR: His Honour Thomas Wilson Paterson. PRIVATE SECRETARY: H. J. S. MUSKETT. EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. President of the Council The Honourable A. E. MePhillips, K.C. Provincial Secretary The Honourable Henry Esson Young, M.D. Attorney-General The Honourable William John Bowser, K.C. Minister of Lands The Honourable William Roderick Ross, K.C. Minister of Finance and Agriculture The Honourable Price Ellison Minister of Mines The Honourable Richard McBride, K.C. (Premier) Minister of Public Works The Honourable Thomas Taylor OFFICERS OF THE HOUSE. Clerk of the Legislative Assembly Thornton Fell Law Clerk Knox Courtney Sergeant-at-Arms W. J. Sanders King's Printer R. Wolfenden Librarian E. O. S. Scholefield OFFICE OF PRIME MINISTER. Prime Minister The Hon. Richard McBride Private Secretary Lawrence Macrae ATTORNEY-GENERAL'S DEPARTMENT. Attorney-General Hon. W. J. Bowser, K.C, M.P.P. Deputy Attorney-General J. P. McLeod Registrar of Joint Stock Companies D. Whiteside Registrars of Titles r Vancouver A. C. Smith Victoria S. Y. Wootton New Westminster C. S. Keith Prince Rupert M. E. Burritt Kamloops W. H. Edmonds ■ Nelson S. R. Rowe Victoria B. H. T. Drake Supreme and County Vancouver . A. B. Pottinger Court Registrars New Westminster Nelson Rossland .. J. J. Cambridge ... T. M. Bowman . H. R. Townsend AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 67 Superintendent Provincial Police F. S. Hussey, Victoria Inspector of Provincial Police C. S. Campbell, Victoria Provincial Game Warden A. B. Williams, Vancouver Inspector of Factories C. R. Gordon, Vancouver Inspector of Trusts Upton Runnalls, Victoria Inspector of Tramways W. Rae, Vancouver Inspector of Electric Energy D. P. Roberts, Vancouver Inspector of Insurance Ernest Gunther, Vancouver Librarian and Archivist E. O. S. Scholefleld, Victoria Deputy Commissioner of Fisheries Neil Mclntyre (acting) Victoria DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND AGRICULTURE. • Minister of Finance and Agriculture Hon. Price Ellison Deputy Minister of Finance J. McB. Smith Auditor-General J. A. Anderson Surveyor of Taxes J. B. McKilligan _ Inspector of Offices W. J. Goepel Deputy Minister of Agriculture W. E. Scott Inspector of Fruit Pests T. Cunningham, Vancouver Secretary Bureau of Provincial Information F. I. Clarke, Victoria Government Agents (Alberni H. C. Rayson Ashcroft H. P. Christie Atlin J. A. Fraser Barkerville C. W. Grain Clinton F. Soues Cranbrook J. F. Armstrong Cumberland J. Baird Duncan J. Maitland-Dougall Fairview J. R. Brown Fernie J. S. T. Alexander Fort George G. J. Walker Fort Fraser T. W. Heme Fort St. John T. Jamieson Grand Forks S. R. Almond Greenwood W. G. McMynn Golden S. E. J. Scovil Hazelton W. Allison Kamloops E. T. W. Pearse Kaslo E. E. Chipman Nanaimo G. Thomson New Westminster S. A. Fletcher Nelson W. F. Teetzel Nicola W. N. Rolfe One Hundred and Fifty-mile House E. C. Lunn Prince Rupert J. H. McMillan Princeton Hugh Hunter Revelstoke R. Gordon Rossland J. Kirkup Telegraph Creek J. Porter Vernon L. Norris YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA DEPARTMENT OF LANDS. Minister of Lands The Hon. W. R. Ross Deputy Minister of Lands R. A. Renwick Surveyor-General E. B. McKay Water Commissioner W. S. Drewry Timber Inspector G. D. McKay, Vancouver Official Log Scaler ... R. J. Hamilton, Vancouver DEPARTMENT OF MINES. Minister of Mines The Hon. R. McBride (Premier) Deputy Minister of Mines R. F. Tolmie Chief Assayer H. Carmichael Chief Inspector of Mines . F. H. Shepherd, Nanaimo DEPARTMENT OF PROVINCIAL SECRETARY. Provincial Secretary and Minister of Education. The Hon. H. E. Young, LL.D. Deputy Provincial Secretary A. Campbell Reddie Secretary Provincial Board of Health C. J. Fagan, M.D. Sanitary Inspector (Not filled) Curator Provincial Museum P. Kermode King's Printer Lieut-Col. Wolfenden, I.S.O., V.D. Superintendent Insane Asylum C. E. Doherty, M.D., New Westminster Superintendent of Education Alex. Robinson, M.A., LL.D. Inspector of High Schools J. S. Gordon, Vancouver Principal Normal Schools W. Burns, Vancouver Officer in Charge of Free Text Books Department David Wilson DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS. Minister of Public Works : Hon. Thos. Taylor Deputy Minister of Public Works W. W. Foster Chief Engineer Public Works J. E. Griffith Chief Inspector of Boilers J. Peck, Vancouver Superintendent New Westminster Bridge T. Gifford, New Westminster DEPARTMENT OF RAILWAYS. Minister of Railways The Hon. Thomas Taylor Deputy Minister of Railways (Not filled) Chief Engineer of Railways F. C. Gamble, C.E. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Victoria Nanaimo Vancouver New Westminster Cariboo F. G. Richards, Victoria C. F. Trawford, Nanaimo J. D. Hall, Vancouver T. J. Armstrong, New Westmin'r E. S. Peters, Barkerville Yale H. C. Kerman, Grand Forks Yale W. F. Wood, Kamloops Kootenay H. C. Moore, Golden Kootenay W. J. Law, Revelstoke Kootenay S. P. Tuck, Nelson ^ Atlin J. Shirley, Prince Rupert Gaol Wardens , Victoria J. M. Mutter I New Westminster J. G. Brymner i Nelson W. R. Jarvis ^ Nanaimo William Hunter Superintendent Industrial Schools D. Donaldson, Vancouver Judge Juvenile Court George Jay, Victoria Judge Juvenile Court H. C. Shaw, Vancouver Iff YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA BRITISH COLUMBIA LEGISLATURE. Table Showing the Dates of Opening and Prorogation of the Several Sessions, and of the Dissolutions of the Legislature. 1 Ad j art Opening. Prorogation. Dissolution First 1 Feb. 16, 1872 April H, 1872 2 Dec. 17, 1872 Feb. 21, 1873 3 Dec. 18, 1873 Mar. 2, 1874 4 Mar. 1, 1875 April 22, 1875 Aug. 30, 1875 Second 1 I Jan. 10, 1876 May 19, 1876 2 Feb. 21, 1877 April 18, 1877 3 Feb. 7, 1878 April 10, 1878 April 12, 1878 Third 1 July 29, 1878 Sept. 2, 1878 2 Jan. 29, 1879 April 29, 1879 3 April 5, 1880 May 8, 1880 4 Jan. 24, 1881 Mar. 25, 1881 5 Feb. 23, 1882 April 21, 1882 June 13, 1882 Fourth 1 Jan. 25, 1883 May 12, 1883 2 Dec. 3, 1883 Feb. 18, 1884 3 Jan. 12, 1885 Mar. 9, •1885 4 Jan. 25, 1886 April 6, 1886 June 3, 1886 Fifth 1 Jan. 24, 1887 April 1887 2 Jan. 27, 1888 April 28, 1888 3 Jan. 31, 1889 April 6, 1889 4 Jan. 23, 1890 April 26, 1890 May 10, 1890 Sixth 1 Jan. 15, 1891 April 20, 1891 2 Jan. 28, 1892 April 23, 1892 3 Jan. 26, 1893 April 12, 1893 4 Jan. 18, 1894 April H, 1894 June 5, 1894 Seventh 1 Nov. 12, 1895 Feb. 21, 1895 2 Jan. 23, 1896 April 17, 1896 3 Feb. 8, 1897 May 8, 1897 4 Feb. 10, 1898 May 20, 1898 June 7, 1898 Eighth 1 Jan. 5, 1899 Feb. 27, 1899 2 Jan. 4, 1900 Mar. 1, 1900 April 10, 1900 Ninth 1 July 19, 1900 Aug. 31, 1900 2 Feb. 21, 1901 May 11, 1901 3 Feb. 20, 1902 June 21, 1902 4 April 2, 1903 June 4, 1903 June 16, 1903 Tenth 1 Nov. 26, 1903 Feb. 10, 1904 2 Feb. 9, 1905 April 8, 1905 3 Jan. 11, 1906 Mar. 12, 1906 Dec. 24, 1906 Eleventh 1 Mar. 7, 1907 April 25, 1907 2 Jan. 16, 1908 Mar. 7, 1908 3 Jan. 21, 1909 Mar. 12, 1909 Oct. 20, 1909 " Twelfth 1 Jan. 20, 1910 Mar. 12, 1910 2 Jan. 12, 1911 Mar. 1, 1911 m wm Hon. Henry Esson Young, (Conservative.) John Anderson Fraser. (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. CHILLIWHACK. COLUMBIA. Samuel Arthur Cawley. (Conservative.) Henry G. Parson. (Conservative.) COWICHAN. Michael Manson. (Conservative.) Wm. Henry Hayward. (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. CRANBROOK. hos. Donald Caven. (Conservative.) Francis Jas. A. Mackenzie. (Conservative.)- DEWDNEY. ESQUIMALT. William J. Manson. (Conservative.) John Jardine. • (Independent Liberal.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. GRAND FORKS. Hon. Wm. Roderick Ross, K.C. (Conservative.) Ernest Miller. (Conservative.) THE ISLANDS. GREENWOOD. Hon. Albert E. MePhillips, K.C. (Conservative.) John Robert Jackson. (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. Archibald McDonald. (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, NEWCASTLE. REVELSTOKE. RICHMOND. Hon. Thomas Taylor. (Conservative.) Francis L. Carter-Cotto (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. SIMILKAMEEN. Lytton Wilmot Shatford. (Conservative.) SLOCAN. 'WM life} William Hunter. (Conservative.) William Manson. (Conservative.) VANCOUVER. Hon. Wm. John Bowser. (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. VANCOUVER. VANCOUVER. Henry Holgate Watson. (Conservative.) Alex. Hy. Boswell Macgowan. (Conservative.) VANCOUVER. Charles Edward Tisdall. (Conservative ) Geo. Albert McGuire. (Conservative.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. Frederick Davey. (Conservative.) VICTORIA. f3f iCsr"lv \Mf* - .Jr '^^^m^^^v Hon. Richard McB ride. (Conservative.) Hy. Fredk Wm. Behnsen. (Conservative.) Henry Broughton. The (Conservative.) i MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. Alexander Lucas, (Conservative.) James Hurst Hawthornthwai (Socialist.) MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. Hon. Wm. Templeman, M.P. (Comox-Atlin.) Martin Burrell, M.P. (Yale.) DOMINION REPRESENTATIVES. Hon. W. J. Macdonald (Senator.) f iP* I L^\ Hon, . George (Senator Riley. H. G. Barnard, M.P. (Victoria.) DOMINION REPRESENTATIVES. CHIEF JUSTICES, VANCOUVER ISLAND. Sir Matthew Baillie Begbie. Theodore Davie. (1895-98.) Angus John McColl. (1896-1902.) Gordon Hunter. ,(1902.) CHIEF JUSTICES, BRITISH COLUMBIA. 5!^WW>re^OT?gCttKg^^ Henry Pering Pellew Crease. (1870-1890.) Alexander Rocke Robertson. (1880-81.) Montague Wm. TyrWhitt Drake. (1889-1908.) JUSTICES OF THE SUPREME COURTS. (Deceased.) Lyman Pease Duff. (Now Supreme Court of Canada.) James Alexander Macdonald. (Chief Justice of Appeal.) JUSTICES OF THE SUPREME COURTS. John Foster McCreight. (1871-72.) ■" ii|kj| 1^. 3hWk-> mm£' :-M m* A Amor De (18 Cosmos. r2-4.) PREMIERS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. G. A. Walkem. (1874-6 and 1878-82.) Wm. Smithe. (1883-87.) PREMIERS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. Joseph Martin. (March 1st to June 14th, 1900.) E. G. Prior. (1902 03.) PREMIERS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. John Sebastian Helmcken. (1S56-67.) James Trimble. (1872-78.) SPEAKERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. John Andrew Mara (1883-87.) David Williams Higgins. (1890-98.) SPEAKERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. SPEAKERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. KING'S PRINTER. Lt.-Col. Wolfenden, I.S.O., V.D. CHIEF COMMISSIONER OF LANDS. Lt.-Col. Moody, R.E. (1859-65.) Richard Blanshard-. (Vancouver Island'.) (1849-1851.) 4flHf^ o? * mmmmJI^^^k 1 1 ■■i^ Sir James Doi lglas. (v ancouver Island Columbia—185 and British 1-1864.) I^HI Arthur E. Kennedy. • (1864-1866.) GOVERNORS OF VANCOUVER ISLAND AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. Anthony Musgrave, C.M.G. (1869-71.) A. M. Richards. (1876-81.) Sir Joseph Trutch. (1871-6.) ^0 vsrv r**i'' vhw^ j C. F. Cornwall. (1881-7.) LIEUTENANT-GOVERNORS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, Edgar Dewdney (1892-7.) T. R. Mclnnes (1897-1900.) Sir Henri Joli de Lotbiniere. LIEUTENANT-GOVERNORS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. Sir Alexander Mackenzie. PIONEER NAVIGATORS AND EXPLORERS. Thomas W. Paterson. LIEUTENANT-GOVERNORS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. Mfcir. Hf ^^K!% I If 1^111 **^^^ ■111 L eut. (afterwards Adm iral) W illiarx , Robt. Broughto (1762-1821.) q, R.N .4m Lieut. John Mears. R.N. (1756-1809.) PIONEER NAVIGATORS AND EXPLORERS. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. > "d d M >> "S d c a bo 73 >> 5 o ■d c o «d o -c o p I o o *d §0 d O Ml d 1 d $ o So oo oo eoeo oo oo oo oo oo oo "O " ^ OO .. ? 5 X -J « iil of O O a ^ .a 5 *° "^ .o ri C 'SlS AS s d d -d d S o gfi >V e:j ^ g-8 5| I 555 g| |" 55 ft £ £;£ ft £ ft - k @| «^ £ d o o "3 d >> 3! *g .2 p 11 c p f P 1 1 c 1 I p d d o O o d % I % c i! 1 1 P p > 1 p 1 c £ C ij 1 .< ■c P P p d d c3 "3 H d <u 5£ • |> I ■p -p a < P « ! p p i P I c C c p 3 a ] 1 1 p 5 1 c p > & d cj : <d d d 03 ■oO d .d © "35 d ■ §! a OPh eg 3g 1 s ®'3 os d ■So [ of ° o ?> 11 »§ ® d d t-i d 5 q c Ml o 6 £ ft * i-j' < d p o c o o >> C C £ < I l o O o< 1 d' o u § "3 e> d o p J (X p c ij p p bo d o g i d p c & p c p > ft p c i PC p p c p ! p c PC < P c I 1 < 8 £ p S o § * pi | d p P YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA J t £ OC ft p § g 4 ii ii mil 3i% urn S3S 3 1 1 -3- 1 iii i II 1 do do 23 Aug., 1882 29 Jan., 1883 do do do 21 March, 1885 16 Oct., 1886 1 April, 1887 8 Aug., 1887 do 3 Aug., 1889 do do do do 2 July, 1892 do do 8 Sept., 1892 28 May, 1892 2 July, 1892 4 March, 1895 do d o y o Ph I o I 1 II ! j \ n I 1 c 1 ! p i Is li •III 1 1 if Ii Premier, Attorney-General and Provincial Secretary Chief Commissioner Lands and Works Finance and Agrieulture Education and Immigration, Pro- i vincial Secretary \ Ii I I I «n u c •G 1 . rt E ! u o : 6 6 6 * 5 0 1 d "5 u"> X X < d ^ 1«d I w * .; .d ■£ . o . © >hQPh AND MANUAL OF PRQVOJCIAL INFORMATION. bo tfl "d o o "do +3 d +3 d m "S d w d d 5 I? h ffi CO h 02 *> 02 » £ £ P! o ; P3 d H ® "9 g? o d d ft f- > a d d o d 5 3 d CJ 1 d d Si d °3 > 1 j s s * 8 g a .2: ! d oS d ' i 2 g | 1 d +5 45 5 -S -S ^ d d -S i o d ; fl o d 5 b - s a 1 ■^3; d ^ t. ^ . k -2 ■£ M a g 8 ® « aj iflfc5u3<umHH^'d^f l^slfed ISP*6 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Sgss :*i O ft hO o o H d . d M 4 > II gd •1 P! fed f| d d d «s ceft d d S -§« ftp > d o 3 d -d H d >> o 1st d P! , 02 P d a 9- ftc P!.S ! 5h * ! S~ Mdu * d5-SS ) g cS ©Oh j o O CJOO i ! d g.2.2 cp „_, ud-2.2 , i o^^S-S^ o^r^SS' '-^ °S§3^-3^SgH > <->:>,. o ^ .2 t-i.2j>>oo ' C fl -d.C c § d.s S£ d-s 23 §o 5 fi ft'fe ft d P5 i PQ •« 3 % AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. DATES OF GENERAL ELECTIONS SINCE CONFEDERATION. 1. 1871 (McCreight administration) October 16 2. 1875 (Walkem administration) September 11 to October 7* 3. 1878 (Elliott administration) ' May 22 4. 1882 (Walkem administration) July 24 5. 1886 (Smithe administration) July 7 6. 1890 (Robson administration) June 13 7. 1894 (Davie, Theo., administration) July 7 8. 1898 (Turner administration) July 9 9. 1900 (Martin administration) June 9 10. 1903 (McBride administration) October 3 11. 1907 (McBride administration) '.. February 2 12. 1909 (McBride administration) November 29 1. The McCreight administration resigned as the result of a vote of want of confidence, when Amor de Cosmos formed a ministry. The latter resigned as Premier, February 11, 1874, and was succeeded by G. A. Walkem, who went to the country. 2. Whether the Walkem administration was sustained at the general election is difficult to say. He was subsequently sustained on his railway policy, but was defeated early in the session by an adverse vote on his financial policy, and was succeeded by A. C. Elliott, who went to the country. 3. The Elliott ministry was defeated at the elections, and was succeeded by a second Walkem administration. 4. Walkem accepting a judgeship, Robert Beaven was made premier and in succession, but was defeated in the session following the election, and was succeeded by William Smithe. 5. William Smithe was successful at the elections and carried on until his death the following year. A. E. B. Davie was made Premier instead, but died within two years. 6. John Robson succeeded and carried the elections of 1890. He died in London in 1892, and was succeeded by Theo. Davie. 7. Premier Davie carried the elections of 1894, but resigned in 1895 to accept the chief justiceship. 8. J. H. Turner, who had been for some time minister of finance, succeeded as Premier, but was forced to resign as the result of the elections of 1898. From Smithe to Turner, inclusive, may be regarded as the continuation of one administration. 9. Following the defeat of the Turner government came the Semlin administration, which was defeated in the legislature in February, 1900. Joseph Martin formed an administration which went to defeat in June of the same year. 10. Following the Martin administration came in quick succession the JDunsmuir, Prior and McBride governments. In the elections of October, 1903, Mr. McBride (as leader of a Conservative government) was successful by a small majority, and has been returned by largely increasing majorities at two succeeding general elections. * The elections were held on various dates: Victoria, Sept. 11; Victoria, Sept. 18; New Westminster district, Sept. 29; New Westminster City, Oct. 7, and so on. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCIAL ELECTIONS. VOTES CAST. 1903 1907 1909 Con Lib Soc Lab Con Lib Soc Lab Con j Lib Soc Lab Alberni:- io2 320 1 1 .... 1 1 236 293 204 Jas. Cartwright Soc — Morgan C Atlin— H. Esson-Young, M.D...C 43 256 107 236 41 202 John Irving L Cariboo— James Murphy L 20 65 '4ii 379 501 439 184 159 G. A. Rogers C 183 158 152 135 L. F. J. Champion C 273 267 Chilliwack— 330 267 331 513 310 604 Columbia— W. C. Wells L *619 195 1 254 262 1 ] 245 Comox— R. Grant C| 361 372 F. McB. Young L J. B. B. Bennett L Michael Manson , C — Cartwright Soc 317 292 451 206 .... 154 172 175 Cowichan— *2is 225 105 E M. Skinner C W. H. Hayward C Cranbrook— 123 365 '435 500 473 761 378 211 501 143 Delta— .... 309 447 430 564 1 261 384 i 770 Dewdney— Rich. McBride C 427 .... 219 241 | 325 — Thompson L I....J.... .... S02|.... AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Provincial E ections.-^ -Continued. 1903 1907 1909 Con 1 Lib Soc | Lab Con Lib Soc Lab Con Lib Soc | Lab Esquimalt— 239 134 I 1 j 212 187 *362 695 436 H. D. Helmcken C Fernie— 316 350 E. C. Smith L 309 221 285 Wm. Dicken L 66 |..:. 405 649 Grand Forks— Geo. A. Fraser C 346 232 W. H. P. Clement L 173 323 '516 .... 334 E. Miller C 255 H. W. Gregory L 160 150 Greenwood— .... 238 E. Mills Soc 229 181 217 190 176 260 204 154 Islands— *154 221 173 HI H. W. Bullock C A. E. MePhillips C 179 270 207 Kamloops— F. J. Fulton C 517 534 494 439 872 — Vasey L Kaslo— 482 268 J. Retallack L 231 161 Neil F. McKay C 233 293 167 189 134 Lillooet— *370 115 M. Eagleson L Nanaimo— 123 117 486 455 786 E. Quennell C H. Sheppard L-Soc 325 294 290 161 464 Nelson— 424 S. S. Taylor L. 357 314 J. A. Kirkpatrick C Frank Phillips Soc Harry Wright C 309 96 565 323 148 ! Acclamation. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Provincial Elections.—Continued mi 1907 1909 Con Lib Soc Lab Con Lib Soc j Lab Con Lib Soc Lab Newcastle— 288 259 379 A. Bryden C| D. W. Murray L| J. J. Thomas Soc-L John B. Cairns C — Stewart C| New Westminster— Thos. Gifford C W. H. Keary L| F. W. Howay L| J. S. Rainey Soc J. J. Johnson L| 217 214 197 .... 67 99 274 881 772 675 575 547 147 614 165 Okanagan— Price Ellison C W. J.' Sterling L 725| 893 1538 552 643 F. W. Logie Soc 92 741 188 Revelstoke— [ 342 '440 758 316 186 R. Caley L| 269 94 340 — Kempster Soc Richmond—■ 121 460 417 918 320 403 48 667 Rossland— '343 436 241 A. S. Goodeve C L. A. Campbell C A. IP. Berry Soc 186 98 1 237 Dr. J. M. English L Geo. Casey Soc Saanich— 217 ,... 160 J216 260 D. M. Eberts C 1 275 412 John Piercy L — Bryden L Similkameen— L. W. Shatford C 257 303 I 299 1 298 440 W. A. McLean L 214 200 | 29 205 Skeena—■ C. W. D. Clifford C 197 | 155 1 I.... 188 377 Wm. R. Lord C 1 118 1 822 1 1 163 AND MANUAL OF PROVTNCTAL INFORMATION. Pro* Elections.—Continued. 1903 1907 1909 Con Lib | Soc Lab Con I Lib Soc Lab Con | Lib) Soc Lab Slocan— W. Davidson ... Lab-Ind W. Hunter C A. B. Docksteader L | 358 119 298 193 309 81 172 — Harris Lab 57 Vancouver— W. J. Bowser C 2304 3163 2918 3142 3137 5441 J. F. Garden C 2464 5190 R. G. Tatlow C 2660 | Chas. Wilson C 2416 T. S. Baxter L 1411 1461 1546 910 1193 W. D. Brydone-Jack ... L Jos. Martin L C. Monck L J. D. Turnbull L J. McLaren Lab 1164 1248 956 1357 281 598 401 W. Griffiths Soc 284 1328 J. C. Mortimer Soc Dr. G. A. McGuire C 2925 4826 2227 2268 2316 2063 2097 T. F. Neelands L 612 602 618 599 1883 1428 R. P. Pettlpiece Socl J. H. McVity Socj H. H. Watson Cl 5202 5051 C. E. Tisdall C J. H. Senkler L 4110 3984 3942 3356 G. A. Macdonald L F. C. Wade L — Campbell L J. Stables L -»- McKenzie Soc — McGregor Soc — Garvie Soc Victoria— .-... 1281 1218 1227 1860 1744 1564 1627 1156 1190 1092 1031 .... 2031 R. Hall LII.... .T n •MVVNJiven T, Chas. Hayward C H. D. Helmcken C Jos. Hunter 0 A. E. MePhillips C J. C. Watters Soc Rich. McBride C 11342 Il352 699 404 1614 1497 2503 2856 2497 2465 .'.'.'. .... 1477 1377 Dr. Ernest Hall Lab A. Johnson Lab W. H. Marcon Soc A. J. Morley L John Oliver L W. K. Houston L 853 434 j ..I. j 365 .... 2218 2216 1876 '**.. La .. ' 1 fiK9 . ':. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Provincial Elections.—Continued. 1903 1907 1909 Con ' Lib Soc Lab Gon Lib Soc Lab Con Lib Soc Lab Yale- Stuart Henderson L T. G. McManamon C Chas. A. Semlin C R. McBride C Ymir— H. Wright C '20i 309 289 1 265 2(>7 455 483 323 J. H. Schofield C 325 699 239 John Houston Ind G. Oliver Soc 147 366 28,025 23,895 4,114 5,083 30,440 24,354 5,949 1,928 HM° 11.665 222 * Acclamation. Note—In the above, in the case of Cariboo, Vancouver and Victoria, there was plurality of voting, and as it is not possible to arrive at the exact number of votes cast for Conservative, Liberal and other candidates as such, the actual votes cast for all the candidates in their several classes have been aggregated. It is not a correct result, but it is relatively fair as among parties. In the election of 1903 there were two candidates returned by acclamation, one Liberal and one Conservative. The total number of votes on the list, in each case, has been added, 619 and 370, respectively. QUALIFICATIONS OF ELECTORS. At elections for members of the legislature of the province, every male of the full age of twenty-one years entitled to the privileges of a natural-born British subject, having resided in this province for six months, and in the electoral district in which he claims to vote for one month of that period immediately previous to sending in his claim to vote, and being duly registered as an elector, shall be entitled to vote at any election. In each electoral district there are one or more collectors or registrars of voters, whose duty it is to prepare and revise the lists of voters, and to enter upon such lists the names of those applying for and entitled to obtain the entry of their names thereon. A person desiring to be entered as an elector must make an application in writing to the collector of the electoral district or polling division in which the applicant resides, and make an affidavit or a statutory declaration as to the particulars required by the act. ALIENS. On May 14th, 1859, by proclamation by His Excellency James Douglas, K.C.B., governor and commander-in-chief in British Columbia, it was provided that:—"Every alien shall have the same capacity to take, hold, enjoy, recover, convey, and transmit title to lands and real estate of every AND MANUAL OP PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 81 description in this colony, as if he were at the time of the passing of this act a natural-born British subject; and no person shall be disturbed in the possession or precluded from the recovery of any lands or real estate in this colony by reason only that some person from or through whom he may derive his title was an alien." This provision was continued as section 10 of the "Aliens Act, 1867," in force on the 2nd of April, 1867, and consolidated as section 17 of the "Law and Equity Act, Con. Acts, 1888," Chap. 68, and is still the law of the province, conserving to aliens the same rights as British subjects in regard to the holding and dealing with real property. It should be noted that an alien, in order to become a pre-emptor of Crown lands, must declare his intention to become a British subject. PROVINCIAL ELECTIONS BY CONSTITUENCIES. Constituency. 15 ° 3 O 55 > S3 a o Alberni ... Atlin. ... Cariboo .. Chilliwack Columbia . Comox ... Cowichan . Cranbrook Delta ... . Dewdney .. Esquimalt nie Grand Forks Greenwood .. Islands ... . Kamloops ... Kaslo Lillooet ... . Nanaimo ... Nelson Newcastle ... New Westmix Okanagan ... Revelstoke ... Richmond ... Rossland ... Saanich ... . Similkameen Skeena Slocan Vancouver ... Victoria ... . Yale Ymir 541 itso 1241 832 ♦370 1601 1606 1086 1131 966 682 616 4486 644 1064 648 376 1011 660 26002 1 12797 1100 | 695 | 2339 | 1064 924 724 894 1934 2371 1586 1446 1043 709 767 682 864 9739 5066 773 1347 1062 691 625 321 701 738 683 362 978 422 238 906 525 632 527 29957 12490 496 2066 1745 1499 1026 2750 1596 848 624 2349 593 859 1834 1447 1178 ■-MW- 4024 2016 986 833 2336 801 19220 8005 1006 2064 1117 507 983 540 1406 1334 -0»_ 798 1749 1000 618 | 284 1250 I 1036 | 720 I 1660 | 2467 | 1219 j 1585 | 614 715 | 645 1362 538 48005 19320 i 720 I 1065 49435 | 62628 ' Acclamation. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA ' SPEAKERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY *Hon. John Sebastian Helmcken 12th Aug., 1856 Hon. James Trimble 15th Feb., 1872 Hon. Frederick W. Williams 20th July, 1878 tHon. John Andrew Mara 25th Jan., 1883 Hon. Charles• Edward Pooley 24th Jan., 1887 |Hon. David William Higgins ... 23rd Jan., 1890 Hon. John Paton Booth 9th March, 1898 Hon. Thos. Forster 5th Jan., 1899 §HonVj. P; Booth 19th July, 1900 ; Hon. C. E. Pooley 20th Feb., 1902- Hon. David McEwen Eberts 7th March, 1907 * Hon. J. S. Helmcken was'-continuously Speaker of the old Vancouver Island legislative assembly until- the date of the union in 1866. After that in the legislative council, the colonial secretary for the time being was presiding member. See ■"Colonial and Provincial Governments." j t Mr. Mara resigned his seat in the local legislature to represent the district of Yale-Cariboo in the House of Commons at Ottawa, in the general election of 1886. t Mr. Higgins resigned his speakership in the session of 1898. as a protest against the Cassiar Central railway concession;' • f V § J. P. Booth die& during the intermission between tjie sessions of 1901 and 1902. GOVERNORS OF VANCOUVER ISLAND Richard Blanshard ! Sir James Douglas, K.C.B. Arthur Edward Kennedy .. 1849 Nov. 1851 Oct. ' 1864 Nov. 1851 March 1864 Union 1866 GOVERNORS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Siri James Douglas, K.C.B. Frederick Seymour Anthony Musgrave, C.M.G. Sept. 1858 April 1864 Aug. 1869 April 1864 June 1869 July 1871 LIEUT-GOVERNORS SINCE CONFEDERATION Sir Joseph J. W. Trutch, K.C. M.G July 5, 1871 Hon. Albert Norton Richards, K.C , June 27, 1876 Clement Francis Cornwall, Esq June 21, 1881 Hugh Nelson, Esq Feb. 8, 1887 Hon. Edgar Dewdney > Nov. 1, 1892 Thomas Robert Mclnnes, Esq., M.D Nov. 15, 1897 Sir Henri Joly de Lotbiniere, K.C.M.G June 21, 1900 James Dunsmuir, Esq May 11, 1906 Thomas William Paterson, Esq Dec. 11, 1909 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. THE OLD GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS THE old government buildings replaced by the present structure described in the following pages were commenced in 1859, the original contract for which exceeded $100,000. A good deal of objection was raised to their erection at the time, on several grounds—their cost, their location, their being undertaken without consent of parliament, and their design. However, as the cost was defrayed out of Hudson's Bay. Company funds, Governor Douglas proceeded with them regardless of his censors. A feature vey much criticized was the isolation or detachment of the various departments from each other in separate buildings. That, with the quaint style of architecture, somewhat suggestive of Chinese pagodas, earned for them the designation of "bird cages," though it was not to this- circumstance, as commonly supposed, Birdcage Walk, being a continuation of Government street past • the government - grounds, owed its name. Upon this point, however, there is difference of opinion. It is;:Conl- fidently stated that the street took its name from Birdcage Walk,in London, England. Hon. J. S. Helmcken does not support the latter view. They consisted of five buildings, originally used as a central or administrative department, a court house, a legislative hall, an office of the chief commissioner of lands and works, and a printing bureau. There was a_ quaint- ness and picturesqueness about them that caused a feeling of regret op. account of their demolition, but the business of the public office having long ago outgrown their capacity their fate was inevitable. ... .,...; THE GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS THE present parliament buildings,4 which were completed in 1907 and formally opened Feb. 10, 1898> .indicate in a substantial way the progress made by the province since the time when the old buildings? previously described were ample for the transaction of its official busi^ ness. The huge masses of gray stonework, in stately outline with the expanse of green sward and the blue waters of James bay in the foreground and the glorious Olympic mountains behind, produce a most beautiful, and in its way, unequalled, effect. The general outline of the design is Renaissance in style, though treated in so original a manner as to make any particular description some- YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA what misleading. It is evident that the buildings were designed more in a spirit of accordance with the materials to be obtained and Design and in conformity with localjtexjuirements than with a desirel^M Material follow academic rules. The result consequently is much more interesting and "distinctive. The stone used in the buildings is of a pearly gray color, of a verjf transparent tone and takes on delicate and various shades with each change of the sky. This particular quality of the stone adds a very great charm to the building. The stone was obtained from Haddington island, about 300 miles north of Victoria, and between the Island of Vancouver and the mainland. The roofing of the building is in slates, obtained from the quarries of Jervis inlet, whilst the granite steps and landings, some of very great sizei were obtained from Burrard inlet and Nelson island quarries. All of these, as well as most of the other materials and woods, were obtained in the province* The various domes are covered with copper, which has taken on a greenish shade, blending admirably with the gray stone walls and bhWt slates. The general idea of the interior Of the building is a cross with three long arms, each of which contains a separate department on both the ground and first floors, and the remaining short arm is the principal entrance. Thus, whilst each department is planned and The Interior and arranged as a separate and distinct building, with its Arrangements own separate entrances, staircases, vaults, etc., yet direct access is obtained to each from the central main entrance hall. The central hall is treated appropriately with its importance, and forms the most striking feature of the interior. Being surmounted by the dome, which is so conspicuous a feature, of the exterior, this central hall is very lofty and has several balconies and balustrades opening on to it and reached by winding staircases contrived in the thickness of the walls, by . which you ascend on your way to the cupola surmounting the building—a favorite place for sightseers, as a splendid view of the whole surroundings country can be obtained from this height. From the central hall several charming vistas are obtained down the corridors, which are all arched and vaulted and finished in whtte polished Keene's cement, the windows being filled with stained glass. The interfelS staircases are moulded solid stone stairs, with wrought-iron railings, afl manufactured in the province. These steps are constructed in a manner unique on the coast, one end being built in the wall and the other end apparently unsupported, giving a very light and airy appearance. The strength of this system of stair-buttding is, however, as undoubted as the appearance is attractive. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 85 A large vaulted lobby opens on to the legislative hall, an apartment 60x40 feet on the floor level, amply large enough to accommodate far more than the present forty-two members, with galleries for the public extending beyond this again, these galleries being over the corridor The Legislative surrounding the hall. The legislative hall is panelled Chamber in Italian marble, Breccia and Pavanazzo and Verona St. Ambrozia being mostly used, with large monolithic columns of green Cippolino at each bay. The general effect is very rich. The Speaker's canopy in oak is an intricate and ornamental work, and is pointed to with pride as an example of the joiner's skill. Round the legislative hall are the various committee rooms and offices, including the library of the legislative assembly. Each of these is panelled in some one of the various native wods, and in them are exhibited choice samples of birds-eye maple, cypress, fir, cedar, alder and spruce. The building generally is fire-proof, a great deal of concrete work being used, and all wood as far as possible avoided in the construction to obviate shrinkage and decay as well as danger from fire. The electric light is used throughout, and the lavatories are fitted up in the most Fire-proof sanitary manner with tiled walls and floors, and marble is Throughout used for all divisions and' fixtures. The total cost of construction, including furnishings, complete, was in round numbers $950,000. On either side of the main structure are ranged the printing office and museum, connected by means of colonnades, forming a facade of over 500 feet in length. These colonnades are graceful in appearance, and form convenient covered approaches from one building to the other. The museum, which is a perfectly fire-poof building, contains the unique and noted collection of provincial fauna and flora. Mr. F. M. Rattenbury, formerly of Leeds, England, was the architect, and Mr. E. C. Howell, of London, England, superintendent, to both of whom is due the credit for the imposing edifice, which is not surpassed in beauty of composition and architectural effect by any public building in America. Since the completion of the buildings at various times improvements have been made in the grounds. A granite terrace wall was erected in front of the main facade, from which they slope gently to Belleville street, in front of which, again, they are terraced in sward to the water's edge. A small granite curb surrounds them and when the extensions proposed are completed it is the intention to surmount this curb with cast-iron standards and a chain. The grounds are decorated with trees, shrubbery and flower plots and are intersected with substantial driveways and walks. The general effect has been much heightened and improved by the erection of the causeway and the filling in of James bay flats, and especially by the erection upon the made grounds between Government and Douglas streets of the Empress hotel. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA PROPOSED EXTENSION OF THE BUILDINGS A STRIKING evidence of the progress of the province and the expansij^H of business activities is afforded in the fact that in 1898 when the present government buildings were completed, they were regarded as far in advance of the requirements of the time, and were, when proposed, denounced as egregiously extravagant and wholly unnecessary. So rapidly, however, has official business expanded, reflecting the growth of the country, that the buildings have for several years been entirely inadequate to the requirements in every department. So pressing, indeed, did the demands upon space become that the property between the rear of the buildings and Superior street was acquired by expropriation some time ago and several temporary buildings have been erected for office use. During the last session of the legislature an appropriation was made for the commencement of new permanent structures on a scale commensurate with present and probable future uses and uniform in design with the present structure. For the purpose, the services of Mr. F. M. Rattenbury were again requisitioned and the plans and the preliminary arrangements are now under way. It is anticipated that a completion of plans contemplated for immediate requirements will be reached in 1914. The following briefly outlines the extent and character of the new buildings. NEW LIBRARY BUILDING. The grand central feature of the new southerly facade will be the new library. This building is conceived on a generous scale, to allow for the great development that is taking place in this department. There will be an ultimate capacity for the storage of nearly 400,000 volumes. The building is on plan the shape of a Maltese cross, with small towers at each intersecting angle. The outside of the building follows the general style of the present one, with considerable sculpture introduced. The interior is designed with a central hall, rich in color, and following in detail the Greek style. From this hall are approached two reading rooms, both of which will be furnished in old oak, and on the other side the stack- room. The latter will have a delivery desk, to which pneumatic tubes will deliver books from all parts of the building. The whole building will be absolutely fireproof and will cost approximately $300,000. a NEW DEPARTMENTAL WINGS. Two wings will be built—in extension of the present main building- following it in character, and providing office accommodation equal to about two-thirds of the present office space. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 87 NEW MUSEUM AND ART GALLERY. It is contemplated to add a new museum building, the present accommodation being quite insufficient, and a picture gallery, adequate for the present, and proposed largely increased, collections owned by the government. On the ground floor will be the workshops, laboratories and a lecture hall; on the first floor, a grand central hall with gallery around it, and two wings, for use as a museum; on the second floor, a sculpture gallery, and two wings, top-lighted for use as a picture gallery. . This building will be as perfect in finish and arrangement as it will be possible to make it. ?f ^ i -p. NEW PRINTING OFFICE. The work of the printing office having outgrown the accommodation, a new building is to be erected, and the present building will be converted into use for regular departmental service. The new buildings will form an entirely new quadrangle, facing Superior street to the south, and will, it is anticipated, be equally as beautiful as the present well-known northern facade. ARMS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA (From the Year Book of 1897.) THE Coat of Arms of the province in use until the year 1896 was merely a crest or badge, and was unsuitable for representation upon a shield, or for association with other insignia of the Dominion, and was also unmeaning, as it presented no national idea with reference to the province, being simply an emblem of the Royal Family of England. The present arms was designed to remedy these defects and to express heraldically and appropriately the peculiar position of British Columbia with regard to the British Empire. The features to which it is intended thus to draw attention are: First, unity nation, both by descent and government; second, its geographical position; third, its maritime strength; fourth, its assured permanence and glory; fifth, its local fauna. These objects are attained in the following manner, respectively: First, the field is covered by the Union Jack, the grand standard and national emblem; second, upon a chief is defined* the setting sun; third, this charge is placed upon a field, barry undy, which heraldically sym- Signification bolizes the sea; fourth, the motto, "Splendor sine occasu," of Arms which has been adopted by no other state or individual, refers to the sun, which, though apparently setting, never decreases, and to the Empire which has a glory or radiance encircling the Merely a Crest with the . British extreme western i YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA world; fifth, the supporters, a wapiti stag and big horn, are the most noble creatures of the province, and typify dignity and strength. These two animals have a peculiar significance, inasmuch as they represent the union of the mainland and island, the wapiti being confined in its habitat to Vancouver Island, and the big horn found only in the mountain ranges of the mainland. THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PROVINCE OF QRfTJSH COLUMBIA Arms: Union Jack on a chief barry undy, of six ar. and az., a sun, setting in base, or. Crest: On an Imperial crown a lion statant gardant, imperially crowned, all or. Motto: "Splendor sine occasu." Supporters: Dexter, wapiti stag; sinister, a big horn, all ppr. The design has been officially adopted by the government of the province as the British Columbia Coat of Arms. Since the publication of the above certain modifications have been made in the device for use as an official seal and as the recognized coat of arms, in conformity with suggestions from the department of state at Ottawa and in order to comply with certain conventions of the College of Heralds, the final authority in all such matters; although, of course, the province of British Columbia is within its rights in adopting any device as a coat of arms which the executive might select. The following is the heraldic description of the modified device: Argent three Bars wavy Azure, issuant from the base a demi Sun in splendour proper, on a Chief the Union Device charged in the centre point with an Antique Crown Or. Granted by Royal Warrant, dated 31st March, 1906. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. ughton wdney wdney |-s|[ £ X P P ^mfim i 3 H !m ui <5 ^"Mtf . 'O TJ h ."P . O H » >-5 H d o oo u-l O cpfigg -3 6 -g^i SpSpPtfJp ~§ 8S"Cft o 1 >\ S,$ftSfe© S » c! oS «.s eo3 . «u » ■a J5J fflHK .H •So § fcO« IB o o o o o ** o KWaHiKfeTOK HfcBu£Hh JhUf- 4> CO . .. /-.«- fl 13 5 5 J •S 5 CJ s Sc £ M s 3 7 "S cod 3 £ 7- «■ m o d > z & < 1 £«►£ «an W P P Q< £ cj c * © "3 c 03 4) 2 i- f 5«. °2 E m 3-S 6*1 2 §1 3 .2 1 o ° 2 ■ . >> H * m ^ Z g *rf.pi l « p be be O 3 3 K ffi *-j pot • * •»- c -^ o o o ft g a 8 i ft £ •o.-. "2 So => aas tsfs ^. &2 2 g» 1 £| ft t;S ^ ^ ^ £ H (H H o QQ 03 QQ QQ.2 § !»► >-a hs >-5 *-»i-s-^t-s •4 ft- H- w * L § °? T °? s s s « o *e U H o> o g A « 2 a) a) I S S (3 CJ s s a I CJ C a> a) 6 £ En. i3 "S "E c3 ea S & 1 Nl fc fi ft ft Ol ft ?H Oh ^ fl 1 K 3 S W $ £ « 1 1 N > h 1 E 0) a c c C V < £ o !*& aft s T3 d n i 0 a 1 c > « c 1 St CJ o o< f 0 > < 1 ® 6 2 1 i c c c c IE > < 1 c < I C 1 c £ < c E c C i c p ii 1 i : i il c 1 1 ) 0 c ! j »> 3 C 11 c '> 1 o ^5 ofao . <5»oS YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA DOMINION ELECTIONS. 1901 1904 1908 Con Lib Soc | Lab Con Lib Soo^ | Lab Con Lib Soc Lab Comox and Atlin— * 1 W. Templeman L "Burrard— 2089 G. R. Maxwell L .Kootenay— J. Ai Baker Lab W. A. Galliher L (CJ.- H. Mackintosh C f-Smith : Curtis Ei 2716 622 2551 1784 :\ ■ 'i 2i73 1337 A. S. Goodeve C INanaimo— 3109 717 Ralph Smith L-Lab C. P. Wolley C 1392 1494 1106 ■ 1 1312 P. H, Shepherd C -New Westminster— Hon. E. Dewdney ..... C 1335 X627 1772 J. B. Kennedy ......... L J. D. Taylor .... C 1866 1762 2846 2020 "Vancouver (Island)— *868 832 1256 • Ralph Smith ......v;.. L C. P. Wolley ..: C Wancouver (Mainland)— R. B. Ellis C 2080 | R. G. Macpherson ...'..' L 2938 '..;. | . 50! •;.:- 741 'G, H. Cowan C! 46^1 1194 M2'0 $039 E. T. Kingsley . Ind L .•.. .-| W. W. B. Mclnne^ ... j». L "Victoria— .-. ' | R. L. Drury .....: L i775 1872 1657 Thos. Earle- C| Hon. E. G. Prior ' C 1192 :•...-] Geo. Riley L 1640 1692 J. C. Watters : Soc 336 2166 G. H. Barnard C 2179 Yale-Cariboo— C. Foley Lab 2652 W. A. Galliher L 2583 3112 — McKane C M. Burrell C! 1850 3413 E. Mills Soc| 487 2011 .... 2520 C. Bunting Ind L| .... ....I ■490 ....I-..., II 1 1 "I a&SKjc' 10,814/12,985 II 1 1 ,^||,.™ 0,419- d m|,,»|,™|,.„[- Acclamation. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 91 BRITISH COLUMBIA REPRESENTATIVES IN THE SENATE For the purposes of senatorial representation, British Columbia was divided into three districts roughly described as the Island of Vancouver, lower mainland, and interior. The provincial representatives in the Senate since confederation have been: Hon. William John Macdonald, Victoria, appointed Dec. 10, 1.871. (1) Hon. Clement Francis Cornwall, Ashcroft, appointed Dec. 10, 1871. (2) Hon. Richard William Weir Carrall, Barkerville; appointed Dec. 10, 1871. (3) Hon. Hugh Nelson, appointed Dec, 1879. (4) Hon. Thos. Robt. Mclnnes, New.Westminster, appointed Dec. 24, 1881. (5) Hon. James Reid, Quesnel, appointed Oct: 8, 1888; (6) Hon. Wm. Templeman, Victoria,, appointed Nov. 10, 1897. Hon. Hewitt Bostock, Ducks, appointed June 6, 1904. . Hon. George Riley, Victoria, appointed March 22, 1906. > (1) Cornwall resigned and was appointed Lieutenant-Governor in 1881, being succeeded by Dr. T. R. Mclnnes, of New,Westminster. (2) Dr. Carrall died at Woodstock, Ont., on September 19, 1879, and was succeeded by Hugh Nelson,- previously M. P. for New Westminster. (3) Nelson was appointed Lieutenant-Governor in 1887 and was succeeded by James Reid. v - &IO~ (4) Mclnnes succeeded Hon. E. Dewdney as Lieutenant-Governor in 1897 and was succeeded in the Senate by Mr. William Templeman. Ai (5) Upon the death of the Hon. James Reid, he was succeeded by Hewitt-. Bostock. ' . ■ (6) Hon. William Templeman upon being appointed minister,of inland, revenue in 1906, resigned his seat in the Senate and was elected for Victoria city, vice George Riley, resigned, who succeeded him in the Senate. .^U--, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA DOMINION GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS IN THE PROVINCE. Superintendent of Indian agencies, W. E. Ditchburn, Victoria. Agent marine and fisheries, Captain James Gaudin, Victoria. Steamboat inspector, J. A. Thompson, Victoria. Steamboat inspector, F. M. Richardson, Vancouver. Master D. G. S. Quadra, Chas. Hackett, Victoria. Resident superintendent public works, Wm. Henderson, Victoria. Medical superintendent quarantine station, A. T. Watt, M.D., Victajria. Inspector fisheries, district No. 1, C. B. Sword, New Westminster. Inspector fisheries, district No. 2, J. T. Williams, Port Essington. Inspector fisheries, district No. 3, E. G. Taylor, Nanaimo. Inspector customs, mainland, E. S. Bushby, Vancouver. Inspector customs, island, W. Marchant, Victoria. Collector of customs, Victoria, J. C. Newbury. Collector of customs, Vancouver, John M. Bowell. Collector of customs, New Westminster, Angus Munn. Collector of customs, Rossland, J. H. Macdonald. Collector of customs, Nelson, George Johnstone. Collector of customs, Kaslo, John Franklin. Collector of customs, Nanaimo, B. H. Smith. ri &gk Collector of customs, Cranbrook, H. White. Collector of customs, Fernie, G. E. Henderson. Collector of customs, Frand Forks, R. R. Gilpin. Collector of customs, Greenwood, Hugh McCutcheon. Collector of customs, Prince Rupert, B. R. McDonald. Collector of customs, Revelstoke, B. R. Atkins. Inspector inland revenue, J. E. Miller, V*storia. Collector inland revenue, Victoria, R. Jones. Collector inland revenue, Vancouver, E. B. Parkinson. Post office inspector, Victoria, E. H. Fletcher. Post office inspector, Vancouver, J. R. M. Greenfield. Postmaster, Victoria, Noah Shakespeare. Postmaster, Vancouver, R. G. Macpherson. Superintendent meteorological station, Victoria, E. Baynes-Reed. Warden penitentiary, New Westminster, J. C. Brown. Superintendent Dominion experimental farm, Agassiz, ThOs. A. Sharpe. Assistant receiver-general, D. B. McConnan, Victoria. Dominion lands agent, New Westminster, John McKenzie. Dominion, lands agent, Kamloops, Jas. Bannerman. Dominion timber agent, New Westminster, James Leamy. Dominion timber agent, Kamloops, D. J. McDonald. Inspector weights and measures, Victoria, W. H. Harris. Inspector weights and measures, Vancouver, R. Marshall. Medical superintendent immigration, Victoria, Dr. Milne. Medical superintendent immigration, Vancouver, Dr. Munro. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE AN EFFORT has been made tinder this head to give a complete .account of the judiciary of the province since the earliest days, together . with as much information as possible within limited compass about the constitution of the law courts and the administration of justice generally. The author is indebted to a chart compiled by the Hon. Mr. Justice Martin, which is here reproduced in its entirety, for the brief history of the judiciary up to time of confederation and of the constitution of the Supreme Court and the personnel of the bench. To this has been added a list of the judges of the Supreme and County courts since Confederation, notes of changes which have taken place in the constitution of the latter, a synopsis of the laws relating to property and private rights, some facts about the Law Society of.British Columbia and a memorandum from the attorney-general respecting the status of certain constitutional questions as between the province and the Dominion. SUPREME COURTS OF VANCOUVER ISLAND AND BRITISH COLUMBIA Dec. 2. The Honourable David Cameron appointed "Judge of the Supreme Court of Civil Justice of Vancouver Island," which court was established on the same day by an act of the Governor and council of Vancouver Island. (He was not a barrister—at that time there were 1853 to 1865 no members of the legal profession in the colony.) By royal warrant issued May 5,1856, the then Governor, Douglas, was authorized to pass letters patent to David Cameron to be "Chief Justice of the Colony of Vancouver Island." Criminal jurisdiction was conferred by commission dated April 2nd, 1860. Resigned October 11th, 1865, as contemplated by "an act to provide for the retirement of David Cameron, Chief Justice of the Colony of Vancouver Island and its Dependencies," assented to March 11th, 1864. Oct 11. The Honourable Joseph Needham, Chief Justice: succeeded the Hon. David Cameron and took oath of office on the same 1865 to 1870 day that his predecessor resigned. Resigned March 29th, 1870 (B. C. Gazette, March Slst, 1870, extra) on being appointed Chief Justice of Trinidad; and later received knighthood. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA COLONY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. 1858 Sept. 2. The Honourable Matthew Baillie Begbie appointed "A Judge in Our Colony of British Columbia." Took oath of office at Fort Langley, B.C., Nov. 29th, 1858. Union of the colonies under name of British Columbia, proclaimed Nov. 17th, 1866. The act of union did not provide for a merger of the two courts, and the powers and jurisdiction of each were continued by "The Courts Declaratory Ordinance, 1868." By "The Supreme Courts Ordinance, 1869," (assented to March 1st) it was provided that the court'established under the name of "The Supreme Court of Civil Justice of the Colony of Vancouver Island" should be called "The Supreme Court of Vancouver Island," and the present Chief Justice thereof should be called and known by the name and style of "The Chief Justice of Vancouver Island." And that the court established under the name of "The Supreme Court of Civil Justice of British Columbia" should be called "The Supreme Court of the Mainland of British Columbia"; and the "present" judge thereof shall be called and known by the name and style of "The Chief Justice of the Mainland of British Columbia"; either of the said chief justices was empowered, on request of the other chief justice, to hear and determine all cases civil and criminal in the other's jurisdiction. It was further provided that "Upon a vacancy being created by the death, resignation or otherwise of either of the present two chief justices the said Supreme Courts of the Mainland of British Columbia and of Vancouver Island shall be merged into one Supreme Court to be;called 'The Supreme Court of British Columbia,' and the surviving or remaining chief justice shall preside over the said courts, and shall be called 'The Chief Justice of British Columbia,' and a puisne judge of the said court shall thereupon be appointed by Her Majesty," etc., etc. In the following year, April 22nd, 1870, it was declared by "The Courts Merger Ordinance, 1870," after reciting the resignation of Chief Justice Needham, that the merger of the said courts should be deemed to have taken place | as and from the 29th of March, 1870, being the date of his resignation. March 29. The Honourable Matthew Baillie Begbie, first 1870 to 1894 "Chief Justice of British Columbia," under the above-mentioned ordinances. Received knighthood Nov. 26, 1874; died June 11, 1894. 1R7n March 11. The Honorable Henry Pering Pellew Crease, the first puisne judge. Received knighthood January 1st, 1896; retired January 20th, 1896. July 20th, 1871, the colony entered the Canadian Confederation and became the Province of British Columbia. Note—The above is taken from "A chart of the judges of the Supreme Courts of Vancouver Island and British Columbia," prepared by Hon. Mr. Justice Martin, and presented to the British Columbia Law Society. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. CONSTITUTION OF THE SUPREME COURT rT"lHE Supreme Court of British Columbia is composed of a chief justice J. and four puisne judges. Prior to the passing of the act 42 Victoria, B. C, Chap. 20 (1878) the court was composed of a chief justice and two puisne judges. This court was originally called "The Supreme Court of Civil Justice of British Columbia," and was constituted by proclamation having the force of law, issued by the governor of the colony of British Columbia on the 8th June, 1859. Appeal was to Her Majesty's Privy Council. SUPREME COURT JUDGES SINCE CONFEDERATION. 1872—July 3. The Hon. John Hamilton Gray, puisne judge. Died June 5, 1889. 1880—Nov. 26. The Hon. John Foster McCreight, puisne judge. Retired Nov. 17th, 1897. 1880—Nov. 26. The Hon. Alexander Rocke Robertson, puisne judge. Died December 1st, 1881. 1882—May 23. The Hon. George Anthony Walkem, puisne judge. Retired. Died Jan. 13, 1908. 1889—Aug. 14. The Hon. Montague William Tyrwhitt Drake, puisne judge. Died April 19th, 1908. 1895—Feb. 23. The Hon. Theodore Davie, chief justice, succeeding Sir Matthew Baillie Begbie. Died March 7th, 1898. 1896—Oct. 13. The Hon. Angus John McColl, puisne judge; August 23rd, appointed chief justice, succeeding the Hon. Theodore Davie. Died 16th Jan., 1902. 1897—Dec. 18. The Hon. Paulus iEmilius Irving, puisne judge. Transferred to the Court of Appeal, 30th of Nov., 1909. 1898—Sept. 12. The Hon. Archer Martin, puisne judge. Transferred to the Court of Appeal, 30th of Nov., 1909. 1902—March 4. The Hon. Gordon Hunter, chief justice, succeeding Hon. Angus John McColl. 1904—Feb. 26. The Hon. Lyman Pease Duff, puisne judge. Elevated to Supreme Court of Canada, Sept. 27, 1906. 1904—Sept. 28. The Hon. Aulay Morrison, puisne judge. 1906—Dec. 7. The Hon. Wm. Henry Pope Clement, puisne judge. 1909—Nov. 30. The Hon. Francis Brooke Gregory, puisne judge. 1909—Nov. 11. The Hon. Denis Murphy, puisne judge. In 1909 a Court of Appeal was established, and on Nov. 30th the following were appointed thereto: Chief Justice of Appeal, Hon. James A. Macdonald. Justice, Hon. P. M. Irving. Justice, Hon. Archer Martin. Justice, Hon. W. A. Galliher. After the retirement or demise of the present chief justice, the chief justice of appeal will be styled the Chief Justice of British Columbia. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA CONSTITUTION OF THE COUNTY COURT By the "County Courts Act," 1883, passed by the legislative assembly, which came into force 29th Feb., 1884, six county courts, which were courts of record, were established. To these are added an additional county- cou» in 1893. This act was repealed in 1905, and a new act passed by which existing county courts were continued subject to several new provisions. Under this act the following courts were established. The County Court of Victoria. The County Court of Nanaimo. The County Court of Vancouver. The County Court of New Westminster. The County Court of Westminster. The County Court of Yale. The County Court of Cariboo. The County Court of Kootenay. The County Court of Atlin. Under the authority of this act, the County Court of Kootenay was divided into: The County Court of East Kootenay. The County Court of West Kootenay. The judges for all the courts are appointed by the Governor-General in council. Any county court judge may act as judge in any other county than that assigned him for causes such as death, illness or unavoidable absence, or at the request of the judge of that other county; the fact of his doing so with the cause to be reported in writing to the provincial secretary. The judges of the county court are also local judges of the supreme court for the hearing of interlocutory proceedings. County judges may preside over the county judges of criminal courts within the limits of their jurisdictiejffi in cases in which the accused elect speedy trial. The several judges of the supreme court may sit and dispose of any business in any county court of the province. COUNTY COURT JUDGES. 1867—Sept. 18. His Honor Peter O'Reilly, Yale. Retired 14th Jan., 1881. 1867—Sept. 18. His Honor Edward H. Sanders, Lillooet and Clinton. Retired 14th Jan., 1881. 1867—Sept. 18. His Honor Henry M. Ball, Cariboo. Retired 14th Jan., 1881. 1867—Sept. 23. His Honor Aug. F. Pemberton, Victoria. Retired 14th Jan., 1881. 1867—Sept. 28. His Honor Warner R. Spalding, Nanaimo and Comox. Retired 14th Jan., 1881. His Honor Arthur T. Bushby, New Westminster, (died) 18th May, 1875. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 97 1884—April 25. His Honor Eli Harrison, Cariboo, (changed) 2nd Aug., 1889. 188$—Aug. 3. His Honor Eli Harrison, Nanaimo. Retired 28th Aug., 1909. 1889—Sept. 19. His Honor Clement F. Cornwall, Cariboo. Resigned 1907. Died 15th Feb., 1910. 1889—Sept 19. His Honor William Norman Bole, New Westminster. Retired 14th Oct., 1907. 1889—Sept. 19. His Honor William Ward Spinks, Yale. Retires -14th Jan., 1910. 1896—His Honor John Andrew Forin, Kootenay (changed) 11th Oct., 1907. 1901—June 6. His Honor Alexander Henderson, Vancouver. Resigned 1906. 1901—Oct. 31. His Honor Andrew Leamy, Yale. Died 4th Aug., 1905. 1905—June 14. His Honor Frederick McBain Young, Atlin. 1905—June 14. His Honor Peter Secord Lampman, Victoria. 1905—Aug. 24. His Honor William Henry Pope Clement, Yale. Elevated supreme court, 7th Dec, 1906. 1905—Oct. 11. His Honor J. A. Forin, West Kootenay. 1905—Oct. 17. His Honor Peter Edmund Wilson, East Kootenay. 1907—Jan. 8. His Honor John R. Brown, Yale, vice A. Leamy (deceased). 1907—Jan. 8- His Honor Frederick Calder, Cariboo, vice C. F. Cornwall (retired). 1907—Feb. 14. His Honor George Fillmore Cane, Vancouver. Died Sept. 26, 1908. 1907—May 19. His Honor David Grant (junior judge), Vancouver. 1907—Oct. 14. His Honor Frederick William Howay, Westminster, vice W. N. Bole (retired). 1909—April 1. His Honor William Wallace Burns Mclnnes, Vancouver, vice G. F. Cane (deceased). 1909—Aug. 28. His Honor Charles Howard Barker, Nanaimo, vice Eli Harrison (retired). 1910—Jan. 24. His Honor John Donald Swanson, Yale, vice W. W. Spinks (retired). MINOR COURTS In addition to supreme and county court judges, who are appointed and paid by the Federal government, there are stipendiary magistrates, judges of small debts courts, and juvenile courts, police magistrates and justices of the peace, appointed by the provincial government. Police magistrates are paid by the municipalities for which they are appointed; also the judges of the juvenile courts, at a salary fixed by the government. So far, only two cities have taken advantage of the arrangements as to the establishment of juvenile courts, Victoria and Vancouver. In each of the city municipalities there are boards of police and licence commissioners: One of these, ex-officio, the mayor of the city, and two are YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA appointees of the government. Outside of the municipalities, the various districts are policed by appointees of the government, and the administer tion of the licencing system is in the hands of the superintendent of provincial police, who is directly responsible to the attorney-general. The sale of liquor throughout the province is governed by a stringent liquor law. Each municipality, subject to the general provisions of this law, has control of the local administration. BRITISH COLUMBIA LAW SOCIETY The profession of law in British Columbia is governed by the rules of the Law Society of British Columbia, incorporated in 1884. Those at present in effect were framed under authority of the Legal Professions Act, (R.S.C., 24, and amendments). The executive committee, known as "benchers/^^B ex-officio, the attorney-general for Canada, the attorney-general for British Columbia, and any retired judges of the supreme court of British Columbia, and nine members elected annually. Students-at-law and articled clerks, of good moral character, are entered after the age of 16. There are three examinations for call and admission of students-at-law and articled clerks, in addition to preliminary examination. The term of probation is five years, except, in the case of a student-at-law who previously to having been entered on the books of the society is a graduate of a recognized university in Great Britain, Ireland, or Canada, in which case it shall be three. The distinction between barrister and solicitor is clearly defined, and the examinations are distinct; but any solicitor in good standing, upon passing the prescribed examination, may become a barrister after one year's actual practice by paying the barrister's fee, and any barrister, in the same way may become a solicitor, and in practice solicitors are usually barristers and vice versa. The scale of fees is as follows: On admission as student-at-law or articled clerk, $50.00. On admission barrister or solicitor from other provinces, $50.00. On call to the bar, $100.00. On admission as solicitor, $100.00. For intermediate examination, $10.00. Annual fee, $30.00. Any person duly admitted to practice as a solicitor or attorney in any of His Majesty's courts in England, Scotland or Ireland, or in any of the superior courts of His Majesty's colonies, dependencies, territories or provinces of Canada, may be admitted as solicitor of the supreme court of British Columbia: Provided he shall have paid the fees prescribed by the Law Society of British Columbia and shall have passed an examination concerning his knowledge of the statute law of the province of British Columbia and the practice of the courts, and shall produce satisfactory evidence of good standing, character and repute. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. SYNOPSIS OF THE LAWS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA IN a publication entitled ''The Canadian Law List," 1911, there appears, a synopsis of laws affecting property and private rights in the province,, compiled by Mr. J. H. Senkler, K.C, Vancouver, B.C., revised to the 1st of January, 1=911, which is in so convenient a form and so useful as to warrant its reproduction here. If any person resident in British Columbia, indebted to any other person to an amount exceeding $100, departs from the province, with the intent to defraud his creditors, his goods are liable to seizure under a writ of attachment. When a plaintiff has such a claim, and can Absconding show that the debtor has left the province to avoid being Debtor arrested or served with process, or to defraud the plaintiff,, any judge of the supreme or county court, according to jurisdiction, may direct a writ of attachment to issue, and may appoint in the order a time for the defendant to put in special bail, having due regard to the distance of the place where the absconding debtor is supposed to have gone. Process of contempt for non-payment of money is abolished, but when the plaintiff shows to the satisfaction of a judge that he has a cause of action against the defendant for $100 or upwards and that the defendant is about to leave the province unless apprehended, the judge may Arrest by special order direct the defendant to be held to bail for such sum as he shall think fit. Writ of Ca. Re. issues on such order. If bail not given, defendant remains in custody. After judgment the judge may discharge defendant if satisfied of his inability to pay; Ca. Sa. after judgment on satisfying judge, defendant about to leave province with intent to defraud his creditors, but will be discharged if he shows inability to pay. The county court has the same powers of arrest as the supreme court within its jurisdiction. An assignment may be made of all real and personal property to any person, for the purpose of rateably satisfying creditors. Assignment must be registered in the county court within 21 days from date. Notice of the assignment must be published in the British Colum- Assignment for bia Gazette and in a daily newspaper for one issue Benefit of Creditors under a penalty of $10 per diem. Assignment takes precedence of all judgments, executions and attachments, not completely executed by payment. The assignee may be removed by any judge of the superior court on the application of a creditor, on petition supported by an affidavit. All questions arising at creditors' meetings are decided by a majority of votes given by the act on a sliding scale, according to the amounts of the claims. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Bills of sale of personal chattels remaining in the possession of a grantor must be verified by affidavit and registered within twenty-one days of the date of execution, or they are void as against the assignees of the estate of the grantor and sheriff's officers and others Bills of Sale and seizing goods in execution and as against subsequent Chattel Mortgages purchasers and mortgagees in good faith for valuable consideration. At time of registration affidavit of bona fides by mortgagee must be filed. Hire and purchase agreements require registration the same as bills of sale. If the bill of sale be made, or given subject to any defeasance, condition or declaration, not contained in the body thereof, it is null and void to all intents and purposes as against the same persons as if it had not been filed. The statute (1910) relating to this subject repealing all former enactments relating to the organization of joint stock companies is founded on the Imperial act, 1908. The liability of a shareholder may be limited to the amount of shares; limited by guarantee or unlimited. Min- Joint Stock ing companies may be incorporated without any personal Companies liability. Companies incorporated outside the province must be licensed or registered under the Companies Act before commencing business. The courts are the court of appeal, the supreme court and the county court. There are four judges of the appeal court. There are five judges of the supreme court who singly exercise, the functions of courts of the first instance. The jurisdiction is unlimited. The. county court has Courts common law jurisdiction in all personal actions where the debt or damages claimed does not exceed $1,000, save malicious prosecution, libel or slander, criminal conversation, seduction, breach of promise of marriage, and against a justice of the peace for anything done by him in the exercise of his office. Equitable jurisdiction when amount involved does not exceed $2,500. There is also a small debts court presided over by a stipendiary magistrate having jurisdiction in actions of debt to the amount of $100. In the supreme court, where the writ of-summons is endorsed for a. liquidated demand, and the defendant fails to appear within eight days thereto, the plaintiff may enter final judgment for any sum not exceeding the sum endorsed on the writ, together with interest, at the Judgments rate specified. Speedy judgment can also be obtained where $3mm&,- Pr°Per case can be made out that the defendant is only attempting to delay by his appearance and has no good defence. Judgment in the county court can be signed, in default, after nine days from the service of the summons, if for a liquidated demand, and speedy judgment obtained as in the supreme court. Execution against goods issued forthwith after judgment. The judgment on being registered is a lien on the debtor's lands and application must AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Interest be made to a judge for leave to sell so much as will satisfy the judgment. The goods of the debtor are exempt from forced seizure Enforcement and sale to the amount of $500, and homestead lands to the of Judgment value of $2,500. The judgment debtor may be compelled to submit to a rigid examination as to the property he had at the time debt was incurred, and as to property he still has and any disposal since debt incurred, and may be committed for unsatisfactory answers. A judgment for the recovery of any property other than lands or money may be enforced by writs for the delivery of the property, of attachment or sequestration. In the county court execution may issue forthwith after judgment against goods, and against lands thereafter, by special order as if in the supreme court. Priority of execution is abolished. Provision made for rateable distribution of debtor's assets among his creditors in proceedings analagous to bankruptcy. Debts due to the defendant may be attached in the county court at the time of the issue of the summons; and in the supreme Garnishment court upon an ex parte application to a judge; the judge may, however, allow sufficient to a judgment debtor to maintain him and family, but not to exceed $40 a month. Subject too delicate to be disposed of briefly, but generally freedom of contract prevails. Judgment debts bear interest at the rate of 5 per cent per annum. The civil laws of England, as the same existed on the 19th day of November, 1858, and so far as the same are not from local circumstances inapplicable, are in force: Provided, however, that the said laws Law shall be held to be modified and altered by all legislation, still having the force of law of the province of British Columbia or of any former colony comprised within the geographical limits thereof. Actions founded on simple contract must be commenced within six years after cause of action arose; trespass, assault, battery, wounding and imprisonment four years; slander, two years; recovery of land, twenty years; specialty debts, twenty years. May now contract, hold and enjoy property real and personal, in the same manner as if unmarried; and may also sue and be sued with reference to such separate estate. These are comprised in legislative enactments, too numerous to detail in a short space. Generally: Any person over 18 years of age may become a free miner and prospect and locate mining claims. Claims upon which mineral has been found can be located by a free miner. Mining Law The size of the claim 1,500 feet in length by 1,500 feet in breadth in as nearly as possible a rectangular form, marked by two posts 1,500 feet apart, as near on the vein or ledge as possible upon which shall be written the name of the claim, the name of the locator and Limitation of Action Married Women YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA the date of location; also on No. 1 post the approximate compass bearing of No. 2 post, and a statement of the number of feet lying to the right and left of the line between the posts. A Crown grant may be obtained on showing that a certificate of work to the amount of $100 in each year for five years has been received, or it may all be done in one year, or $500 cash paid to the Crown. Leases of land for hydraulic and placer mining are also issued. Mining companies can be formed with limited liability. Coal prospecting licenses are issued; but coal now goes to the grantee of the land, subject to a royalty. Instruments purporting to transfer charge, deal with, or effect land or any estate or interest therein (other than a leasehold interest in possession for a term not exceeding three years) do not pass any state or interest until registered. The system of registration has some of the Registration features of the Torrens system providing for registration of of Land title of land. Titles are of two kinds, "indefeasible" and "absolute." A certificate of indefeasible title is conclusive evidence of ownership of an estate in fee simple against the whole world (Crown only excepted), subject to such indorsements as appear on the back of the certificate. The registered owner of an "absolute" fee is deemed the prima facie owner of such an estate of freehold as he legally possesses. One of the advantages of an indefeasible title is that it carries government protection, whereas an "absolute" title does not. It is optional with the applicant whether he applies for an indefeasible title or an absolute one, but the rule is once indefeasible always indefeasible. The fees on an indefeasible title are slightly higher than those on an absolute. The holder of an absolute title may at any time pay the additional fees and apply for an indefeasible title, and if the evidence of his title which he produces is sufficiently strong to support an indefeasible title a certificate of indefeasible title will be granted to him. Since June, 1905, the only evidence of title which ah owner holds is a certificate of title, and when any transfer of the land embraced in the certificate is made, the certificate must be produced, and if the last preceding transfer was made prior to June, 1905, there must also be produced (on application for indefeasible title only) title deed showing a complete chain of title of the land from the Crown down, or from the' last sub-division of the property. Every estate or,interest in land, other than a fee simple, is registered as a charge; charges take effect according to priority of application for registration. A purchaser for value of registered interest in real estate is not affected by any notice of any unregistered title other than a leasehold interest in possession for three years. Persons claiming under the will settlement or otherwise against the registered owner may protect their interest by caveat with the leave of the registrar. The whole system and procedure of registration is set out in the British Columbia Land Registry Act passed in 1906. THE BRITISH COLUMBIA COAT OF ARMS ttStet ARMS—Argent three Bars wavy Azure, issuant from the base a demi Sun in splendour proper, on a Chief the Union Device charged in the centre point with an antique Crown Or. proper, a Lion statant gardant Imperially CREST—Upon an Imperial Crown crowned, all Or. SUPPORTERS—Dexter, A Wapiti Stag, proper. Sinister, A Ram of the 0 VT8 MONTANA, proper. MOTTO-" SPLENDOR SINE OCCASU." ISSSS AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. CERTAIN CONSTITUTIONAL QUESTIONS FROM time to time in British Columbia, as in the other provinces, certain questions have arisen, as to the jurisdiction of the respective sovereign powers of the Dominion of Canada and the province of British Columbia. By stated cases which have been referred to the Privy Council from this and other provinces the merits of the greater number of these have been determined and consequently become eliminated from dispute. There are, however, several important questions still outstanding and in order to state the issues clearly as between the two governments, the Hon. the Attorney-General was requested to make a statement as to the legal aspect from the provincial point of view, and the author is indebted to that gentleman for a memorandum to the following effect: Section 91 of the British North America Act confers on the parliament of Canada exclusive authority to make laws with regard to sea coast and inland fisheries. At one time it was contended that this legislative power carried with it some property in the fisheries. That con- Re Fisheries tention would appear now to be untenable, as the Privy Council in the fisheries case held clearly that the British North America Act did not transfer any property in fisheries to the Dominion,—that whatever proprietary rights were at the time of the passing of that act possessed by the provinces remained vested in them, except, a?- are by any of its express enactments, transferred to Canada. The province of British Columbia, therefore, takes the position that all the fisheries, both sea-coast and inland, that have not been expressly granted to the Dominion by the province of British Columbia, remain vested in the province of British Columbia, with one exception, namely the fisheries in public harbors. It would seem that there is some question as to whether the grant of the British North America Act to Canada of public harbors does not carry with it the fisheries in these harbors. The Dominion appears to take the position that in some way the sea-coast fisheries are not vested in the province. It is difficult to understand on what this contention is based. If the sea-coast fisheries are capable of being the subject of property at all, the property in them must be in the province of British Columbia according to the decision of the Privy Council. The position of the fisheries question then is that the parliament of Canada has the right to enact legislation governing and regulating such fisheries, but that the property in the fisheries is in the province. As owner of the fisheries, the province also has, it is contended, the right to deal with its property in any way it chooses that does not contravene the laws of the Dominion. For example, it is contended that the province has the right to prescribe the time and mode in which its fish shall be taken, pro- 104 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA vided such time and mode do not conflict with any law or regulation made by the Dominion. There are certain questions outstanding between the province and the Dominion with regard to the fisheries in the railway belt. The prov|jj^M contends that the grant of the railway belt did not pass to the Dominion any beds of de facto navigable waters, and certainly no beds of waters in which the tide ebbs and flows. If this position be correct, then the fisheries in these waters did not pass to Canada by virtue of the transfer of the railway belt. We have now a stated case referred by the Governor- General in council before the supreme court of Canada dealing with the question of the jurisdiction of the fisheries and also covering fish in the Gulf of Georgia and incidentally the question of whether Queen Charlotte sound is a closed sea or not, and if so we contend that the fish therein belong to the province.. It is provided by section 13 of The Terms of Union of British Columbia and Canada that the charge of the Indians and the trusteeship and management of the lands reserved for their use and. benefit shall be assumed by the Dominion government, and that a policy as liberal as that Re Indian pursued by the British Columbia government shall be con- Reserves tinued by the Dominion government after the union. To carry out such policy tracts of land of such extent as it had been the practice of British Columbia to appropriate for that purpose, were reserved by the local government to the Dominion government in trust for the use and benefit of the Indians. The object of this legislation or treaty was that the Dominion should be the trustee of these Indian reserves for the Indians. It was not intended that the Dominion should take any beneficiary interest in these lands, and it was not intended that the Indians should take any greater interest in these lands than they had in such lands when they were in possession of the government of British Columbia. At no time prior to the union did the government of British Columbia recognize that the Indians had any legal interest in the reserves set apart for their use. These reserves were increased or diminished as the government thought fit. The Indians were not allowed to transfer any interest in such lands. If at any time the Indians abandoned the occupation of such lands, the lands were in the hands of the government, free from what is sometimes called the "Indian Title," that is, occupation by the Indians. The province takes the position that when the Indians abandon any of the reserves which are administered for them by the Dominion government, that thereupon the title in the lands reverts to the province, freed from all Indian rights; in other words, the Dominion has the right to administer said lands for the use of the Indians, but has no right to alienate. It is also contended that the Dominion, as trustee for the Indians, has no right to deal with the timber on such reserves in a commercial way. It AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. has the right, of course, to allow the Indians to take such timber as is necessary for their own purposes, but it has no right to grant timber leases or licences over Indian reserves. Those remarks as to timber apply equally to minerals. Negotiations have been going on for some time to have a stated case referred to the supreme court of Canada on the Indian title as well as fisheries, but sO far have not been able to settle the terms of the reference. In dealing with the foregoing subjects, I have touched upon some of the questions with regard to the railway belt. 'It is therefore necessary for me to go over what I said with regard to fisheries in the railway belt. It has just been held by the Privy Council that the province has not the right to legislate in a way that would deprive the Dominion of the water which may be considered appurtenant to these lands in the railway belt. It must be borne in mind, however, that this decision has no application to the lands which were alienated by the province prior to the grant to the Dominion of the railway belt, and it must also be borne in mind that as soon as the Dominion alienates any of its lands in the railway belt, they come at once under the provisions of the Provincial Water Act. As to minerals in the railway belt, there is no doubt that they belong absolutely to the Dominion, with the exception of gold and silver. It has been held by the Privy Council that the gold and silver being held by the Crown in its prerogative right, did not pass to the Dominion at the transfer of the railway belt, as they were not specially mentioned in such grant. The timber in the railway belt, except that on Indian reserves, undoubtedly belongs to the Dominion. Re Fisheries, Water Land, Minerals and Timber in the Railway Belt PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS THE province of British Columbia may be described as a great quad-i rangle of territory, seven hundred miles long by four hundred miles wide, lying north of latitude 49 degrees and west of the central core of the Rocky mountains, extending along the Pacific coast as lar as latitude 55 degrees, and including the islands adjacent. North of that degree of latitude it continues inland to latitude 60 degrees, but is shut off from the coast by a narrow strip of Alaskan territory, and is bounded on the east by longitude 120 degrees. The southern half of the province lies between tolerably well defined boundaries. It forms a large and regular rhomboid of elevated land, which is supported on each side by ranges of mountains. Of these the eastern and western may be said to be double, and consist respectively of the Rockies and Selkirks* on the east, and of the Coast and Island ranges on the west. The eastermost range of the above enumerated is that of the Rocky mountains. It is the northern extremity of the great range which forms so well known a feature of the North American continent. Entering the province at the 49th parallel of latitude, it constitutes the The Rocky eastern boundary to latitude 54 degrees, and continues to - Mountains between 56 degrees and 57 degrees, where it loses its dis tinctive rampart-like character, and dies down into lower hills. It has been shown to consist of the upturned edges of the strata that underlie the great northwest plain, and its massive walls are formed chiefly of Devonian and carboniferous limestone. Their average height may be . stated at about 8,000 feet. "Near the 49th parallel several summits occur with elevations exceeding 10,000 feet, but northwards few attain this elevation until the vicinity of the Bow river and Kicking Horse is reached. The range appears to culminate about the head waters of the Saskatchewan, Mount Murchison being credited with an altitude of 13,500 feet." There are twelve principal passes, at elevations ranging from 7,100 feet—the South Kootenay—to 2,000 feet—the Peace River valley. Parallel to the Rocky mountains proper, and frequently included under one name with them, though of distinct formation, run the Selkirks. This * Note—The Selkirks are, properly speaking, only a subordinate portion of the more western of the two ranges, but since no term has been generallp accepted for the entire range, and since the Canadian Pacific Railway has especially familiarized travellers with this name, it has been thought good to apply it to the whole range of which it thus constitutes the best known part. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 107 range, which has been shown by geologists to represent an earlier upheaval, and to exhibit an entirely different series of rocks, is so broken and complex as to have received several names in different parts of its course, as though composed of distinctly separate mountain systems. Such, however, is not the case. Entering from the south in a three-fold system divided by important valleys, they are called respectively the Purcell, the Selkirks, and the Gold mountains. To the north of the great bend of the Columbia river, these give place to the term Cariboo mountains. At about lati- The Selkirks tude 54 degrees they die out, or are merged in the cross ranges which form the northern boundary of the interior plateau, and from whence spring the headwaters of the Peace river. In average altitude these mountains are not greatly inferior to the Rockies, their loftier members rising from 8,000 to 9,000 feet above the sea. The contours are, generally speaking, more rounded and less precipitous than the latter, though in many places they are strikingly pointed with steep and continuous grades, down which snow-slides sweep with resistless force. Their sides, up to several thousand feet, are clothed in dense forests, affording an unlimited supply of good timber. The average width of the Rocky mountain range is about sixty miles, diminishing to the north; that of the Selkirks is about eighty miles. There is a valley of most remarkable length and regularity, extending from the southern boundary line along the western base of the Rocky mountains as far as the northern limits of the Selkirks, a distance of over 700 miles, and dividing the two ranges. To the west of these great ranges British Columbia extends in a wide plateau of table land, which has been originally elevated some 3,500 feet above sea-level. This plateau has been, however, so deeply intersected and eroded by lake and river systems that, in many places, it presents an aspect hardly differing from that of mountainous regions. At others, however, it opens out into wide plains and rolling ground, with comparatively low eminences, affording fine areas of agricultural and grazing land. The entire district has been subject .to vast overflows of lava, of the disintegrated remains of which the present soil is mainly composed. Interior Plateau There is a general but very gradual slope of the land from the mountainous country on the southern boundary of the province to the north, where as has been previously stated, it is hedged in by cross ranges attaining an elevation of from 6,000 feet to 8,000 feet. Notwithstanding this general slope, the principal flow of water finds its way southwards through deep fissures penetrating the mountain boundaries on the southern and western sides. This plateau forms the chief agricultural area of the province. "The whole of British Columbia, south of 52 degrees and east of the Coast range, is a grazing country up to 3,500 108 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA feet, and a farming country up to 2,500 feet, where irrigation is possible."— (Macoun, Geol. Rep. 1877.) The interior plateau is terminated on the west by the Coast range, a series of massive crystalline rocks of some 6,000 feet in average height. I This range has a mean width of about 100 miles, descending to the shores of the Pacific, and is in turn flanked by the submerged Island range, theI tops of which form Vancouver and her adjacent islands, the Queen Charlotte I islands and those of the Alaskan peninsula. "The most remarkable feature of the coast are the fiords and passages, which while quite analagous to those of Scotland, Norway and Greenland,! probably surpass those of any part of the world (unless it be the last! named country) in dimensions and complexity. The great height of the| rugged mountain walls which border them also give them a grandeur quite their own."—(Dawson, Geol. Sur., 1884.) The unique position of British Columbia as a watershed on the Pacific coast of America, will at once be recognized when it is seen that all theI rivers of great importance on that coast, with the exception of one (the| Colorado), arise from within its boundaries. The drainage from Rivers its extensive area of mountains and highlands is received into the numerous lakes, which have been noticed as forming so striking a feature of the interior. Thence the surplus is discharged intof[ the few large rivers or their many tributaries, which finally reach the sea. These rivers are the Columbia on the south (debouching through American territory into the Pacific ocean; the Fraser (750 miles long), the Skeena (300 miles), and the Stikine on the west; the Liard (over 300 miles in British Columbia) on the north, and the Peace river (over 300 miles inl British Columbia) on the east. These rivers are of great size and volume, and the first four are sufficiently navigable to steamers to form waterways of no small value in the development of the country. The submerged mountain range which lies to the west of the mainland, is represented by an archipelago of islands, great and small, the most prominent being Vancouver and the Queen Charlotte islands. Of the others it may be briefly stated that they produce in miniature all the physical features of the larger group. The island may be described geologically as a group of upturned gneissic rocks, embracing certain tertiary areas and worn down by glacial action, so that in one place extensive gravel moraines, in another beds of boulder clay, are to be found, while in a third a regular Vancouver and series of late sandstones alternate with the barren cliffs Other Islands of trap. Upon such unpromising surface generations of ■ fir trees have flourished, and by their decay have gradually deposited a mould of increasing thickness sufficient to provide suitable ground for other forms of vegetation, until the country has become covered AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. with a dense growth of timber varying according to its situation and adaptability to the wants of each particular kind. Thus, upon the ridges the pines and many species of undergrowth have held their own, best suited to a moderate degree of moisture and the rocky subsoil. Upon the boulder clay, alder, poplar, and willow have contended successfully against the larger trees and where the gravel has afforded insufficient moisture for the conifers, the hardy but more slow growing oaks, which had no chance for existence in the dense pine forests, have gained a foothold,. and stud level plains clothed with native grass. Maples appear to have succeeded in some places the burnt out pines; indeed in time much the same sequence of soft and hard timber might be expected on this coast as is known to have occurred on that of the Atlantic, where firs, oaks and beeches have followed in successive order.—(British Columbia. Its Present Resources and Future Possibilities. Official Pamphlet.) GEOLOGY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA THE general surface of the mainland of British Columbia seems to have been covered with glaciers at no very remote geological period, during which the principal movement of the ice was southeasterly and northwesterly in conformity with the trend of the mountains, leaving traces at several localities at an altitude of more than 6,000 feet above the sea. Superficial deposits of boulder-clay and water-worn stones occur at all heights up to 5,000 feet, and in the lower levels, especially Glacial Action in the northern low country, is found a fine white silt. Large moraines occur in great numbers, especially in the line of retreat of glaciers towards the mountain ranges. There are many evidences that large bodies of water existed at various heights between the present sea level and over 5,000 feet, such as shore lines and terraces, and clays which must have been deposited in water. The strait of Georgia must have been entirely filled with a great glacier, called by Dr. G. M. Dawson the strait of Georgia glacier, with a width of over fifty miles and a thickness in places near its termination of more than 600 feet. Ice groovings of remarkable depth and polish are seen in very recently exposed rock near Victoria, showing that the glacier must have swept over the Saanich peninsula in a direction mostly towards the south with a slight westerly deviation. On the southwest coast of Vancouver Island in the strait of Fuca the groovings point nearly west, showing that the ice probably escaped to the open ocean through that channel. Further north above Seymour narrows indications prove that a second large glacier, fed from the fiords of the mainland, pushed in a northwesterly direction. This is called by Dr. Dawson the Queen Charlotte sound glacier. 110 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Tertiary rocks, containing marine shells, are found on the southwest coast of Vancouver Island near Sooke and near Carmanah point at the entrance of the strait of Fuca and at various places between these two points, forming a, narrow belt parallel with the coast. Tertiary leaf-bearing rocks are found in Burrard inlet and about the estuary of the Fraser river. Ftfrther north in the Queen Charlotte islands Dr. Dawson found the whole of the northeastern portion of Graham island to be underlain by tertiary rocks, mainly of volcanic origin. On the mainland of British Columbia east of the Coast range the tertiaries occupy large areas with The Tertiary lignites and in certain places even bituminous coal occurs. Period In the north there thas been but little disturbance of the beds, but the southern part of the interior plateau is more irregular and mountainous and the strata, as in the Nicola, are sometimes found dipping at an angle of thirty degrees. Remains of plants, insects, and a few fresh water molluscs have been obtained from these interior regions, resembling those elsewhere considered to be miocene, and indicating a temperate climate. Underlying the tertiary beds in many places are cretaceous rocks. These include the true coal-bearing beds of Nanaimo, Comox and the anthracite region of the Queen Charlotte islands. The flora of the Vancouver Island beds consists in the main of modern angiospermous and , The Cretaceous gymnospermous genera, such as oak, planes, poplar and sequoia. The Queen Charlotte island fossils indicate a lower horizon. On the mainland cretaceous rocks have been described along the northeastern border of the Coast range, to the south behind Boston Bar on the Fraser and near the head waters of the Skagit. East of the Coast range and well to the north the cretaceous is probably represented near the Lower Nechaco and also about the upper part of the Skeena river and on Babine lake. Sections measured in the Vancouver Island region give a thickness of about 5,000 feet, in the Queen Charlotte islands at Skidegate about 13,000 feet, and at various places on the mainland from 5,000 to 7,000 feet. The sub-divisions of the pre-cretaceous rocks have not yet been satisfactorily made, but in the limestone interbedded in the layers of igneous rocks crinoidal remains, and poorly preserved corals and molluscs indicate that the carboniferous formation is largely represented. In the interior of the mainland the older rocks are mainly massive limestones, diorites, felspathic rocks, quartzites and serpentines. The limestones often appear as coarse-grained marbles. Characteristic forms of the Alpine trias have been found by Dr. Dawson in a black calcareous argillite and in beds of limestone beneath the cretaceous series, and may be represented near Victoria by the slaty rocks of Leech river. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Ill On the mainland the Coast range is largely composed of granite or gneissic rocks, not yet fully examined. In the Rocky mountains is seen the broken margin of the undisturbed sheets of strata which underlie the great plains. They project in block-like masses and the total (exposed) thickness of their beds is reported to be very great. A section of the Rocky mountains, on the west The Rocky side of the range, according to Mr. McConnell, of the Mountain Series Geological Survey of Canada, shows 1,300 feet of dolomites and quartzites containing halysites, 1,500 feet of shales, blackish, argillites and limestones containing graptolites, about 10,000 feet of calc-schists, shales and slates of the Castle mountain group, and 10,000 or more feet of dark argillites and conglomerates of the Bow river series. The foregoing strata range from the Silurian downwards to the Cambrian. In the Peace river region of the 55th and 56th parallels the conditions are somewhat changed. Massive limestones of Devonian and probably carboniferous age, associated with saccharoidal quartzites form the axil mountains. Volcanic accumulations appear entirely absent from the limestone series. Archaean rocks are believed to be found in the Shuswap series in Kootenay and Adams lakes, and also in the Selkirk range where the Canadian Pacific railway crosses it. This probably in Devonian and carboniferous times formed a more or less continuous barrier along the line of the Gold range, between the interior continental basin to the northeast and the carboniferous Pacific to the southwest. In the eastern sea organic limestone with sandy and chaly beds was being deposited. In the west and southwest of the land barrier the conditions were widely different. Here, too, limestones were in process of formation, but extensive siliceous deposits were also forming with a great chain of volcanic vents, nearly coincident with the present position of the Coast range and that of the Vancouver and Queen Charlotte islands. Trap and agglomerate rocks were thus added to the series. Evidence of disturbance at the end of the carboniferous period is found in the unconformable superposition of the Nicola triassic on these rocks in the southern portion of the interior of the province. To The Triassic the west of the land barrier in the Triassic and Jurassic a great thickness of volcanic rock with limestones and argillites was being formed along the border of the Pacific. A further circumstance of interest in connection with the Jura-Trias period is the evidence now obtained that the sea apparently spread uninterruptedly eastward across the Rocky mountains into the Peace river country at least as far as the 55th parallel. This is proved by the lithological character of the rocks and the fossils they contain, giving us an approximate definition not only of the western but also of the northern limits of the YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA great inland sea which extended southeastward to New Mexico. This period was closed by great disturbances along the whole Cordilleran region. In California the Sierra Nevada rose up as a mass of crumpled and compressed folds. In the northern part of British Columbia the disturbances affected the region from the Gold range to the coast, extending the land area westward to the 121st meridian, and giving, so far as known, the first upthrust to the mountains of Vancouver and Queen Charlotte islands, but forming no continuous range where the great belt of coast mountains now is. In the earliest beds of the cretaceous there is evidence of a general subsidence in progress in the formation of conglomerates and the shore line of the cretaceous Pacific can be traced a long distance southward and south- westward. In the southern parts of British Columbia it would appear that the Rocky mountains proper were not elevated at this time, but that the cretaceous Mediterranean washed the eastern shore of the Gold range. The Rocky mountains, however, had begun to form in the Peace river region as a more or less continuous shore line, or series of islands. The cretaceous period closed with another period of folding, in which additional height was given to the Vancouver and Queen Charlotte island ranges and the Coast, ranges. At this time the Rocky mountains attained their fullest development. No traces of the earlier eocene tertiary has been found in British Columbia, and it is probable that the province was throughout, at that time, a land area. In the miocene the relative elevation of the sea and land was much as at present, but great inland lakes were in existence. The miocene closed with the extensive volcanic distrubances throughout the country southwest of the Gold range and eventually by another period of crumpling and elevation, probably coincident with that. Volcanic which produced the tertiary coast hills in California, and Disturbances which gave to the northern part of the British Columbian coast the greater elevation it appears to have possessed during pliocene times, when the wonderful system of fiords, by which it is now dissected, were cut out. Among the striking points of geological interest in British Columbia are: First, the repeated corrugation, parallel in the main to a single axis which has occurred in the Cordilleran region, and second, the great and widespread masses of volcanic material at at least four distinct horizons, proving the activity of an immense period of volcanic forces along this portion of the Pacific margin. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. THE PROVINCE BY DISTRICTS SS THE Kootenay district, which includes East and West Kootenay, comprises an area of 15,060,000 acres, and occupies a triangular space of the southeast corner of British Columbia. The apex of this district is at a point where 52 degrees north latitude crosses the Rocky mountains, and the base extends from 118 degrees west longitude to 114 degrees west longitude. The triangle is divided into about two equal parts, called East and West Kootenay, respectively, the Purcell range of the Selkirks constituting the dividing line. The whole territory is drained by the Columbia, which forms what is known as "the great bend," passing north through East and south through West Kootenay. There are three main valleys: one in East Kootenay, occupying or being the drainage basin of the Columbia river, going north; the other, the valley of the Kootenay river and the Kootenay lakes, in West Kootenay; the third lying between the Selkirk and Gold ranges, through which the Kootenay Columbia river expanding into the Arrow lakes, flows into the three valleys in question, constituting the main routes of communication northward and southward. East Kootenay contains a large extent of agricultural land, but requiring irrigation as a rule. West Kootenay has, relatively speaking, little arable land, the principal part of which lies at the southern boundary along the Kootenay river and is made up of a tract included in what wa^s formerly known as the Kootenay reclamation scheme. It is almost unnecessary to state that the name of Kootenay in British Columbia has become synonymous with mineral wealth. It brought the province into prominence as a lode-mining territory, and from ten to fifteen years ago was exceedingly active in a speculative way as a consequence of its prospects as a producing district. Since that time, mining has settled down to a normal business basis, and of late years Kootenay has attracted even more attention as a fruit-growing district than on account of its mines. The latter have been steadily developed and have progressed, though not in the ratio that was at first anticipated. In East Kootenay, in the vicinity of the Crows Nest pass, there are immense coal deposits, extending into the province of Alberta, from which there is a production of almost 1,000,000 tons annually. There are also petroleum deposits in the same district, but these have not yet been developed, though eight or nine years ago they created almost a sensation on account of the speculative activity displayed in staking oil lands. Entering the province by the Crow's Nest Pass railway, which crosses the Rocky mountains through the Crow's Nest pass, one descends into the YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA magnificent Kootenay valley, watered by the Kootenay and Elk rivers and smaller streams. The scenery along this route and in the The Kootenay valley is indescribably picturesque. Sheltered to the north Valley and east by the Rocky mountains and open to the south and west, the climate is exceptionally mild and healthful. The bottom lands produce well all kinds of crops, but the uplands require irrigation, which may be obtained from the Elk river and other streams. From Kootenay Landing on the west to the Alberta boundary on the east the country is more or less all suited to agriculture; portions of it are ; exceedingly fertile, while the rest can be made equally rich by irrigation. Much of the land is open and rolling, a beautiful park-like region, adaptable for stock-raising. Going northward from the Crow's Nest branch of the Canadian Pacific railway, the Columbia valley is entered at Canal Flats, where the Kootenay • valley merges into the Columbia. Dominated on the east by the Rocky und > west by the Selkirk mountains, the diversity and grandeur oflj Columbia scene from every point of view is fairly bewildering. The only * Valley present means of transportation is by stage from Cranbrook I and Fort Steele to Wilmer and Windermere, and by steamer from Windermere and Golden, on the Canadian Pacific railway main line, or vice versa, but the Kootenay Central railway, now in course of construction, will shortly traverse the valley from north to south. The land in the I Kootenay and Columbia valleys from Golden, south to Tobacco plains, on the border of the United States, are mostly in the hands of the government and the Canadian Pacific Railway company. There is little, if any, land fit for.^ cultivation remaining to be pre-empted. The Upper Columbia valley, forming the northern portion of Kootenay, varies in width from one to five miles, being bounded on the east by the I Rocky and on the west by the Selkirk mountains. Much of the land is low 1 and swampy, but when reclaimed by dyking is very fertile. Most of this low I land is at present only valuable for the wild hay which it produces in abund- ance. There is also considerable land lightly timbered and easily cleared..; The Columbia river, after flowing northward about 100 miles from its source, the Columbia lakes, turns southward, and, with the Arrow lakes, drains a large area, mostly mountainous and well timbered, till it crosses the international boundary near Trail. This country, together Kootenay and with the large valley formed by the Lardeau river and Arrow Lakes Kootenay lakes, comprises West Kootenay, which was until recently regarded as a purely mining and lumbering district. There are, however, many patches of good land in the district, and much that can be reclaimed by dyking. The bottom lands are a rich black alluvial and very fertile, the benches being a gravelly loam, well adapted to fruit-growing. At the southern end of Kootenay lake there is a tract of AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 47,000 acres of meadow land which has been partially reclaimed. Wherever fruit trees have been planted in this district they have given great satisfaction, and fruit-growing on a commercial basis is now well established in the Kootenay lake section. On the west Arm, near Nelson, this is especially noticeable, the number of plantations indicating that in time the whole available lake-front will be one immense orchard. The country bordering and south of the Arrow lakes includes some large areas of good land, which are being settled upon and cultivated. In fact, along the shores of the Arrow lakes and the Kootenay lake and eastward in the vicinity of Creston, the fruit industry is becoming one of very considerable importance, while other branches of small farming are progressing favorably. This is true also of a number of localities wherever there is sufficient level land, necessarily limited on account of the conformation of the country, upon which cultivation to any reasonable extent can take place. YALE DISTRICT. Yale occupies a large area to the west of Kootenay, extending to the 122nd degree of west longitude, and from about 49 degrees to 52 degrees north latitude. The whole occupies an area of about 15,850,000 square miles, and lies almost wholly within the dry belt of the province, although from its extent it has a variety of soil and climate. It includes the rich valleys of the Okanagan, -the Nicola, the Similkameen, the Kettle river country, and the valleys of the North and South Thompson in the vicinity of Kamloops. It possesses, perhaps, the largest area of purely agricultural and pastoral lands of any other district in the province. The valleys of the Okanagan district raise excellent wheat, which is milled at two local grist mills. There are considerable areas of good agricultural land tributary to the north branch of the North Thompson, an important waterway having its source near Tete Jaune Cache and emptying into the main river at Victoria Point. Yale formerly contained many large cattle ranges and large herds of cattle, but owing to the demand for land for sub-division purposes the majority of these have been sold and have been or are being divided up into small holdings, principally for fruit culture, in which respect the district is developing at a very rapid rate. Fruit-growing is largely the dominant industry, and includes within its range apples, peaches, grapes, almonds, tomatoes and watermelons, showing by first-class products the adaptability of the district generally. As a consequence, farm and fruit lands practically through the entire area of the district so far easily accessible have reached very high prices. According to a report made by the late Mr. C. A. R- Lambly, government agent at Fairview, there are approximately 1,800,000 acres of government land YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA in Similkameen, 1,100,000 of which are lightly timbered, 426,000 acres of I pasture land, and 284,500 acres of arable land, all of which Similkameen requires irrigation. Owing to meagre transportation facilities in the past, this extensive district, which also includes the Nicola country, has not been developed to anything like the same extent as the Okanagan valleys to the northward, and stock-raising has been the prevailing industry. ,Now, however, that railways are assured, and partially constructed, the ranchers are following the example of other large landholders. All the arable land requires irrigation, but of all the districts of the province the Similkameen is best adapted for the warmer fruits— peaches, grapes, apricots and the like. The entire country from Spence's Bridge and Kamloops to Princeton, as well as the valleys of the Similkameen I and Tulameen rivers, where land is available, is highly suitable for fruit culture. A statement is made in a bulletin issued by the Bureau of \ Provincial Information, to the effect that in the districts referred to, including the Kettle river valley (between Midway and Rock Creek), Keremeos, Osoyoos, Penticton, the Nicola valley—the districts immediately tributary to a railway route—the aggregate amount of arable land is 350,000 acres. Of this amount about 250,000 acres are prairie and meadow, all owned privately, but of the whole only about 15,000 acres are under cultivation. Coal mines are being developed in Nicola, Merritt being the centre of the industry at the present time. At Hedley is located the principal lode mine, which has produced considerable gold to date, but there are a number of promising camps. West of the Kootenay district lies Boundary, which forms the southern part of Yale. It has had a great deal of prominence in the past on account • of its producing mines lying in the vicinity of Grand Forks and Greenwood, I to which they are tributary, and are the base of supply The Boundary for three smelters. The district is intersected by three railways, affording abundance of communication and cheap transportation. In the Kettle river valley at Grand Forks is a beautiful farming valley of about 40,000 acres, while there are lesser areas in the vicinity of Midway, Rock Creek, on Anarchist mountain, on the north and west forks of the river and between Cascade and Carson. The arable land has the usual characteristics of the bunch grass interior, requiring irrigation. There are numerous mining eamps and not a few lumber mills. Lying west of the Kettle river valley, and divided from it by a comparatively low watershed, is the Okanagan district, which forms an irregular strip of country stretching from Sicamous, on the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway, southward to the international boundary. 1 The Okanagan The district includes Spallumcheen, White and Creighton valleys, Mable and Sugar lakes, Priest's valley, and the I Commonage in the north, and Okanagan lake, Okanagan Mission valley, AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Penticton and Trout lake in the south. Okanagan district has been appropriately named the garden of the province, for in no portion of British Columbia is cultivation more general and successful. The district is traversed from Sicamous to Vernon by the Shuswap and Okanagan branch of the Canadian Pacific railway, which connects at Okanagan Landing, at the head of the lake, with Canadian Pacific railway steamers running to Penticton at its southern end. The railway runs for almost its whole length (fifty-one miles) through a magnificent farming country, a large part of which is open, some lightly wooded, and the rest more heavily, but all very fertile when brought under cultivation. Many large farms in this section are devoted to wheat, which yields well and is a sure crop. The wheat ground locally at Armstrong, Enderby and Vernon makes an excellent flour. In the Okanagan district generally farming and horticulture, particularly the latter, has probably become the most highly developed in respect to specialized products of any other part of the province, if we except, perhaps, one or two sections of the Westminster district. Originally devoted to cattle ranching, with wheat-growing as a staple second in importance, it has of recent years rapidly taken on fruit-growing and mixed farming on a large and profitable scale considered in the aggregate. The operations at the Coldstream ranch, in the way of fruit-growing and specialization in commercial methods, have been an object lesson and highly stimulating. While fruit-growing is the staple industry, wheat, hay, hops, tobacco, onions, pork- packing, dairying, etc., are carried on somewhat extensively, taking into account the stage of development. The localities immediately tributary to Vernon, Enderby, Armstrong, Kelowna, Peachland, Summerland and Penticton are flourishing communities. In the southern portion of the district, peaches are being grown on a commercial scale, and grapes are also cultivated. The valley as a whole, or rather the succession of valleys, are very picturesque and the climate is especially favorable. The Thompson river valley, including Shuswap, Ducks, Grande Prairie, Kamloops, Campbell Creek, Cherry Creek, North Thompson and Tranquille, lies to the westward of Salmon Arm, and although the station of Shuswap is but 15 miles from Notch Hill, the climate changes very The Thompson materially, so much so that the whole of this region is so River Valley devoid of rain that irrigation is necessary in every part. The valley of the Thompson, on both sides of the river, is very fertile, and there are many places where water is obtainable from the tributary streams which flow from the adjacent hills. There are also extensive tracts which, on account of the absence of available water, are arid wastes during the summer. An intelligent system of irrigation, there being ample supplies of water in the mountains, would be the means of adding an immense area to the agriculturaal capabilities of this part. At Walhachin, formerly Penny's, 218 miles east of Vancouver, successful demonstration has been made of the agricultural capabilities of the district YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA under conditions of modern methods. A large tract has been irrigated and divided into small farms with excellent results. The valley of the North Thompson, which includes Adams lake, Louis- creek, and the Barrier river, is well adapted to mixed farming and fruitgrowing, the soil along the rivers being mostly a rich sandy loam. There are in this section about 50,000 acres of excellent arable land available for pre-emption. This land is outside of the railway belt and is all good bottom land on both sides of the North Thompson, lightly timbered with fir, poplar, cottonwood, and willow, and extends for eighty miles up the river. The Lower Thompson valley includes Ashcroft, Spence's Bridge, Lytton and Savonas, where grapes, peaches, apples, melons, tomatoes, etc., are grown to perfection. The Ashcroft potatoes, for instance, have a provincial reputation and are invariably quoted the highest in the market. At Lytton, Thos. G. Earl, the pioneer fruit-grower of the province, has had special success in growing peaches and grapes. In Shuswap Lake is included Craigellachie, Sicamous, Salmon Arm, Notch Hill, and Tappen siding, comprising all that portion of the country between Craigellachie and Shuswap, on the main line of the Canadian Pacific railway. This section is peculiar, in that it is all Shuswap Lake wooded more or less heavily, and that the precipitation is ample for agricultural purposes. The land, general^ speaking, is of good quality, and grows excellent crops of hay and vegetables, and has, therefore, an assured future as a dairy district. There ii considerable good timber available for lumber. Nicola, including upper, central, and lower Nicola, is a fine pastoral country, and where irrigation has been established, grain, fodder crops, and vegetables are raised successfully. The principal industry is cattle and horse raising. Fruit does well, but is not grown to any great Nicola extent, owing to lack of transportation facilities. The Canadian Pacific railway has completed a branch from Spence's Bridge to Nicola, which will furnish an outlet for agricultural produce and fruit, and doubtless give an impetus to fruit-growing. As has been stated, coal-mining is a promising industry, and when the Canadian Northern, which will intersect it, is built, this district will come rapidly to the front. It has some promising mineral prospects as well. The Douglas Lake Cattle Company has the largest cattle ranch in the province, being over 125,000 acres in extent, stocked with many thousands of head of cattle and horses. THE LILLOOET DISTRICT. Lillooet contains 10,300,000 acres, lying west of the northern half of Yale district. The northern part of Lillooet forms a parallelogram, extending from 51 degrees to 52 degrees north latitude, and between 120 degrees 30 minutes and 125 degrees west longitude. The southern part forms a smaller parallelogram between 121 degrees and 124 degrees west longitude, S3E AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 119 and extends from 50 degrees 25 minutes to 51 degrees north latitude. It contains a large portion of the interior plateau previously referred to, and in a general way exhibits characteristics similar to those in Yale. It is largely a pastoral country, but in the southern portion of it fruit-growing is making good progress. The district is bisected by the Fraser river, and the Cariboo wagon road passes through it northward from Ashcroft. The district is well adapted for dairying and cattle-raising. Irrigation is necessary in many places owing to the dryness of the climate, and is accompanied by success wherever it has been tried. Formerly, in the days of the Cariboo gold excitement, Lillooet supplied the miners with farm produce, and agriculturally was even more flourishing than at the present time. Lillooet district comprises the valley of the upper Fraser, and includes Lillooet, Pavilion, Big Bar creek, Empire valley, Dog creek, Gang ranch and Chilcotin. The district is handicapped by lack of transportation facilities, and by the fact that a great deal of the land is so elevated that irrigation is impracticable. On the bottoms and lower benches, where irrigation is possible, excellent crops are produced, including the cereals, roots, vegetables, hay, etc., and fruit and agricultural products are practically limited to the local demand. An exception to the arid conditions prevailing in Lillooet district is found at Pemberton Meadows, where the land is low-lying and requires drainage. WESTMINSTER DISTRICT. Westminster district lies to the west of the southern half of Yale, and, although by the redistribution bill of 1894 its area was very much diminished, it is territorially still an important district, containing about 4,500,000 acres and occupies an unique position in the province, being bounded on the west by the gulf of Georgia, on the north by Lillooet, on the east by Yale, and on the south by United States territory. Westminster district is largely made up of the valley of the Fraser river, which, according to Dr. Dawson, is the bed of an ancient arm of the sea, which extended as far inland as Hope, and is thus to a large extent made up of alluvial deposits of the Fraser river. What is known as the Fraser river valley is very fertile, and, with the exception of its being subject to occasional overflows in places, is agriculturally one of the most desirable locations in the province. The drawback of floods, however, has been overcome by a series of dyking schemes. The section of the valley south of the river includes the municipalities of Delta, Surrey, Langley, Matsqui, Sumas and Chilliwack, and the unorganized district eastward to Hope. On the north side of the river are the municipalities of Richmond, South Vancouver, Burnaby, Municipalities Coquitlam, Maple Ridge, Mission, Dewdney, Nicomen and Kent, Vancouver, and New Westminster, two of the most important cities of British Columbia. 1120 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The valley of the Fraser is the centre of the farming industry on the lower mainland, and, speaking generally, there are few agricultural districts :.anywhere of similar extent which surpass it in fertility. All the grains and grasses yield heavy crops, roots and vegetables of all kinds are exceedingly prolific and commonly of abnormal size; fruits, small and large, attain perfection, and cattle, horses, sheep, and swine thrive wonderfully. The -municipal system is more general in Westminster than in any other part of the province, and the district is well provided with roads, bridges, and transportation facilities, both rail and water. Some of the largest sawmills :in the province are situated on the lower Fraser, and at and near New Westminster are many salmon-canneries which give employment during the fishing season to many thousand men and add materially to the wealth ...and prosperity of the district. Westminster district during the past ten years has reflected the progress .of the province in a degree greater than that of any other part of the province, with the exception of the Okanagan. One of the reasons being its nearness to the sea and the large coast cities. The Factors of most important contributing factors to its success have Development been the building of the Great Northern system through it, and the extension of the British Columbia Electric railway to Chilliwack, both rendered possible, or at least greatly accelerated, by the building of the bridge over the Fraser river at New Westminster. An additional incentive to progress has recently been given by the undertaking of the Canadian Northern railway. Following the example of other portions -of the province a great deal has been done in the way of sub-division of property, and while in fruit-growing is not likely to rank with the interior portions just described it will probably lead all other sections in special products of mixed farming, particularly in dairying and stock-raising. On -the north side of the Fraser river, however, the growing of plums and pears ..and cherries and small fruits will always be a considerable industry, and possibly in this respect it may possibly lead other sections of British -Columbia- The low-lying lands of the Fraser delta are especially prolific in hay, oats and vegetables, but the high lands on the north side are especially adapted to fruits of the kinds named. From this general remark we must except a considerable tract of reclaimed lands known as the Pitt meadows, formed from the detritus of the commingling waters of the Pitt .and the Fraser. The timber resources of the district are among its most important assets. CARIBOO AND CASSIAR. North of Yale and Lillooet lies the great district of Cariboo, which --extends from 52 degrees to 60 degrees north latitude, the latter being the AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. northern boundary line of the province, and from the 120th to the 126th degree of west longitude, containing in the aggregate the vast Cariboo area of about 96,350,000 acres. It is drained in the south by the Fraser river and its .numerous tributaries, in the centre by the Parsnip and Peace rivers and tributaries, and in the north by the Nelson and Liard and tributaries. It was in the district drained by the tributaries of the Fraser river, in the vicinity of Barkerville, that occurred the great gold excitement of British Columbia in early days. It is estimated that out of these rich creeks has been taken an amount equal to between $45,000,000 and $50,000,000 in gold. The northern half of the district has been but very imperfectly explored, and the information regarding it is still limited. The central portion was a rich fur preserve of the Hudson's Bay Company in early days, and in it are located Forts St. John, McLeod, Stuart and St. James. The Omineca gold- mining division lies in the western portion near the centre between the northerly and southern limits, and to the southwest lie large pastoral and agricultural districts, in which are contained areas of grazing land and rich river bottoms, several million acres in extent, which, when communication has been provided, will afford homes for a large number of settlers. In the auriferous districts referred to, where the rich placer deposits exist, large hydraulic enterprises were inaugurated a few years ago and some half-dozen companies, expending from $250,000 to $600,000 each, obtained extensive leases and were operating on an extensive scale. It was hoped that the results of these operations would bring back to the district some of its old-time prosperity; but various causes have operated to prevent the fruition of the majority of these schemes and expectations are yet to be realized. Cheap transportation is still needed to bring Cariboo to its own- Cassiar lies west of Cariboo, occupying an area considerably larger than the latter, or about 105,150,000 acres, extending from the northern boundary of Comox at 51 north latitude to the northern boundary of the province at 60 north latitude, and all the territory west of that meridian to Cassiar the Pacific ocean including Queen Charlotte islands, except the territory of Alaska, which extends to a little south of 55 north latitude. This extensive tract of territory has for many years lain practically dormant, and very much of it is still unexplored. It is drained to the westward by two large parallel rivers, the Skeena and the Stikine, reference to which is made elsewhere. There are also within its northern limits the sources of the Liard. known as the Dease river and the head waters of the Yukon. In former years Omineca and Cassiar were from 1871 onward the scenes of mining excitement, to some extent similar to those of Cariboo in early days and the Klondyke of a more recent date on a smaller scale. The YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Omineca district occupies a central part of Cassiar, while the richer gold I diggings in the vicinity of Dease lake lie at the extreme north and are| accessible by the Stikine river. Cariboo and Cassiar are, however, such extensive districts that anything like detailed description is impracticable within reasonable limits, and' are so similar in character that they may be best described as one. At the ; time when mining excitements were at the highest, the population was extremely sparse and scattered over wide areas, but for the latter years it j scarcely represented one man for every 100,000 acres, exclusive of Indians. | The advent of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway, with the prospective 1 tributary lines running northerly and southerly through the interior plateaus.3 are creating and will create new conditions, and already the whole of the I northern interior is undergoing a change which renders any predictions \ regarding even the next ten years most uncertain. Settlements are already.! being built up in anticipation of railway construction and development, and 1 a great deal of land suitable for agriculture has been alienated by purchase or reserve by the government for pre-emption. It will require at least ten^ years to determine approximately the capabilities of the country agricul-if turally and in other respects. North of Chilcotin plains and Quesnel, the bunch grass disappears, and irrigation does not become a problem. The great central valleys lying to the north of the settled portions of the province offer an attractive field to the adventurous pioneer willing to I endure present inconvenience for the certainty of a future competence. These include the Chilcotin district, the valleys of the Skeena, Central and Bulkley, Kispiox, Kitsumkalum. Nechaco, and Black- Northern Valleys water, the country surrounding Ootsa, Francois, Stuart, Fraser, and Babine lakes, and the great Peace river valley, containing between 5,000,000 and 6,000,000 acres, practically all ofI which is available for agricultural or pastoral purposes. Existing conditions in those districts are not favorable to agricultural development owing to the lack of communication, which, however, will be supplied as soon as the I railways referred to are completed- At least the main arteries of communication will be supplied, after which local lines will follow as requirements-*i; dictate. In what is known as the Cassiar district, locally considered, the present agricultural possibilities are not great. It is better adapted for gold- mining by the hydraulic processes and as a big game resort. There is a great deal of land, fit for agricultural purposes, on portions Agricultural of Dease and Liard rivers, that will some day be put to Areas profitable use. In the Klappan river valley there is abund ance of good land and much open grass country. The old Ashcroft-Telegraph Creek trail passes through this country. In the valleJH •of the Tanzilla river (which is a branch of the Stikine) there are about 10,000 acres of farming and pasture land, about 6,000 acres of which is more or AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. less heavily timbered. There are also some small areas of arable and pasture land in the Stikine river valley. On Turnagain river, about seventy- five miles east and southeast of McDame creek, there are reported to be large tracts of open grassy country, suitable for stock-raising, if not for general farming. The trail constructed by the Northwest Mounted Police from the Peace river to the Yukon will likely traverse some of this land, but for lack of definite information, speaking generally, it is too early to speak with any confidence about a district that has been so imperfectly prospected. Individual miners and dredging companies are doing well in Atlin. Recently large deposits of gold and silver quartz were found on Windy arm, east of Atlin, and give promise of rich returns. Large coal-measures have been located on the Telkwa river and at other points, and copper-ore is found in many localities. The country is lightly timbered and promises in time to become an important cattle-raising and agricultural district, as there are many fertile valleys, which, even now, despite the absence of railways, are attracting settlers. In the southern part of Cariboo, along the main wagon road, are several flourishing ranches which produce cattle, grain, and vegetables, finding a ready market in the mining camps. After passing the height of land at the headwaters of the Fraser river and its branches, the country slopes gradually to the north and west, forming a series of valleys of more or less extent which contain many thousand acres of good agricultural and pasture land. The Peace The part which lies east of the Rocky mountains is an River Country almost level plateau, with a slight dip to the valleys of the Peace and Smoky rivers. Owing to the depths of these valleys and the absence of rock, the conditions for drainage are perfect. According to Professor John Macoun, the finest tract of land lies between the Smoky and the Peace rivers. In what is known as the Peace river country, both north and south of the river, there are from 5,000 to 10,000 square miles of fine agricultural land lying within British Columbia. This country is largely prairie and poplar copse, and everywhere the soil is good. North of Fort St. John, on the plateau back from the river, common grasses attain a height of from 4 to 6 feet, and vetches are found 8 feet in July. The government of British Columbia has reserved 4.500,000 acres fronting on the Peace and Parsnip rivers, none of which will be sold, leased, licensed, or otherwise disposed of excepting by pre-emption. VANCOUVER ISLAND. Vancouver Island, which is about two hundred and eighty-five miles long, with an average width of about sixty miles, is separated from the British Columbia mainland by the gulf of Georgia and the straits of Haro and Juan de Fuca, and bears a close resemblance to Great Britain in its YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA geographical position, as well as in climate and certain natural characteristics. The climate, mild and moist as in England, is warmer and brighter, with less average rainfall, the summers being invariably dry with continuous sunshine, while the winters are much less foggy, with frequent spells of crisp, bright weather- This applies to the southern and eastern sides, more particularly, as the west coast of Vancouver Island A Bit of is subject to heavy rainfall, the latter excessive in some Old England localities. On the southern and eastern parts, holly, ivy, broom, gorse, heather, privet and other old country shrubs thrive to perfection and all the old-fashioned English flowers are seen in the gardens and fields as though to the manor born. The picturesque oaks I complete the vermisilitude. The coast of Vancouver Island is deeply indented with bays and arms of the sea, forming numerous deep-water harbors, providing good shipping facilities for the miners, lumber mills, and other industries, and numerous I streams and lakes afford access to the interior. The country on the southern -| and eastern coast is comparatively level, while the interior is broken by I mountains and heavily wooded valleys. The greater part of the agricultu^™ land is covered with big trees and thick underbrush, but the quality of the soil will well repay clearing (in cases where the timber growth is not too I heavy), as wherever the timber has been removed and the soil cultivated I the results are highly satisfactory. In the Esquimalt, Metchosin, Sooke Lake, Victoria, North and South Saanich, Goldstream, and Highland districts, which adjoin the city of I Victoria, there is considerable good land suitable for poultry-raising, dairying, fruit-growing, and market gardening. Malahat also contains some ] small areas of agricultural land. The greater part of Alberni is rugged and mountainous, and has, as is, in fact, true of the whole interior of the Island of Vancouver, been only I faintly explored. There are some grand scenic effects and beautiful inland I lakes. Along Alberni canal, however, is a large area of fertile Alberni land and a number of settlers. Here, too, there are many '] promising mineral indications, with a good deal of preliminary development. On Barkley sound, and up the coast as far as Nootka, prospecting is active, and particularly for copper, is regarded as one of the coming mining districts of the province. Owing, however, to the heavy I undergrowth, prospecting is difficult. Saanich district, next to Westminster and Okanagan, is the most important agricultural district at present in the province and is well settled. I In time it will all be a suburb of Victoria city. Following the Cowichan line of the E. & N. railway, after Shawnigan district, in which I District there are some good farming lands and considerable settle ment, the shores of Cowichan lake being a favorite outing resort and the surrounding country a favorite fishing and hunting resort, we come to the Cowichan settlement, of which Duncan is the centre. This is largely settled by English people, and the community is essentially English in its characteristics. This section may be said to extend from Cowichan station to Chemainus. West of Cowichan in the Cowichan valley there is some good land around Cowichan, a favorite fishing resort. From the lake to the Nitinat river and Barkley sound the country is more rugged and heavily timbered, and is reported to be one of the richest mineral sections of British Columbia. The same remarks apply to the land in the vicinity of Ladysmith, and in the Nanaimo, Mountain, Cedar, Oyster, Bright, Cranberry, Douglas, Wellington, Nanoose, and Cameron districts. North of these districts the character of the soil changes, inclining to be sandy and gravelly in patches, but around Qualicum it again reverts to a rich loam. A good deal of land is under cultivation in the country lying between Nanaimo and Comox, but much of the best of it is still unreclaimed, and many thousand acres will be available when cleared of timber. Comox district may be described as a large rectangle, including the northern part of Vancouver Island and, formerly, a portion of the opposite mainland, being bounded on the north by the 51st degree of north latitude, and on the east by the 124th degree of west longitude, and com- Comox prising about 9,750,000 acres. On the mainland side it is deeply indented with inlets, of which Jervis, Toba, Bute, Knight and Kingcome are the principal. These inlets are the outlets for a number of rivers which flow through canyons, and are fed by numerous glaciers. The country generally is very rugged, and the coast, on both sides of the straits, and the many islands, large and small, which intervene, are heavily timbered. Here are found some of the principal logging camps of the province, and a very important supply of the best merchantable timber. Although sparsely populated as yet, perhaps no other area of British Columbia of similar size contains so much and varied natural wealth, represented in timber, minerals, fish and agricultural land, the last named, though considerable in the aggregate, being, comparatively speaking, the least important- Many of the islands contain good land, and in the vicinity of Comox there are some excellent stretches, while north from Seymour narrows to the head of the island there are considerable areas, which, if drained and cultivated, would make valuable cattle ranges and meadows. Coal A Rich District measures, which at Comox are extensively worked, extend almost to the end of the island; good fishing is found everywhere and several salmon canneries are in operation. On this coast are abundant fine building materials—stone and slate, while of minerals, iron, copper, gold and silver are largely represented. In the vicinity of Phillips arm are promising mining camps; in fact, the whole district is richly endowed and is capable of prosperous development. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Some of the islands in Barkley sound, near the Pacific Cable station and whaling station, are fairly well adapted to sheep-raising. In the inlets of Clayoquot sound there are small patches of agricultural land, and in Rupert district, between Cape Scott and the West arm of Quatsino sound, there is considerable open meadow land, some of which is low and swampy. Apart from these areas, the bulk of the land is covered by timber leases and licences, and is not open to settlement. South of Barkley sound, in and about Port San Juan, there is considerable arable land, but it is all heavilg| timbered and difficult to get at, owing to the absence of roads. There are, it is said, valleys and benches of prairie lands in the interior of Vancouvei|| Island fit for agriculture when proper transportation facilities have been provided. Much of this portion of the island is unexplored. On the northern end of the island, surveys were conducted some years ago. Concerning this area the agricultural bulletin of the Bureau of Pro-5 vincial Information says: " Taking the reports of surveyors of fourteen^ " townships out of forty-four, which extend northward from North End " Reef point (just south of the entrance to Quatsino of the Island "sound), on the west coast, and westward to Alert bay, " there are 143,000 acres of grazing lands and 12,740 acres " of agricultural lands included in those fourteen townships. Taking a lhm " drawn from Campbell River to the headwaters of Salmon river, and thence " to Karmutsen lake, a total distance of 166 miles, there lies adjacent to " such line an area of 140,000 acres, much of it of excellent quality. The " character of the country is diversified, but the greater portion is well " timbered and watered, with many patches of open prairie and grazing"! " lands. These estimates do not include the extensive valleys of the interior " which remain unexplored, but which, according to the reports of pros- " pectors, timber-cruisers, and trappers, will be found equally available forf| " settlement." It is well to remark that in order to make this area so^ favorably reported upon available for cultivation two things are necessary, railway transportation and a comprehensive scheme of drainage and reclamation. No attempt at its settlement has yet been made by individuals.* A successful colony, known as the Danish settlement, was established several years ago at Cape Scott and along the San Josef river, the north-, western end of Vancouver Island. There are several townships in that portion of the island which are more or less suited to agriculture and dairying, but much of the land is low and wet, requiring drainage. The Cape Scott settlers report that they are doing well and are satisfied with their surroundings. As Vancouver Island occupies such a unique and strategical position on the coast in relation not only to the province, along the ocean gateway;'! to which it lies, but to wider commercial fields of exploitation, it is desirable that some observations may be made as to the newer conditions affecting AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 127 its future which have arisen of late. The C. P. R. in acquiring the E. & N. railway, and the land grant attaching to it, decided Effect of to extend the line from Wellington to Comox, and this New Conditions extension will ultimately, no doubt, reach the northern end of the island. It was also decided to construct a branch line to Alberni. Both of these projects are in course of construction. The latter especially will open a heretofore closed area, very rich in timber for which a railway affords the only outlet, and possibly in minerals- Under the contract with the provincial government the Canadian Northern railway is constructing a line 100 miles long from Victoria to Barkley sound, by way of Shawnigan and Cowichan lakes, the effect of which, of course, will be similar to the E. & N. branch line in that direction. In addition to these, new lines of railway an electric tramline will be constructed to Sidney from Victoria, as well as a short line to connect the Canadian Northern with a ferry from Vancouver from the same point- The almost certain development of the iron industry on the coast, almost the entire supply of iron ore for which must be drawn from the Island of Vancouver and adjacent islands, must have important results industrially, one of which undoubtedly will be the material expansion of the ship-building industry. Any remarks on Vancouver Island would be incomplete without reference to the coal areas, whose development has been such a factor- in the history of the province, and the immense extent of the timber resources, which are equal to that of the commercial supply in all other parts of British Columbia. WEST COAST OF THE MAINLAND. This includes the various settlements at Howe sound, Squamish, Froek, Bute inlet Bella Coola, etc. Communication with these settlements is maintained altogether by steamers, there being no roads, and the character of the country being of such a nature that their construction is all but impossible, and must of necessity remain in abeyance until the population is sufficient to justify it. The country is, without exception, thickly wooded, principally with Douglas fir, spruce, hemlock, red cedar, balsam fir, maple, alder, birch, and other woods, and a great variety of underbrush. The coast-line is indented along its whole length with deep fiords, which run many miles into the interior, and at the heads of which are large streams. The shores of these fiords are, except where rivers debouch, almost invariably precipitous. At the mouths of the streams and along their valleys there are flats, fit for agricultural purposes after they are cleared of timber. As may be imagined from the description given, the precipitation is excessive, consisting almost entirely of rain, the snowfall, owing to the influence of the sea, being comparatively light, and the temperature, from the same cause, never YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA very low. The settlements of this part consist mostly of loggers' camps and* Indians. Fishing is carried on at various points along this coast, and logging for the mills at Burrard inlet, Chemainus, etc. The Island of Vancouver, which lies parallel with this coast for a distance of some three hundred miles,)! protects it for that distance from the force of the Pacific ocean, and the waters of the straits are therefore comparatively calm. The whole of the- region is naturally very sparsely populated, farmers or ranchers being in the^ minority; in fact, most of the inhabitants are engaged in other pursuits,! fishing, lumbering, etc., and even those who are engaged in agriculture for') part of the year take advantage of the fishing season to supplement their ' incomes. THE NORTHWEST COAST. The country lying along the coast and the numerous adjaceut islands between Wakeman sound and the Kitimat river were explored in 1895 by George D. Corrigan, P.L.S. His report deals in detail with the country.;; examined, which includes the valley of Wakeman sound, Quascilla and Bay ; river valleys, Mereworth sound, Cape Caution, Branham island, Shelter bay, Bradley lagoon, Banks island, Goschen and Porcher islands, Henry, Stephens- William and Arthur islands, the valley of the Kitimat, Kildala valley,^ Gardner canal and Swindle island. The country, with some exceptions, is| not suitable for farming, but the mainland coast and nearly all the islands^ would support fishing communities who would increase their tribute from the sea by keeping a few cattle, hogs, and sheep, and growing vegetables. On Wakeman sound there is an area of first-class land, and at the mouthJJ of Kingcome river 10,000 acres or more which will grow hops, oats, andl. roots when cleared of timber; it is now held under timber licence. In the| Ah-ta valley there are about 1,000 acres of good land, which is easily access-it ible from Kingcome inlet. On many of the islands there are small patches, of arable land and considerable tracts of coarse grass lands which would support flocks of sheep. On Porcher island there is a tract of some twenty- five miles of fairly good land along the coast on which many settlers have . established themselves. The valley of the Kitimat is by far the best country visited. The soil appears very productive, the ordinary garden vegetables, together with cultivated small fruits, giving good returns- The most important industry, after salmon canning, is the manufacture of pulp, an extensive plant for which is in operation at Swanson Bay. QUEEN The Queen Charlotte group lies Island and consists of over 150 island; Moresby, Graham and North islands. The southern members of the group are mountainous and generally covered with heavy timber, but the northern CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. bout 150 miles north of Vancouver , of which the principal are Prevost, AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 129 portion of Graham island is flat and, in the interior, presents a prairie-like appearance. A recent estimate places the arable land on Graham island at 400.000 acres, but much of it will require drainage before it can be brought under cultivation. The probabilities are that, with a comprehensive system of drainage, including the clearing of the various streams of the debris accumulated for. ages, the lands on Graham island, both east and west of Masset inlet, would develop into a fine dairy and stock country, with a market at Prince Rupert, which is eighty miles distant by water. Bordering the sea-coast and the numerous streams and lakes, the timber is very heavy with dense underbush. Cedar, hemlock, and spruce are the principal woods. Sawmills are being built and some are in operation at different points. There are extensive deposits of bituminous and anthracite coal and strong indications of petroleum, none of which are as yet developed. Copper, gold, silver, and other minerals have been found at many places, and at least one copper-gold mine has been developed to the shipping stage, while several others are being actively worked. There exists every oppr- tunity for the establishment of a great fishing industry, as the surrounding waters teem with fish of many varieties—halibut, salmon, cod, herring, flatfish, dogfish, whales, etc. The climate is mild, with a considerable rainfall during the winter months. The government has reserved a large portion of Graham island for actual settlers; the land in this reserve can only be acquired by pre-emption. A COAST JOURNEY THE Year Book of 1897 contained a description of a trip up the coast of the mainland of British Columbia, as far as Alaska, which was written about the year 1892, for another purpose. So little has the history of the coast changed from the viewpoint of the steamer since that time that it applies almost equally well to-day; and it has been suggested that it should be repeated in the present edition- The same trip is now, however, taken very frequently and the new G. T. P. steamers specially built for the route, ply regularly, in addition to various craft of other steamship companies. The great beauties of this trip, taken under the most favorable conditions possible to imagine, render it quite remarkable that it is not patronized extensively for excursion purposes. One reason for this probably is that during the summer season, when it is most enjoyable, the available steamers on the coast are so busily engaged on regular commercial routes that the time cannot be spared for it. Some day, it appears almost certain, summer excursions up the coasts of both mainland and island will be a regular and a highly remunerative business, as, indeed, it ought to be at the present time. The author has been assured by travellers that no other trip, not 1KB YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA excepting that to Norway, affords anything like the attractions for the same J distance, which, including the return, exceeds 2,000 miles and could bej extended easily another one thousand or fifteen hundred. Come for a two weeks' voyage along the west coast of British Columbia to Alaska. Free from the cares and conventionalities of every day life, and breathing the very air of heaven itself, you burst, like the Ancient Mariner,! into an unknown sea filled with untold beauties, and sail over a bosom of 1 waters unruffled as glass; among myriads of islands; through deep, rugged, rock-walled channels; past ancient Indian villages, mediaeval glaciers, dark.1 solemn, pine-clothed shores, snow-capped peaks, dashing cataracts, yawning] mountain gorges, spouting monsters and sea whelps—away to the north a I thousand miles, almost, to mix with the icebergs that once floated under the | sovereignty of the Czar of all the Russians, but now drop peacefully from I ancient glaciers over which the American eagle holds watchful guard—H continuous panorama in which the purest, the rarest, the wildest, the most;! beautiful, and the grandest forms of nature are revealed. All this may be enjoyed under auspices of ease and comfort equal to that of your own home. The passage from Victoria to Vancouver affords only anl inkling of the scenic effects that will be obtained for the next fourteen days. | Leaving the inner harbor the boat swings out into the From Victoria straits of Fuca, and you get the first swell of the ocean, to Vancouver fifty miles to the westward. To the right is passed the historic island of San Juan. To the left Vancouver Island is in view. The strait of Georgia is crossed at its greatest width- After I San Juan is a succession of beautiful low lying and timbered islands. Mid-1 way is Active pass, always a point of great interest and beauty, and which J is now a popular summer resort. Having passed Point Roberts, the mouth of the Fraser river, Point Grey and through the narrows into Burrard inlet, H Vancouver city is reached in about six hours' easy sailing. Right under the bold, high bluff of Brockton point promontory are the remains of the old Beaver, the first steamer on the Pacific ocean, which went to pieces on the rocks, and for some time before its final plunge lay the prey of teredo and relic hunters. From Vancouver the steamer takes a straight cut of thirty miles across the strait of Georgia, passing Nanaimo and Wellington, where the coal mines of Vancouver Island are located. From here for the whole length of Vancouver Island the steamer hugs its shore, and here, too, Up the Gulf begins that maze, of islands which continues in more or less of Georgia bewildering profusion as far north as you go, gradually increasing in size and in character from low lying and heavily timbe'red to high, bold and rocky. The strait of Georgia continues about seventy-five miles. The mainland shore to the right is indented with numerous inlets or arms of the sea—Howe sound, Jervis inlet, Toba inlet, Bute AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. IP inlet, and so on, up which, were there time to go, wonderful beauties would be disclosed. There are Indian reservations and logging camps and settlers found all along. Up Jervis inlet is a quarry of excellent slate. Texada, thirty miles long, low and timbered, with a bold, rocky shore, and traversed by a ridge of rugged trap mountains, is on the mainland side. It contains important gold, iron, marble, lime and other mineral deposits. To the left are Hornby and Denman, picturesque islands. Over these are seen the mountain ridges of Vancouver Island, the peaks of which here are the highest of the range. Point Holmes on the left, a bold promontory, is passed. From here to Comox the coast is low and heavily timbered inland, and here lies one of the most important coal measures of Vancouver Island, included in the E. & N. railway belt. Opposite, in the direction of Desolation sound, are numerous islands—Hernando, Cortes, Mary, and so on—upon some of which are settlers and logging camps. Over in the distance, on the mainland, rise up the Cascade mountains, range after range. Now you creep closer to the Vancouver shore, and presently enter the celebrated Seymour narows, once in which, by reason of the high bluff shores, you are shut out from the view on either side. The narrows proper are about 800 yards wide and about a mile and a half long, Seymour though Discovery pass, to which it is the entrance, is about Narrows twenty-three miles long. At flood the tide runs from six to twelve knots an hour, and at ebb from six to eight, the flood and ebb running equal intervals of about six hours each, with about ten minutes still water. Valdes island, lying at the entrance to Bute inlet and forming the right shore of this channel, is a finely timbered island, with a number of logging camps on it, and some well-to-do ranchers on the benches back from the shore. The Euclataw, or Back narrows, of almost equal note among navigators, on the other side of the island, are also very rapid, and dangerous as well. It was at this point where it was once proposed to bring the line of the C. P. R. through the Yellow Head pass down Bute inlet, and connecting with a line of railway to Victoria by bridging Seymour narrows, the proposed route of the old British Pacific. Just before entering the narrows is a village of Euclataw Indians, once regarded as the worst of all the British Columbia tribes, and said to have been cannibalistic. Passing the mouth of Campbell river, you look up the fine Menzies valley, and over westward on Vancouver Island are towering snow-clad peaks extending for miles- Sailing by Menzies bay, you enter the narrows, already described, which, after an exciting run, widen out into Johnstone straits. Along here, on the Vancouver shore, are some beautiful beaches and snug coves and bays, and on the other side a group of small rocky islands—Helmcken, Hardwicke, etc.—on the timbered benches of which is to be found the finest Douglas fir in the province. The famous Bickley Bay logging camp is located on the back channel on Hardwicke island. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA After having rounded Chatham point the steamer gets in closer and closer to Vancouver Island, and the shores become more and more precipitous. Along Johnstone straits westward you steam past the mouth of Salmon* river, where there are rapids and overfalls, with heavy sea. In Johnstone's The straits widen out to about three miles, and now you Straits are directly between the shores of Vancouver and the mainland, the only place where they directly approach each other. This approximation continues ten or twelve miles, both shores J being thickly wooded. On the mainland side are Blenkinsop bay and Port! Neville. The former is a good harbor, with rocky, picturesque shore. The| latter is an inlet seven miles long, up which first-class building granite isj found. On the Vancouver shore, which presents a bold, rocky front, is the! mouth of Adams river, just opposite which commences Cracroft island,! running twenty miles parallel with our course. At the southeast end of itl is Port Hartney, a fine harbor. Myriads of islands, large and small, are to be seen all along the mainland side as far as Cape Caution, locally known as the Broughton archi- I pelago. The next point of interest on your left is Beaver cove, which, inl addition to being a good harbor, has an excellent milling site. A marble! quarry has been located here- Back of Beaver cove, extending to the great! Nimkish lake, is an extensive valley. Nimkish river, which is the outlet off the lake into Broughton sound, Nimkish lake and Kammutseena river, whichl! empties into it, all afford the finest trout fishing in the province. ThlM district is a veritable sportsman's paradise, now much frequented forril^M game—elk, deer, panther, etc.—while the scenery is simply enchanting. | From this point the centre of the island is easily accessible. Five miles above Beaver cove we arrive at our first stopping place, Alert Bay, on Cormorant island, just opposite the mouth of Nimkish river.! It is very prettily situated, and is a favorite calling place both up and down. Here are an Indian village with a population of 150 or so, | Alert Bay whites included, a salmon cannery, a sawmill and two stores,! an English church mission and an industrial school. Here theJ salmon canners have turned their attention to canning clams, which abound in the neighborhood. The first thing which strikes the tourist's eye on rounding into Alert Bay Is the Indian burial ground, on the south point on the right hand entering the bay. It is fantastically decorated with streamers and flags of different^ colors, and a variety of grave fences and epitaphs. The next thing which I particularly attracts a stranger is a fine totem pole, about thirty feet high, beautifully painted and carved, which guards the entrance to the present chief's house. Cormorant island possesses coal formations. Near it are several rocky islets, upon which discoveries of silver and copper have been made. Farther AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. up is passed Haddington island, all one quarry of the finest building stone, out of which the stone for the new parliament buildings was taken; and still farther on is Malcolm island, agriculturally the best piece of land on the coast. At this point in our trip we are beginning to lose the companionship of the Douglas fir, which has been abundantly with us from the outset, finding instead forests of hemlock, spruce, red cedar, cypress, birch, and alder, which prevail more or less for the rest of our journey- Opposite Malcolm island is Port McNeill, boasting a commodious harbor. The country all along here comprises coal measures, which extend for twenty- five miles through to the west coast. Three miles beyond Broughton strajts we enter Queen Charlotte sound, where the ocean swell is already noticeable, and skirting the northeast coast of Vancouver Island, we put in at the historic Fort Rupert, twenty-one miles beyond Alert Bay. It consists of the old Hudson's Bay fort, and a large Indian village, situated on a long open beach of shingle and shells, which gives it a white, snowy look. There are no wharf accommodations, and consequently it is only in cases of absolute necessity that steamers call here, Fort Rupert in which case communication has to be made with the shore by boat or canoe. On two occasions this huge village has been shelled and laid in ashes by gunboats sent to demand the surrender of murderers among them. Twenty miles beyond Fort Rupert we enter the Galiano channel and pass Galiano island, and into Queen Charlotte sound; thence through Christie passage, where for the first time we receive the full sweep of the Pacific ocean, and sniff the salt sea breeze. In the next two hours the steamer has to buffet the long rolling sea from Queen Charlotte sound, and, heading northwesterly in the direction of Cape Caution, we encounted a low- lying, rocky shore, where are dangerous sunken reefs. Cape Caution is appropriately named, as in its vicinity are innumerable rocks and shoals, requiring great caution on the part of the navigator. This brings us to the entrance to Fitzhugh sound, and on the right is Rivers inlet. During the time since starting up the straits of Georgia we have not omitted to note the scenery, which, though not on so magnificent a scale as that yet to come, has been nevertheless peculiarly charming. It has been one long series of subjects for the artist, in which rare and The Scenery elusive effects have entered—marine sketches, land and on the Way water combinations, here depressed and there bold and broken shores, backed by recurring benches densely timbered, and away over all, far off and high up, have risen majestically the tops of the Coast range of mountains ridging the entire length of Vancouver island on one side, and the mighty peaks of the Cascades of the mainland on the other, giving, on the whole sweep of vision, that indefinable, charm which "magnificent distance" alone can lend. Leaving out the few tide rips, which you experience with delight, you have been gliding, not propelled, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA over water as smooth as glass, and at times your impressions have been ; dreamlike—now weird and solemn, and again exhilarating. Sea fowl numerable—gulls, ducks, geese, and others—have kept you company, and occasionally, sometimes frequently, the attention of the party has been diverted to a spouting whale, or a swarm of porpoise, and even land animals, which are to be seen once in a while from the deck. To Rivers inlet, our next objective point, we will have covered some 350 or 400 miles, and our promises so far have been more than fulfilled. Now we have entered a distinctly new phase of our trip- We are going north, with the ocean and scattered islands on the left of us, and the mainland on the right. Leaving Cape Caution and passing Smith's inlet, a few miles on we enter Fitzhugh sound, and steam up Rivers inlet. This was named Rivers canal by the great Vancouver. Our friends will have recognized in the names of the islands passed some time ago—Hernando, Cortez, Texada, Valdes, and so on—historic memories of early Spanish explorers and navigators, who held the coast for a time conjointly with the British, but, as usual, the christening, which remained with British ascendancy, was done by Vancouver over a hundred years ago. Rivers inlet runs up about thirty miles. At the entrance and for several miles up, the sides of the inlet, which is only one to one and a half miles in width, are steep and covered with dense forests of spruce and cedar. At the head of the inlet the sides mount up abruptly for about Rivers Inlet 2,000 feet, and are almost bare of verdure through the action of snowslides and avalanches. In this inlet are seven canneries, a sawmill and a station, formerly used as a salmon saltery. One peculiarity of the salmon run here is that it never, or very rarely, fails. Rivers inlet is a strikingly pretty place. We travel from here up Fitzhugh sound, on the right shore of which is to be seen Namu Harbor, where Messrs. Drainey & Shotbolt have a cannery, and enter Bentinck arm, at the head of which is situated the Bella Coola Indians. There is an Indian village here. John Clayton, a trader, and family reside here and keep a store. He has, as well, a large stock ranch. There is a large extent of agricultural country here, where a prosperous colony of Norwegians have settled- The Bella Coola valley affords the easiest and best route into the Chilcotin country. From here you pass into Lama passage, where the Bella Bella Indians reside. They have a large, beautiful village, with several stores and a resident missionary. This was the old Fort McLaughlin of Hudson's Bay Company days. Leaving Bella Bella, we sail into Milbank sound, and enter Graham reach, passing along the inside of Princess Royal island, which hai high, bluff, rocky shores, and thence through various passages we reach th mouth of the great Gardner inlet. The sail up this discloses the most wonderful scenery on the route. The shores are thousands of feet high and almost perpendicular, lending a Kicking Horse River. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. grandeur and impressiveness to the scene almost indescribable, while magnificent waterfalls and glaciers are to be seen. Perhaps Gardner Inlet there is not on the whole western coast of America scenery which quite equals it in its way. Captain Vancouver, who explored this channel over a hundred years ago, described its beauties most graphically. At its head is situated the Kitlupe tribe of Indians, after whom the inlet is sometimes called. Almost parallel with Gardner canal is Douglas channel, the extension of which is known as Kitimat arm. At the head of this arm there is considerable good land and a pass into the interior. Kitimat arm is similar in the massiveness and beauty of its scenery to Kitlupe inlet, but differs in the character of detail. The shores, which are wooded with hemlock, spruce and cedar, are not so abrupt, but are bounded with lofty ranges of mountains running parallel to each other- Going out of Gardner canal we enter Grenville channel, which is ninety miles long, passing along Pitt island. Here the scenery is extremely picturesque, with adjacent bare walls of rock and high distant A Beautiful peaks. At Lowe inlet, off the channel, is an Indian Landscape station and a cannery. The general effect of so many mountains rising one above the other, renders Grenville passage one of the most beautiful landscapes on the coast, and is equalled only by Klemtoo passage. It was omitted to state that on Gribbell island, at the mouth of Gardner inlet, is a very fine hot spring. Through Grenville channel, on Pitt island, China Hat is passed. This is an Indian village, with the usual missionary and trader. Lowe inlet is the residence during the fishing season of the Katkatla Indians, whose chief was the far-famed Sheiks. Chief Sheiks had a monopoly of the fishing here, and with a seine net in the bay, often hauled in from 2,000 to 3,000 salmon a day, for which he got the highest market price. We have already passed Hartley bay, where there is a sawmill and an Indian village. And now we are at the mouth of the Skeena river, and take Telegraph passage, passing the well-known Standard cannery. The Skeena river, the mouth of which we have entered, is the largest river on the British Columbia coast except the Fraser, and takes its rise ; several hundreds of miles in New Caledonia, near Babine lake. It is the route into the gold country of Omineca. The scenery up to The Skeena Hazelton and beyond is not unlike that of the Fraser, and in some places quite equals it. Its rugged canyons and fierce rapids require skillful navigation. It is to the forks of the Skeena where one of the alternative surveys for the C- P. R. was run, and here in 1866 the Western Union Telegraph Company reached with a line which was to connect overland, by crossing Behring straits, with a Siberian line, when the news of the Atlantic cable being laid was received, and the scheme was YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA abandoned. We, however, only explore the mouth of the wonderful river as far as Port Essington. In it are located a number of salmon canneries and three sawmills, the timber used being red cedar, cypress, hemlock and spruce. There is an Indian village here and a church. The view from any J , point here is very fine, and there is a great deal to interest tourists. The I shores are heavily wooded, with mountainous back-ground, and potatoes- and berries of all kinds are very plentiful. Leaving the Skeena, we pass out into Chatham straits, and, rounding the Tsimpsean peninsula, soon arrive at one of the most noted places on the coast, Metlakatla, a very prettily situated Indian village about twelve miles from the Skeena. This at one time used to be a veritable beehive, under the management of Rev. Mr. Duncan, a missionary sent out in the early days by the Church Missionary Society of London, England. He had a sawmill, a woollen mill,j a cannery, a brickyard, a boys' home, a girls' home, an indus- Metlakatla trial school, and many other means of keeping the Indians employed. Later on the Home Society sent out Bishop ; Ridley (the Bishop of Caledonia), to take charge and look after the society's interests. This caused a strife between two factions, which arose, some siding with Duncan and others with the Bishop, which ended in Duncan leaving with his adherents for a new settlement some thirty miles above | Fort Simpson, called New Metlakatla. The boys' and girls' homes are still running, and the industrial school is doing good work. Their houses, until lately, were all built in one style, a lofty two-sto^H building, which, if divided up. would contain about eight or ten rooms, and each one has a nice little garden patch laid out in fruit trees and vegetables, which have been much neglected of late, but, nevertheless, gooseberries, raspberries, currants and strawberries thrive here wonderfully- The Church*; of England, built by Mr. Duncan, is a beautiful piece of work, and is the. largest and most Anglican in appearance in the province. The Indians are very musical, and have a brass band, and in almost every other house is an organ. The church organist is an Indian. Metlakatla is situated on the great Tsimpsean peninsula, inhabited by the once mighty Tsimpsean nation of Indians, of whom those at Metlakatla and Fort Simpson are notable examples. A few miles farther north, the chief of the Hudson's Bay Company's trading posts, is a populous Indian village, situated on an excellent harbor, which was once also an aspirant as a terminus of the C. P. R. by way of the forks of the Skeena. Even here there was an incipient Fort Simpson boom in town lots, looking in the direction of another railway. The Hudson's Bay Company have a large store here, where anything can be procured, from a needle to the latest pattern Winchester rifle. There is also a wharf, about a quarter of a mile long, and AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 137 a warehouse at the extremity. The harbor here affords excellent anchorage at any depth up to thirty fathoms, with good mud and sand bottom. The rise and fall of the" tide is from eighteen to twenty feet, and on this account considerable of the shore is dry at low-water tide. The Metlakatla Indians are first cousins to the Fort Simpsons, with whom they intermarry. The latter, however, are Methodists- They have a church, two school-houses, a fire hall, two stories with a tower, a two-story drill hall, a sash and door factory, a shingle mill, worked by water power, a turning mill, worked by water power, a boys' home, a girls' home, also an excellent mission house, and a hospital. They have also an excellent brass band. Bidding good-bye to Fort Simpson, we sail past the mouth of the Nass river, where there are several canneries and imposing views, across Chatham strait, round Cape Fox, into Dixon's entrance and into Alaska. On the way up we sail by Tongas islands, the home of the Tongas In- Into Alaska dians. In Tongas is where Mr. Duncan has established his celebrated mission, New Metlakahtla. On the way up we visit Sitka and Juneau, and circle round among numerous channels, and enter several noted glacier bays. This is the land of the midnight sun, and a great attraction to American tourists. However, for diversity of scenery, for beauty, and for interest, apart from icebergs and glaciers*, it contains nothing which will outrival, or, some might even say, compare with the route just passed over, wholly in British Columbia waters and in Canadian territory. Here ends the journey and the homeward trip is made . CLIMATE NOTWITHSTANDING that much has been written about the climate of \ British Columbia, many misconceptions appear to prevail on the subject outside of the province. In some quarters, through confusion with the northwest interior of the Dominion, an impression has been formed that at least to the east of the Coast range fearful extremes of cold are to be endured by the inhabitants, while in others, through a misapprehension of the report of travellers, it has been imagined that the climate of the coast resembles that of the shores of the Mediterranean. In order to acquire a reasonable idea of the true state of the case, let anyone first examine upon a map of Europe that portion of land which lies between the same parallels of latitude, and extends over the same area from the Atlantic coast east, and then consider how far conditions which are known to exist there will be modified by local differences on the Pacific. It will be seen that between latitudes 49 degrees and 59 degrees must be included Great Britain, the YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA northeast corner of France, Belgium, Holland, North Germany, Prussia, Denmark, the south of Sweden, the Baltic provinces, and the coast of Russia to the gulf of Finland. This tract of country in area and latitude approximately represents British Columbia, and may be considered as a whole to present almost the same climatic conditions. The differences to be allowed for are as follows: First, the Japan current, the north equatorial current of the! Pacific, does not flow so closely to the American coast as the Gulf stream does to the shores of northern Europe, but admits of a return Arctic current from the north. This Arctic current which renders the waters of British I Columbia extremely cold, causes a condensation of the moisture borne by the prevailing westerly winds eastwards, and produces a humidity most,; beneficial to the vegetation of the province. The winds are arrested, in a ' measure, by the Coast range, creating a dry belt to the east of these mountains, but the higher currents of air discharge their moisture against the Selkirks, causing the more copious snowfall which distinguishes that range from its neighbour, the Rockies. Thus a series of alternate moist and dry belts are formed throughout the province, which have no parallel on the coast of Europe, where the more broken coast line and absence of lofty mountain ranges,!" Alternate Belts together with the practical non-existence of an Arctidgi current, tend to distribute the rainfall over the whole;, area. It will be easily seen how these belts will be broken and modifleda^B places by the varied elevation of the mountains and the presence of passes such as the Fraser canyon. Again, the decrease in elevation of the Rocky and Selkirk ranges as they approach to the north, admits a free passage for the winds of the Arctic regions to sweep down over the northern portion of the province, bringing with them a corresponding reduction in temperature in winter or increase in the summer, when the long Arctic day admits an accumulation ,of dry hot air over these regions. Since there is open sea to the north of the European continent these conditions exist there only in a modified form, although the Baltic provinces, Poland, and Prussia experience very similar effects from the northeast winds. And, lastly, the elevation of the interior plateau is, of course^greatly superior to that of northern Europe, making an average difference in barometric pressure of some two inches. The general result of the above differences between the two regions is to accentuate the rainfall on the shores of the Pacific coast and the extremes of temperature in the interior. Where the latter extends in Geographical areas of high elevation, these extremes of temperatures Conditions will necessarily be more felt, while in the valleys and can yons open to the coast and protected from the north, a more mild and equable climate will result. At the same time, there is a AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. greater symmetry in the main features of land and water the straight coast line and parallel mountain ranges, so the great ocean winds are probably less interfered with by local conditions, and there is a greater regularity of the seasons. So far as the coast is concerned an increase in rain-fall and general humidity must be expected to the north, where the Arctic current is colder, the Japan current sweeps nearer to the shore and condensation consequently is greater; the east coast of Vancouver Island will be less humid than the west, from arrest of moisture by the mountains and forests of the island interior, and the shores of the mainland opposite will be more liable to rain and fog from the low temperature of the waters of the gulf, which are mainly derived from the cold northern backwash, and from the propinquity of heavily timbered mountainous tracts. It may be said, then, that the climate of British Columbia, as a whole, presents all the features which are to be met with in European countries lying within the temperate zone, the cradle of the greatest nations of the world, and is, therefore, a climate well adapted to the development of the human race under the most favourable conditions. The various local differences alluded to in general terms above, in relation to those causes which produce them, may now be more particularly described. In the valley of the Columbia and throughout the Kootenay districts which correspond, as has been seen, with the mountain belt of the Selkirks, the high average altitude renders the air ratified and bracing, the precipitation of moisture being greater on the eastern flank of the Kootenay Rockies, but falling far below that of the coast. Regular meteorological returns have not hitherto been made from stations in this section of the country, but from observations taken by Lieut.- Col. Baker during some years' residence at Cranbrook, in the upper Columbia valley, the following data may be depended upon as fairly accurate: The rainfall averages from eighteen to twenty inches per annum, the lesser amount being experienced in East Kootenay, and the snow attains to a depth of from one to three feet, making a total precipitation of about twenty to twenty-four inches of moisture, according to locality. The winters extend from December to March, snow not falling, to lie, earlier than the last week in December as a rule. Navigation on the upper Columbia closes about the beginning of November; on the Arrow lakes and lower Columbia not till the end of that month; it opens again about the middle of March. The Kootenay lake does not freeze over. During the winter the thermometer falls at times considerably below zero, and in summer rises as high as eighty or ninety degrees in the shade, the nights being always comparatively cool. The extreme cold is not severely felt and is of short duration, nor is the summer heat exhausting as in the interior YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA of the continent. Vegetation is rarely affected by drought, and although summer frosts occasionally cause damage in swampy localities, their effects.;? are modified by drainage and cultivation. Farther west, throughout the region of the interior plateau, a drier climate prevails, culminating in the bunch grass country immediately east of the Coast range. Here luxuriant vegetation is entirely confined to the borders of the lake and water courses, while the higher A Dry Belt benches and round topped hills present the characterislM semi-barren appearance of this class of pasture land. Th« rain and snow-fall is very moderate, total precipitation averaging from seven. to twelve inches according to locality. The winter is confined to eight or ten weeks' frost, when the thermometer falls to zero, and in severe seasons considerably below. The average is not extreme nor are the cold spells protracted. The summers, like those of Kootenay, are warm during the day with cool evenings. As the mean elevation is some 1,500 feet, the air of the interior plateau is clear and bracing. South of the Shuswap lake, a climate is experienced typical of the milder and more moist conditions which prevail in the wide depressions once formed by glacial lakes, and which may be said to present a mean between the dryness of the true bunch grass country and the humidity of the coast. The timber is here plentiful but scattered, vegetation is varied and luxuriasM the rainfall sufficient to obviate the need of irrigation; the winter and summer not appreciably differing from that of central Europe. In the narrow valleys which traverse the Coast range a climate is found which once more calls for special remark as presenting features of some interest and peculiar to these situations. At Spences Bridge, on the Fraser, a characteristic point, a meteorological station has been Canyons of the established for some years and accurate data of this class Coast Range obtained. Sheltered as these canyons are from the cold northern winds, they admit the warm breezes of the coast and upon their sides the sun's rays are concentrated with almost tropical intensity. A temperature much warmer than would be expected is the result. No sooner is the Coast range crossed than an entirely new order of things becomes manifest, indicating a great change in climatic conditions. Vegetation is extraordinarily luxuriant, forests are everywhere, the undergrowth impenetrably dense. The reason of this is at once apparent when it is seen that the rain-fall attains to some seventy inches, increasing as you proceed north and come more within the immediate West Coast influence of the Japan current, to over a hundred inches, and Islands The winters are shorter and much less severe, nor are the summers so hot as those of the interior; yet, owing to the increased amount of moisture in suspension, extremes, such as they are, make themselves more felt by the inhabitants. Still no one can call the AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. climate of the coast of British Columbia an unhealthy or uncomfortable one. Equable, sunny and with a singular absence of storm or tempests, the vicissitudes of life, so far as they depend upon climate, are perhaps less accentuated here than in most parts of the globe. As was previously stated above in the general account of the climate, the driest point on the coast is seen to be the southeastern extremity of Vancouver Island, which includes Victoria, and is represented by the observations taken at Esquimalt. To speak more generally of the climate of this section, the nights, even in the height of summer, are invariably cool, more so than is ordinarily experienced in England during spells of warm summer weather. The harvest time is rarely unsettled so that until recently, many years had elapsed since damage was incurred in reaping the crops. Winters occur every now and then during which, from the absence of northerly winds, no perceptible degree of frost is experienced, and geraniums and other delicate- plants can be grown in the open air. Such severe weather as is met with comes usually in short spells during the months of January and February. Local fogs prevail over the water during the early spring and late autumn, chiefly in November, when they are sometimes a serious hindrance to navigation. The tides of the coast, between Vancouver Island and the mainland, as they flow through narrow channels at the Fogs and Tides northern and southern extremities of the island (Seymour narrows and San Juan de Fuca straits) are very eccentric, and cannot be reduced to a fixed table. For similar reasons the currents and tide-rips which prevail among the islands of the coast are somewhat perplexing and require local study. Wind storms are rare and the shipping suffers little damage on that account. In this portion of the province the higher latitude is responsible for a correspondingly severe climate. In Cariboo and through the Chilcotin country the winters are, for instance, somewhat longer and colder than those experienced in the Okanagan and Columbia Northern Interior valleys. At Barkerville, in the first named district, the mean January temperature has averaged, for the last four years, 19 degrees, that of April 34 degrees, of July 54 degrees, and October 40 degrees. This, considering the altitude and situation which corresponds with that of central Russia, is tiflpt extraordinarily severe, indeed is very moderate as compared with the interior of the continent of America far to the south. Note—The foregoing has been taken from the very excellent description of British Columbia climate contained in the official handbook entitled "British Columbia, Its Present Resources and Future Possibilities." Tables of the records of the meteorological service for the province, which is now very complete, are not given for the reason that unless a great many were reproduced so as to cover a series of years no adequate, or YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA exact, idea would be conveyed. In other words, the record of a single yearl would not be likely to be a representative year. Within certain limits of variation, the weather changes considerably from year to year- And to the ordinary lay reader, meteorological tables mean but little, and the more elaborate they are, the less liable they are to be useful to him. In addition to what has already been given in the foregoing the following notes, taken from the bulletin on agriculture issued by the Bureau of Provincial Information, will assist in forming a conclusion as to the entire subject.. Taking the various districts seriatim, as local topographic differences cause somewhat abrupt changes of climate, the conditions in various parts of the province may now be described with more particularity. In "the Kootenay district, which embraces the drainage area of the Columbia river, comprising the mountain belt of the Selkirks and the western flank of the Rockies, the high average altitude renders the air rarifled and* bracing. There is a sufficient precipitation of moisture, from 18 to 20 inches.' of rainfall per annum, and a snowfall of from 1 to 3 feet. In summer the thermometer rises as high as 80 or 90 degrees in the shade, but the nights are compensatingly cool. At times in the winter there are cold spells, when the mercury falls considerably below zero, but these are of short duration. It is seldom that any damage is caused by drought, and though in swampy lands there are occasional summer fosts, their effects are removed by drainage and cultivation. Throughout the great interior plateau a much drier climate is found, the total precipitation being from 7 to 12 inches, according to localifaH Luxuriant vegetation is confined to the borders of lakes and water-courses, while the general landscape presents the usual round-topped hills and bunch- grass of typical pasture or range land. In the many valleys thriving farms show the effects of careful cultivation, and wherever irrigation has been practised the result is seen in ample crops. South of Shuswap and Kamloops lakes the climate presents the mean between the dryness of the bunch-grass country and the humidity of the coast. The land is largely park-like in character, somewhat rolling, and vegetation luxuriant and varied. There is sufficient rainfall for all purposes, and the climate closely resembles that of central Europe. The many valleys cutting the Coast range have distinct climatic peculiarities. Sheltered as they are by the surrounding hills from bleak north winds, the warm breezes from the coast are freely wafted through them. The sun's rays are concentrated on the side-hills with almost tropical intensity, and even on the higher benches orchards and vineyards yield enormous crops. As soon as the mountains are left behind and the Pacific littoral is reached, there is an astonishing change in conditions. Where vegetation has been left in its virgin state there is almost an impenetrable undergrowth, from which rise luxuriantly huge forests of fir, pine and spruce. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. This is accounted for by the heavy rainfall, which increases towards the north. But the winters are short and temperate, and emphasized more by a heavy rainfall than other climatic change. The high mountains of Vancouver Island break the force of the heavy storms sweeping eastward over the Pacific, and heavy gales are infrequent in the inland waters. Probably the driest point on the coast is in the vicinity of Victoria. Harvest time is rarely unsettled, and there is seldom any difficulty incurred in reaping the crops. During many winters there is no perceptible frost and delicate plants thrive throughout the year in the open air. Any severe weather that may arise usually comes in short spells during January and February, That part of the northern interior embracing the Cariboo and Chilcotin country has a more severe climate than the Kootenay. This is accounted for by the higher altitude, but considering this, the climate is very moderate as compared with that of central Russia, lying within approximately the same latitude. That portion of the Peace river valley lying within the province enjoys a much milder climate than the more elevated district farther south. Mr. F. W. Valleau, who traversed this district during the summer of 1900, reported that the country east of Parle Pas rapids is of the first-class. At Fort St. John, situated some 50 miles from the eastern boundary, he said: "Grain and roots of all kinds do well and ripen." In confirmation of this, Professor Macoun writes regarding Mount Selwyn, the date being July 11th: " When we left the river in the morning the thermometer stood at " deg., and on the top of the mountain, in latitude 56 north, 6,500 feet above " the sea, it stood at 82 deg." As to conditions at Fort St. John, he fully bears out Mr. Valleau's statement. Professor Macoun's conclusions are summarized as follows: " That from the middle of April until the first week in November the " ground is fit for the plough, that winter is actually shorter on Peace river " than in Manitoba, and that 1,200 miles northwest of Fort Garry (Winnipeg) " a milder temperature prevails in autumn than at that point." As to the northern country in general, jthe remarks of the same authority may well be carefully considered. " There can be no doubt that when the forest is cleared, by whatever " cause, the soil will become drier and the climate will become considerably "milder. Owing to the latitude, the sun's rays fall obliquely on the forest, " and, as a natural result, there is little evaporation. As Germany was to " the Romans, so much of our northwest is to us—a land of marsh and swamp " and rigorous winter. Germany has been cleared of her forest, and is now "one of the finest and most progressive of European countries. May not " the clearing of our northwestern forests produce a similar result in the "distant future of British Columbia?" EDUCATIONAL THE educational system of British Columbia as at present developed is}' an adaptation of the best features of the systems of the other provinces, which are all more or less homogeneous. It is quite a coincidence that two provinces of the Dominion so widely separated as British Columbia and New Brunswick should in the same year, 1872, have adopted a free school act, both, in some measure, modelled after a similar act passed in Ontario as early as the year 1846, but which was subsequently changed and amended before being brought into satisfactory shape. In 1855 the Hudson's Bay Company established free public schools on Vancouver Island. For several years these schools on Vancouver Island supplied the educational needs of the community, which, it is needless to say, at that period were very limited. In 1865 a free Early History school system, introduced by Dr. I. W. Powell, was established by the Vancouver House of Assembly, and the sum of $10,000 set apart as a school fund for that year. In 1868, after the union of the colonies of Vancouver Island and British Columbia had been effected, the free school system first referred to was virtually dead, and school matters throughout the province generally continued in a most crude and unsatisfactory condition until 1872. The educational system in this province, as established by the Public School Act 1872, was administered by a board of education, composed of "six fit and proper persons," appointed by the lieutenant-governor-in-council, and presided over by the superintendent of education. After the abolition of this board by the public school act, 1879, its chief powers and duties were transferred to the lieutenant-governor-in-council, more complete control over local school matters was given the boards of trustees, notably the power of appointment and dismissal of teachers, formerly held by the board of education; and a system of monthly reports of the attendance, etc., for each school was instituted, the teacher being required to supply the superintendent of education and the trustees with monthly information in all matters pertaining to his school. By the Public School Act of 1891,which involved a somewhat radical departure, the members of the executive council were created a council of public instruction, with power to create school districts, provided, as amended in 1896, that no AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. school district should be created wherein there were not at least twenty children of school age (between six and sixteen years); to grant such sum or sums of money as might be required to pay the salary of the teacher in such district; in rural districts to defray the cost of erecting school houses; to appoint a board of examiners to examine teachers and grant The New certificates; to appoint inspectors of public schools; to make System rules and regulations for the conduct of public schools; to prescribe the duties of teachers; to determine the subjects and percentage required for teachers' certificates; to prescribe a uniform system of text books, as well as the courses and standard of study for schools; to establish a normal school, and make regulations for its conduct and management; to establish high schools, where the higher branches may be taught, and to cancel or suspend for cause the certificate of any teacher. The chief executive officer of the education department was the minister of education, who was assisted by the superintendent of education. To the latter official were committed, subject to the approval of the council of public instruction, the supervision and direction of the inspectors and schools, enforcing the provisions of the school act and the regulations and decisions of the council of public instruction, the organizing of teachers' institutes, the granting of temporary certificates, countersigned by the provincial secretary, the preparation of an annual report of the condition of the public schools, and the closing of schools when the average attendance fell below ten, and the preparation of suitable forms for making all reports required under the act. Except in regard to certain unimportant changes, the powers of the council of public instruction and the duties of the superintendent of education remain the same today. The amendments and alterations to the system have been almost wholly in the direction of extending the Extending principle of local control, which is now practically corn- Local Control plete within the limits of the jurisdiction of boards of school trustees. From the introduction of the public school system of 1872 until the passing of the amendment of 1888, the whole cost of maintaining the schools was paid directly from the provincial treasury. By the amendment of 1888, the city councils of Victoria, Vancouver, New Westminster and Nanaimo were required to refund one-third of the amount of the salaries of the teachers employed in the schools of these cities. By an act passed during the session of 1901, all city school districts were divided into three classes, and a per capita allowance made of $13,15 and $20, respectively, based on the average actual daily attendance of public school pupils. The salaries of all the rural school teachers were fixed and voted each year by the legislature. Amended acts, in the years 1903-4, still further enlarged the scope of local control corresponding to an increased local share of expense, until, on the 1st of January, 1906, the principle was recognized in its entirety. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Section 3 of the new act, passed in 1905, enacts that "All public schools " established under the provisions of this act shall be free, and shall be " conducted on strictly secular and non-sectarian principles. The highest I " morality shall be inculcated, but no religious dogma nor Secular and " creed shall be taught. The Lord's Prayer may be used I Non-sectarian " in opening or closing school." This, however, was simply a re-enactment of the law as it always existed. In 1876, when the present revenue tax was introduced, a number of the Roman Catholic members of the community petitioned against the imposition of this tax for school purposes on the grounds that, for conscientious reasons, I they supported schools of their own, and they should not be compelled to pay for schools they did not use. The legislature did not recognize the validity of the objections urged and that was the first and last effort in the direction of establishing separate schools in the province. SCHOOL DISTRICTS, CERTIFICATES, SALARIES, ETC. Under the present school act, there are four classes of school district™ 1. City school districts of the first class in which the average actual daily attendance exceeds 1,000 for the school year. 2. City school districts of the second class in which the average actual daily attendance exceeds 250 for the school year. 3. City school' districts of the third class in which the average actual daily attendance falls below 250 for the school year. 4. Rural municipalities schools, including all rural municipalities. The expenditure for the maintenance of all schools, except in the case of assisted schools, is provided for by district or local assessment, which is supplemented by contributions from the provincial treasuryJ^M the basis of a per capita allowance, varying according to the classification, under the four heads referred to. The per capita allowance is based on the actual number of teachers, manual training and domestic science instructors employed, as follows: For cities of the first class, $360. For cities of the second class, $420. For cities of the third class, $465. For cities of the fourth class, $480. In certain cases of increase of salary for manual training and domestic science instructors, a proportionate amount equal to one-half of the increase is added from the province. Provision is also made for the carrying on of night schools, a proportion of the cost being paid by the province. Th«i act in respect to them reads: " Where it appears that in any school district there are twenty or " more persons of the age of fourteen years and upwards desirous of ob- I " taining instruction in the ordinary branches of an English education*J^H AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. "board of school trustees may establish, under regulations issued by the "council of public instruction, a night school or night schools for their " benefit. " Every teacher employed in any such night school shall hold a "provincial certificate, or other certificate acceptable to the council of " public instruction." The salaries of teachers employed in assisted schools are fixed by the legislature and paid out of the provincial treasury. All rural schools within the E. & N. Railway belt (on Vancouver Island), outside of municipalities, are assisted schools within the meaning of the act, and the ratepayers have the privilege of levying an assessment to increase the salaries in such districts. By an amendment to the act in 1910 provision was made for what is known as " superior schools." The chief aim of the superior school is to supply instruction in the higher branches for the benefit of rural communities which could not hope to be in a position to secure the establishment of a regular high school. Superior schools may be established in rural municipality school districts and regularly organized rural school districts, and will be required to teach the subjects peculiar to the senior grade of the public school course, and to the junior grade of the high school course. Every child, from the age of seven to fourteen, inclusive, is obliged to attend some school, or be otherwise educated, for six months in each year. There are four classes of certificated teachers: (a) Third class, valid for three years( with provision for life). (b) Second class, valid for life. (c) First class, valid for life. (d) Academic class, valid for life. All holders of certificates, except holders of academic degrees, are required to take a normal school course to qualify as teachers. Graduates in arts of recognized British or Canadian universities are exempt from examination in other than professional subjects, but may be subject to further oral examination. Junior and senior matriculants in arts, and graduated first year university students, are, in a similar way, entitled to third, second and first class certificates, respectively. Holders of third class certificates, prior to 1901, graduates of a normal school and possessing ten years' experience as teachers, are entitled to annual renewal of certificates. Temporary certificates, in certain cases, are also granted. Examinations for teachers take place once a year in mid-summer, and the standard of qualification is equal to that of any other province in the Dominion. Examinations take place wherever a high school has been established, and begins on the first Monday of the summer holidays, except when it falls on the 1st of July, in which case it is the first Tuesday. All YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA candidates must be at least eighteen years of age on or before the date of the commencement of the examination. Certificates obtained in other provinces are of no value except as testimonials. Every candidate to be successful must obtain at least 34 per cent, of the marks attached to each subject of examination, and not less than an average of 50 per cent, on all subjects. The fixed standard of marks attached to each subject of examination shall be 100. A normal school was established in Vancouver in 1901, as the result of the requirements for the better training of teachers in their important calling. It is conducted with a staff of five teachers. In the advanced session of 1910 there were 96 students. Until October, 1909, classes were held in rooms at various schools in the City of Vancouver, these having been placed at the disposal of the education department by the board of school trustees. During 1908-09 a suitable building was erected by the provincial government on grounds adjacent to the model school, and thus the students-in-training are enabled to continue their use of classes in this model school, for observation of the work of experienced teachers and also for their own practice work. Manual training and domestic science were introduced in a number of the schools several years ago and special teachers have been employed with good results. Provision has been made for the regular inspection of all schools by qualified medical practitioners, and it is the duty of the school trustees of each district to see that the provisions of the Health Act and the Schools Health Inspection Act are carried out as regards the pupils attending school in their district. Under authority of section 102A: "Whenever a board of trustees shall " set aside a sum of money for the purpose of establishing a library or " adding thereto, there may be granted from the provincial treasury a sum " equal to one-half the sum so set aside, not to exceed fifty dollars in any " one year, to be expended in the purchase of books therefor." The establishment of teachers' institutes was long ago considered necessary, in order to secure in as high a degree as possible the benefit contemplated by the school system. These conventions were held in this province as early as the year 1874, but the most successful educational institution which was provincial in its character was organized in 1885 by the late Dr. S. D. Pope, then superintendent of education. Branch institutes were subsequently formed and have done much to elevate the tone and bring about uniformity of method, with ever-increasing interest and attendance. While the schools in the province were few in number, the whole work of supervision devolved upon the superintendent of education, but the subsequent expansion of the system called for the appointment of additional officers. There are now seven inspectorates with an equal number of inspectors. In addition to the regular provincial inspec- ssss^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 149 tors, Victoria and Vancouver have city superintendents or inspectors appointed by the local school boards. In 1908 the system of free text books was introduced, under the supervision of an official appointed for the purpose. At first it was experimental and to some extent tentative. After three years' experience the system may be regarded as permanent. At first, the free list was practically confined to the junior grades of the public schools and to readers, arithmetic, copy books and scribblers for those grades. It has been gradually extended so as to include all forms and high, superior and night schools as well and the text books accordingly. To the books mentioned have been added spelling and drawing books, and books on health, agriculture and nature studies. HIGHER EDUCATION. The question of providing for higher education very early occupied the attention of the legislature, and as soon as warranted a high school was established. The city of Victoria was the seat of the first institution of this kind. The Victoria high school was opened in August, 1876, and continued to be the only free institution of that rank until the establishment of a similar one in New Westminster in 1884. During 1886 a high school was opened in Nanaimo, and in January, 1890, one was established in Vancouver. Since that time a number of others have been established throughout the province, there being 22 in all. Examinations for entrance to high school take place during the last three days of each school year. In 1896 an important departure was made looking to university affiliation. School boards in Victoria, Vancouver, Nanaimo and New Westminster were allowed on petition to obtain a charter of incorporation to permit the affllia- ' tion of the high schools with colleges managed by boards of governors, and Victoria and Vancouver have carried on this work most successfully. This was the first step toward university education. It was inevitable that progress should tend in the direction of the complete establishment of academic training. It will be interesting to know that as far back as 1872 the Hon. Rocke Robertson, provincial secretary, obtained authority from the legislature to set aside public lands for the endowment of a university, a fact forgotten when the government in 1907 introduced a bill to set aside 2,00,0,000 acres for a similar purpose. In 1890, as the result of an agitation among university graduates in the province, an association was formed to promote the establishment of a university and an act was passed creating powers, which was amended in 1891. Two things delayed the carrying out of its provisions: One was the lack of funds, and, incidentally, the province had not sufficiently advanced to warrant the financial responsibility it involved. Another was the sectional difficulty of choosing a site. The rapid advancement of the province since 1900 not only resulted in a largely increased school population and increase of private wealth, but in immensely YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA benefitting the finances of the province, so that the govern- A Provincial ment in 1907 felt justified in setting aside land for endow- I University ment purposes, and in 1908 introducing and passing a uni versity act. The next question was a site, and in order that that question might be entirely removed from political considerations and influence, a commission of educational experts from eastern Canada <| was appointed, and in June, 1910, after carefully going over the ground and | hearing evidence and the expression of various views, made a recommendation in favor of Point Grey, near Vancouver. At the recent session of the i legislature an appropriation was made for the clearing of the grounds fori the buildings and next year will see their commencement. It is the intention, in the establishment of a provincial university, to create an institution which in scope, educational standards, equipment and modern methods, will be on i a par with the leading universities of America. As a preliminary to a provincial university first came, as stated, the affiliation of the high schools with eastern universities, and subsequently the incorporation of the McGill college school at Vancouver, which carries on an I independent existence. Heretofore, physical culture and military drill have not formed any conspicuous feature of school studies or discipline in this province, although ' individual school boards have recognized their importance and adopted courses of instruction. In the fall of 1909, however, a Physical Culture circular letter from the minister of militia of Canada I and Military Drill conveyed the terms of the Strathcona Trust for the encouragement of physical training and military drill in public schools, and it will be interesting to know that the government , accepted the conditions of the trust and that the province will participate a in its benefits. Under this new arrangement teachers are qualifying them-*| selves for the instruction of their pupils. As has been stated, the educational system of British Columbia is entirely free, undenominational and non-sectarian, and the disposition on I the part of the great majority is in favor of its con-j Private and tinuance in that form. There are, however, numerous * Denominational private and denominational academies, where those who Schools desire may have their children educated on lines agree-;. able to their own religious beliefs. The Roman Catholics have colleges for boys at Victoria and New Westminster, and mfssion schools at Victoria, Mission City, Kamloops, and elsewhere; while the'! Sisters of that denomination have successful academies at Victoria, Vancouver, New Westminster and Nanaimo. The Methodist denomination carries on a well-equipped college at New Westminster, which is affiliated; with similar educational schools in eastern Canada, and will be affiliated with the university of British Columbia, known as the Columbia college. It has just been announced that a Methodist university is to be established,. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 151 with affiliation with the provincial institution. The Presbyterians have a seat of higher learning, undoubtedly the nucleus of a denominational university, in Westminster Hall, Vancouver. The Baptists have a college at Summerland, said to be generously endowed. Under the terms of the will of the late Baroness Burdette Coutts, it is understood that a sum has become available for an English church denominational college in Victoria. The majority of private academies and collegiate schools conducted in the province in the past have been under the auspices of the English church. With the exception of the Roman Catholic body, the Church of England was the first to establish denominational schools on the coast. ' There are several boys' and girls' academies in Vancouver, New Westminster, Victoria, and Nanaimo, under its control, and a number of mission stations along the coast. The kindergarten has not yet been officially incorporated in the public school system, but there are private kindergartens in several of the cities. The gradual growth of the schools as well as the cost of maintenance are fully shown by the record of attendance and expenditure given in the following tabular statement taken from the annual school report of 1909-10. STATISTICS OF SCHOOLS. The total enrolment in all the colleges and schools was 39,822, an increase of 3,595 over that of the previous year. The number of boys was 20,449, and of girls 19,373. The grand total days' attendance made by all the pupils enrolled was 5,502,437, an increase of 541,784. The average actual daily attendance was 28,094, an increase of 2,744. The percentage of regular attendance was 70.54, the highest in the history of the public schools. The number of public schools in the province is as follows: Normal school, 1; high schools, 21; graded city schools, 54; rural municipality schools, 167; - rural and assisted schools, 155; total, 398. The enrolment during the year in the McGill university college of British Columbia, one branch of which is situated in Vancouver and the other in Victoria, was 152. Of this number 98 were boys and 54 were girls. The enrolment in the 21 high schools during the year was 2,041. Of this number 919 were boys and 1,122 were girls. A graded school consists of at least two divisions, having as its teaching staff a principal and at least one assistant. The total enrolment in 54 graded city schools was 21,620, and the actual daily attendance 16,180. The number of boys enrolled was 11,186, of girls 10,434. The total enrolment in rural municipality schools for the year was 7,861. Of these 4,090 were boys and 3,771 girls. The total enrolment in the 155 rural and assisted schools for the year was 8,148. Of these 4,156 were boys and 3,992 were girls. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The following table shows the cost to the provincial government of each pupil on enrolment and on average daily attendance during the past ten .years: Z « S of eacl on ge ac- dally dance Cost pupil enrol Cost pupil avera tual atten 1900-01 $13.22 $20.67 1901-02 15.29 23.48 1902-03 16.20 24.27 1903-04 16.07 24.28 1904-05 15.82 22.95 ■ 1905-06 14.66 21.44 1906-07 13.57 20.37 1907-08 13.94 20.02 1 1908-09 14.70 21.01 1909-1910 15.36 21.78 SGHOOLS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. .Armstrong, Chilliwack, Cumberland, Duncan, Golden, •Grand Forks, Kamloops, Chilliwack, Cranbrook, Cumberland, Enderby, Fernie, Grand Forks, 'Greenwood, Kamloops, HIGH SCHOOLS. Kaslo, Kelowna, Ladysmith, Nanaimo, Nelson, New Westminster, Peachland, GRADED SCHOOLS. Kaslo, Kelowna, Ladysmith Nanaimo (4) Nelson New Westminster (5) Phoenix, Revelstoke, Revelstoke, Rossland, Salmon Arm, Summerland, Vancouver, Vancouver, North Vernon, Victoria, Rossland, Sandon, Slocan, Trail, Vancouver (15) Vancouver, North, Vernon, Victoria (10) RURAL MUNICIPALITY SCHOOLS. Burnaby (6) Chilliwack (13) Coldstream (1) Coquitlam 4) •Cowichan, North (9) Delta (10) Kent (3) Langley (15) JMaple Ridge (9) Matsqui (10) Mission (5) Oak Bay (2) Peachland (1) Penticton (1) Point Grey (4) Richmond (7) Saanich (11) Saanich, North (2) Salmon Arm (5) Spallumcheen (7) Sumas (5) Summerland (4) Surrey (14) Vancouver, North (2) Vancouver, South (5) AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. RURAL AND ASSISTED SCHOOLS. Ainsworth, Alberni, Alberni, New, ♦Albert Canyon, Alert Bay, Alexandria, ♦Alice Siding, Anaconda, ♦Anarchist Mountain, Arrowhead, Ashcroft. ♦Aspen Grove, Atlin, ♦Banfield, ♦Barnes Creek, ♦Barnston Island, ♦Baynes Lake, ♦Beaton, ♦Beaver Creek, Beaver, Point, Bella Coola, ♦Bella Coola, Lower, Bench, ♦Berlin, ♦Big Creek, Black Mountain, Blue Springs, Boundary Falls, ♦Bowen Island, ♦Box Lake, Brechin, ♦Bridesville, ♦Brisco, ♦Britannia Beach, Burgoyhe Bay, Burton, ♦Burtondale, Cache Creek, ♦Camborne, Campbell Creek, ♦Campbell Creek, South, ♦Carlin Siding, ♦Carson, Cascade, ♦Castlegar, Cedar, East, Cedar, North. Cedar, South, Chase, Chase River, ♦Chasm, Clayoquot, Clinton, Coal Creek, ♦Columbia Gardens, Colwood, ♦Comaplix, ♦Commonage, Comox, Corbin, ♦Cortez Island, Courtney, Cowichan, Creston, *Cultue L«ke, Deadwood, ♦Deer Park, Denman Island, Departure Bay, ♦Discovery, Ducks, ♦Duhamel, ♦Edgewood, ♦Edwards Creek, Eholt, Elko, Ellison, Enderby, North, ♦Erickson, ♦Erie, Esquimalt, Essington, Extension, Fairview, ♦Fanny Bay, ♦Ferguson, Field, Fort Steele, ♦Foster's Bar, Fruitlands, Fruitvale, * Gabriola, North, Oahriola, South, ♦Galena, ♦Galena Bay, ♦Galiano, ♦Gambier Island, Ganges, ♦Georgetown, Gill, Glenemma, Glenora, Golden, Goldstream, Grande Prairie, ♦Granite Siding, Grantham, Harewood, ♦Harrop, Hastings, Hastings (Beaconsfield) Hatzic Prairie, ♦Hazleton, Hedley, ♦Highland, ♦Hilton, ♦Hope, ♦Hope Station, ♦Horse Creek, Hosmer, Howe Sound, Hume, ♦Ingram Mountain, ♦Isabella Point, Jacko (Edith Lake), ♦Jaffray, Kaleden, ♦Kedleston, ♦Keefers, Keremeos, ♦Kettle River, North, Lac la Hache, *Lac la Hache, North, ♦Lancaster, ♦Lazo, Lillooet, ♦Little Fort, ♦Louis Creek, Lumby, Lund, Lytton, ♦Mabel Lake, Malahat, ♦Malakwa, ♦Malcolm Island, Mara, "Martin's Prairie, Marysville, Masset, Mayne Island, ♦Meadow Spur, Merritt, Metchosin, ♦Metlakatla, Michel, Midway, Minto, ♦Mirror Lake, Mission Creek, Monte Creek, ♦Montrose, ♦Morris Valley, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA RURAL AND ASSISTED SCHOOLS—Continued. Mountain, Moyie, ♦Myers Flat, ♦Myncaster, ♦MacKenzie, Nakusp, Nanaimo Bay, Nanaimo, North, Nanaimo, South, Naramata, ♦Needles, New Denver, Nicola, Nicola, Lower, ♦Nicomen, Nicomen, North, North Bend, Northfield, North Thompson, West, Notch Hill, Okanagan, ♦Okanagan Centre, Okanagan Falls, ♦Okanagan Landing, Okanagan, South, ♦Olalla, ♦Otter Point, ♦Oyama, Oyster, Oyster, East, Oyster, North, Parkville, ♦Paterson, Pender Island, ♦Perry Siding, "Pine Grove, sPopcum, "Porcher Island, Port Moody, "Prince Rupert, Princeton, Qualicum, "Quatsino, "Queen Charlotte, Quesnel, "Reiswlg, "Renata, "Robson, "Rock Creek, Rocky Point, "Roosville, "Rosebery, Rose Hill, "Shatlam, Salmo, ♦Salmon River, ♦Salmon Valley, Sandwick, Savona, Shawnigan, Shuswap, ♦Shuswap Falls, ♦Sicamous, ♦Silver Creek, ♦Silverton, ♦Similkameen, Simpson, *Sirdar, ♦Soda Creek, Sooke, * Assisted schools. ♦Spence's Bridge, Squamish, ♦Squamish, Lower, ♦Sunnyside, Tappen Siding, ♦Telegraph Creek, ♦Three Valley, ♦Thrums, Trout Lake, ♦Tulameen, ♦Ucluelet, Union Bay, ♦Valdez Island, Van Anda, Vesuvius, Vesuvius, North, ♦Waldo, ♦Wapta, Wardner, ♦Wasa, ♦Watmore, ♦Wattsburg, Wellington, Westbank, ♦Westbank Townsite, ♦Whaletown, Williams Lake, ♦Williams Siding, ♦Wilmer, ♦Windermere, ♦Winlaw, Wood's Lake, Wycliffe, Ymir. TEACHERS BY CERTIFICATES. Academic certificates 201 First class certificates 234 Second class certificates .. 323 Third class certificates .... 181 Temporary certificates 98 1037 Male teachers 288 Female teachers 749 1037 TEACHERS' SALARIES. High school. $85 to $187 per month City schools. 50 to 135 per month Rural municipality schools ... 50 to 100 per month ♦Rural assisted schools ... 45 to 100 per month ♦One hundred dollars per month is an extreme allowance. Between $50 and $60 per month represents an average. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Comparative Statement of Attendance and Cost of Public Schools from 1872-73 to 1909-10. lis fe2 1872-1 1873-1 1874-1 1889-S 1890-1 1891-S 1892-S 1898-9 1894-S 1895-S 1899-1 1900-C 1901-C 1902-fl 1903-C 1904-fl 1905-0 1906-C 1907-0 1908-fl 1909-1 193 199 213 1,403 1,685 1,998 2,198 2,301 2,462 2,571 2,653 2,693 3,420 S.372 6,796 3,042 9,260 7,354 3,522 »,039 3,314 863 984 1,260 1,395.50 1,315.90 1,293.93 1,366.86 1,358.68 1,383.00 1,808.60 2,089.74 2,481.48 2,873.38 3,093.46 3,681.14 4,333.90 5,134.91 6,227.10 7,111.40 7,785.50 8,610.31 9,254.25 9,999.61 11,055.65 12,304.82 13,438.41 15,098.28 15,564.25 16,357.43 17,060.93 18,859.41 19,506.23 20,017.02 23.19S.27 25,350.63 28,094.16 61.72 63.86 64.00 63.29 62.64 64.13 62.41 63.93 65.11 66.76 66.16 68.94 68.39 66.63 69.62 69.97 70.54 65.93 836,763.77 61.6) 35,287.59 61.51 34,822.28 58.39 44,506.11 63.0 J 47,129.68 63.49 48,834.01 57.19 ♦22,110.70 52.5 5 47,006.10 53.15 46,960.69 51.21 49,268.63 51.36 60,850.68 52.88 66,654.16 51.89 71,151.52 55.5) 79,627.66 53.7 5 88,621.08 48.54 99,902.04 54.15 108,190.59 53.89 122,984.83 55 4> 136,901.73 5".80 160.627.80 190,5 3.33 169.050.18 189,037.25 204.930.32 220,810.38 247,766.37 268,653.46 284,909.10 312,187.17 365.492.15 897,003.46 414,383.43 433,005.17 418,227.97 407.937.86 464,473.78 532.809.84 612,062.74 •Half-year. tlncluding only those in which a school was in operation during the JThe consolidation of school districts by the formation of rural muni( eta has reduced the number from 257 in 1905-06 to 167 in 1906-07. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA SCHOOL PROPERTY AND EXPENDITURE s o 3 & o 5 <J> O <D P O Pi W •33 2 > W Ph 6 3 Schools—First Class— Mew Westminster $ 124.515 40 $ 49,260 Vancouver 1,997,265 214 497,145 Victoria 278,950 93 200,505 Schools—Second Class— Grand Forks 28,125 9 11,282 - Uadysmith 21,600 10 10,160 Nanaimo 40,250 18 21,90M Nelson 113,500 20 23,539 Revelstoke 26,883 12 26,017 Rossland 37,850 15 16,648 Vancouver, North 26,825 8 24,737 Vernon 71,800 20 49,549 1 Schools—Third Class— Chilliwack 12,600 7 10,327 Cranbrook 63,500 10 64,344 Cumberland 13,000 8 7,392 Enderby 8,000 4 4,706 Fernie 66,300 12 11,696 4 Greenwood 14,750 4 7,824 Kamloops 52,500 8 12,081 Kaslo 5,300 4 5,338 Kelowna 32,967 4 22,070 Phcenix 1,150 2 4,028 Sandon 4,175 2 1,088 Slocan 4,200 2 1,526 Trail 3,000 4 4,271 Rural Municipal Schools— Burnaby 43,140 13 16,771 Chilliwack 33,905 20 30,249 Coldstream 2,150 1 1,403 Coquitlam 8,625 6 4.367 Cowichan, (N.) 11,350 8 7,448 Delta 21,925 15 12,380 Kent 4,150 4 3,197 Langley 20,750 15 11,548 Maple Ridge 17,970 12 8,237 Matsqui 17,295 12 9,614 Mission 6,265 6 5,797 Oak Bay 15,700 5 3,607 1 Peachland 11,624 4 3,359 Penticton 13,345 4 4,897 Point Grey 90,040 12 51,366 Richmond 22,825 13 13,781 Saanich 21,075 15 13,003 Saanich (N.) 6,500 3 2,936 Salmon Arm 15.550 8 7,350 Spallumcheen 31,443 15 14,6231 Sumas 6,493 5 3,088 Summerland 9,000 5 5,393 Surrey 20,410 14 11,037 Vancouver (N.) 9,820 2 3,898 Vancouver (S.) 225,540 33 113,684 Assisted Rural Schools (estimated) 600,000 230 50,425 ms $4,334,792 10,102 $1,500,902 1 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Comparative Statement of the Cost of Maintenance of the Provincial Public Schools from 1871 to 1910. Total net expenditure 1871 to 1895-96 Estimated municipal expend'ure 1897-1898-99 Expenditure 1896-97 Expenditure 1897-98 Expenditure 1898-99 Expenditure 1899-90 Expenditure 1900-01 Expenditure 1901-02 Expenditure 1902-03 Expenditure 1903-04 Expenditure 1904-05 Expenditure 1905-06 Expenditure 1906-07 • Expenditure 1907-08 Expenditure 1908-09 Expenditure 1909-10 247,756| 268,653 284,9091 312,187 365,492| 397,003 414,383| 433,0051 418,228' 408,715] 464,625 552v" 612,053 15, 42,499] 67,363 22,570 38,345' 72,594 76,799 38,930 46,153 26,315 65,893 80,046 93,264 206,523 81,888 182,160 150,482 130,5561 144,451 249,892 244,198 390,163 675,838 921/626' 1,098,660 3,023,595 250,000 236,681 290.265 366,016 389,367 632,692 588,568 604,358 597,764 729,060 688,741 864,771 1,220,510 1,547,700 1,917,236 |$5,400,628|$893,16! UNIVERSITY SITE COMMISSION Under authority of legislation passed at the 1910 session of the provincial parliament, the government of British Columbia in April last named the special royal commission empowered to select a site for the provincial university. The personnel of the commission, whose decision as to site is final, consisted of Dr. R. C. Weldon, dean of the law schodl, Dalhousie university; Rev. Canon G. Dauth, vice-rector, Laval university, Montreal; Dr. Walter C. "Murray, president, university of Saskatchewan; Dr. Oscar D. Skelton, professor of economics, Queen's university; and Dr. Cecil C. Jones, chancellor of the university of New Brunswick. These gentlemen reached Victoria in May last and on the 26th of that month held their first meeting. Then followed an exhaustive ! examination of the province, during which they visited Nanaimo, Vancouver, North Vancouver, New Westminster and the adjoining districts, Chilliwack, Kamloops, Vernon and the Okanagan valley, Revelstoke, Nelson, and Prince Rupert. OUR NATIVE RACES ACCORDING to the census of the Indian department at Ottawa, the J Indian population in British Columbia is 25,149. That number, in the opinion of independent investigators is rather above than below the actual count. In 1871, although no accurate enumeration,;was made, it was estimated that the Indian population represented by existingI tribes, and a few that are practically extinct, was in round numbers about ? 35,000. In the interval, therefore, there has been a loss of 10,000. Even in I forty years, that is a large decrease, and from the fact that the Indian popu- laxibn for twenty years has been, so far as the departmental returns show, about stationary, would seem to indicate that the original estimate was too high. The death roll, owing to the ravages of smallpox and inter-tribal wars was very high in the early years of our history. There is The Indian still an uncertainty as to the present population. In 1908 Population the blue books give 24,964, which includes 3,280 nomads, * about which there is very little known. The report for 1909 places the numbers at 24,871, which includes nomads as above. The report for 1910 gives a census of 25,149, in which the nomads are reduced to 2,678. I Dr. C. F. Newcombe in preparing the " Guide to the Anthropological Collec-1 tion in the Provincial Museum" compiled the following from the annual I report of the department of Indian affairs, for 1909, by stocks and divisions (excluding the nomads): Stock. Division. r Masset 372 \Skidegate 239 Tsimshian Wakashan 611 5,420 (Kwakiutl 2,013 j Nootkan 2,055 Dene, or Athapascan Kootenaian 4,068 2,695 505 Bella Coola 281 . J Interior 5,413 [Coast 4,598 21,591 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. It is the opinion of Dr. Newcombe, who has made a special study of the Indians, and in particular of the coast tribes, that there is a visible decrease; and his conclusions are the result of personal observation. Consumption is making considerable inroads all the time, or is at least a prevalent cause of death. The birth rate is very slow, a fact to be accounted for in all probability by the former extent of sexual diseases, which are productive of sterility in an unusual degree. The Haida, for instance, once a powerful and numerous nation, have in British Columbia dwindled down to three small communities, and their home in Queen Charlotte islands contains many deserted villages, which have long been the prey of curio collectors. They still con- Favorable tinue to decrease, as do also others of the coast tribes, but Conditions on the whole, within the past twenty-five or thirty years the influences of civilization, not wholly without evil results, have tended to arrest decay, and some tribes have even been on the increase. It is perhaps inevitable that the red man should gradually retire before the white race, but the conditions in British Columbia have been more favorable to the struggle against Fate than in almost any other part of the continent of America. The abundance and accessibility of food, the mildness of the coast climate, the protection afforded under a very beneficent form of government, and the better social status of many of them, have given them an advantage as to permanency over all other of the native races. One thing which has tended largely to their benefit is their position of independence. With the exception of being in a general way under the segis of the Indian department they receive no special favors such as are accorded to the treaty Indians—no annuities or financial assistance. They are obliged to maintain themselves by hunting, fishing, trade and labor, the opportunities for which are always at hand. Game is abundant, the sea and rivers teem with fish; during the canning season they are largely employed at good wages, and at^ various seasons earn money lumbering, picking hops, and in other ways. They are, as compared with their eastern brethren, industrious, and are usually well supplied with ready cash for all their necessities. Such a thing as famine or starvation among our Indians is extremely rare, if, indeed, it ever occurs. Their trade is highly esteemed by traders, and is as a rule a fairly lucrative one. In many places they have comfortable houses, and though not remarkable for their cleanliness or intelligence, they possess to some degree the refinements of civilization. Though not so picturesque as the plain Indians they are, sociologically speaking, on a higher plane. Naturally more docile and less nomadic, it was fortun- Influence of ate that, owing to the wise policy of the Hudson's Bay Hudson's Bay Co. Company in dealing with them, when the country came under the rule of organized government they were prepared to accept the sovereignty of white men with good grace. If we except some trouble in the early days with the miners on the Fraser river, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA several murders by the Fort Rupert and Cowichan Indians, and the Chilcotin massacre, which latter was not without provocation, nothing has occurred in the nature of the atrocities which have taken place in the United States, or in a lesser degree on several occasions east of the Rockies in Canada. In fact, British Columbia has been remarkably free from disorder of this kind. When trouble did, or threatened to, occur it was repressed in its incipiency . with a firm, but not a cruel hand. Respect for the law was early instilled in' a judicious way, rather by the demonstration, than the exercise, of force. The worst Indians inhabited the coasts of Vancouver Island and adjacent'; islands, and these had ever in their hearts the wholesome dread of a Hudson's Bay Company's gun-boat or a man-of-war. It was rarely necessary to call either into requisition. In the early part of the last century as related in the opening chapter, there were several serious disasters, with loss of life, to traders on the coast, but it was before the advent of the Hudson's Bay Company or rule of any kind. Probably one reason to account for the Indians of the coast being more vicious than the interior tribes was that for a century they had been brought in contact with traders of foreign countries, who in their ships carried on a I barter, in which rum was more or less a factor and honesty or scrupulous methods formed no part of the consideration. Those tribes who traded exclusively with the Hudson's Bay Company, learned to trust white men and respect a covenant. A very large volume could be written on the Indians of British Columbia, and of the whole coast, with respect to their habits, customs, traditions, etc. Much has been written in a disconnected way. To give even a brief outline * description of what an intelligent conception of their life and character as a I whole involves would be quite impossible in the space allotted to the Indians in this volume. Compared with their eastern brethren, concerning whom readers outslfH of the province are more familiar, it may be said that in most respects they are their antithesis. The "plain Indian" is tall, lithe, sinewy; has elongated face, aquiline nose and black piercing eyes. He is built to Physical run, see and smell at long range. He is quick, agile and Appearance restless. The "Siwash," which is the common name to designate our Indians, is short, thick-set in body and small in legs, with a big, square, flat face on a head that sits close to a pair of heavy shoulders. There is usually large chest and arm development. Nature has built him to suit his occupation, viz.: to sit in a canoe and fish. The canoe is to the Siwash what the horse is to the Sioux. Or it may be, perhaps, more' accurate to say that his occupation has made him what he is. This description applies more particularly to the coast tribes, but as you go farther interior the types more nearly approach that of the plain Indian. As has already been referred to in a previous chapter, the resemblance to the Japanese is striking, and dressed alike it is sometimes difficult to distinguish AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 161 the nationality. The Indians, however, are heavier in build and coarser in feature than the Japanese, who possess a tightly knit frame and rouhdish, smooth features.. It must be understood, however, that different nations and septs differ in appearance and minor characteristics. A great deal has been written to establish a descent from the races of the Orient for our Indians, and there is a great deal to favor the theory of Mongolian origin, though it is by no means conceded to be correct among ethnologists who have interested themselves in the Oriental Origin question. Racial or physical characteristics certainly suggest a relationship of the peoples on the respective shores of the Pacific, though similar conditions might have developed resemblances in races autochthonous and distinct. Language affinities, but more particularly folk lore, are now, and have for some time been, the subject of careful study and comparative philology and traditional stories may yet reveal the basis of determination. There is absolutely no historical evidences, apart from reputed traditions, of any migrations from the east to the west across the Pacific or by way of Behring straits. We can say at most that there is a strong probability, based upon certain data, of certain of the peoples on both sides being of common origin. Mr. Charles Hill-Tout, formerly of Vancouver, contributed a very interesting chapter to the Year Book of 1897 on the subject in which he dwelt upon the linguistic, and racial evidences, and also upon the similarity in the art of the coast Indians . to that of Chinese and Japanese, from which he drew conclusions strongly favorable to the theory. In respect to the origin of the aboriginal races of the new world, none perhaps excite more interest than those of the Pacific coast. While they possess certain of the characteristics peculiar to all the Indians of North America, the Rocky mountains seem to draw a broad, well- A Peculiar defined ethnological line of demarcation, which suggests People affinities of an Asian rather than of an eastern American nature. If an "Atlantis" can account for the Iroquois, there may have been a lost continent in the Pacific to account for the great Dene nation or people. Or as the Norsemen by way of Greenland reached the North American Vinland 1,000 years ago, so successive migrations of Tartars by way of Behring straits or the Aleutian isles may have in primitive times peopled the coast. If in a Welsh colony, by chance or design, cast upon the eastern shores of America, we are to look for the progenitors of the noble Mandans, though ever so doubtful, we might with much greater probability imagine a fleet of junks, storm-beaten, drifting to the west coast of Vancouver Island, and the crews there perforce making a home for themselves. By whatever route or under whatever circumstances our native races found a footing here, there is much to suggest for them an Asiatic origin. The Haida in British Columbia are confined to the Queen Charlotte archipelago and are peculiarly an island people and, as has been stated, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA their resemblance to the Japanese is striking. Surrounded by waters in which fish and sea animals are most prolific they had plent^l The Haida of sustenance. They were daring and warlike and expert^ sailors in their immense cedar canoes. They were also artistic in their tendencies and expert in the use of their primitive tools. InI the Alaskan territory they are classified as the Haida-Tlingit, whose generalj characteristics are similar. Formerly, they were quite numerous and powerful, but have been greatly reduced. Of the coast Indians, they are decidedly the finest in appearance, and many of their young women are|f handsome, judged by the white standard of beauty. The great rivals of the Haida in most respects—numbers, physical prowess, and artistic skill—were the Tsimshians, inhabiting, generally^ speaking, the country on the opposite coast of the mainland of which the Tsimpsean peninsula may be said to have been their The Tsimshian chief seat, the habitat of the various tribes being indH$ cated in the table at the end of this chapter. The Haida and Tsimshian, in the past, dominated the coast as far south almost* as the Columbia river, and drew hostages in slaves from many tribes, being exceedingly cruel and remorseless in their methods. The Tsimshian people^ had reached as high a point of development in every way as any of the~| other tribes of British Columbia, when first discovered. Their artistic work, ^| in wood, horn, ivory and stone, is not surpassed even by their neighbors,! and rivals, the Haida. The Nass river bands, too, of this people, are credited with having been the original makers of the elaborate ceremonial cloak, " now known as the Chilkat blanket. The Wakashan stock, of which there are two divisions, the Kwakuitl and Nootkan, inhabit the east and west coasts of the Island of Vancouver, ' adjacent islands and to some extent the adjacent mainland, although in the I latter territory the stocks are somewhat mixed. The The Wakashan Kwakuitl and Nootkan were, and still are, a numerous people, and, as experience has shown, have been least I amenable to civilization and missionary influence. Many of them are still pagan, and some of the tribes were cannibalistic. In fact, it is said that they were the most dangerous, warlike, and independent and adventurous of all the coast Indians,, traits of exclusively island peoples. As the Haida are referred to Japanese origin, so it is claimed that the Wakashan, particularly the Kwakuitl, are of Polynesian ancestry. The tribes of the west coast, the Nootkan division, belong to Sproat's well-known classification of the "Aht" nation, from the uniform termination—"it," "at," "et," "ot," and "aht" having the same significance—the people of, and, properly, should all be spelled in the same way. The Dene are very widely distributed, occupying the entire interior throughout British Columbia and as far as, and including, New Mexico. There are two branches, the northern and southern, the latter being best AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. represented by the Navajos and Apaches, extending through Oregon and on couth. The Dene (or Tinneh) stock is also designated Athapaskan, but, according to Rev. Father Morice, very inappropriately. Out- The Dene side of British Columbia they cover the region at present known as the Northwest Territory of Canada, that is to say, the unorganized territory, and within British Columbia include the Beavers, the Nah'anes, Carriers and Chilcotins, in the Cassiar, Omineca and Cariboo districts. They present many local characteristics, which might vary their classification at points of contact with other nations or stocks. Father Morice describes the northern Denes as generally pusillanimous, timid and cowardly, but a noteworthy quality, especially in such as have remained untouched by modern civilization, is their great honesty. They are gentle in disposition, he says, and have usually shown a remarkable receptiveness. The Kootenaians, who inhabit principally East Kootenay, are physically congeners of the plain Indians, whom in features and build they closely resemble. As Kootenay, or "Cootenai," as it was first spelled, is said to have been derived from "Cootinneh," or "people of the lakes," it has been suggested that they belong to the Dene stock, a derivation not sustained by their physical traits, which, as has been stated, are distinctly those of their neighbors of the prairies, from whom they are undoubtedly offshoots, and some time or other in the remote past took refuge west of the Rockies from their more powerful enemies. The Salishan are very widely distributed, and have a number of subdivisions. Numerically they are the strongest of all the stocks, being almost fifty per cent, of the entire Indian population. Their representatives belong to Bella Coola on the coast, to the southern and eastern The Salishan parts of Vancouver Island and adjacent islands, and extend throughout the lower mainland, the Lillooet and Yale and southern part of Cariboo districts—including the Bella Coolas, the Cowich- ans, the Fraser river and Thompson river Indians, Lillooets, Shuswaps, Nicolas, Okanagans, Similkameens, and so on, as variously designated. A wealth of information in respect to the anthropological collection in the provincial museum, illustrative of the social and domestic life of the British Columbian Indians, is contained in the guide book prepared by Dr. Newcombe, previously referred to. In the table, which follows at the end of this chapter, the details of which are taken from the report of the department of Indian affairs, the spelling is given as it appears in the report in question, although in many instances it does not correspond to the accepted and more modern usage. Mr. Jas. A. Teit, who has been a collaborateur with Dr. Newcombe, is probably the best authority on the Salish stock and has contributed a great deal to the knowledge of this interesting people. The reports of the Jesup North Pacific exploring expedition, edited by Dr. Boas, will appear shortly and contain an immense lot of Information bearing on the origin, sociology and cult of the Indians of British Columbia. WT YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA THEIR PLACE IN THE NATION THE Indians of Canada are wards of the Dominion government, which has an Indian department especially organized to guard their interests, and to attend to their requirements. As such, an Indian, in the eyes of the law, is an infant, and has not heretofore in British Columbia been permitted to pre-empt land or vote. The treatment of the Indians is uniformly just, considerate and humane. Wars and minor disturbances of the peace have consequently been almost entirely avoided, the British Columbia Indian being in most cases a usefdH law-abiding subject. Industrial boarding schools and ordinary day schools have been established by the government and missionary bodies for the Indians, wherever practicable, with good effects. They are slowly advancing towards modern civilized conditions. Under the terms of union, the Dominion government agreed to deal with the Indians as liberally as had been the policy of the colony of British Columbia, prior to Confederation, and the province on its behalf agreed to set apart lands sufficient for their use and occupation. Indian Reserves The whole question of the treatment of the Indians, and allotment of lands for reserves, were the subject of considerable negotiation between the two governments subsequent to 1871. In 1876, however, an agreement was reached, the terms of which are contained in an order-in-council, passed on January 6th, the principal provisicj^H being as follows:, "4th. That the commissioners shall be guided generally by the spirit of I the British Columbia terms of union, which contemplates a liberal policy " being pursued towards the Indians, and in the case of each nation, regard " shall be had to the habits, wants and pursuits of such nation, to the " amount of territory available in the region occupied by them, and to the " claims of the white settlers. I 5th. That each reserve shall be held in trust for the use and benefit " of the nation to which it has been allotted; and in the event of any " material increase or decrease hereafter of the numbers of a nation occupy- " ing a reserve, such reserve shall be enlarged or diminished, as the case may " be, so that it shall bear a fair proportion to the members of the nation " occupying it. The extra land required for any reserve shall be allotted " from Crown land, and any land taken off a reserve shall revert to the " province." It will be seen, therefore, that the title to these Indian lands is not alienated from the Crown of the province. The lands are held by the Dominion in perpetuity in trust for the Indians, or for so long as the Indians AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 165- remain in use and occupation, after which the lands Reversionary revert to the province absolutely. The members of a Rights in Lands tribe of Indians may own personal property, and buy and sell such property, but they may not sell any property belonging to their reserve without permission of the Indian department. They are not confined to these reserves, but have full liberty to move about the country, and seek employment wherever they can find it. The 3ame laws apply to the Indians as to the whites, with the exception: That the Indian reserve properties may not be seized for debt, that there are special enactments against supplying Indians with intoxicants of any kind, and that certain provisions are made in their case for the descent of property. Under the provisions of the Indian act the Indians may elect chiefs and councillors, who may enact by-laws for the regulation of minor local affairs on their reserves. These by-laws require the approval of the government before they can be enforced; the procedure for enforcing them being under the rules for summary proceedings, etc., before the established courts. The Indians are not allowed judicial powers, although some of the chiefs are at times prone to assume very arbitrary measures in respect to their tribesmen. An Indian, therefore, who is a member of a tribe residing on a reserve, has not the full legal status of an ordinary citizen, but may become fully enfranchised by foreswearing his tribal allegiance, and severing his tribal relations. Recently a question has arisen among the The Indian Title Indians of the province in respect to what is known as " the Indian title." It is claimed on behalf of the Indians that as the Indian title in this province, excepting in a few instances, was never relinquished by treaty, as in other parts of Canada, and the United States, the Indians of British Columbia have some sort of title in the lands still belonging to the Crown. The government has refused to recognize any such title, or to be party to the submission of a reference of the question to the Imperial privy council, submitting that in setting apart lands for reserves for the use of the Indians which have been accepted, and resided upon, there has been a virtual equivalent made to the Indians for any title they may have possessed; which title was not a specific one, but simply one of use and occupation of sufficient lands for their purpose. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA NUMBERS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE INDIANS Babine & Upper Skena Ag'cy Andimaul Tsimpsean Fort Grahame Francis Lake Nomadic ... Tsimpsean Glen Vowell Kitwanc'ool Dene Moricetown Naanees (2 bands north of Connolly Lake) Old Fort Babine Dene Semi-nomadic Dene Stella Thatce Tsisthatho (Black Water) Yucutce (portage between Bab- Cassiar Agency— Atlin Tahltan Cowichan Agency—■ Cheerno (Beecher Bay) Clemclemaluts Comeakin Comox Cowichan Lake D:'sec very Island . ...... Esquimalt Galiano Island Hellelt Khenepsin Kilpaulus Koksilah Kulleets • Llmalche Lyacksum Malakut Mayne Island Nanaimo Panquechin Penelakut Qualicum Quamichan Siccameen .._. 86 . 1 39 *77 18 §16 105 tio 62 $43 ii 2b 1 tl6 31 9 m 38 rf 4 13 | 72 10 82 8 20 tl60 63 140 tl5 200 tBO 40 ... Harpooning a Whale. Harrison Lake and Hot Springs. &••,:/: . . . ^gyg eI^5* ^^^^4''^ TSJ^^B W mWmJ<w 'T^1 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA NUMBERS AND DISTRIBUTION—Continued. INDIANS. NATION. 9 1 c >£ >\ Ph 1 Ph Kaml'ps-Okan'n Ag'cy—Con. Cold "Water 107 183 117 1 242 < 52 99 470 162 1 49 | 355 194 1 128 1 230 i 18 1 61 160 1 136 ] 44 29 17 164 1 157 23 58 73 157 1 208 I 54 90 247 46 192 115 65 275 71 57 142 372 193 108 199 713 239 40 223 61 208 1 60 1 99 19 29 118 ] 89 91 137 1 L0 ii 4 9 6 3. 9' 2 3( 61 6 L3 4^ 6 8 5 7 5' OS 5 9( 1 5 L0 Li r ... ♦183 *52 ) ... *470 ... 1 *49 *323 L- ... ... ... *18 *29 *17 ... > *71 23 ... ... r ... ... ... ... *247 t46 *192 *115 t65 t275 *71 *57 *142 1*372 1*193 tl08 tl99 t713 t239 ) *100 ) ... ) t80 5 • • ■ *9 1*137 Nicola (upper) Kootenay Agency— Arrow Lake Kootenay Lower Kootenay St. Mary's m Northwest Coast— Hartley Bay or Kitkahta Tsimpsean Kimsquit Kitkatla Kwawk'h Tsimpsean Kitlope *. Kwawk'h Kittex.and Andegulay Tsimpsean Haida Tsimpsean Kwawk'h Tsimpsean Metlakatla .. Oweekayno Fort Essington Skidegate Ulkatcho West Coast Agency— Ahousaht Haida Tsimpsean Wakishan 113 11 n Kwawkewlth Agency— 60 N 19 29 81 91 Nimkish AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. NUMBERS AND DISTRIBUTION—Continued. Kwawkewlth Nuwlttl...«- ••• Tanakteuk ... Tsawataineuk . Wawalitsum .. ,Ve waiai kai ... Wiwaiaikim ... Ag'cy—Cont'd. Northwest Coast Agency— A i yansh Bella Bella Bella Colla or Taleomey ... . China Hat or Kitasoo West Coast Agency— Ehatisaht Hesqulaht Kelsemaht Kyuquot Matchllaht Moachat Nitinaht Nooehatlaht Oiaht Opitchesaht Pacheenaht Touquaht Tsesaht .„ Icnucklesit Ucluelet Tsimpsean J 176 Kwawkewlth | 318 Salish; Kwawkewlth 318 Wakashan . Williams Lake Agency- Alexandria Alkali Lake Anaham Anderson Lake Bridge Water Canim . Canoe Creek Cayoosh Creek No. 1 . Cayoosh Creek No. 2 Clinton Dog Creek Fountain . Fort George Lillooet No. 1 Lillooet No. 2 Nemlah Valley Pavillion Quesnel . Red Stone Seton Lake, Mission No. 1 Seton Lake, Schloss No. 5 . Seton Lake, Nicait No. 6 Soda Creek Stones . Willi!? iLake . t St John (Beavers', Treaty' No. 8 £2 £*• loYm (non-treaty) '.'.'. '. Port Graham Fort Nelson ... " .-* .',', fomadlc Indians '"' '.".'. ".'.". '.'.'. J100 {40 t80 $3 tlOO 48 50 220 200 2678 I •Anglican. tMethodist. JPresbytei §Other denominations. MINES AND MINERALS MINING has long been British Columbia's most important industry, looked at from the point of view of value of annual production. In this respect it is believed to be still in the lead, and this, too, notwithstanding that the mineral resources of the province as a whole have not yet been very extensively developed. These mineral resources are varied in character, and some of them occur in immense quantities. They include gold, silver, lead, copper, iron, zinc, coal, building materials, etc. A comprehensive account of the development of the mining industry of British Columbia, giving as well full particulars of the mineral resourciH both developed and, as far as known, undeveloped occurrences of mineral would fill much more space than is here available, so only the more prominent features of the history and progress of the industry, together with brief notice of the more important minerals and the districts in which they occur, and a general survey of other matters having relation to mining in the province, may now be given. Before dealing with the history and progress of mining in British Columbia a digression will be made to indicate the enormous aggregate value of the mineral production of Canada during twenty-five years, 1886-1910, and then, in passing, the great latent possibilities of the Great Latent - mining industry in western Canada will be referred to. Possibilities Statistics published by the Canada department of mines show that during the last twenty-five years, the aggregate value of the mineral production of Canada has been approximately $1,123,000,000. In the first year of this period, 1886, the value was $10,221,000, being $2.23 per capita; for 1910 it was estimated at $105,041,000, equal to $14.02 per capita- British Columbia's proportion of the production of recent years has been generally more than 25 per cent.; its per capita value is, of course, very much larger than that of the whole of Canada. * As to the future of the mining industry, an excerpt from a Dominion official publication, "Geology and Economic Minerals of Canada," may serve to bring home the fact that there are" latent possibilities of much greater interest and importance than past production, or even present development, in this country. The quotation follows: " Although the greater part of Canada is unprospected, and much of it " even unexplored, what is known of its geological structure enables to he AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. " made forecasts as to its mineral wealth. The country falls naturally into "a number of geological provinces, characterized by certain peculiarities " in the way of rocks, rock structure, and minerals. The general outlines of "these provinces are known. Their southern portions, at least, both in " Canada and the United States, have been more or less developed, demon- " strating their mineral possibilities, and it is fair to assume that in the " northward unprospected extensions of these provinces, the mineral deposits "will also, in some measure, be repeated. Any hesitation one might feel "about applying this principle is removed when one compares the results " already obtained in the frontier camps with the corresponding stage in the " development of the older mining districts of Canada and the United " States, in the same geological province, and when one remembers the dis- " coveries that have followed the opening of each new section, and considers " that geological explorers report the occurrences of the same minerals and " the same geological conditions in thfe north that characterize that province " in the south." Of the various geological provinces just alluded to, but one is of immediate interest for the purposes of this review, which has to do primarily with mining in British Columbia. That one is the Cordilleran belt which, " in South America, in Mexico, and in the western The Cordilleran "United States, is recognized as one of the greatest Region "mining regions in the world; noted principally for its " wealth in gold, silver, copper and lead. The Cordilleras "stand unparalleled in the world for continuity, extent, and variety of their "mineral resources. In Canada, and in Alaska, this belt maintains its " reputation, although in both for the greater part unprospected. In Canada " it has a length of 1,300, and a width of 400 miles. It is pre-eminently a "great mining region. Its rocks range from the oldest formations to the " youngest; vulcanism and mountain-building processes have repeatedly been "active. Although developed along the international boundary line on the "south, and while some of the main streams have been prospected to some "extent for placer gold, the greater part of the belt is as yet untouched. "Probably not one-fifth may be said to have been prospected at all; not "one-twentieth prospected in detail; and not one area, however small, com- "pletely tested The Cordilleran belt in Canada is not " only rich in gold, silver, lead, copper, and zinc, but has enormous resources " of coal of excellent quality, varying from lignites to anthracite, which is "conveniently distributed. Only the coal areas in the southern portion of " the province, and a few small areas on the Telkwa and Nass rivers, and "on the Yukon, are at present known; but the estimated coal in the known "fields is enormous in quantity. Large, unprospected areas are known to " also contain, in places, coal formations, and will, no doubt, when explored " add greatly to the known reserves. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " The prospective resources of the Cordilleran belt in Canada may, " therefore, be considered enormous. Though, as already stated, mostly I "unprospected, it has been proved to possess the greatest coal fields; one i " of the greatest copper mines; one of the greatest lead-silver mines; and " two of the greatest placer-gold camps in western America—a region noted I " for its extraordinary mineral wealth." As officially described, " the Cordilleran region in Canada embraces the mountainous country bordering the Pacific coast, and having an average " width of more than 400 miles. It is but a portion of a great mountain " system that, commencing at the south and extending northwesterly, " occupies nearly the whole of Mexico, and stretches along the Pacific border " of the continent through the United States and Canada into Alaska. In Canada, the region includes all of British Columbia, parts of western " Alberta, the whole of Yukon territory, and a large tract in the adjacent " western portion of the Northwest Territories—an area, in all, of " approximately 600,000 square miles." A faint idea of the possibilities of this great region may be obtained from consideration of the fact that " Pennsylvania, which is probably the " best developed Appalachian state, now has an annual production of " domestic minerals approximately equal to $9,340 per square mile of terri- " tory, or to $67 per capita." Another illustration is that of Nova Scotia, which has an annual production of about $1,000 per square mile, or $46 per capita. At even $1,000 per square mile of mineralized territory, British Columbia's annual mineral production would, under like conditions of utilization of its minerals, amount to an immense sum, so that there is in the development of its mineral resources a great future awaiting the enterprise and energy of this province and its people. Except in the far north, this " Cordilleran region is largely a forested " country. In the southern interior, however, are wide stretches of open " grass-covered hills and valleys, noted for their fertility. Various districts " have long been known to be rich in mineral wealth, and new ones are, " from time to time, engaging attention. The mines of the region, which is " pre-eminently a mining district, already yield virtually But Slightly "all the lead mined in Canada, more than half the gold, Prospected " nearly three-quarters of the copper, fully one-quarter of the " coal, about one-tenth of the silver, and a share of " some other minerals. This high rank has been reached notwithstanding " that prospecting of even the most desultory character has been carried out " only over a very small, almost insignificant, part of the area, and this " chiefly in districts lying south of the main line of the Canadian Pacific " railway. This comparatively limited amount of prospecting, though, has, " in the districts covered, marked out various regions as being characterized " by the occurrence of certain classes of mineral deposits. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. " The Rocky mountains, and the flanking foothills on the east, contain "vast quantities of coal, but apparently are not otherwise rich in mineral "wealth. Coal also occurs over other districts—in central-southern British " Columbia, on Vancouver Island, on Graham island of the Queen Charlotte " group, in the Skeena river country, and elsewhere." Rich silver-lead deposits are characteristic of the country south of the Canadian Pacific main line railway, between the Rocky mountains and the Arrow lakes of the Columbia river; zinc in workable quantity also occurs in this part of the province. To the west and south of this, almost to the Fraser valley—in Rossland and the Boundary camps, and in the Similkameen and Nicola country, are many deposits of ores containing copper and gold. Along the Pacific coast, on both the mainland and the islands, are numerous copper-gold deposits, with others in the Skeena country and also farther north. The chief placer-gold fields of the province are in Cariboo and Atlin districts, respectively. Iron ore is found in several places in the interior of the province, and on Texada, Vancouver and other islands. Miscellaneous minerals include platinum, chiefly in the Tulameen district; cinnabar (mercury) in Kamloops district and on the west coast of Vancouver Island; pyrites, in the lower Skeena country; scheelite, in Cariboo; tungsten, at Sheep Creek, Nelson mining division; molybdenum, in Nicola district and various other parts; mica, at Tete Jaune Cache, upper Fraser river; hydro-magnesite, at Atlin; gypsum, in Ashcroft mining division; and clays, building and other stones, cement materials, sand, etc., all of more or less commercial value, and available for utilization and to contribute to the total of value of the mineral products of British Columbia. HISTORY OF MINING IN BRITISH COLUMBIA THE first notable event in the history of mining in British .Columbia appears to have been the discovery about the year 1825, by David Douglas (a celebrated botanist who was investigating the flora of the country), of a large outcrop of galena ore near the eastern shore of Kootenay lake, opposite Ainsworth, at what is now the Blue Bell mine. Coal was first discovered in British Columbia at Fort Rupert, Vancouver Island, in 1835. The late Dr. Geo. M. Dawson, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., director ■ of the geological survey of Canada, in a paper read before the Royal Colonial Institute, observed: " The existence of coal upon the coast Coal "of British Columbia was recognized by Dr. W. F. Tolmie, an officer " of the Hudson's Bay Company, as early as 1835; but though small "quantities of coal were actually obtained from natural outcrops from time " to time, for the use of the blacksmiths at the company's posts, no import- YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " ance appears to have been attached to the discovery. The world was at " that time very spacious, and the Pacific ocean was still regarded rather as " a field for the exploration of navigators than as a highway of commerce "between America and Asia. Afterward (in 1849), the Hudson's Bay "Company brought out a few coal miners from Scotland, and proceeded to " test and open some of the deposits." Again, Dr. Dawson (in " Mineral Wealth of British Columbia, 1887," p. 80r), after mentioning the bringing of specimens of coal by Indians, in 1835, to Dr. Tolmie, then stationed at the Hudson's Bay Company's post at Fort McLoughlin, Milbank sound (now Bella Coola), and the exploratory work done at Suquash, between Port McNeil and Beaver harbor, on the northeast coast of Vancouver Island, in the years 1849-53, states that: "Meanwhile, " in 1859, the existence of coal at Nanaimo had been ascertained by Mr. J. " W. McKay, and in the following year it appears that most of the miners " were transferred from the northern end of the island to that place. Work " was begun in earnest at Nanaimo in 1852, and, before the close of 1853, " 2,000 tons of coal are reported to have been shipped, chiefly to San Fran- " cisco, California. The price of coal at Nanaimo was at this time $11 and " at San Francisco $28 a ton. The Hudson's Bay Company, under the name " of the Nanaimo Coal Company, continued to work the mines thus opened "until 1861, when they were sold to the.Vancouver Coal Mining and Land " Company, Ltd." Coal was discovered on one of the Queen Charlotte islands in 1859 by Major William Downie, who reported it to Sir James Douglas. The earliest discovery of gold, though but in small quantity, was made in 1850, by Mr. J. W. McKay, also a Hudson's Bay Company official, who found small particles of gold while exploring for land between Victoria and Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, but nothing of importance seems to Gold have resulted from that discovery. In 1851 gold was discovered at Mitchell (or Gold) harbor, on Moresby island of the Queen Charlotte group, and in 1852 the Hudson's Bay Company leased and provisioned a schooner to take men up to work the property, but had no other interest in the undertaking. An incipient mining "boom" took place, and Dr. Dawson stated, in one of the geological survey reports, that from one little seam at Gold harbor between $25,000 and $75,000 was variously reported to have been taken. No development of importance resulted, however, but it is of interest to note that about 1906 Mr. John McLellan, A.R.S.M., after testing the old mine without satisfactory results, discovered a new vein within 100 yards, and on this has since done much work and erected nearby a small mill for crushing the quartz and extracting the gold. In the interior of the province, gold was found in the Similkameen country as early as 1852, while in 1854 Colville Indians were known to have had nuggets of gold in their possession. Bancroft, in his "History of British AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Columbia," states that Chief Trader McLean procured gold from Indians near Kamloops in 1852. Various authorities place the first finds in different localities. However, between 1855 and 1857 discoveries of gold were made on the Thompson, Fraser, and Columbia rivers, and the news of these, together with the despatches of Governor Douglas, soon attracted attention to British Columbia as a prospective gold field. Then came the rush to the Fraser in 1858. Some of the eager gold-seekers crossed the isthmus of Panama, others rounded Cape Horn, and still others made long, wearisome journeys overland—all bound for the new gold field. Victoria in a brief period became a city, and the mainland solitude within a year was developed into a busy Crown colony. Up to 1858, nothing but desultory prospecting had been done, consequently little was known of the mineral resources of the province; in that year, however, gold-mining was commenced energetically, and from that period dates the history of metal-mining in British Early Production Columbia. The increase in the production of gold was rapid. From $705,000, which is a rough estimate of the total yield in 1858, it rose to $3,913,563 in 1863, the famous Williams and Lightning creeks, Cariboo, having first been discovered, in 1861. Granite creek and Rock creek, both situated in what is now known as Yale district; Wild Horse creek, in East Kootenay; and Omineca and Cassiar, north and northwest of Cariboo, were chief among other gold discoveries, while the Big Bend of the Columbia was still another that, in its turn, attracted many gold diggers and yielded much gold. The Atlin gold field was not discovered until 1898, in which year $75,000 was taken from it, followed by $800,000 in The greatest production of placer gold in the province took place during ten years, 1861-1870, with an aggregate for that period of $28,000,000. For twenty-five years following the Fraser river discoveries, the aggregate value was in excess of $50,000,000. Apart from the unimportant beginning in lode-mining made at Gold harbor, already mentioned, it is probable this industry was commenced in the province in the sixties. Mr. A. D. Wheeler, of Ainsworth, states that " late in the twenties Hudson's Bay Company trappers used Lode Metals " ore from the Blue Bell outcrops for making bullets, and on " their departure left behind several old drills. For about "twenty-five years thereafter no one appeared to have visited the place nor "communicated to the world anything concerning it. About 1864, Mr. " George Hearst, of California, a wealthy mining man, having received favor- " able reports from prospectors he had sent north, made a trip to the property. He encountered much hardship on the way, but persisted, and on 4 reaching the place erected a small open-hearth furnace and smelted out " some bullion. The remains of that old furnace still exist on the property. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " The low grade of the bullion, the distance from transportation, and thei " supposed inability to market the product within his lifetime, decided Mr. " Hearst on abandoning the project. About 1887 Dr. W. A. Hendryx, with a " party of Minnesota and Connecticut capitalists, obtained possession of the " property, but whether or not it was silver and lead from the Blue Bell that "constituted the early production of those metals, during 1887 and several. " immediately following years, is uncertain. Steam power was in use at?, " the Blue Bell mine in 1889, and in 1891 the construction of smelting works? " at Pilot bay was commenced. It was not until 1894 or 1895, however, that? " smelting was actually done at these works." The early discoveries of lode-metal mines include that of the Silver King, near Nelson, found in 1886, but not worked until seven or eight years later; Ainsworth mines, at which Dr. Dawson found mining being actively;' carried on in 1889; silver claims on the Kaslo slope of the Slocan mountains in 1890; and the Payne and other properties in the heart of Slocan district in the autumn of 1891. Early locations were made on Trail creek (Rossland) in 1889, and more important finds in 1890. Gold claims were staked at Camp McKinney in 1884, while the earliest of those of the Boundary were found during several years, 1886 to 1890; it was not for ten years, though, that the production of copper from Boundary mines was commenced, previous production having been restricted to a small quantity of high-grade gold-silver ore. In East Kootenay, the North Star was located in 1892 and made its first shipment of silver-lead ore in 1895. The St. Eugene, since developed into the largest lead mine in Canada, was located in the summer of 1893. Prospecting the Lenora claim, at Mt. Sicker, Vancouver Island, was commenced in 1897, but there was no production of importance until 1902, late in which year gold-copper ore from the Lenora and Tyee mines was smelted at Crofton and Ladysmith, respectively. MINERAL PRODUCTION T^HE chief minerals of British Columbia, placing them in order of relative importance, are gold (placer and lode), coal, copper, silver and lead. Neither zinc nor iron have yet been produced in any considerable quantity, though both occur in numerous places in the province. The respective totals of value of the various minerals produced are shown in the first following table, which gives the aggregate value of production for all years to 1910, inclusive: AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Production by minerals— Gold, placer $ 71,213,103 Gold, lode, 2,952,736, oz 60,811,067 Total gold $132,024,170 Silver, 54,648,387 oz 31,095,602 Lead, 613,914,820 lbs ! 24,645,605 Copper, 415,353,709 lbs 60,743,405 Other metals (zinc, iron, platinum, etc.) 1,083,172 Total metallic $249,591,954 Coal, 32,429,971 tons (2240 lbs.) .. $101,810,957 Coke, 2,250,919 tons (2240 lbs.) .. 12,201,639 114,012,596 Building stone, bricks, cement, etc 10,593,100 Aggregate value of mineral production $374,197,650 Production by Periods The next following table shows the total value of mineral production to 1890, inclusive, and thereafter for five-year periods: For all years to 1890, inclusive $ 74,590,437 For five years, 1891-1895, inclusive 19,956,804 For five years, 1896-1900, inclusive 57,607,967 For five years, 1901-1905, inclusive 96,507,968 For five years, 1906-1910, inclusive 125,534,474 Aggregate value of mineral production $374,197,650 PLACER GOLD. The commencement of production of placer (or alluvial) gold dates back to 1858, in which year a total of $705,000 was recovered. The maximum production of any one year was that of 1863, with a value of $3,915,563, followed in 1864 by a total of $3,735,850. This was when placer mining was at its best in Cariboo district. In the seventies there was a gradual reduction, while through the eighties the decrease was more marked, continuing into the early nineties. The minimum yearly total was reached in 1893 with a production for that year of only $365,131. Thenceforward there was a steady increase for half a dozen years, to which Atlin district contributed materially in 1899. Production was fairly well maintained until 1905; then followed a decreasing yield until last year, when an improvement again took place. During all years, 1858 to 1910, both inclusive, the total value of the placer gold recovered was $71,213,103; the production in short periods ,#s shown in the next table: YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA For For For For For For For For For For For three years, five years, five years, five years, five years, five years, five years, five years, five years, five years, five years, 1861 1866- 1871- 1876- 1881 1886- 1891 1896- 1901 1906- -1865, -1870, -1875, 1-1880, -1885, -1890, -1895, 1-1900, -1905, -1910, inclusive $ 4,548,613 inclusive 16,463,639 inclusive 11,627,8' inclusive inclusive inclusive inclusive inclusive inclusive inclusive inclusive 9,034,783 6,973,919 4,244,977 3,293,449 2,072,667 4,324,516 5,188,260 3,440,400 Aggregate value of placer gold $71,213,103 The outlook for placer gold production is that there will be a fair increase during the next five-year period, 1911-1915. LODE METALS. The table of production of lode mines, published yearly in the "Annual Report of the Minister of Mines for British Columbia," shows that a com- ^ mencement was made in 1887, in which year silver and lead to a total value I of $26,547 were produced. The first official record of lode gold was a value of $23,404 for the year 1893, and of copper $16,234 for 1894. Out of a total value of $60,811,067 for lode gold, only $12,812,860 was produced during eight years, 1893-1900, or a yearly average for that period I of $1,281,286, while for the ten years, 1901-1910, the average was Gold $4,799,820. The maximum yearly production was that of 1910— $5,533,380. The comparative position by periods is shown in the following table: For three years, 1893-1895 46,686 oz. $ 933,689 For five years, 1896-1900 583,929 oz. 11,879,171 For five years, 1901-1905 1,140,408 oz. 23,572,198 For five years, 1906-1910 1,181,713 oz. 24,426,009 Aggregate production lode gold 2,952,736 oz. $60,811,067 The maximum yearly production of silver was in 1897, with a total for that year of $3,272,836, and the minimum since the total for any single yeajf exceeded $1,000,000 was in 1909, for which year a value of only Silver $1,239,270 was recorded. The average yearly value for ten years, 1896-1905, was $2,176,115; that for five years, 1906-1910, was only $1,481,383. Taking several periods the following comparative results are shown. For four years, 1887-1890 221,089 oz. $ 214,152 For five years, 1891-1895 2,551,561 oz. 1,713,383 For five years, 1896-1900 19,798,303 oz. 11,722,274 For five years, 1901-1905 18,727,352 oz. 10,038,879 For five years, 1906-1910 13,350,082 oz. 7,406,914 Aggregate production of silver 54,648,387 oz. $31,095,602 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. As with silver, the production of lead was very small during the earlier years it was mined. Its maximum year was 1900, with a production of 63,358,621 lbs., valued at $2,691,887; its minimum since 1895 was in Lead 1903, with only 18,089,283 lbs., value $689,744. There has been a decreasing production since 1905, from 56,520,703 lbs. in that year to 34,658,746 in 1910. Conditions for production were temporarily unfavorable last year, though, so an immediate change for the better is looked for. Production, in corresponding periods to those shown above for silver, was as under: For four years, 1887-1890 1,044,400 lb $ 45,527 For five years, 1891-1895 25,081,430 lb 814,190 For five years, 1896-1900 179,955,728 lb 6,760,239 For five years, 1901-1905 185,435,517 lb 7,338,205 For five years, 1906-1910 222,397,745 lb 9,687,444 Aggregate production of lead . 613,914,820 lb $24,645,605 No copper was produced until 1894, in which year a beginning was made with a total of 324,680 lbs., value $16,234. This was the combined output of Nelson and Rossland mines, probably in approximately equal Copper proportions. In 1900 the mines of Boundary district commenced to produce, and thereafter there was a substantial increase in the annual production until, in 1906, a maximum in yearly total value was reached with $8,288,565 for an output of 42,990,488 lbs. The maximum quantity produced in any one year was that recorded for 1908, namely, 47,274,614 lbs., but as the average market price was lower, the value for that year was less than for 1906. The average yearly production for five years, 1906-1910, was 42,987,800 lbs. For several periods the figures are: For two years, 1894-1895 1,277,520 lb $ 63,871 For five years, 1896-1900 34,135,085 lb 4,298,707 For five years, 1901-1905 165,002,103 lb 22,895,430 For five years, 1906-1910 214,939,001 lb 33,485,392 Aggregate production of copper 415,353,709 lb $60,743,405 The production of other metals than the foregoing, placed at an approximate total for all years of $1,083,172, may be subdivided as follows: Zinc, $968,172; iron, $105,000; platinum, $10,000. It is Other Metals probable the last mentioned amount is very inadequate, for one unofficial estimate likely to be approximately correct has placed the quantity of platinum recovered in Tulameen district at 20,000 oz., but the quantity reported to the provincial department of mines was very much smaller. The aggregate value of the lode metals produced in all years is recorded as having been $178,368,851, this including lode gold Summary of Lode silver, lead, copper, zinc, and iron. The following Metal Production apportionment to the several periods shown indicates the important expansion that has taken place in connection with the lode-mining industry of the province: YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA For four years, 1887-1890 For five years, 1891-1895 For five years, 1896-1900 For five years, 1901-1905 For five years, 1906-1910 $ 259,679 3,525,138 34,660,391 63,949,712 75,973,931 Aggregate value of lode metals $178,S ?,851 COAL AND COKE. Coal production appears to have been commenced in 1836, since official records of coal having been produced do not go back to an earlier year. As the total value of all production on record to 1868 was less than $1,000,000, it is evident that operations were on a small scale. It was not until 1884 that the value of any single year's production reached $1,000,000; the output of that year is recorded to have been 394,070 tons, valued at $1,182,210. In 1891 an output of 1,029,097 tons was made, as compared with 678,140 tons in 1890. The comparative table printed below shows substantial increases in the five-year periods ended 1890 and 1895, respectively, each of nearly 100 per cent. The increase for the last five-year period, 1906-1910, was nearly 50 per cent, over that of the five years ended 1905. All the quantities shown are for net coal, that is, not including the coal made into coke. It should be noted that coal has been valued at 50 cents a ton higher and coke $1 since 1906, increased market value having justified these advances. Prior to 1898 all coal produced came from Vancouver Island mines; since then there has been a steadily increasing production from Crow's Nest Pass mines, and quite recently from Nicola valley mines. Coke Value Tons (2240 rbs.) Value 2,399,216 .T3H 2,918,958 4,150,383 7,461,801 14,358,999 16,982,580 19,991,577 33,547,443 173,796 930,852 1,146,271 $ 868,980 4,654,260 6,678,399 Coal Tons (2240 lbs.) For all years to 1875, inclusive 672,564 $ For five years, 1876-1880 972,986 For five years, 1881-1885 1,383,461 For five years, 1886-1890 2,487,267 For five years, 1891-1895 4,786,333 For five years, 1896-1900 5,660,860 For five years, 1901-1905 6,663,859 For five years, 1906-1910 9,801,741 Aggregate production of coal and coke 32,429,071 $101,810,957 2,250,919 $12,201,639 A STRIKING COMPARISON. It is of interest to note that British Columbia continues to maintain its average proportion of the mineral production of the whole of Canada. Placing the aggregate value of the production of the Dominion for the twenty-five years, 1886-1910, included in the published official records, at $1,130,000,000, it would appear that this province may fairly claim to have produced between 27 and 28 per cent, of this large sum. The aggregate value of the mineral production of this province for all years to 1910, inclusive, is $374,000,000. Deducting the total value of the minerals—chiefly AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. for coal and placer gold—produced prior to 1886, which was nearly $64,000,- 000, British Columbia's approximate aggregate for the twenty-five years is left at $310,000,000, which is between 27 and 28 per cent, of that of the whole of Canada. It is a striking fact, as indicating the substantial increase in the value of the mineral production of the province in recent years as compared with that prior to 1906, that fully 40 per cent, of this large value is the production of the last five years, 1906-1910, while more than half— nearly 54 per cent.—is that of seven years, 1904-1910. THE LODE MINES OF THE PROVINCE. IT IS scarcely practicable to here give much information relative to the larger lode mines of the province, these being numerous and even brief particulars of the many individual mines requiring much space for enumeration. The merest summary is, therefore, all that can now be given. Taking them in the official order of the several districts, the following brief comment is made. In East Kootenay, the St. Eugene is the largest metal mine; indeed, it has been the largest lead-silver mine in Canada. Up to the spring of 1911 its total tonnage of ore produced was rather more than 1,000,000 tons, of a gross value in excess of $10,000,000. This represented the value of more than 5,000,000 oz. of silver and nearly 230,000,000 lbs. of lead. Present production is on a smaller scale than that of several years ago. Other metal mines in the district, the production of which has been important, are the Sullivan and North Star. The aggregate value of East Kootenay's metal production to the end of 1910 was about $18,000,000. West Kootenay comprises Ainsworth, Slocan, Nelson, Trail Creek (Rossland), and several less important divisions. Ainsworth and Slocan divisions, commonly known as the Slocan district, have shipped ore of a total value of nearly $29,000,000. Corresponding figures West Kootenay for Nelson division are not available, but for Rossland mines a total tonnage of 3,606,000 tons is on record, with an aggregate value of $49,520,000, or an average over the whole shipping period of seventeen years of approximately $13.74 a ton. The aggregate value of the production of Slocan and Rossland districts to April, 1911, may,, therefore, be placed at about $80,000,000, and their production is being maintained at a value of between $4,000,000 and $5,000,000 a year, with good prospects of a larger annual value being reached ere long. The mines in Ainsworth division that during recent years have produced' a comparatively large quantity of ore are the Blue Bell and the Whitewater group, the former of ore having its chief marketable value in lead, and the latter in silver, lead and zinc. Slocan mines some years ago included? YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA several which together paid more than $,000,000 in dividends;'* Ainsworth The largest producers have latterly been the Lucky Jim, a zinc-lead mine; Rambler-Cariboo (extensively developed, the face of its lowest adit level being 1,400 feet below the surface), producing silver-lead ore; Richmond-Eureka, Ruth-Hope, and Slocan Star groups, all-s in the vicinity of Sandon; and the Standard, Van-Roi, and Hewitt, in Silver-^ ton camp, three or four miles from Slocan lake. There are many other mines in Slocan district, some of which are being developed with promise of again becoming important producers within a year or two. In Nelson division, there are gold, silver-lead, lead, and copper mines. The more prominent gold mines now are the Granite-Poorman and the Athabasca, both near the city of Nelson; the Yankee Girl and Wilcox, in Ymir camp; and the Queen, Nugget, Mother Lode, and Kootenay Belle, in Sheep Creek camp. The Arlington and Second Relief, at Erie, have also produced gold- over a comparatively long period. The Molly Gibson, a silver-lead mine; I Silver King, producing copper-silver ore; and Eureka, copper-gold, are all within a few miles of Nelson. The Emerald, a lead mine, is situated near Salmo. Rossland's chief mines are the Centre Star group, now by far the largest producer in that camp; the Le Roi, and the group of the Le Roi No. 2, Ltd. The last mentioned has for several years been a dividend payer. The part of Yale district that has been most prominent during the last ten years is that known as the Boundary. Its average tonnage of ore during that period has been a little more than 1,000,000 tons a year. The shipment of ore was commenced in the summer of 1900. Yale District In 1901 the output was 386,675 tons; for 1910 the output was about 1,750,000 tons. The aggregate value of the ore produced by Boundary mines to the end of 1910 may be placed at nearly $50,000,000. Last year's production, with copper (the chief marketable constituent of Boundary ores) at a low price was of a value of nearly $6,000,000. Approximate tonnage figures for 1910 were: Granby company's mines, 1,050,000 tons; British Columbia Copper company's mines, 450,000 tons; Consolidated Mining and Smelting company's mines, 150,000 tons. The Granby company's mines have an output capacity of fully 4,000 tons per diem, and those of the British Columbia Copper company nearly 2,000 tons. The only other metal mine in Yale district of present importance (among a number that have been producers in past years) is the Hedley Gold Mining company's mine in Hedley camp, Similkameen. This mine has been a profitable producer of gold for several years. Last year its production was about 47,000 tons of ore, having a value of. approximately, $516,000. Recent additions to mill equipment are expected to admit of a rather larger production this and following years. In the Coast district there are but few metal mines now producing ore in any considerable quantity. In former years two mines on Mt. Sicker— the Lenora and the Tyee, chiefly the latter—produced gold-copper ore of a AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 183 total value of between $2,000,000 and $3,000,000, but neither The Coast is making an output now. The Britannia mine, on Howe District sound, a few miles from the city of Vancouver, has very large reserves of ore, but much of it is too low grade for profitable extraction while the price of copper shall remain low. Recent developments, however, have been encouraging, shoots of ore of better grade having been found as development work has been proceeded with. On Texada island, the Marble Bay and Cornell mines have shipped much ore containing good value in copper, with gold and silver in association with the copper. Of the numerous mining properties in the newer camps higher up the coast, there is not yet much to tell as regards their producing capabilities. The Portland Canal Mining company has opened what gives good promise of proving a payable mine, and it has a 75-ton concentrating plant working on the silver-gold-lead ore it is mining. The Red Cliff, a copper property, is another new mine that has attracted much attention of late, but, unlike the Portland Canal Mining company, its owners have not yet produced ore commercially. The Hidden Creek Copper company's copper-gold mine, on Observatory inlet, now being operated by the Granby company under option of purchase, is likely to become a large producer, underground prospecting work having disclosed the occurrence of large bodies of ore. BRITISH COLUMBIA'S IMMENSE MINERAL RESOURCES. WHILE a general idea of the immensity of the mineral resources of the province can, no doubt, be obtained from what has already been written, in the foregoing pages, it may be well to specify some of them so that the enormous prospective value of mineral production shall be made more clear. Some official information concerning placer gold and coal is, therefore, appended. It should be remembered, though, that the future of mining for lode metals is also equally big with promise. Concerning placer gold, the provincial mineralogist included in one of his official reports, published in 1902, the following information relative to the gold-bearing gravels of Quesnel mining division: " The great, low-grade gravel deposits have received their chief development about Quesnel forks, and mainly at Bullion, where the Consolidated "Cariboo Hydraulic company (Mr. John B. Hobson's syndicate) has done " much work. The channel here worked by Mr. Hobson is Placer Gold " only one of many in the immediate vicinity, some larger " and quite as rich. Naturally, Mr. Hobson acquired what "seems 'all round' the most available deposit, but he pointed out to the writer several deposits he has investigated since, and which he claims "offer chances for larger companies than that he is now operating. The YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " Consolidated Cariboo may be taken as an example of what to expect, "namely, gold value of about ten cents per cubic yard. Mr. Hobson claims " for his company that he has leases of 500,000,000 cubic yards of auriferous " gravels, and it is quite safe to say that he has not in these leases one- " fifth of the available gravels, so that in this section alone there must be " from 2,500,000,000 to 3,000,000,000 cubic yards of auriferous gravels, which " there is every reason to think will be as rich as the Consolidated Cariboo " company's deposit. The immensity of these figures is hard to grasp, but " to illustrate—if 10 cubic yards yield $1 in gold, then there is in the " Quesnel section alone $300,000,000 worth of gold. This vast amount of " gold is so 'diluted' with sand and gravel that the only possible means of " extracting it is by the use of immense volumes of water under pressure; " in other words, by hydralic mining." In a paper on " The Undeveloped Coal Resources of Canada," by Mr. D. B. Dowling, of the geological survey of Canada, presented at the annual meeting of the Canadian Mining Institute held in the city of Quebec in March, 1911, much information relative to coal in British Columbia Coal was included. Mr. Dowling is one of the chief authorities on the coal resources of Canada, so the results of his investigations are especially valuable. The table that follows includes coal areas partially examined and for which an estimate of contents may be taken as approximate. In this summary of coal in British Columbia quantities are shown in millions of tons: Vancouver Island— Koskeemo area , Suquash area Comox area Nanaimo area Cowichan area Queen Charlotte Islands— Graham Island area Graham Island area Mainland— Elk River area Elk River north Nicola area Princeton area Tulameen area Telkwa area Hat Creek area Skeena River area , Peace and Pine Rivers area . Class of Coal. 5 10 300 350 9 230 140 12 52 5 10 2 16 50 3 ft. 3 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 4 ft. 8 ft. 4 ft. 100 ft. 100 ft. 40 ft. 5 ft. 20 ft. 5 ft. 50 ft. 6 ft. 3 ft. Totals | 1351 19 1,152 1,344 23 307 22,600 14,000 30 ),674 | 490 M1 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. MINING AND METALLURGICAL METHODS AND FACILITIES. fINING methods in use in British Columbia vary according to local conditions and circumstances. In placer-gold mining, hydraulicing has largely superseded working by individual miners using rockers, small sluices, etc. Operations are on the largest scale in Cariboo and Atlin districts, respectively. As an instance of hydraulic mining where much gold-bearing gravel was available for working, the operations of the Consolidated Cariboo Hydraulic Mining company may be mentioned. This company, under the management of Mr. John B. Hobson, during eight years, moved 10,400,000 cubic yards of gravel and recovered more than $1,000,000 therefrom, the general average recovery of gold having been of a value of 9.85 cents per yard. This was in Quesnel division of Hydraulicing Cariboo district. Other large and important hydraulic mining enterprises in successful operation are those of Mr. John Hopp, near Barkerville, Cariboo, and of the North Columbia Gold Mining company, in Atlin camp. Another undertaking worthy of mention is that of the Quesnelle Hydraulic Gold Mining company, financed by Philadelphia and New York capitalists. Mr. Howard W. DuBois, the company's general manager and engineer, is quite confident that this enterprise will be successful, and he expects to have construction work sufficiently advanced to allow of gravel-washing being commenced in the autumn of 1911. He maintains that this enterprise possesses the four chief essentials to profitable hydraulic mining, viz.: (1) an abundance of water under adequate head, (2) extensive dumping facilities, (3) ample grade for sluicing, and (4) gold in the gravel in paying quantity. He points out that with only a moderate supply of water, Mr. Hobson has demonstrated what can be done in hydraulicing the low-grade gravels of Quesnel district, so there is, he thinks, little room for doubt that with the larger water supply possessed by his company, success is assured. By the time this company's water system shall have been completed there will have been expended on its whole undertaking nearly $1,000,000, which comparatively big expenditure would not have been justified had it not been for the favorable results obtained from the outlay of a large sum of money in preliminary investigations previous to construction work being commenced. In lode mining, methods are generally much as in other mining countries where ordinary conditions prevail. The higher-grade mines are usually worked with the square-set system of timbering, but the big low-grade mines of Boundary district, and one or two in other parts of the province, have been largely operated by "glory-hole" or open quarry method. Some of these larger mines are worked even underground with but little timbering, the country rock standing without such support. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA In regard to cost of labor and mining requisites—this is much as elsewhere on the North American continent, except that in some districts freight charges are higher owing to either greater distance from a base of supplies, or absence of competition. Generally, relations between Labor the miners and their employers are amicable, consequently mining is usually continued uninterruptedly, save that once now and again—chiefly in the Crow's Nest coal mining district—lack of agreement with the views of Miners' Union leaders causes temporary cessatirin^M operations. SMELTING AND SMELTERIES. The most prominent features in connection with metallurgy in British Columbia are those associated with the smelting of lead and copper ores. Of nearly a dozen smelteries (one zinc, three lead, and the remainder copper), though, only four have been in operation lately, namely that of the ; Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Ltd., at Trail, smelting both lead and copper ores, and the respective copper smelteries of the Granby Consolidated Mining, Smelting and Power Company, Ltd., at Grand Forks; the British Columbia Copper Company, Ltd., at Greenwood (both in the Boundary district); and the Tyee Copper Company, Ltd., on Vancouver Island. The Consolidated Mining and Smelting company is the largest mining and smelting company operating in British Columbia. It has at Trail five copper blast furnaces and two large lead stacks. The plant includes O'Hara roasting furnaces, and seven Huntington-Heberlein circular roasters and twenty-four converters. In the company's lead refinery, the Betts' electrolytic process is used. The capacity of the refinery is 60 to 70 tons of lead a day. The refined lead is 999 fine, and the gold and silver, also refined from the lead bullion, are 995 and 999 fine, respectively. The company employs about 550 men at its Trail works. The Granby company's smeltery is said to be the largest copper reduction works in the British Empire, and among the biggest in the world, second only to the great Washoe works at Anaconda, Montana. It has eight blast furnaces, having a total treatment capacity of 4,000 to 4,500 tons of ore per diem. Its copper converters are equal to producing 36,000,000 lbs. of blister copper per annum. The great bulk of the ore smelted at these works comes from the company's own mines at Phoenix, Boundary district The British Columbia Copper company's three blast furnaces have a maximum treatment capacity of 2,600 tons of ore per diem, and an average of between 2,400 and 2,500 tons. All the plant at these works is quite modern. It includes two converter stands with horizontal shells, these ^^^^^^ A.ND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 187 taking matte at 45 to 55 per cent, copper tenor and producing blister copper 99.3 per cent. pure. Power for all three smelteries above mentioned is obtained from the West Kootenay Power and Light company's hydro-electric generating stations (two) at Bonnington falls, eleven miles west of Nelson, on Kootenay river. The company also has a generating plant at Cascade falls, Kettle river, Boundary district. The generating capacity of the three plants is between 25,000 and 30,000 horse-power. High voltage transmission lines connect with Boundary mines, smelting works, and mills, along a distance of 90 miles, beside which there are lower voltage lines to Nelson, Trail and Rossland. The Tyee Copper Company, Ltd., incorporated in England in the year 1900, with an authorized capital of £180,000, is one of the best known and most progressive development companies on the Pacific coast. Its operations are divided into two departments. One is the smelting of custom ores —gold, silver and copper—for which its smeltery at Ladysmith, Vancouver Island, offers remarkable facilities, as may be seen from the fact that neutral copper ores are smelted on a basis of $1 per ton smelting charge, with a deduction of 1.3 per cent, from the copper wet assay, and allowing 95 per cent, of the gold and silver. The second department takes charge of all mining and development operations, examination of properties,,etc. A number of important mining groups, associated in mining development and finance business in London recently made arrangements to participate in the mining business of the Tyee Copper company. STAMP MILLS AND CONCENTRATORS. Stamp mills, mostly for gold-quartz ores, have been erected and equipped in various parts of the province, including one with 80 stamps at Ymir, Nelson mining division; one with forty-six stamps at Fairview, Osoyoos mining division; and one with forty stamps at Hedley, Similkameen. Each of these has a cyanide plant for effecting a further saving of gold beyond that recovered on the amalgamation plates. Other mills are two with twenty stamps each, near Nelson city and at Sheep creek, respectively, and various mills with stamps ranging in number from fifteen downwards. Chief among the smallest mills is that of the Nugget, at Sheep creek, using only four stamps, which last year recovered nearly $80,000 of gold. More than a score of concentrating mills have been erected in the province, all but two equipped for treating silver-lead ores, and several of these for saving zinc as well. The largest for lead ores is that in connection with the St. Eugene mine, East Kootenay, while, for copper ores, the Britannia Mining and Smelting company has a large mill at Howe sound. Several new mills have either been erected lately or are in course of erection. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA WHAT MAY BE EXPECTED. TN A general way the opinion may be expressed that Cariboo district may be X expected to produce more placer gold during the next five years than in the last like period, and possibly may add a little to the lode mines' production of the province, for indications have been found of the occurrence in the district of both lode gold and copper. Later, coal may possibly be included in the mineral production of this district. Cassiar should also show .a larger yield of placer gold, particularly from Atlin creeks, and should make a distinct advance in the production of lode minerals, from both the Skeena country after the Grand Trunk Pacific railway shall be open for traffic, and Portland canal district. The chief increase to be looked for from East Kootenay will be in coal, for beside an enlargement of production from mines now in operation, there are immense coal resources in the upper Elk river district and probably others in the Flathead country, in the extreme southeastern part of the province, but both these new fields must await the construction of railways ere production from them will be feasible. It is noteworthy that Mr. Wm. Fleet Robertson, provincial mineralogist for British Columbia, in the "Annual Report of the Minister of Mines," for 1909, says (p. K. 163), in connection with the former: "Rocky mountain coal fields, lying on either " flank of the main range of the Rocky mountains, respectively in the prov- " inces of British Columbia and Alberta, are undoubtedly the most extensive " coal deposits in Canada, and, what is more important from a commercial "point of view, are the only large coal fields of first-class coal at present "known on the Pacific slope between Alaska and Development of "Mexico. While it has been a matter of common Coal Deposits " knowledge in British Columbia that these deposits were " large, it is questioned if more than a few people "realized their wonderful extent, or the enormous influence which they " must have on the future of the country. What this influence must be, can " best be demonstrated by what the coal deposits of Pennsylvania have done " for that state—they have made it probably the greatest manufacturing " state of the Union—and the condition of western Canada to-day is that of I the eastern United States fifty years ago, except that we look forward to " a more rapid development, due to the more general development of the "" rest of the continent and the improved transportation and other facilities " now available. It seems, therefore, that eastern British Columbia is -" destined to be, from the possession of its coal fields alone, the Pennsylvania " of the Pacific slope, and that at no distant date." It is pertinent to here quote from the report of Mr. D. B. Dowling, of the geological survey of Canada, and one of the most prominent coal ^geologists of the Dominion, some information, also official, concerning AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. British Columbia's portion of the extensive coal field above referred to by Mr. Robertson. In "The Coal Fields of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta' and Eastern British Columbia," published in 1909 by the geological survey branch of the Canadian department of mines, Mr. Dowling's information relative to the Elk river or Crow's Nest coal field which he says, in passing, is "perhaps the most important in Canada," is as follows: "The areas in " British Columbia on the Elk river are divided into The Crow's Nest "two portions. The southern one—for which Fernie Coal Field "is the largest shipping point—has a length north and " south of about 30 miles, and a maximum width of " 12 to 13 miles. The coal-bearing rocks have in several sections been "found to have a thickness as great as 4,700 feet. In this area there are " 22 workable seams, with a total of 216 feet of coal, 100 feet of which is " estimated as workable. This would give a total workable coal content for "the district of 22,600,000,000 tons. The coal is a high-grade bituminous, "occasionally running into anthracite. The coal from the majority of the " seams is used for the manufacture of coke, but steam coal is a product as "well. The collieries are situated at Coal Creek (near Fernie), Michel, " Morrisey, and Hosmer. The northern part of this coal field extends from " about 24 miles north of Michel creek to the height of land at Kananaskis " river, a distance of nearly 40 miles. The width does not exceed seven "miles as a maximum, and toward the north diminishes to a vanishing " point at the source of the Kananaskis. This area has been computed to " be about 140 square miles, and the number of workable coal seams is large. "In one place, Aldridge creek, for example, it is estimated at 16 square "miles, with a total thickness of 163 feet of coal. If 100 feet be extracted " then, on the assumption that the whole area of 140 miles is of equal value, "the total coal may be estimated at, say, 100,000,000 tons per square mile, " or a total of 14,000,000,000 tons." OTHER DISTRICTS. A gradual reduction in the production of lead from one or two of the older mines in Fort Steele division, East Kootenay, is likely, but with the completion of the Kootenay Central railway, now in course of construction, there may be expected to be a gradually increasing output of silver and lead ores from the northern part of Fort Steele division and from mines, now idle, situated in Windermere division. In West Kootenay, increased activity may be looked for, with a resultant enlarged output of silver, lead, and zinc, from mines in Ainsworth and Slocan divisions, and the Lardeau district, while much more gold should be produced in Nelson division, especially from Ymir and Sheep creek mines. In Lillooet district, following the construction of more wagon roads, and possibly a railway, there should be a decided improvement, with an ! YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA addition to the output of gold, though perhaps in only small degree in the mear future. From the large area included in Yale district much may reasonably be expected. Boundary mines promise further increase in their already large ^production of copper-gold ores, and there is a prospect of gold quartz adding a share to the metal production of Greenwood and Grand Forks divisions •of the district. The construction of new railways—one up the north fork and another up the west fork of Kettle river—completion of both of which "has been promised for the early future—should result in the production of copper in the former district and silver and gold in the latter. The Similkameen, also an important part of Yale district, is being developed to a .greater extent than before the railway was constructed to Hedley and - Princeton, so that more gold from Hedley camp and coal from Princeton and vicinity, are prospective immediate additions to production, while copper, cement, and coal from the region lying between Princteon and 'Granite creek seem assured for the early future. Coal is being mined in steadily increasing quantity in Nicola valley, and now that direct railway connection with the Boundary copper-smelting centres is being provided, arrangements for the manufacture of coke suitable for metallurgical purposes are being made. Copper from the vicinity of Ashcroft, and copper and coal from Kamloops and tributary country are expected to soon be produced. In the Coast district, the production of coal on Vancouver Island is fast increasing, not only from the older mines, but as well from several opened in quite recent years. As indicating the recent rapid expansion of the coalmining industry of the province, a large share of which is to the credit of Vancouver Island collieries, it is mentioned that never before in the history of coal-mining in British Columbia has there been so large an increase made in any single year as that of 1910 as compared with 1909. "The two nearest annual increases were those of 1891 as compared with 1890—of 350,000 tons—and of 1909 as compared with 1908—of 323,000 tons. The increase in net production of coal in 1910 over that of 1909 was more than that of those two added together, or 794,000 tons for the one year as against 678,000 tons for two years. On the mainland coast—on Howe sound and about Green lake, in the southern part, and in the Skeena and Portland canal districts, to the northward, there seems to be much promise of mineral production on an important scale, though for the parts distant from tidewater the provision of railway transportation facilities must necessarily come first. Copper production on Texada island is steadily being well maintained, and the utilization of the iron ore resources of this island is not likely to be much longer deferred. The development of the coal areas of Graham island of the 'Queen Charlotte group is being proceeded with, and the outlook seems AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. favorable to the establishment of large productive collieries in that part of British Columbia. There are, as well, many other parts of the province that will, in due time, prove productive and so swell the total mineral output, but these, as a rule, will have to wait for the establishment of conditions suitable to development and access to markets for their products. BUILDING MATERIALS. The utilization of the building materials occurring in large quantity and variety will, of course, be on a much larger scale as the province shall become developed and bigger towns and cities be established. There is an abundance of granite, sandstone, limestone, and other stones suitable for building purposes, much of it near navigable waterways and consequently easily accessible. Marble also occurs, both on the coast and in the interior, while the existence of comparatively important cement manufactories, lime kilns, brick and pottery works, and other industrial establishments in which non-metallic minerals are prepared for use, is convincing evidence of the possession of much raw material suitable for the several purposes indicated. THE IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY THE question is frequently asked if the economic conditions on the British Columbia coast are favorable to the development of an iron and steel industry. There was a time when undoubtedly they were not, and it is pertinent to enquire if sufficient advancement has been made in Western Canada to justify the investment of capital in an enterprise which requires unusually large expenditure of capital in plant and operations, as compared with most other industries. The three main considerations are: Extent of market, local and general; Cost of production; Extent and availability of an iron ore supply. Preliminary to the discussion of these in detail, it may be well to consider the conditions in the iron and steel world which would affect the success of a local industry; because, iron being a universal commodity, the general question of supply and demand and the The World's fluctuations in prices are essentially important in Iron Industry descending from the general to the particular. It is not necessary, and it would be quite impracticable within the limits of a brief article, to promote an investigation into the present or future status of the iron industry as a whole. The present conditions are fairly well understood and the future, barring unlooked-for developments, may, for some little time at least, be safely predicated from present and YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA probable requirements. The conclusions to be arrived at are that the demand for iron and steel is likely to keep in advance of the world's supply; that there is an obvious end, within a definite period of exhaustion, of the I present sources of supply now being drawn upon; that there already is an anxiety being manifested as to the discovery and exploitation of new sources; that there is no immediate probability of a substitution of new methods or of new conditions materially affecting the present status of the iron industry such as would be necessary to displace capital in existing : plants or prejudice proposed investments; that the uses of steel in Structural and other works are largely increasing. In other words, the conditions affecting the iron and steel industry are not only fairly stable and permanent, but the uses and demand are expanding in advance of the rate of supply. Authorities on the subject will, in the main, agree with these conclusions. Narrowing the circle of enquiry, we find that the main source of supply for Canada, and in particular of the west of Canada, are the iron and steel furnaces and manufactures of Great Britain, notwithstanding the rapid development of similar industries in Canada. We find, further, Western that only to an inappreciable extent are the requirements in Demand iron and steel manufactures in the West met in Eastern Canada. We find, still further, that there has been an enormous expansion of markets in Canada west of Winnipeg, and that the requirements in the less specialized forms of manufacture would be sufficient to maintain in operation works of large capacity independent of outside markets at all, and that in markets lying on both sides of the entire Pacific seaboard to which a Pacific coast industry would be peculiarly accessible to supply, in articles possible to be manufactured in works not too highly specialized and already supplied by Great Britain, the consumption is over $100,000,000 per annum. Similar conditions exist in the United States of America, and were it not for the high protection afforded to the eastern manufacturers by the tariff, notwithstanding the wonderful expansion and perfection of their iron and steel plants and manufactures, the Pacific Coast States would undoubtedly import by sea from Great Britain the greater part of the articles consumed. In the entire western portions of both countries the extent of railway construction and operation has created a market immensely large in itself in railway and structural materials. In addition to that, while concrete is entering so largely into structural work of all kind, and to some extent displacing iron, it has also largely increased the demand for steel for reinforcement and in conjunction with and independent of concrete for frame work in all modern buildings. The price of iron and steel for these and all other purposes in the west of Canada and of the United States is largely affected by the long haulage and consequently high freights from eastern supply centres. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. The cheaper rates afforded by water carriage makes it possible in western Canada to import largely and much more profitably from Great Britain, even though so much farther removed in actual mileage. The difference between the cost of manufacture locally and the price of iron and steel manufactures imported would represent the advantage of local products over importations. The ascertained facts, up to this point, are all in favor of the presumption of a local industry being successful. We have to consider a series of local conditions affecting manufacture on the Pacific seaboard. The economic factors to be considered with reference to local production 1. Extent of market; 2. Cost of production; 3. Extent of ore supply and its availability; 4. Quality of the ore for commercial iron and steel; 5. Coke for fuel supply; 6. Cheap fluxes. We have already to some extent considered the question of markets ia the foregoing, both local and general. To be more specific and detailed, it may be stated that in western Canada the increase of railway mileage is remarkable and unprecedented in the history of the Products in Dominion. It is estimated that in the construction of new Demand lines and in extensions, improvements, etc., for the next half dozen years there will be not less than 900,000 tons of steel rails alone required, which, with bolts, spikes, fish plates, steel for bridges, and so on, will involve an outlay of about $50,000,000. Then there are the annual renewals, which may be estimated at from one-twelfth to one-tenth of original cost per annum. Another factor to be taken into consideration is the fact that the tendency in car-building is towards steel construction, in part, if not wholly. This demand will be in an increasing ratio in the future. These statements are confirmed by official statements on the question of track and car supplies by President Elliott of the Northern Pacific and Vice-President Whyte of the C. P. R., made some time ago. And the development of iron and steel works in connection with railway demands naturally suggests the manufacturing of rolling stock—cars, engines and locomotives. The extent and accessibility of timber for cars, and the nearness to the countries from which ornamental woods may be obtained for interior decorations and finishings, are at once obvious. The manufacture of car wheels ought in itself to be one of the largest, as it is one of the simplest, of processes. The manufacture of tin plate and galvanized iron in steel rolling mills would furnish a new and tremendously enlarged scope of operations. Without going into too many 194 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA details, the following may be indicated as" the staple commodities most readily manufactured: Steel and ships' cables; Telegraph and telephone wires; Fencing wire; Hydraulic steel pipe; Gas and water mains and pipes; Logging chains; Flats, rounds and angles, and rolled and twisted iron of all kinds, particularly steel rods for use in reinforced concrete; Picks, shovels and scrapers; Structural steel for buildings and bridges; Horse shoes. The scope of the market, however, is best indicated by the actual imports of iron and steel and iron manufactures into British Columbia, and, generally speaking, by a similar list of articles supplied by Great Britain to various countries within the sphere of British Conditions Columbia's trade influence on the Pacific, already stated to Affecting be over $100,000,000 annually, and which could be supplied Market by works on this coast of sufficient capacity and sufficiently specialized, equally well, and, under certain conditions, better, than from Great Britain. It must not be understood, however, that nearness to a market is a sufficient reason for securing its trade. To compete with Great Britain in iron and steel manufactures, assuming that quality and price-were equal, there are certain other commercial conditions that must be satisfied, even after the conservative attitude of all buyers in respect to new competitors is overcome. In the first place, a manufacturing centre must be sufficiently diversified in its products to cover a certain range of staples, and, therefore, successful competition means manufacturing on a large scale. In the second place, ability to compete depends on transportation charges, which depends upon shipping facilities;; which again depend on the getting of return cargoes for ships employed. In this respect Great Britain has the great advantage of a shipping business developed in a long period of years which covers a whole field of trade activities. Hence new outside markets are not conquered in a day, though conditions favoring a distinct Pacific commerce are developing rapidly, in a greatly accelerated ratio compared with the growth of British shipping. These conditions govern also the development of the pulp and paper industry and shipbuilding on this coast, factors of future great importance, the export lumber trade and other lines of world commerce. A factor of great importance, already hinted at, is the conservatism of foreign markets. Trade in a certain groove, with all the lines well established, is not easily diverted into new channels. Hence, capital looking to iron and steel industry AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. on this coast must, in the first instance, be attracted by the opportunities afforded for profit by the local market, and then induced to take advantage of the opportunities afforded for invading outside markets as circumstances warrant. Success in the latter direction must depend upon the extent and diversification of the industry, and this involves an investment in the main and subsidiary manufactures to the extent of many millions of dollars and extraordinary effort and enterprise. In this The Panama connection the construction of the Panama canal intro- Canal duces a perplexing problem of probable effect on the whole trend of world commerce in relation to the new trade route. It certainly will expand the possibilities of Pacific coast industries, but will also bring Atlantic competition within the sphere of Pacific coast influence, and it is difficult to predict as to relative consequences. As to the cost of production, which must determine the rate of profit, an estimate made by Dr. Lindeman, sent by the Dominion government to British Columbia to report on the possibilities of the iron industry on the Pacific coast, places it at $16 per ton of pig iron.. This Cost of estimate is confirmed by the actual cost of the manufacture Production of pig iron at Irondale, Washington. The price of iron has recently advanced, but local wholesale quotations of pig iron in the local market range from $23 to $28 per ton. Incidentally, it may be remarked that it is not in manufacturing pig iron for sale that a Manufacturer would look for his business, as the local demand for pig iron is limited, but in converting it into iron and steel manufactures, upon "winch it may be assumed the ratio of profit would be relatively as large as upon pig iron. In considering the question of a supply of iron we are, unfortunately, not in a position to give as definite and complete information as might be desired. In the absence of iron and steel works, the development of existing iron deposits has not been sufficient to determine in any Extent of sense approximately their extent, except in one instance, Ore Supply to which reference will be made presently. Furnaces with a capacity of 1,000 tons per day would naturally require to have from five to ten years tonnage in sight, and a fairly good guarantee that the supply would be continuous to warrant the undertaking, which, of course, would mean from two to four million tons of ore. We are not always apt to seriously appreciate the responsibility which attaches to such a guarantee of our capabilities to make good. Many of us might be willing offhand to say that there would be no difficulty on that score. Until very recently, however, the data for even the probability of such a tonnage were entirely absent to satisfy the practical iron man, though the indications of iron in large quantities are to be found in a number of localities. And it is upon reasonable probabilities to a large extent that we must still rest. In considering the manufacture of iron and steel YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA we must for the present confine ourselves to localities on or near the seaboard, in order to obtain the facilities for production on a sufficiently cheap scale, and, therefore, the iron deposits of the interior are eliminated^ The information contained in the following has been obtained from a variety of authentic sources, much of it from expert reports, and, whilej it is not practicable to go into details, it may be accepted as reliable. The localities in regard to which more or less definite knowledge exists are: I Gordon river (San Juan), Copper island, Sarita river, Alberni canal, Kennedy-1 lake, Maggie lake, Head bay, west arm Quatsino sound, on the west coast of Vancouver Island; and Kla-anch river, Campbell river, Quinsam river, Texada island and Redonda island on the east coast of Vancouver Island; and Rivers inlet on the coast of the mainland. The deposits on Texada island are the oldest and best known, but all are fairly well known and to some extent prospected, and in one or two instances considerable development work has been done. There are other iron deposits at Chemainus, Louise island (Queen Charlotte group), Cowichan lake, and elsewhere, but the writer has not sufficient knowledge of them to recommend them for consideration in this connection. Speaking generally from dependable reports, there is warrant in saying that there are at least 2,000,000 tons of ore in sight on all of them together. In the vicinity of Quinsam lake sufficient work under intelligent expert direction has been done to reveal a very large tonnage, that is, in the sense of merchantable supply, and in all the localities surface indications are considerable, some of the showings being, indeed, "impressive." But actual development alone can demonstrate substantial possibilities; and any bona fide proposition' for the establishment of an iron works will be buttressed by careful- investigation and much preliminary prospecting and development. Perhaps at the present time the greatest problem of the situation is a supply of cheap coke. The natural conditions are all excellent. That is to say, there is an abundance of coking coal at or very near the sea, but the situation may be explained in this way, that the; The Coke price of coal has been so high and the demand so great that Supply it pays better to sell the coal than to convert it into coke. The circumstances affecting this situation may change the state of affairs materially so as to bring coke within the industrial limit, corresponding in some degree to the price on the Atlantic. The present market price of coke is $8, with limited demand. The smelter at Ladysmith is being supplied at a lower price under contract, and but an inappreciable amount is being exported. The areas of coal production are being extended, and oil is displacing coal for use as fuel on steamers and railway locomotives. So far, the demand for coke has been limited, and production on the required scale is necessarily more expensive, and its manufacture has been in the hands of one firm. Alaska coal fields are sure to be opened AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. shortly and there is possibility of a supply, to some extent, in the neighboring state of Washington. New conditions of production and demand may, and likely will, bring about a change conformable with the requirements of extensive consumption. A word only is necessary as to cheap flux. There^is unlimited supplies of limestone everywhere accessible on the coast, and the report of every expert has dismissed the question from consideration in this easy way. In the estimates of production it is figured at from 25c. to Flux and 30c. per ton, delivered at the furnace. Quality of There alone remains the consideration of quality of the Ore available iron ores for the manufacture of iron and steel of high merchantable standard. Very little is necessary to be said in this connection, as the opinions of experts are practically unanimous; and opinions on this matter are not based upon laboratory tests alone. The Irondale furnace at various times has depended upon Texada ores, which are fairly representative of all the coast ores, and the iron produced has invariably been of high Bessemer quality, and has never been surpassed and rarely equalled by the imported product. Testimony on this point is redundant. A long series of assays made from ores of all the localities mentioned reveal the same uniformity of high standard of metallic iron, ranging from a minimum of 45 per cent, to as high as 70, and comparatively free from impurities or deleterious constituents. There is, it is well to state, a problem existent in the rich and extensive iron deposits of China, which, in the case of the reorganization of that populous nation of cheap labor, might be a factor serious in the way of competition. Chinese commercial pig and hematite China as a iron ores of excellent quality are being delivered at the Competitor Irondale furnace, and, together with scrap, form the chief sources of present supply of the works there. The iron, duty paid, is laid down at the wharf at $18 per ton, and Chinese hematite in lumps at $4.15 per ton. The future of China is, however, most problematical and an intimate knowledge of Chinese politics tends to the belief that an internal revolution must precede any great industrial growth with the imminent danger of partition among the larger powers as a consequence of revolt. Intestinal hates and prejudices in China are even greater than those entertained against foreigners. In any event, reorganization of China is still probably remote. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS. The writer recently prepared a report on the iron and steel outlook in British Columbia, for private parties, from which he is permitted to take the following: 198 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " To summarize, we have shown by a process of elimination that, owing " to conditions governing the world's industry, " Iron and steel works on the Pacific coast in British Columbia, of " sufficient capacity and adaptability, can secure to themselves the market in "western Canada; " That market is sufficient in itself, in the multiplicity and magnitude of " its requirements, to maintain an industry of very large proportion, " comparable with that of eastern Canada; " An iron and steel industry on the Pacific coast, sufficiently large " and specialized in its character to manufacture a wide range of staple " products, would be able to compete in markets which at present absorb "about $125,000,000 worth of British manufactures; " Under certain contingent conditions such an industry may be able " profitably to break into the markets of the Pacific coast states of "America; " Contingent upon an ample supply of iron ores in contiguous iron " areas of the British Columbia coast, of the existence of which there is " almost a certain probability, there are all the natural conditions of " economical production in close association, in a degree without parallel "in America or possibly elsewhere in the world; " By reason of climatic conditions, such industry would be capable of "continuous operation year in and year out; " Every natural and political advantage is in favor of an iron centre " being brought into existence on the British Columbia coast that will " be dominant on the Pacific coast; " By reason of the long distance from competitive sources of supply " in other parts of the world and by reason of the low cost of production " due to economic conditions, the iron and steel industry of British "Columbia must be an exceedingly profitable one; " The product itself by virtue of the superior quality of the iron ore " in all essential particulars will rank with the best iron products of the " world." DEPARTMENT OF MINES THE organisation of the British Columbia bureau of mines, in accordance with the Bureau of Mines act, was begun in January, 1896, by Mr. Wm. A. Carlyle, Ma.E., provincial mineralogist, and Mr. Herbert Carmichael, provincial assayer. On June 1st, 1898, Mr. Wm. Fleet Robertson, B. A. Sc, succeeded Mr. Carlyle, and has ever since filled the office of provincial mineralogist. The lines upon which the bureau was organised were as follows: (a.) To ascertain the names and progress of all mines and mining companies, keeping a comprehensive directory of their locality, ownership, kind of ore mined and conditions of property; AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 199 (b.) To visit and examine, from time to time, the different mining districts, and to issue reports to the hon. the minister of mines, descriptive of them, and their progress in mining affairs; (c.) To collect full and accurate statistics of the mines, output, number of men employed, etc.; (d.) To maintain a laboratory for assay and chemical analysis, for which would be charged the customary fees; and to determine, free of cost, specimens of rock, mineral or ore sent in, and give all possible information concerning the occurrence or probable commercial value of such, with hints concerning the best methods of treatment, etc.; (e.) To maintain student laboratories, for instruction in assaying, blow- piping, mineralogy, geology, etc.; (f.) To assemble and systematically arrange, in a public museum, specimens of mineral, ore, country rock, building and other economic mineral materials from the mines; and also, for comparative study, specimens of the same from other mining countries, together with models, maps, etc.; (g.) To assemble for the use of the bureau and also the public, a library of the best reference books and papers relating to the art and industry of mining and metallurgy, mining magazines, reports, tables of statistics, etc.; (h.) To establish and equip a plant for testing, metallurgical^, the different kinds of ore, coal, coke, etc. In the main, these lines have been adhered to, as evidenced by the periodical publication of the report of the minister of mines and the existence of the provincial assay office and laboratory and the mineral museum. The provincial mineralogist continues to carry out the duties outlined in one clause, (b), above stated. The annual reports of the minister of mines contain a large amount of information relative to the mining industry of British Columbia, and constitute a valuable record of mining and smelting operations, of progress made, and of the condition, generally, of the industry. The various statistical tables, the preparation of which involves much careful work, are most useful, supplying, as they do, exhaustive and reliable information, presented in such form as to make quite clear the respective proportions of the several minerals produced and the fluctuations in production year by year. For purposes of comparison, too, figures are given in such manner as to make it plainly evident in the production of which minerals this province leads in comparison with the other provinces of the dominion. The comments of the provincial mineralogist on the progress of mining and the work of the bureau of mines, forcibly direct attention to the leading features of the year's work and the results attained, while that official's special reports possess the YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA value of unbiased and competent observations and conclusions. The official reports of gold commissioners and mining recorders supply many detail® of operations in the respective districts reported on. The provincial assay office renders much useful service to the province. Apart from ordinary custom assaying and gold-melting, the fees received^ from which in part provide for the current expenses of the establishment, and from analytical work, numerous free qualitative determinations are made of minerals and rocks sent in for identification and classification. A two-fold benefit is derived from this free service: First, prospectors and others are given helpful information and are encouraged in their search for new minerals or mineral districts, and, next, the department acquires additional data as to the minerals of the province, their nature and places of occurrence. The mineral museum contains examples of the economic ores of British Columbia, so arranged as to show those of the various mining divisions*" each in a separate group. This display is, on the whole, comprehensive, most of the mining districts of the province being well represented. Then there is a general collection of minerals, irrespective of commercial value or whence obtained, this being of much practical use, especially in indicating to prospectors and others the appearance of minerals not generally well known. Similarly, a collection of typical rocks, properly grouped, is educative and otherwise useful. There are other interesting features, the whole comprising an institution of steadily increasing interest and value to the public. Hon. Richard McBride is minister of mines; Mr. R. F. Tolmie, deputy minister; Mr. Wm. Fleet Robertson, provincial mineralogist; Mr. Herbert Carmichael, provincial assayer and analyst, and Mr. D. E. Whittaker, assistant assayer. Inspection of metalliferous mines—Since the beginning of the year 1909 a change has been made in the system of mine inspection, by the appointment of a chief inspector of mines, Mr. Francis H. Shepherd, M. E., with headquarters at Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, who has direct charge of and control over the several district inspectors, these reporting to him direct. Coal Mines Regulation act—Early in 1911 the provincial legislature passed "An act to consolidate and amend the coal-mines regulation act and amending acts." This is generally acknowledged to be one of the best coal-mining acts in the world. The Coal Mines Regulation act provides that all the officers of a coalmining company having any direct charge of work underground shall hold government certificates of competency, which are to be obtained only after passing an examination before a duly qualified board, appointed for the purpose of holding such examinations, and known as the manager's board. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. The certificates granted on the recommendation of such board are as follows: (1) First-class, or manager's, certificate; (2) second class, or overman's, certificate; (3) third-class certificate, the last for shiftboss, flreboss, or shotlighter. The act further provides that every coal-miner shall hold a certificate of competency as such. MINING LAWS. The mining laws of British Columbia are regarded as wise and liberal and peculiarly adapted to the circumstances of the industry. They hava been the result of years of experience. For a long time the mining code was subject to important amendments each session of the legislature, until the process was resented by mining men as one of "eternal tinkering." It was, however, the crucible through which all our chief codes—municipal, forestry, game, hydraulics, and so on—must pass in order to meet changing conditions and to attain a permanent form. An approximate ideal was reached about ten years ago and since that time little or no change has been made, and there has been no demand for material alteration in any respect by men engaged in the mining industry. In this way the laws and regulations governing mining and the policy of the department of mines have become fixed and settled, and operators and miners are working out their respective careers under a code whose provisions are well known and firmly established. There is a very strong disinclination on the part of the government and the legislature to disturb or alter the present satisfactory condition of affairs. It is usual in a work of this kind to give a synopsis of the mining laws but the legislation affecting the industry in a variety of ways is too bulky to condense into convenient space. The entire enactments include various acts governing lode and placer mining, joint stock companies, hydraulics, labor, and land. For copies of these acts in complete form the reader is referred to the King's Printer, Victoria, B. C. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA MINERAL PRODUCTS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA Amount and Value of Materials Produced, 1909 to 1910. Gold, placer Gold, quartz Silver Lead Copper Zinc Coal Coke Other material... Customary | Measure Oz. Oz. Oz. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Tons Tons Tons 1909 Quantity Value 238,224 2,532,742 44,396,346 45,597,245 $ 477,000 4,924,090 1,239,270 1,709,259 5,918,522 400,000 7,022,666 1,552,218 1,200,000 24,443,025 1910 Quantity Value 267,700 2,450,241 34,658,746 38,243,934 4,084,192 2,800,000 218,029 540,000 5,533,380 1,245,016 1,386,350 4,871,512 192,473 9,800,161 1,308,174 1,500,000 Production of Mineral by Districts and Divisions. Cariboo district Cariboo mining div Quesnel Omineca Cassiar district East Kootenay district West Kootenay district Ainsworth division Nelson Slocan Trail Creek Other parts Lillooet district Yale district (Boundary).. Osoyoos, Grand Forks and Greenwood divs Similkameen and Nicola divs Yale division Cop st d^tricts (Nanaimo, Alberni, Clayoquot. Quatsino, Victoria) Divisions 1909 1910 220,000 12,000 15,000 617,340 584,955 954,737 2,875,084 137,633 218,000 6,000 15,000 318,058 876,002 845,106 2,966,096 82,924 6,442,063 556,456 Districts 1909 1910 234,498 4,766,215 5,169,749 283,807 6,121,832 5,088,186 THE FISHERIES THE British Columbia coast of the Pacific ocean extending from the 49th parallel to Alaska is extensive and deeply indented. Vancouver Island and Queen Charlotte islands, standing out seaward, are separated from the mainland by numerous channels and thousands of islands grouped in minor archipelagos. Stretching inland are many long inlets, the whole configuration being irregular, but exceedingly picturesque, and rich in food fishes. From the time the strait of Juan de Fuca is entered until the farthest point north is reached, with the exception of Queen Charlotte sound, where the ocean swell is felt, and a few tide rips, it is one continuous, glassy reach of water, which offers no obstacles to navigation, and renders coasting delightfully easy and pleasant. The conditions on the whole are most favorable to conducting the fishing industry. It is for the purpose of portraying the wealth of these waters, which, with the one notable exception of salmon canning, have been but faintly exploited, that this chapter is penned. From time prehistoric the Indians of the coast in their primitive way pursued the almost sole means of livelihood, fishing, and with a temperate clime and an abundant supply of this food at all seasons, existence was except in so far as tribal warfare endangered it, no sense precarious. Says Mr. Ashdown Green, a local authority in piscatorial science, "Unlike the Indians of the plains, whose lives depended on their exertions and who had to roam over a vast extent of country to obtain meat enough to put up for winter use, the fish-eating Indians could count securely upon their winter supplies coming to their very doors." Those on the mainland coast had immense supplies of salmonidae in their seasons, which for winter use they dried, smoked or otherwise preserved in unlimited quantities. Those on the western coast depended upon the halibut and cod, which, too, were without limit as to numbers and within easy reach. These were cut into strips and dried, and were edible to even mo^e cultivated palates than those of the natives. To take the fishes first in the order of their importances we have the salmon, of which there are several varieties, enumerated as follows: Quinnat, Chinook or Tyee salmon (Oncorhynchus tschawytscha); silver salmon, or cohoe (O. Kisutch); sockeyes, or blue back salmon (O. Nerka); dog salmon (0. Keta); humpback (O. Gorbusca); next in importance, at least to the angler, the cut-throat trout (Salmo mykiss); steelhead (S. Gairdneri); Dolly Varden trout (Salvelinus malma). All of these are abundant. The quinnat, "YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Concerning the Salmon running in and higher the first salmon to appear, is the largest, varying from ten to seventy-five j pounds in weight. It is the most important of the salmonidae family, and for table purposes is the most highly prized. For canning purposes the sockeye is I preferred, being more uniform in size and colour, immense shoals, which the spring salmon does not, in colour. On the Columbia river the former is the most generally used for canning. In British Columbia the bulk of the fish used for canning is the sockeye, and it is during its run, usually in prodigious numbers at the height, that the pack is made up. As many as 2,000 boats are seen at the mouth of the Fraser at one time, and in big runs they will average from 100 to 500 fish each in a night. It is scarcely possible to esti-| mate the number of these fish that go up the river. The cohoes are a less prized variety, but running later are utilized very often to make up a pack, if the run of sockeyes should not be sufficient. Mr. Green says that when ^ caught in salt water the cohoe is infinitely superior to the sockeye as a table fish, although not so rich in flavour as the tyee salmon. The spring salmon is plentiful on the coast from November to April, the sockeyes make their I appearance in July and run in July and August, and the cohoes in September. The humpback salmon is now largely used to supplement this pack by the cannery, while with the dog salmon it is largely exported by Japanese to the Orient. The run of salmon first begins in the northern waters, the fish entering the various inlets and rivers a little later in the season until the Fraser is reached. Canneries are situated in the Nass and Skeena rivers, Gardner's canal, Rivers and Knight inlets, Alert bay, and other points on the coast, but the principal business until recent years has been carried on in the Fraser, where some twenty canneries are in operation. The industry began in 1876 with a pack of about 10,000 cases, (forty-eight pounds to the case) and steadily increased until in 1897 it is estimated it reached over 1,000,000 cases, valued at $4,000,000. Its supremacy is still maintained in each recurring I fourth "big year" for a marked periodicity (in the run of sockeye is noted in the case of the Fraser alone of all the great salmon rivers of the world. | The principal market for the output is in England, though it finds its way to many other markets of the world. The com- ^ mercial varieties of the salmon as a rule do not rise to the fly and therefore are not fished for sport, except that in certain times of the year they are trolled for in the bays near the cities of the coast. This fact! gave rise to the fiction that for a time gained credence that the British Commissioners appointed in connection with the determination of the Northwest Boundary between Canada and the United States gave up the states of Washington and Oregon as not worth contending for because the salmon in the i Columbia river could not be tempted by the wiles of the sportsman. It was I a piece of pleasant and effective sarcasm directed against the supineness of the British authorities in the matter, but nevertheless a fiction. Habits of the Salmon AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. The trout which abound in nearly all the rivers and inland lakes of British Columbia, and the salt water as well, though differing locally as to size, colour, and flavour, are said to be identical in species. These make up to the sportsman for the obstinacy of the salmon and attain in places to a size of thirty and forty pounds. They are not to be mistaken, however, for the "speckled trout," the charr, of which there are two varieties, but much less frequent and more limited in their habitat. INVESTIGATION AND REGULATION. Concerning the habits of the salmon in British Columbia waters, there is a wide field for investigation, and though a good deal has been accomplished there is still much to be learned. The Dominion Government, under the special jurisdiction of which the protection of the fish lie, has only very recently begun, through its officials to give scientific attention to the subject in question so far as it relates to the West. The conditions of fish life and the habits of fish are materially different to those in the east of Canada, and a lack of the proper appreciation of these facts has given rise to much misconception on the part of the authorities at Ottawa, and the regulations governing the close season, the disposal of offal, the distribution of fry from the hatchery, etc., have resulted at times in much irritation on the part of those engaged in the fishing and canning industry, and discussion of a mutually incriminatory. character. This to a very large degree has recently been overcome and official relations are more harmonious. The facts as to the conditions governing and affecting spawning, the time of going to sea, the extent to which salmon return after spawning, the effects' injurious or otherwise of dumping the offal of the canneries into the river, the economic results of the hatchery and the methods of incubation and disposal of the fry, the degree of protection necessary and the proper limits of a close season are not to be determined wholly by experience elsewhere, but by local observation and systematic investigation extending over a series of years. Absolutely no attempt to conduct such observations was made by the Dominion Government until stimulated by the creation of a fisheries department by the provincial government in 1901. <The government was extremely fortunate in securing for its first deputy John Pease Babcock, at that time chief deputy of the California Fish and Game Commissian, one of the best authorities on the quinnat salmon of the south and who had been largely instrumental in rehabilitating the quinnat salmon industry of the Sacramento river in that state, which had been depleted by lack of protection, overfishing and neglect of hatchery work. Mr. Babcock entered on the virgin field of British Columbia in 1901 and his annual reports from that date until he returned to California in the summer of 1010 to reassume his former position there constitute practically the sole body of reliable information regarding the salmon, particularly the YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Investigating Conditions sockeye salmon of the province. Beyond the fact that the Fraser river was the greatest salmon river of the world and^ the curious periodicity in the run of the fish, little was known of conditions there. Mr. Babcock proceeded to explore the terra incognita. He was commissioned to choose a site for a provincial hatchery, and before locating it he visited the entire watershed of the Fraser and its most considerable tributaries. He blocked out a hatchery plan, of which the establishment of the existing hatchery at Seton lake was an important but not the chief point. He built the Seton lake hachery because conditions there were ideal for operating. It was an important step, but the chief value of Mr. Babcock's work was not comprised in this. For he began a comprehensive consideration of the spawning beds of the river with a view to determine the amount of seeding annually done by the salmon. His overseers under his direction did the same thing for the other chief rivers of the province. His reports upon the condition of the spawning beds began to be viewed as a very fair criterion of the prospective crop of salmon which would be reaped by the cannerymen four years hence. It was while engaged in this work that he first sounded a note of warning. He told the canners of British Columbia and of the State of Washington that they were making grave inroads upon their "capital stock of fish." Unless the fish were protected by longer close seasons The Question adequately enforced, the fisheries of the Fraser would of Jurisdiction soon be things of the past. He told it to empty ears, as far as the canners were concerned. Finally, however, on the Hon. W. J. Bowser assuming the commissionership of fisheries in the government of the Hon. Richard McBride, the need for action was recognized. The question of jurisdiction had not been determined, in fact has not as yet been finally settled, but at the instance of Mr. Bowser the province passed regulations establishing longer close seasons. Their jurisdiction was attacked and the whole matter brought before the courts, but the hand of the Dominion Government was forced. That government promulgated similar regulations regarding close seasons? -Both governments have since united in enforcing these and on the Canadian side of the line these are faithfully observed. The State of Washington also passed a law imposing a close season, but this has been continuously disregarded, nor has any attempt been made to enforce it. Moreover, when the federal government of the United States took measures to establish similar regulations, which in all probability could have been adequately enforced, so successful and persistent was the lobby maintained by the Washington canners that these regulations were not adopted by congress. As a result the depredations continue, and it is only a matter of time until the Fraser joins the Columbia, utterly depleted and becomes a monument to the short-sightedness and greed of the American canners of the State of Washington. While overfishing prevailed to an extent in the northern rivers of the province, the fish have greater natural protection from the character of !£5^S^^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. these streams. In 1909, recognizing the seriousness of the situation there, however, Hon. W. J. Bowser determined on establishing a boat rating. The number of boats to be allotted to each Ra*'nfl cannery on the Nass, the Skeena and Rivers inlet was fixed by Mr. J. P. Babcock. So successful was this step that it again prompted the Dominion Government to act, with the result that in 1910 a commission consisting of Mr. J. P. Babcock and J. A. Williams was appointed and fixed a rating for the three rivers mentioned, together with canneries at various outlying points. The rating was given effect for the year 1911, and it is expected will be continued in force for a period of five years, it having been accepted by the provincial as well as the Dominion departments and proved satisfactory to nearly all of the canners affected. This rating was as follows: Skeena river:—Balmoral, 115; Claxton, 89; Oceanic, 89; British America, 89; Inverness, 70; Carlisle, 70; Dominion, 57; North Pacific, 70; Cassiar, 55; Cunningham, 60; Skeena Commercial, 55; Alexandra, 31. Rivers inlet:—Wadhams, 130; Rivers Inlet cannery, 107; Brunswick, 107; Beaver, 89; Good Hope, 95; Strathcona, 86; Kildala, Nass river—Port Nelson,-60; Mill bay, 60; Arrandale, 60; Nass harbour, 60. Outlying districts:—Smith's inlet, 1 purse seine, 8 drag seines, 25 gill nets; Bella Coola, 70 gill nets; Lowe inlet, 13 drag seines, 25 gill nets; Kimsquit, 40 gill nets; Manitou, 40 gill nets; Namu, 1 purse seine, 8 drag seines,. 25 gill nets. HATCHERIES. One game fish and ten salmon hatcheries are in operation in British Columbia. Eight of the salmon hatcheries are maintained by the Dominion government, as follows: — Bon Accord, Fraser river. Pemberton, Lillooet district of Fraser river. Granite creek, Shuswap lake, one of the sources of the Fraser. ^ Harrison lake, one of the sources of the Fraser. -1^.- Babine lake, one of the sources of the Skeena. gg Stuart lake, one of the sources of the Skeena. Lakelse lake, one of the sources of the Skeena. Oweekayno lake, in the Rivers inlet district. The Nimkish river hatchery is maintained by the British Columbia salmon canners' association on Vancouver Island, while the provincial government maintains one of the largest, most modern and up-to-date hatcheriesi on the continent at Seton lake, one of the sources of the Fraser. The Dominion game fish hatchery is located on the Cowichan.river or* Vancouver Island. The total number of these institutions does not by any means meet the requirements of the case, and the necessity for many other hatcheries is rec- ■Hi YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA ognized by all who are familiar with the situation. The erection of other establishments of the kind is now.under consideration and it may be expected before long many more will be in operation at the different points where spawning salmon are to be obtained each year in vnst numbers. The vast amount of good work that is accomplished by hatchery means towards preventing the depletion of the salmon supply and the building up of this wonderful industry can only be comprehended by a careful study of the results obtained elsewhere. The active canning season. extends over a period of about six weeks, during which time operations are very brisk and a great many men and women are engaged. The employees consist largely of Indians and Chinese and licensed fishermen. The Indian women, or kloochmen, and the Chinese are engaged on the inside, while the "Siwashes," as the Labor male Indians are familiarly termed, fish in boats. The Employed fishermen, though required to be British subjects, are of all nationalities, including Indian, Japanese, Scandinavian, etc. The salmon canning industry is one of the largest and most remarkable industries of the British Columbia coast. It has developed rapidly and has been on the whole remunerative. DEEP SEA FISHING. Next to economic importance to the salmon is the halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris), which belong to the flounder family, and is found in great num* bers in the North Pacific. Three varieties of the fish are found in British Columbia waters, viz:—The Arrow-toothed, the Montery or Bastard, and the common halibut, which is the most numerous and the only one of the three caught in large quantities. The common halibut is found all along the coast, from Behring strait as far south as San Francisco, its centre of abundance being, according to some authorities, the Gulf of Alaska, in the vicinity of Kadiak and the Shumagin islands, where extensive banks exist which furnish a favourite habitat for the big, flat fish. These banks, however, have not been fished over to any extent, as the fishermen find an abundant catch at much more convenient distances from markets and shipping points. A very large bank lies off Cape Flattery, at the mouth of Juan de Fuca strait, which is a favourite fishing ground during the summer. The Halibut In winter the fishing is done farther north, in the more sheltered channels, and in Dixon entrance and Hecate strait, where the fish is very plentiful and of superior quality. Samples are taken which weigh up to 300 pounds and measure 5 and 6 feet in length, but the average size, and that most esteemed, is about 60 pounds. The halibut fishery employs quite a large fleet of schooners and several steamers, which make their home ports at Vancouver, Seattle and Tacoma, the great bulk being marketed in the United States. The method of fishing for halibut from schooners is practically the same as on the Atlantic coast, for, with few exceptions, •'all the men in the business got their training on the A Growing Industry AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Atlantic halibut banks. The schooners used on this coast are smaller, as a rule, than the Eastern ones and carry fewer men, five or six constituting a crew. The halibut industry on the Pacific coast had its inception about twenty years ago, and for many years it languished, as there was but a limited local demand, and the existing means of transport did not permit shipment to the eastern markets which, moreover, were then well supplied from the Atlantic fisheries. But conditions changed, the centres of population moved westward, the Atlantic catch declined, the cold storage system and fast freight service came into use, and .Pacific halibut became a leading feature in the fresh fish markets of the east. On the Pacific coast, the history of the industry is reversed, for the production rose from 6,877,640 pounds in 1899, to 21,706,000 pounds in 1909, over 12 times the total Atlantic catch. The bulk of the halibut fishing is done by vessels outfitted at Seattle and Tacoma, in the State of Washington, but a great deal of their fishing is done in Canadian waters—notably in Hecate strait—and omenbig concern, the New England Fish Co., operating four large steamers from Vancouver, B. C, is credited annually with at least one-half of the whole catch. This company has a special arrangement with the Dominion Government, whereby it is permitted to fish in Canadian waters and ship its catch in a Canadian port. Recently, some of the Canadian firms engaged in halibut fishing entered a protest against the continuance of this special privilege to an alien corporation, and the authorities at Ottawa have also been asked to deal with a firmer hand with the United States poachers, who are alleged to have contravened the law for years by fishing in Canadian waters. Many members of the halibut family, coming under the name of flounders, are found in these waters, all possessing more or less value as food Certain kinds of these fish are locally known as "turbot," while others are sold as "soles," though authorities on the subject maintain that there are no true turbot or soles in the North Pacific. The catch of these fishes is limited to the local demand. Among the varieties are the following: Large- eyed flounder, large-scaled flounder, hook-toothed flounder, long-finned flounder, short-finned flounder, bastard turbot, spine-checked turbot, black-tailed sole, black-dotted plaice, and many others which are sold as sole in the local markets. Referring to deep-sea fishing, the skil (Anoplopoma fimbria) is perhaps one of the most delicious of table fish. It is found in great abundance off the coast of Queen Charlotte islands, but is too delicate of fibre to stand shipment. This is often referred to as "black cod" commercially, and somewhat resembles the mackerel. I will quote what Mr. Ashdown Green, president of the Victoria Natural History Society, in a paper read in 1891, says regarding it. Speaking of their habitat on the west coast of Queen Charlotte islands, where there were until recently several stations established for the purpose of curing them, he remarks: "The mode generally adopted Flounders. ■n 210 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Black Cod or "Skil." was that of pickling, the fish being too fat to dry and salt, and turning ;| rancid when kept a short time. I am sorry to learn that as a commercial | venture this fishery has been abandoned; the labour and expense involved being disproportionate to the returns when compared with other fisheries. Opinion varies regarding the quality of the fish on the table. Those brought to Victoria are dry and very inferior. I have never had an opportunity of tasting one from Queen Charlotte islands, but I can well believe that they are excellent. As I remarked before, there is no comparison between fish of all kinds in Queen Charlotte sound and those taken near Victoria. The skil undoubtedly ranks very high in quality when taken fresh and eaten, or after being * properly cured; but ordinary methods of curing fail in preserving it for use and shipment. There is, it might be remarked, a wide field on this coast for the study of the methods of preservation of these and many other fish for market: one difficulty to be overcome is the super-abundance of oil as compared with eastern fish. Some experiments tried last year at Port Essington in a small way by bottling and canning, aftercspecial preparation, were said to have achieved excellent results. Whether an industry on these lines could be made to pay or find a market remains to be determined." A fish belonging to the Argentinidae group, oolachan (Thaliechtys pacificus), spelled in a variety of ways and also locally known as the "candle fish," should be of considerable economic value. It runs in enormous quantities up the rivers and inlets of the coast, coming into the Nass about the middle or latter part of March, and reaching the Fraser about the middle of April, deteriorating somewhat in quality as it comes southward. This is a delicious pan fish and is greatly in favor in its season. It, however, like the skil, is too tender for carriage, and has, therefore, only a local market. It is about nine inches in length, and so plentiful at times when running as to be scooped up in bucketfuls. A good many are put up in pickle in small kits and cured like bloaters, but not much progress has been made in these directions. The Indians catch them in immense quantities and extract the "oolachan grease," which they use much as we do butter. Oolachan oil, properly refined, might become of commercial value, there being practically no limit to their numbers. Experiments have been made with oolachan by bottling and canning, it is said, with success. The oolachans, besides the Indians, have numerous enemies. The seal, sturgeon, salmon, and porpoise follow them in their run, and even bears and pigs gorge themselves on them when the opportunity offers. If they could be preserved as indicated for export so as to retain their flavour and body, they would undoubtedly demand a sale co-extensive with sardines. The anchovy (Stalephorus ringens) is also abundant, of large size and excellent quality. At times they are seen in the harbour of Victoria in The Oolachan AND .(MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. phenomenal numbers. Nothing has been done so far in utilizing this most valuable fish. There are two varieties of smelts com- Smelts, etc. rnon in the markets (the Osmerus thaleichthys and the Hypomesus pretiosus), and are in brisk local demand. There are no true soles in our waters, what is sold as such being the (Pleuronectes vetulus), a species of flounder. They are, however, a choice table article. It is a small fish seldom exceeding a pound in weight. The capelin (Mallotus villosus) is common in Alaskan waters, so Mr. Green says, but only an occasional visitor to. the British Columbia coast. It is sometimes exposed for sale. The cod (gadus morrhua), the cultus cod (ophiodon elongatus), the skil. or black cod, the red rock-cod, and many other varieties of fish which pass under the name of cod, abound in the North Pacific and Behring sea. Authorities differ as to the quality of the Pacific cod, some claiming that it is not so fine a food fish as its Atlantic brother, and that the air bladder or "sound" is much smaller, while others maintain that it is equal in every respect to anything caught in the Eastern waters. The fact is, that the Pacific cod has been "Overshadowed by the more attractive and readily captured salmon, and consequently, the habits, migrations, and food qualities of the several varieties of the cod family have not been given careful study, and comparatively little is known about them. That they abound in great numbers, however, is admitted on The Cod all hands, and that their killing and curing may be made a very important industry is becoming every day more manifest. Several causes have served to retard the cod- fishing industry on the Pacific coast, chief of which may be mentioned: (1) The want of a home market; (2) the keen competition of Eastern producers, and their more advantageous geographical position with regard to centres of population, and (3) the tendency of capital to seek investment in the more promising salmon fisheries. Another difficulty which has stood in the way of establishing cod-fishing on an extensive scale on this coast, is the moist climate, which will not permit the curing of the fish in the open air. This was formerly held to be a fatal obstacle, but mechanical dryers have been invented, which are claimed to cure the fish faster, more thoroughly, and cheaper than the old sun and air process. Cod fishing on a commercial scale was established on the Pacific as early as 1863, the fishermen of that day seeking their catch on the coast of Siberia, and marketing it in San Francisco. The discovery of the Pacific cod was made in 1857, by Capt. Mathew Turner, of the brig "Trinandra," 120 tons, who was detained by ice for three weeks in Castor bay, at the head of the gulf of Tartary, while en route from San Francisco to Nicolaevsk, on the Amoor river. During their enforced idleness, the crew of the "Trinandra" amused themselves by fishing, and to their surprise caught plenty of cod, averaging two feet in length; but it was not till 1863 that Capt. Turner turned the knowledge of YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA his discovery to account. In that year he outfitted a schooner for the business and made a successful trip, securing a full cargo off the Siberian coast. His success encouraged others to try cod fishing, and the result was the discovery of abundance of the fish in the deep water all along the North Pacific coast, from California to Behring strait. The industry has been carried on on a considerable scale in California during all the intervening years, but it was only in 1903 that it was regularly established in Washington and British Columbia. The methods in vogue for catching cod are practically the same as those used on the Atlantic. The process of drying used in British Columbia, is the invention of Thos. S. Whitman, of Annapolis, N. S., who devoted many years to experimenting before perfecting his system. Experience has shown that the Pacific cod, on account of its fatness, requires a special drying to thoroughly harden the glutinous substance contained in large quantities under the skin which, if not carefully managed, will turn to oil and become rancid. Sun drying, it is claimed, will not produce the desired hardness, which can only be insured by artificial means, and it is confidently The Drying asserted that Whitman's dryer does the work thoroughly. The Process use of the mechanical dryer saves much time and labour, for, given favourable weather conditions, it requires about six weeks to cure and dry fish by the sun and wind process, during all of which time the fish has to be constantly turned, calling for constant attention, while the artificial dryer does the work in forty-eight to sixty hours. Another important fish, though not utilised to any large extent, is the sturgeon, the roe of which, when salted, forms caviare, and the bladders are manufactured into isinglass. The Pacific coast sturgeon (Acipenser transmontanus) enters the Fraser about the end of April, following up the oolachans, and spawn, although little or nothing is known about the period. They are taken by spearing or by night-lines, baited with ^almon, and very often they are caught in the nets of the salmon fishers. They grow to enormous size, some of them weighing from 700 to 900 pounds, and it is said that the largest caught weighed over 1,000 pounds, Sturgeon although it is not authenticated. There is a Small local market for sturgeon. A company was formed several years ago at New Westminster for the purpose of catching and export, which was done in a limited way. Mr. C. B. Sword, Inspector of Fisheries for the Dominion in British Columbia, in his report of 1903 says: "This fishing is practically extinct." In 1908 the catch was 180,000 lbs., and in 1909 was 500,000 lbs., valued at $25,000. Prof. E. E. Prince, Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, says, "it ranks as one of the most valuable of fishes, on account of its many uses and important uses," of which eleven are enumerated. The bass and perch families are well represented in the coast waters of British Columbia, and are taken in considerable quantities to supply the ^^<:<v^^^^^,^^^:^,-^.,,;>-;-^V AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. local markets. The red (sebastodes ruberrimus) and black Rcckfish ■ bass (A. pinniger and S. Melanops) are plentiful, and much esteemed. The perches and other viviparous surf fishes are very common about the shores, and are extensively used as food. The tom-cod (Microgadus proximus) is caught in large numbers, and finds ready sale in the markets of the coast cities. The Atlantic shad, which has been well established in the Pacific through plants of fry made in the Columbia and Sacramento-.rivers, has worked its way north to Puget sound and the Gulf of Georgia. It was first noticed in the Fraser river in 1888, and by 1896 it had increased Shad to such an extent that the fisheries authorities deemed it expedient to make regulations governing its capture. The fish does not run in sufficient quantities to warrant its being fished for specially, but is taken incidentally with other fish. The catch is, however, increasing steadily, year by year, and in time the Pacific shad may become as important as its Atlantic progenitor. The mackerel is practically unknown in the North Pacific. The small native oyster (Ostrea lurida) is found in considerable quantities at many places along the coasts of British Columbia and Washington. On Puget sound, the cultivation of the native oyster has received attention, and several companies are in successful operation. Olympia, Oysters Wash., has become the centre of the oyster industry, and the Olympia oyster is esteemed everywhere on the coast. Several firms have imported Atlantic seed oysters, and in many instances these plantations have produced good results. Although natural oyster beds exist at many points along the straits and on the west coast of Vancouver island, very little has been done in oyster culture in British Columbia, the supply for local consumption being drawn principally from the east and from Puget sound. Young oysters are imported from eastern Canada and planted at several points, and are successfully cultivated in that way, and are in profitable demand. Clams of various species, are found nearly everywhere on the coast, and their value as food is being recognized by the establishment of clam •canneries at various points. These canneries are not as yet on a very extensive scale, but their output is of good quality and Clams and other the business promises to become important and profitable. Mollusks The abalone, a large mollus, sometimes growing to the size of a soup plate, is quite common, and is by many esteemed a delicacy. Cockles, mussels, and other edible shell fish are very abundant, and are more or less sought for as food, and although such "small deer" of the sea are barely reckoned in estimating the commercial importance of our fisheries, they, in the aggregate, contribute a very considerable amount to the annual value of the industry. Large crabs, belonging to the genus Cancer, are very common, and at certain seasons come up to the shores, in some localities, in large numbers. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA They are in great demand for food, taking the place of the lobster, which is not found in the Pacific. The catch of crabs is little Crabs, SJfrifnps, more than enough to supply the local demand, for no Etc. special effort is made to capture them. The business of canning crabs has been essayed recently by a couple of firms, and this will doubtless stimulate crab-fishing. Shrimps and prawns of good quality are plentiful, but they are not much fished for, and little information regarding them can be obtained. The habits of these creatures are such as to place them generally outside the ordinary range of observation, so that fishermen may be scarcely aware of their presence, when an active search might disclose them in abundance. At least two species of prawns, one of large size, the other smaller, are seen in the local markets. The principal fishing ground, so far, has been in the neighborhood of Victoria, and in the southern part of Puget sound. Shrimps and prawns to a value of $6,000 to $7,000 are taken annually. Beche-de-mer, or trepang, is quite plentiful in the North Pacific, but it is not sought as a commercial commodity. Chinese and Japanese fishermen collect it in small quantities for their owh use, but incidentally in their regular business. Beche-de-mer (Holothuria edulis) Beche-de-mer is also known as sea slug, sea cucumber, sea pudding. It is highly esteemed for food in China, where it is imported in large quantities. The animal is repulsive, resembling a big, flat worm, from 6 to 24 inches in length, and is prepared for use by boiling and drying over a wood fire, or in the sun. China imports beche-de-mer to the value of about $650,000 annually. As already stated, there are no lobsters known to be native to the Pacific. Several years ago, the Dominion Department of Fisheries liberated a car-load of young lobsters in the Gulf of Georgia, but they either died from the effects of the journey across the continent, or were Lobsters destroyed by some natural enemy, as nothing was ever seen of them. The department repeated the experiment in 1906, but so far the results have not been ascertained, although lobsters are reported to have been seen near where they were liberated. So far the fishes of British Columbia have been treated from an economic point of view, but from a sportsman's standpoint the field is not a less interesting one. The whole interior of the Province, Island and Mainland, possesses a wonderful system of water commumca- Game Fish tion, lakes and rivers. These, as well as the lesser streams, are abundantly stocked with fish, principally salmon or trout, the several varieties of which have already been enumerated. There are also whitefish in the northern waters. While the best known and favourite resorts are in Vancouver island, there is no locality where a fisherman may not prosecute with zest this time-honoured sport; and even on the sea- coast, during the salmon season. AND MANI£&&* OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. In addition to the salmon and trout which abound in, our waters, we liave the Great Lake trout (Christivomer namaycush) and the Dolly Varden trout (salvelinis parkei), which are easily distinguished from the true trotft by their red and orange spots. These last two—which should be called charr—while abundant in most of our interior waters, are not considered of great importance to the angler, because only the young ones are taken by means of a fly. Both these fish attain a large size, the Great Lake trout not uncommonly weighing as high as 30 pounds, while the Dolly Varden often weighs from 15 to 20 pounds. SEAL, WHALE AND OTHER FISHERIES. Fur seal hunting was for many years one of British Columbia's most profitable industries, but owing to the restrictions imposed upon Canadian sealers as a result of the Behring sea award, the business has fallen away- very considerably. The annual catch decreased from- Sealing an average of 62,600 skins for five years ending. 1894, to 16,500 for the five years ending 1903. In 1905, the sealing fleet consisted of 37 schooners, employing 518 hunters (188 whites and 330 Indians), and the catch was 13,798 skins. In 1906, the catch was 10,370 skins, in 1907, 5,397 skins; and in 1908, 4,954 skins, the smallest on record. Of this total, 839 skins were taken in the South* Pacific and 1,784 on the British Columbia coast, so that only 2,277 were taken in the Behring sea. In addition to the fur seal, large numbers of hair, or Labrador seals, are killed annually, the catch in 1909 being 5,100 skinsr valued at $3,015. A few pelts of the valuable sea otter are also taken every year by the sealers and other hunters. In addition to these, whelks, cockles, clams and crabs are to be found in large quantities, both in winter and summer months, and are largely used locally and by Indian fishermen as bait. Dealing with the question of bait, Mr. Ashdown Green says:— "The favorite bait with our fishermen is the octopus, common enough on our shores, but difficult to collect in sufficient quantities to fill the demand. Herrings at times may be taken by the ton, and when salted are the cheapest bait that can be procured. In fact, there is little else to be obtained in the winter; in the summer there is no difficulty in obtaining all that is wanted. Smelt, atherine, anchovy, and the different species of ditrema can then be taken in numbers. The sand launce (ammodytes personatus) is very plentiful, and if a dainty bait, and one highly prized by the Dutch fishermen, be wished for, there is the river Fish Bait. lamprey (lampetratridenata). These little fish ascend the river in thousands, and I do not know of a more curious sight than is to be seen in any of the canyons of a large stream during their migration upwards. Some few attach themselves to the sides of steamers^ and save themselves an immensity of trouble by doing so, having their » free and meals also. But the bulk of them toil upwards, resting: YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA sometimes in the swifter parts of the river by holding on to a stone. Should the water become too rapid to stem by swimming, the lamprey holds on to the rocks at about the water line, and during the momentary period when it is left dry manages to advance an inch or so by a succession of jumps, holding on whenever the water rises and there is no danger from the current." A great deal of additional information is contained in Bulletin No. 20, "Fisheries of British Columbia, 1910, from which some of the foregoing notes are taken. Whaling is an industry which has come into prominence on the British Columbia coast during the past few years, inaugurated by the Pacific Whaling Co. This company has been operating for about five years with great success, the average catch being over 600 whales per Whaling. season. The company has adopted modern methods, and instead of the old style of sailing ship and whale boats, employs fast steamers, which dash boldly alongside the whale and dispatch it with a well-directed shot from a Svend Foyn harpoon gun. The carcase is then towed to the whaling station, where it is hauled on to a suitable stage by machinery and cut up so that every portion of the huge mammal is utilised. This method of whaling was established in Norway several years ago, and later in Newfoundland and Quebec. The profits of whaling by this system Are large, averaging from 15 per cent to 40 per cent. Several species of whale are found in the North Pacific and Behring sea, of which may be mentioned the sulphur-bottom (Sibbaldius sulfurees), the bow-head (Baloeua mysticetus), the sharp-head finner (Baloeuoptera -davidsoni), the right whale (Baloeua japonica), and the humpback (Mega- pera versabilis), the sulphur-bottom, which is the most common in British Columbia waters, grows to an enormous size, an average specimen weighing about 60 tons, and worth to its captors over $500. A whale of this size should yield, 6 tons of oil, worth $450; Zy2 tons of body bone, $175; By2 tons •of guano, $105, and three hundred weight of whalebone, worth $48, or a total of $778, which, after deducting expenses, estimated at $206, would give a net profit of $572. A humpback, which is a smaller whale, averaging -about 27 tons, should give a profit of $140, while a finback, weighing 50 tons, is credited with a gain of $338. The right whale is much more rare than any of the others named, but offers a grand prize to the hunters, for he is worth $10,000. The Pacific Whaling Company has three stations on the Coast of Vancouver island, and two in the Queen Charlotte islands, equipped with modern plant. On arrival at the station, the whale is raised from the water on an adjustable platform, for cutting up. Incisions are made in the carcase, running from head to tail, and about a foot apart. This divides the blubber into long, narrow strips, which are then torn or stripped off by means of large hooks attached to wire ropes which are operated by a steam winch. The blubber is then cut into small squares and put through a mincing AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 217 machine, from which it goes to the steam-heated "trying-out" tanks, where the oH is extracted. This residue of the blubber and the lean meat are converted into guano and glue. The body bones are crushed, ground, and sold as fertiliser, while the whale bone is carefully cut from the jaws, trimmed and shipped to Dundee, Scotland, the home of the whaling industry. Whalers, operating in the Sea of Japan and Behring sea, do a considerable trade in whale meat, which is extensively used for food in Japan. Instead of converting the "beef" into fertiliser it is salted and in this form commands a better price. The importation of whale meat into Japan amounts to over two million pounds annually, representing a value of over $50,000. Pickled whales' tails are esteemed a delicacy in Japan, and large quantities are shipped from this coast. About two-thirds of the whales captured are cow-whales, either with suckling calves, or with young unborn, the females being broader across the body and slower in movement, as well as yielding more oil, are more easily captured than the males. This, and the fact that whales are hunted at all seasons, should induce the authorities to adopt reasonable restrictive measures for the preservation of these valuable creatures. The indiscriminate slaughter of whales in the North sea, the Atlantic, and Gulf of St Lawrence, has practically destroyed the industry in those waters, and without protection the same thing is likely to occur on this coast. The waters of the North Pacific are infested with many varieties of small sharks (all known to the fisherman as dogfish), which are ah endless source of vexation and loss to the deep-sea fishers. These coyotes of the sea, like their land brethern, skirmish on the flanks of the big schools of halibut, herring, cod and salmon, snatching their prey at unguarded moments, and when the fishermen lower their lines, pounce upon and devour the bait, while in the case of nets, they tangle themselves up in the meshes, seemingly for very wantonness, a single dogfish often succeeding in wrapping himself up tightly in a 150 fathom net. The spike dogfish (squalls sucklii) and the tope shark (geleorhinus galeus) are the most common, and are found everywhere, and at all seasons, along the coast They are from two to five feet in length, and weigh from five to fifteen pounds. These creatures are exceedingly voracious and so destructive that on the Atlantic coast, where the spike dogfish is very common, the Dominion Government has established stations for their capture on a large scale, with a view to their extermination. At these stations the dogfish are converted into oil and fertilisers. On this coast factories have been operated Dogfish. for years in utilising the dogfish, and the business is rapidly assuming importance, the output for 1908 being fifty-nine thousand dollars. The dogfish are very rich in oil, a very superior grade of lubricating and machine oil being extracted from the livers, while the bodies supply a large quantity of an inferior quality. The residue, after extraction of the oil, makes a good fertilizer. In addition to its value as an YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA oil fish, the dcgfish of the Pacific may yet become important as food, for their good qualities in that respect have long been recognized in Norway, the Channel islands, the Hebrides, and in Scotland, while recently several of the canneries in Nova Scotia and Prince Edward island have been success ful in putting canned dogfish on the market, which is said to be "superior to qanned salmon." One brand of canned dogfish masquerades as "Japanese mackerel," and finds a ready sale. In addition to the dogfish there are several other oil-bearing fishes, the principal of which is the Hydralagus collioei, or "rat-fish." It is found in a great abundance in places, and the oil procured from its liver is used for thp very finest work in watches, gun locks, sewing machines, etc. It is a very prolific oil bearer, and should prove to be valuable as an industry. The Cetorhinus maximus, or basking shark, is also plentiful in Queen Charlotte sound during the summer months. It attains to a great size, is perfectly harmless, and so tame that while basking it may be touched by the hand. In England, 150 gallons of oil is the average yield of the liver, which alone is treated. FISHERY REGULATIONS The following regulations are enacted by the Dominion and concurred in by the province, the jurisdiction being a divided one. The provincial lic'ense fees, where imposed, are given in brackets. (1.) No fishery licence in British Columbia shall be granted to any person unless he is a British subject and resident in the province of British Columbia; and (a) he shall make application for such license on an official form, to be filled in with the necessary details required on such form, and shall deliver it to the local inspector of fisheries before the issue of any fishery licence. (b.) At the end of the fishing season he shall make a true return of his total catch of fish to the district inspector of fisheries or the nearest fishery officer. (2.) No licence shall be transferable unless by special permission obtained from the local inspector of fisheries. (3) Indians and explorers in unorganized districts may take fish for the purpose of food without license or permit; but they shall report to the nearest fishery officer the place and time and the quantity and kinds of fish taken for such food purposes. 4.) No new salmon cannery or salmon-curing establishment shall be erected or shall commence operations unless the permission of the minister of marine and fisheries has been obtained, and a canning license has been issued for such establishment; but each existing salmon cannery in the province of British Columbia shall be eligible and entitled to such licence, the fee for which shall be fifty dollars ($50) per annum. The province also imposes a licence fee of $100 per line of machinery for canneries and $100 for salmon-curing establishments. (5.) No licence for salmon cannery or salmon-curing establishment shall be issued unless favourably reported on as to its sanitary condition by the inspector of fisheries in the district, or by some officer authorised for the purpose, who shall make an annual inspection of all canneries and salmon-curing establishments, and shall report to the department of marine and fisheries at Ottawa, at the close of the season, on the cleanliness, water supply and other necessary conditions of each cannery or curing establishment; such report to be made on an official inspection form, stating the necessary details as to the capacity, season's pack, number of hands employed and other particulars. NET LICENCES—SALMON. (6.) The annual fee for gill net or drift net licence for the taking of salmon shall be five dollars ($5), and the maximum length of net used under such licence shall be 150 fathoms (300 yards); the depth or vertical breadth shall not exceed sixty meshes* and the size of the mesh shall be seven inches extension measure, or in sockeye salmon nets five and three-quarter Inches extension measure; and nothing shall be done to practically diminish the size of the mesh specified. [The province also imposes a licence fee of $5.] HERRING. (7.) The annual fee for a gill net or drift net for the taking of herring or pilchard shall be two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50), and the maximum length shall be 200 fathoms (400 yards); the size of the mesh shall be not less than two and a half inches extension measure. STURGEON. (8.) The annual fee for a gill net or a drift net licence for taking sturgeon shall be two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50); the maximum length of the net shall be 150 fathoms (300 yards); and the mesh shall not be less than twelve inches extension measure. SMELT AND SARDINE. (9.) The annual fee for smelt and sardine gill nets or drift nets shall be one dollar ($1). OTHER FISH. (10.) The annual fee for gill nets or drift nets for fish other than those already specified shall be one dollar ($1). SALMON TRAPS. (11.) The annual fee for a salmon trap net licence, either staked or floating, shall be seventy-five dollars ($75). Each net shall be located on a definite site specified on the license, and shall be at least four hundred fathoms distance from the nearest adjacent net. No salmon trap net shall have a mesh less than six inches extension measure in the leader or lead, or less than two inches extension measure in the heart, crib and pot. [The province also imposes a licence fee of $25.] SALMON PURSE SEINE. (12.) The annual fee for a purse seine licence for taking salmon only shall be fifty dollars ($50), and the maximum length of such net shall be 500 fathoms (1,000 yards), and the mesh shall not exceed three inches extension measure. No purse seine licence shall be issued in any harbour,* or in any reserved areas specified by the district inspector of fisheries. [The province also imposes fees at the rate of $5 for each two men employed upon purse seine.] SALMON DRAG SEINES. (13.) The annual fee for a salmon drag seine licence shall be twenty-five dollars ($25), and the maximum length shall be 300 fathoms (600 yards), YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA and the mesh shall not exceed three inches extension measure. [The province also imposes a fee of $25.] HERRBNTG DRAG SEINE. (14.) The annual fee for a herring drag seine licence shall be fifty dollars ($50), and the maximum length of net shall be 100 fathoms (200 yards), and the mesh shall not exceed one inch extension measure. (15.) Not more than one net shall be in use or operation under any net licence; and in the case of a licensed gill net, such a net shall be used or operated only by the person in whose name the licence is issued. SHELL FISH LICENCES. (16.) The fee for an annual oyster fishing licence to fish on any specified natural oyster area or bed shall be two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50), and the fee for an oyster fishing licence, covering a term of years, shall be two dollars ($2) per annum per acre; and one of the conditions of any licence to be strictly observed by the licensee shall be the fishing or working in rotation of alternate portions of the areas specified in such licence, and such fishing operations to be under the direction of a local officer. No oyster fishing shall be carried on during the months of May, June, July and August. CLAM. (17.) The fee for a licence for clam fishing shall be two dollars per annum. The annual fee for licences covering a term of years for specified areas, requiring the licencees to work or fish the beds in alternate sections in rotation under the local fishery officer's supervision, shall be one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per acre. ABALONE. (18.) The annual fee for an abalone fishing licence shall be ten dollars ($10), and the minimum size of abalone to be legally taken shall be four inches across the shortest diameter of the shell. Every third year shall be a closed year for abalone fishing. CRAB. (19.) The annual fee for a crab fishing licence shall be two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50), and no crab shall be taken measuring less than six inches across the long diameter or greatest breadth of the shell. PROHIBITIONS. (20.) Fishing with nets in the province of British Columbia, except under licence, is prohibited (21.) No sunk salmon nets or diver salmon nets shall be used in salmon rivers, or the estuaries or approaches to such river in British Columbia. CLOSE SEASONS FOR SALMON. No one shall take sockeye salmon from the 1st of October in each year to •the 30th of June following, both days inclusive, except in that portion of British Columbia north of the 51st parallel of north latitude, where the close season for sockeye salmon shall be from the 1st of October in each year to the 19th of June following, both days inclusive, and during such close times no salmon gill nets or drift nets having meshes less than 7 inches extension measure shall be used, but no salmon nets of any kind shall be used in that portion of the Fraser river inside of the outside edges of the Sandheads from Point Grey to the 49th parallel of north latitude from AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL JS0PORMATION. 221 the 25th of August to the 15th of September in each year, both days inclusive. No one shall take spring salmon or quinnat salmon from the 1st of October to the 15th of November in each year, both days inclusive. No one shall take coho, dog salmon or humpback salmon from the 15th of November in each year to the 1st of January following, both days inclusive. SIZE LIMIT. No salmon under three pounds in weight shall be taken by means of nets, and if taken shall be returned to the water alive. TIDAL BOUNDARIES. The tidal boundries for the purposes of the Fisheries Act in the rivers specified below shall be defined as follows: (a.) Fraser river. A line coinciding with Mission Bridge. (b.) Cowichan river. A line drawn from Serpentine Point to Cowichan head. (c.) Naas river. A line drawn across the river from Rocky Point to a projecting point on the opposite bank of the said river, immediately above. Fishery Bay. (d.) Rivers inlet A line drawn from the Devil's Slide to a point on the opposite shore marked by a post bearing a white flag placed there by authority of the district fishery inspector during the fishing season. (e.) Skeena river. From a line, marked by beacons, to be placed on either side of the river by the district inspector of fisheries at the'beginning of each fishing season, drawn across the Skeena river seven miles above one drawn from the northeast point of Raspberry island along an imaginary line in a northwest direction to a rocky point on the northwest bank of the Skeena river, and from the said northeast point of Raspberry island along an imaginary line In a southeast by east half east direction, to a rocky point on the southeast shore, so far as the sockeye salmon fishing is concerned; and from a line drawn across the river from Sand island on the right bank to Rocky point on the left, so far as the spring salmon fishery is concerned. WEEKLY CLOSE TIMES. (1.) (a.) The weekly close time for salmon fishing shall he from Friday midnight to Sunday at 6 a. m. in all the waters of British Columbia south of the 51st parallel of latitude north. But salmon traps located west of Gonzales Point, Vancouver Island, are excluded from this dose time: Provided, that in the years 1910, 1911, 1912, 1914, et al. known as the "small run" or "off years" this weekly close time shall be six hours longer, viz: from Saturday at 6 a. m. to Monday following at 6 a. m. in that part of the Fraser river between New Westminster bridge and Mission bridge. (b.) In the waters north of the 51st parallel of north latitude, the* weekly close time for salmon fishing shall be from Saturday 6 a. m. to Son* 4ay 6 p.m. (c.) The weekly close time for salmon traps situated west of Gonzales Point, Vancouver Island, shall be from Friday 6 p. m. to Sunday following at 6 a. m. (2.) During the weekly close times above specified, salmon fishing with nets shall be strictly prohibited. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA CLOSE SEASONS FOR TROUT. No one shall take trout of any kind from the 15th of November in each year to the 25th of March following, both days inclusive, except. in the waters of the interior portion of the province, east of the 120th meridian, where no one shall take trout of any kind from the 15th of November in each year to the 30th of April following, both days inclusive. No trout under three pounds in weight shall be bought, sold or exposed for sale in the province of British Columbia, nor shall any trout be bought, sold or exposed for sale during the close season provided therefor. Fishing for trout through the ice is prohibited. No one shall take steel heads from the 15th of November in each year to the 25th of March following, both days inclusive, in the non-tidal waters of British Columbia; and in the tidal waters thereof, no one shall take steel- heads from the 1st of January to the 25th of March following, both days inclusive. POPULATION In the absence of the returns of the official census-taking in the course of operation at the time of writing, any estimate of the population must be more or less in the nature of guess-work. There are various estimates of the population of the province, ranging from 325,000 to 400,000. It is understood that the census department at Ottawa places it at 375,000. A probably safe estimate is 350,000. In other words, the population has doubled within ten years. As the result of a rough census-taking in 1871, the population was put down at about 45,000 in that year, of which number only about 9,000 were whites. In 1881 the population was ascertained to be 49,459; in 1891, 98,173, and in 1901, 178,657. The Indian population, estimated to be 35,000 in 1871, does not now exceed 24,500. The following with reference to towns and cities must necessarily be a very uncertain estimate, not being based upon any certain data, and is submitted tentatively: BRITISH COLUMBIA TOWNS AND CITIES Name Pop. Agassiz 200 600 Armstrong .... 1,000 Ashcroft 500 Atlin 486 Barkerville 300 Bella Coola ... 200 Chemainus 275 Chilliwack 1,200 Clinton 150 Comox 600 Courtenay 200 Cranbrook 3,500 Cumberland ... 3,150 Duncan 500 Enderby 800 Esquimalt 1,000 Extension 200 Fairview 800 Ferguson 300 Fernie 6,000 Name Pop. Fort Steele 500 Golden 900 Grand Forks 2,000 Greenwood 1,750 Kamloops 5,500 Kaslo 1,000 Kelowna 1,800 Ladner 2,500 Ladysmith 3,500 Langley 200 Langley Prairie . 200 Lillooet 500 Lytton 500 Michel 1,200 250 Moyie 1,200 Nakusp 350 Nanaimo 7,500 Nelson 7,500 Mew w estminster 15,000 Peachland 400 Name Pop. Penticton 800 Phoenix 1,750 Port Essington . 874 -Fort Moody 200 Port Simpson .. 200 Prince Rupert .. 5,000 Quesnel 500 Revelstoke 4,600 . 4,000 300 Sandon 400 Silverton 500 200 Steveston 350 Summerland 800 1.500 Vancouver . 125,000 Victoria ..... . 50,090 3.000 Ymir 1,000 Kinds of Fish Total Quantity. ' Salmon, canned, in cases 993,060 Salmon, cured, rbs 14,527,400 Salmon, fresh, rbs 4,290,690 Sturgeon, lbs 500,000 Halibut, rbs 21,706,000 Herring, lbs 58,449,700 Herring (for bait), rbs 1,840,000 Oolachans, fresh, lbs 860,000 Oolachans, cured, lbs 18,000 Smelts, lbs 314,700 Trout, lbs 212,600 Cod, lbs 1,082,700 Shad, lbs 10,000 ■Mixed fish, lbs 342,900 Fish oil, gals 209,950 Guano, tons 487 Oysters Clams, crabs, etc Hair seal 5,100 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA THE ANNUAL PACK Since the Beginning of the Industry oases. Per case 9,847 $4.80 67,387 $4 80 113,601 $4 80 61,093 $4 80 61,849 $4 80 117,276 $4 80 225,061 $4 80 196,292 $4 80 141,242 $4 80 108,517 $4 80 161,264 $4 SO 204,083 $4 80 181,040 $4 89 414,294 $4 80 409,464 $4 80 314,893 $4 80 228,470 $4 80 590,229 $4 80 I . 47,265 *p323,457 545,285 293,246 296,875 552,925 1,080,292 942,202 677,962 520,882 774,067 979,518 868,992 1,988,611 1,965,427 1,517,060 1,148,860 2,916,990 Year Cases Price Per Case 1894 494,371 $4.80 2,362,714 1895 566,395 $4 80 2,884,710 1896 601,570 $4 80 2,985,305 1897 1,015,477 $4 80 4,927,418 1898 484,161 $4 80 2,364,245 1899 732,437 $4 80 3,644,391 1900 585,413 $4 80 2,911,344 1901 1,236,156 $4 80 5,986,617 1902 625,982 $4 80 3,010,377 1903 473,674 $4 80 2,274,465 1904 465,894 $4 80 2,236,291 1905 1,167,460 $4 80 5,605,545 1906 629,460 $6 00 3,776,760 1907 547,459 $6 50 3,524,729 1908 542,689 $6 bO 3,527,478 1909 967,920 $6 bO 6,454,889 1910 762,201 $6 50 4,954,306- Total | 15,b04,621 1 $80,871,500^ In the above table the values are arrived at on the basis of $4.80 per case until 1906, in which year it is estimated at $6.00, and subsequently at $6.50. The figures of the pack have been taken from the returns of the British Columbia Salmon Canneries Association, which are probably more accurate than the official returns. The two, though not differing in a very material degree, do not agree. The reason for accepting the association figures are twofold: First, the secretary has a better opportunity of verifying the returns; second, in a number of instances there are obvious clerical errors in the compilation of the departmental tables. For instance, in the extension of the year 1905, the figures read 1,167,822 cases @ $4.80—$6,621,942. The correct extension would be $5,605,545, being in excess $1,016,397. In the year 1907-8, 542,266 cases @ $6.50 are extended as $3,278,512, whereas the latter figures are in default by $246,217. The figures for the British Columbia pack are given in the Dominion fisheries report as follows, and readers can accept which they may choose as correct: 1900, 606,530; 1901, 1,247,212; 1902, 627,162; 1903, 473,847; 1904, 465,894; 1905, 1,167,822; 1906, 629,460; 1907, 542,266; 1909, 993,060. The sessional papers for the year 1908 are entitled "1907-1908," but contain no returns for the latter year (1908). Altogether there seems to be need for more careful revision of the fishery returns at Ottawa. VALUE OF FISHERIES' PRODUCT OF BRITISH COLUMBIA By Years, Compared with Canada Fishery Output British Columbia Canada Fishery Output British Columbia Canada 1 1876 $ 104,697 $ 11,117,000 1893 4,443,963 20,686,661 1877 583,433 12,005,934 1894 3,950,478 20,719,573 1878 925,767 13,295,678 1895 4,401,354 20,199,338 1879 631,766 13,529,254 1896 4,183,999 20,407,425 1880 713,335 14,499,979 1897 6,138,865 22,783,546/ 1881 1,454,321 15,817,162 1898 .. 3,713,101 19,667,121 1882 1,842,675 1,644,646 16,824,092 16,958,192 1899 1900 5,214,074 4,878,820 21,891,706 1883 21,557,639 1884 1,358,267 17,766,404 1901 7,942,771 25,737,153 1885 1,078,038 17,722,973 1902 5,284,824 21,959,433 1886 1,577,348 18,679,288. 1903 4,748,365 23,101,878 1887 1,974,887 18,386,103 1904 5,219,107 23,516,439 1888 /... .. 1,902,195 17,418,510 1905 9,850,216 29,479,562 1889 3,348,067 17,655,256 1906 7,003,347 26,279,485 1890 3,481,432 17,714,902 1907 6,122,923 25,499,349 1891 3,008,755 18,977,878 1908 6,46b,038 2b,451,085 1892 2,849,483 18,941,171 1909 10,314,755 29,629,169 $128,355,112 $675,876,388 discrepancy of $80,000 short in the Dominion government schedule. ^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION BRITISH COLUMBIA FISHERIES, 1909 Showing Amount of Capital, Labor and Yield District Srt -£ £ »rt o° s-5 <p a ® S r^5 <? ® t>3 MM Orafcfc ^R ?£ M« No. 1 New Westminster 42 3185 600,000 10,172 $4,294,400 $5,278,980 No. 2 Skeena 20 920 170,060 3,065 264,858 1,102,318 No. 2 Rivers Inlet 9 784 158,700 1,796 145,530 628,983 No. 2 Nass 4 147 46,500 690 40,184 335,623 No. 2 North Coast 25 216 55,030 837 124,280 427,303 No. 2 Queen Charlotte Islands... 6 22 2,700 108 21,300 64,060 No. 2 Value of 42 wharves and ^ canneries $820,500, salt- I 0.„ _nn eries $7,000, oil factor- f 847,500 ies $20,000 J Total 64 2089 432,990 6,496 $1,443,652 $ 2,558,287 No. 3 Nanaimo 9 140 7,500 1,555 234,160 617,770 No. 3 Cowichan 1 30 1,400 77 12,045 43,044 HO. 3 Victoria 15 45 900 260 150,020 731,961 No. 3 Clayoquot 2 30 1,200 98 22,200 216,545 No. 3 Alberni 2 35 1,200 162 232,700 16,153 No. 3 Alert Bay 2 20 600 86 10,600 194,893 No. 3 Quathiaskl Cove 1 16 500 69 7,060 14,560 No. 3 Comox 1 15 900 66 6,400 15,756 No. 3 West Coast, mainland 2 30 4,650 158 17,335 60,800 Total 35 361 18,850 2,531 $ 692,520 $1,911,482 Grand Total 141 5635 1,051:840 19,199 $6,430,572 $ 9,748,749 No. 2 Fish not included 60,050 , No. 3 Equipment unspecified • 159 36,000 54,620 No. 3 Fur sealing, equipment ... 32 2780 142 357,280 Fur seals 123,486 Otter 12,600 No. 3 Whale products 315.250 173 8415 1,051,840 19,500 $6,823,852 $10,314,755 Note—The amount of capital invested includes the value of 91 wharves and canneries, 21 fish traps, 8 whaling stations and oil factories, and 63 salteries and smokehouses. FISH BREEDING Quantities of Fry Distributed from the Various Hatcheries During the Spring of 1909 British Columbia salmon. Atlantic salmon Speckled trout British Columbia salmon. Fraser River Fraser River Fraser River Sranite Creek Skeena River Harrison Lak< Pemberton .. Rivers Inlet . Babine Stuart Lake . Nimkish The provincial government hatchery at Seton Lake, B. C, has collected since its erection, in 1903, 124,473,000 salmon eggs; fry liberated, 112,025,700. 10,315,000 150,888,300 90,000 30,000 6,740,000 46,281,500 4,284,000 27,704,650 22,248,000 84,250,600 19,600,000 67,007,000 12,300,000 41,177,000 4,663,000 12,163,000 2,442,000 9,642,000 4,800,000 26,375,400 87,512,000 1 465,489,450 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA S D P J D U | £ CO 2 CQ U 3* o u CQ J9AJH qspruiiN 1,636,000 2,496,000 2,800,000 4,873,400 4,870,000 4,800,000 4,900,000 § esi'BT; Up i 03fBT: eujq'Ba II 1 *9rai SJ9AJH 8,000,000 7,577,000 12,300,000 13,300,000 s uo^joquieci 17,450,000 10,820,000 19,600,000 19,137,000 | JOAra "BU9931S 3,450,000 4,000,000 3,767,900 3,784,000 4,125,750 4,284,000 4,293,000 | 5109JO e^fu'eao 6,760,000 4,866,000 3,074,000 4,000,000 10,888,000 6,858,000 6,740,000 3,095,000 1 eJiBn UOSUJT3H 6,505,000 28,773,000 14,724,600 22,248,000 12,000,000 84,250,600 J9AJH ooooooSooooooooo oooooooo 1 800 625 414 807 419 440 603 000 764 800 390 393 928 850 742 200 214 573 584 550 130 500 435 526 TH(M^U»^«»eO«OU»t-«>OU»USTt.«© O OJ «D (N A IO © OS us<et-ooo»Oi-ic<ieo-*u3<nc~ooa3o^He<iw<*,io»t-ooo> oo»oowooaio>o>o>fl>oio>o>aicnoooooooo©o AGRICULTURE AND -HORTICULTURE— IN THE Year Book of 1897 a careful attempt was made to indicate the conditions and possibilities of agriculture in British Columbia, and in no essential particular, has it been necessary to vary the statements made or alter the conclusions then arrived at. Respecting the development of no other natural resource of the province has there been such steady, substantial, and rapid progress made since that time. At that period the agricultural industry was just beginning to turn the corner after a term of exceedingly hard times and to enter upon the new era of commercial methods. It was coincident with the beginning of a general commercial and industrial expansion in the west of America, after a universal time of depression, when the swelling population of the United States began to absorb in its consumption of natural Former Conditions products in an ever-increasing degree the farmers* surplus and to raise the price of their goods. This eased off the competition which was felt from the south and to increase agrarian profits in British Columbia. In addition to that, as was pointed out in the edition of 1897, a condition which had existed for a long time began to disappear, and it was the explanation of the apparent anomaly of the commission merchants of Vancouver and Victoria buying largely and almost exclusively from dealers in Washington, Oregon and California certain lines of produce, while in similar lines local farmers were unable to sell theirs. Up to a certain point, in meats, fruits, vegetables, etc., the local supply had not been sufficient to adequately serve the local markets, and even to any extent served it badly. Local dealers, therefore, drew from sources which could be depended upon, both as to quality and quantity. The local supply was consequently not wanted, and became, in effect, a drug on the market. At the best, it only took a very secondary place. It was only where farmers trucked their goods that they could get ready sale for them. From this we must except poultry and fresh eggs, which were always scarce, potatoes, hay and oats and calves for veal, and to some extent mutton and lamb. As time went on, results demonstrated what is almost a commercial adage, that the farmer must raise -a surplus of produce, which he is at his wits' end to dispose of, before he begins to succeed. In other words, when there was sufficient produce in any one line grown at YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA home to supply the market and keep it supplied, so as to The Question make it independent of foreign supply, the dealers began of Markets to buy home produce and soon began to depend upon it. With the establishment of creameries, which have rapidly developed, the farmers have had' a practically unlimited demand for cream, though, through the growth" of population and consequent consumption, they are still far behind the requirements. The establishment of a public market at New Westminster had a very stimulating effect on the production and prosperity of the lower mainland. Dealers were compelled in self-defence to buy from the farmers in open competita^H So, steadily, and more quickly as time went on, the new condition obtained in which the farmer was as completely in control of his own'market^M the province as the capabilities of his production would permit; and in this connection it may be stated that the wonderful development in progress and the proportionate increase in consumption of the necessities of life is leaving the farming community relatively as far behind in production to meet it as they were years ago. It is estimated, for instance, in 1910 that between 75,000 and 100,000 persons came into the province to remain permanently, or that at least there was that increase in the populaf^H It is easy to understand, therefore, how difficult it would be for agricultural development, however rapid, to keep pace with consumption. Considered on the whole it is a happy state of affairs for the farmer. He has an unlimited and ready demand for his produce, and in sympathy with prices everywhere on the American continent his prices have materially advanced. Another factor of success in the farmer's career of late, which was inevitable, has been the improvement of commercial methods, whereby his goods are placed on the market in better shape than formerly. This is particulaJ^B true of fruit, and it was in this respect that the agricultural produce of states south of the line had for long such an advantage in the British Columbia market. As an older agricultural community, and the farmers with perhaps keener natural commercial instincts, their business was sooner specialized and systematized. The object lesson, though it took a little long to learn, was not without its effect, and, as we shall see later, the farmers and fruit-growers of the province are rapidly coming to the front in America in advanced methods of protecting their industry, in cultivation, and in marketing. Lest, however, a wrong impression may be conveyed as to the prosperity of the farming community under new and improved conditions, it may be well to look at the other side of the picture at the outset, and see what disadvantages, if any, offset its admitted advantages. Advantages and No life is all beer and skittles, let alone a farmer's Disadvantages life, and casting aside the glamor of freedom, health- fulness and independence surrounding it, it is proposed' to review as faithfully as possible actual conditions which affect the industry on the coast, and there is no province in the Dominion, or part of AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. America, excepting in parts of the Pacific coast states south, in which they are less uniform. In view of great diversity of soil, climate and local conformation, facilities of communication, distance from market, tree growth, and so on, the task is a difficult one. It is true that many of the valleys are extremely fertile, that the climate in the main is most favorable, that the general conditions of .physical and social life are pleasant, that prices are high and the demand exceptional, and that the lot of the farmer in British Columbia is, on the whole plane of existence, as good as, if not a little superior to, that of his brother tiller of the soil in any other part of the known world today; but there is the other side of the story, which the average farmer is himself best qualified to tell, and it is from his point of view that we must look at it—all things being relative—as compared with the average resident of the province in other walks of life, in order that unanswerable queries may not arise. In order to do justice to the situation it is necessary to cover a good deal of ground gone over in 1897, and by a great many other writers on the subject, though some of them paint a picture with too few shadows in it, or otherwise accentuate the shaded parts too strongly. In the first place it is necessary to understand that British Columbia is a very big province; that only about one-twenty-fifth of its area is agricul- , tural land; that the valleys which make up this latter area are scattered here and there and are in most instances widely inter- Some of the mittentf that a good deal of it is still remote from Disadvantages communication;* that the agricultural tracts where they do exist are not by any means uniform in character or compact of formation;, that ninety per cent, is still in its virgin condition; that only a very small percentage of it is open land, and but little of that that has not required irrigation, dyking, or draining to bring into cultivation; that by far the greater part of it has to be cleared of forest and of that some of unusually heavy growth; that the more favored localities, relatively small in proportion, are in the settled communities and near large towns or main lines of communication in a country still only incipiently developed; that the areas of agricultural land being relatively limited the price of land is relatively high and represent much more than the average capital investment for the farmer; that interest charges are still higher in the west than in the east; that the prices of all agricultural implements are higher; that local transportation rates are much higher; that while prices and demand have increased the price of labor has proportionately increased; that the average cost of living is higher; that it takes longer time and more labor to bring land into cultivation; that outside of the ranching country there is but little pasturage except what is made by clearing, and the forage in the woods is small indeed; that by the very nature of the products to which farming in the main is limited—fruitgrowing and small farming—more intensive cultivation is required and it takes longer to render the land at first reproductive; that forest fires 230 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA through clearing are ever imminent; that labor being dear, the holdings small and the natural physical difficulties greater to overcome, farmers are more, dependent upon their own help. Hence, on the whole, without any just reflection upon the enterprise or industry of the farming community, development is necessarily slower and more expensive. Hence, too, financial! success depends upon greater skill and natural intelligence, and while as results have shown, the British Columbia farmer, and fruit-grower, ia$ particular, has taken a very high standing in methods and production, a very large number of those who have engaged in these occupations in British Columbia have done so without the average amount of previous training and experience, especially in the kinds of farming required to be done; and with them a very considerable degree of education is still necessary to achieve possible results under conditions which obtain. There is, however, a general spirit of emulation and ambitious effort being displayed, in co-operation with which are the work of the farmers' institutes, and the splendid educational machinery put in operation through the agency of the agricultural department, on account of which there is every reason to hope for an agricultural and horticultural develop- A Great Future ment in specialized forms, not equalled, except in isolated instances, in any other portion of the globe. In specially favored localities and under specially favored conditions, the farmers of British Columbia are reaping very rich rewards and doing -exceedingly well—not a few of the older men having become rich—but It is not safe to judge of the general status of the industry by these particular instances, and it is to avoid a very possible misapprehension that attention is called to the fact here. Turning again, however, to the special advantages of farming, upon which perhaps too much stress may I be laid, there is one which pertains everywhere and that is the value of land which has been brought into cultivation from the real estate point <of view. On account of that the pioneers who have for so many years nursed their holdings are now becoming independent on that account alone. It is a circumstance, also, that has so materially contributed to the active •speculation in land throughout the province. The relatively limited area makes arable land the more valuable as it has relation to prospective development in its location. Therefore, if the farmer does not pay too much for his land in the first instance, locates it or purchases it with an intelligent view to the future and as to its potential value for farming, he has an almost certain profitable investment, and with skilful or even average intelligent cultivation he is assured of an almost certain good living; because, it seems yet a long time off when production will fully meet the demands of consumption, and when there will not be a demand for his land by others. By-and-by, when the speculation in land for real estate purposes shall have subsided and the value of land is measured by its productive capacity alone, the farmer with unencumbered land in cultivation will he as a class the best off in the average in the province. In very Cattle=branding at Kamloops. Lord Middleton's Ranch, Campbell Creek. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION many communities he is still struggling against many natural disadvantages, and it will be some years yet before, in every part of British Columbia, he will have passed the pioneer stage inevitable to new countries, but his certain success will be all the greater and his satisfaction the more real when his initial difficulties shall have been overcome.. The province having now advanced to a stage of development in agriculture in striking contrast with that of fifteen years ago, it would be wearisome to attempt to follow it in detail. For the purposes of this work, an effort will be made to give a general idea of its scope Conditions and character and permit readers who require information Not Uniform in specific form to communicate with the Bureau of Provincial Information. Elsewhere, under the heading of " The Province by Districts" the chief divisions are described and their agricultural capabilities indicated to some extent. It is extremely difficult to give an impression that will reflect uniformly, or at all adequately, actual conditions. The entire cordilleran region is physically extremely irregular and geologically the formation much broken, and if we could apply a similar formula to the soil, climate and agricultural conformation, so to speak, we should have furnished a corresponding concretion in language as nearly as it is possible to give expression to the idea to be conveyed. There are certain large, irregular areas to which certain physical characteristics belong, but within these areas conditions are not all uniform, and consequently what might be true of one locality might not be true in regard to soil, climate or adaptabilities of another locality only a few miles distant within the same general area—such are the local influences of physical configuration. This is the reason why general statements are apt to be misleading and do lead to misapprehensions and disappointments on the part of those who are not familiar with conditions. The oldest and most extensive form of farming in the province was cattle-ranching, carried on in the bunch-grass regions of the interior dry belt. It was for a long time the only farming practicable on a comparatively large scale in a mountainous country without communi- Cattle-ranching cation other than afforded by trails, one or two main roads and water stretches. It pertained to the valleys of the Okanagan, Similkameen, Nicola, North and South Thompson, East Kootenay and the tributaries of the upper Fraser river. Cattle and, to a limited extent, horses and sheep, especially where the river bottoms furnished hay for winter-feeding, could be raised and driven to the navigable waters of the lower Fraser and shipped to the coast cities. Later on, the main line of the C. P. R. was utilized for shipping from Kamloops, Sicamous, and Ashcroft, these being local collecting points. Here and there, some of the more enterprising ranchers grew wheat, beans, a little fruit and some vegetables, hay, etc., for local consumption, mining camps and local mining excitements, affording a limited market at profitable prices. It was a YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Breaking Up Large Holdings Coldstream ranch condition governed almost wholly by the exigencies of demand, varying from year to year, or changing altogether with the shifting and haphazard- ness of mining operations of the placer days. It was a condition that, in many instances, developed laissez faire on the part of ranchers, whose families grew up used to an easy life of the cowboy cult, and for the very natural reason that there were no opportunities afforded for enterprise which could be systematized on commercial lines. In nearly every instance, settlers took up land and as much of it as they could at prevailing prices— $1.00 to $5.00 per acre—and sat down on it and waited for the coming of railways and population to make their holdings valuable. To do that and to do all that could be done in the meantime in making a living, were the limits of their possibilities, and although, incidentally, it oreated evils of large land-holding and lazy life, it was worldly wisdom of the time being. This state of affairs continued, generally speaking, up until ten years ago, until the activities incident to railway development and the demonstrated possibilities of fruit-growing suggested the breaking up and utilizing of large ranches more profitably, both agriculturally and from a real estate point of view, into orchards and small holdings. The first break in this direction was made as far back as 1890, when Lord Aberdeen purchased the near Vernon and started planting fruit trees. His immediate success was not encouraging, and he subsequently concluded that he had made a very bad bargain. It was not until ten*years later that fortune favored the experiment and under new management that commercial orcharding set the pace for a movement that has become universal in the interior ranching districts so far as they have come within railway influence. The great majority of the large ranches have been sold for the purpose of subdivision, and the sidehills and tablelands, formed from volcanic ash and covered with bunch-grass, constituting cattle ranges, have been proved admirably adapted to fruit-growing, better indeed than the rich river bottoms; and the cattle have been disposed of to cattle dealers for the meat market. Everywhere orchards have sprung, or are springing, up and are visible where formely were seen only bunches of cattle and horses/ and this course is inevitably to be pursued, so far as irrigation is possible and shipping facilities are available, to the very limit of the bunch-grass region in every direction. The process has been profitable in several ways. The ranchers have disposed of their lands at good prices and in the majority cr instances have retired wealthy. Real estate men and the members of promotion and development companies, who have been the intermediaries in this business of transformation, have made large profits, while the province as a whole has been greatly benefitted by the increase of population and increased production through methods of intensive cultivation, ranches yielding a hundred-fold and more over former returns. In the cases of individual purchasers under this new regime, where they have not paid too dearly for their land, have selected their allotments with good judgment, AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. and have adaptabilities for the business of small farming, they are afforded opportunities of a comfortable living under conditions for enjoyment of life. In the delta of the lower Fraser and upon the southern end of Vancouver Island, and in sections of the Okanagan district, other conditions for the development of mixed farming existed from the outset, and the Westminster district and the Saanich peninsula remained Mixed Farming for a long time the chief source of agricultural supply, outside of beef, for the coast cities, though they were never adequate to the requirements in any particular product, not even in vegetables. The open prairie land, which existed in small sections, and brush land, and the more lightly timbered lands were at first taken up and cultivated. Oats and hay were the most important and profitable crops. Wheat and barley were only grown on the lower mainland for feed. In the Okanagan and Cariboo districts wheat of excellent quality was grown and gristed in mills for local consumption. In the former district, after the construction of the Shuswap and Okanagan railway, wheat was grown quite largely and the flour was sold in coast markets as well as locally. Many ranchers in the lower mainland and on the Island and islands raised fowl and sold poultry and eggs. Potatoes were always a staple commodity. Vegetables were largely in the hands of Chinese, who alone would trouble to truck them for sale. In the absence of extensive pasturage or forage in the woods, the dairy industry was not extensive, but home-made butter could always be found on the market, and the supply of milk was confined to professional milkmen. Fruit for home and the local market was raised from the very outset, but without respect to any system of commercial oicharding. It is not possible to indicate in any detail how the agricultural industry expanded as the province grew. Anyone interested in the historical aspect of the subject will find the subject of agriculture and its possibilities discussed in an optimistic way in the very earliest files of colonial and provincial newspapers and along to the present time, and we must not imagine that the early-timers had no appreciation of the capabilities- of British Columbia in this respect. They saw clearly enough through a haze of ever-present difficulties what would be possible with opportunities of development, but only those who lived through the long era of delay and disappointment in realizing early anticipations of greatness understood what these difficulties really were—lack of roads and of shipping facilities, lack of market owing to commercial conditions previously outlined, recurring floods, cost of clearing and reclamation and a hundred and one other things incident to pioneering in this and all other new countries, but especially accentuated in British Columbia on account of physical Dawning of difficulties and long distances. Fifteen years ago these a New Era difficulties began to disperse sufficiently for the farmer to see the future approaching that had been long looked for, activities began to be general, and agricultural forces to concentrate on definite lines and organize. Along about 1890 the agricultural department YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA was organized with a secretary and statistical information to be gathered. To the Hon. J. H. Turner, then minister of agriculture, belongs a great deal of the credit due for the generous aid given by the province towards educational and co-operative work. He had a strong natural liking for horticulture and a general bent towards agricultural industry, and it was during his regime that the fruit-growers'association was organized and farmers' institutes and the board of horticulture were organized and a general impetus from the government to various branches of agricultural work given. After the first few years active efforts of various organizations, including that of the department, the latter rather vegetated until in 1904 and 1905 Capt. Tatlow, minister of finance and agriculture, took hold in real earnest, on rather more practical lines, especially in making commercial exhibitions of fruit, in co-operation towards better freight rates, and in farmers' institute work. Just upon the resignation of Capt. Tatlow in the fall of 1909, arangements had been completed for the complete reorganization of the department on the lines of subdivision into Department of branches under the supervision of experts, including Agriculture horticulture, poultry, live stock, animal and fruit inspec tion, dairying and so on, and this policy was completely developed under the succeeding direction of the Hons. W. J. Bowser and Price Ellison. As will have been seen from the list of officials there is a large staff of experts, in addition to a deputy minister and secretary, whose duties are those of organizers, instructors, inspectors, and demonstrators in all lines of practiacl work. Over $200,000 is appropriated for expenses and general administration, illustrating an immense advance in a few years. The most important branch of the agricultural industry developing under modern conditions is that of horticulture. Years ago, in purely Hudson's Bay Company days, every indication pointed to success in that direction, although modern methods of fruit-growing and Fruit-growing commercialized orcharding, were then unknown on the continent. Only a very faint knowledge of comparative botany was sufficient to suggest that climatic conditions and flora very similar to those in Great Britain and France would produce results analagous to those countries, and the late Sir James Douglas, Dr. Tolmie, John Tod, William Huggins, John Wark and others of the Hudson's Bay Company officials on the Pacific coast, who exercised an intelligent interest in such matters, very early planted fruit trees and grew excellent fruit in orchards some of which are still in existence. In early colonial days both on the island and mainland, Dr. Helmcken, Thos. Cunningham, Thos. Earle (Lytton), the Fortune brothers, Henry Richter (Similkameen), and a long list of others tedious of enumeration were pioneers in fruit-growing, and while commercial orchards of the present day were not developed, for obvious reasons, they demonstrated fully the capabilities of the country throughout its then habitable extent, and forty and even fifty years ago as fine specimens of fruit as ever were grown in the province were exhibited. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. In the early seventies and along until 1891 collections of our fruit in London, England, eastern Canada, in the United States and at local fairs- attracted general attention on account of the size, color and quality. Later demonstrations, except as to varieties, or commercial possibilities and quantity, have only emphasized the correctness of earlier anticipations. In the pioneer work the experimenters and growers had one advantage in that the later fruit pests and diseases, which come with the intensification of the industry, were absent, and in the lower Fraser valley and on Vancouver Island better apples, for instance, were grown than today. Shortly after the opening of the C. P. R. small shipments of fruit were sent to Winnipeg, but it was not until the nineties that regular shipments from the Westminster district began by express, and it may be remarked, incidentally, that the opening of the middle west and its settlement have, as in the case of the timber industry, afforded the principal stimulus to fruit-growing on a commercial scale. At first, the business was surrounded by many difficulties and drawbacks, which experience of the market and improved commercial methods have been able to successfully overcome. In addition to the middle west of Canada as a market, Great Britain, as the result of governmental efforts of the past few years, has opened as an outlet for the best selected varieties of apples, and the business in that direction in the future is likely to be a large one. Districts, like varieties, become specialized, and the province is rapidly finding its peculiar adaptabilities according to localities. Owing to the development of fungus diseases and insect pests, which the government, through the agency of the board of horticulture has exercised the greatest vigilance in exterminating and preventing as far as possible, with wonderful success so far, the coast districts have not gone ahead with the same rapidity as the interior districts, where immunity is greater, in apple culture, though in small fruits, plums, pears and cherries they have almost equal perfection. The Okanagan districts in the Adaptability vicinity of Vernon, Kelowna and Penticton have taken the of Districts front place in respect to apples, but the range of production is by no means confined to these. So far as development has gone the North and South Thompson valleys, the Similkameen and the Kootenay lake country have achieved equally good results, but as intimated previously certain local causations have varying effects within very limited areas, and as these are only to be determined by actual experiments we can only speak generally. Perhaps, the most wonderful development of fruit-growing within a short period of time has taken place in the West Kootenay district, from Revelstoke south, along the shores of the Arrow lakes, around Nelson, Procter and Kaslo, on the shores of the Kootenay lakes, and east of Kootenay Landing, along the line of the Crow's Nest Pass at Creston, etc. Twenty years ago such a transition would have been regarded as impossible, and any prediction of such a future for a purely mining district as highly Utopian. All the British Columbia fruits do well in this district, small fruits being largely exported. The warm fruits—peaches. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA grapes, nectarines, melons and tomatoes—are very successfully grown in the southern Okanagan and Similkameen and from Lytton as far east as Kamloops, and exceptionally well in some localities. On southern Vancouver Island and on the islands, grapes and peaches are often grown, as in England, on walls and sides of houses and with equal success. Except in old country varieties of apples, the lower mainland and islands are not as well adapted for apple culture as the interior, but in respect to other ordinary fruits they are very prolific. The high lands on the northern side of the Lower Fraser River seem to be especially well adapted for all small fruits, and from Agassiz east the district, including Hope, Yale, North Bend and Spuzzum, will grow cherries, par excellence, to compare with any part of England. With minor differences and variations, most of the land yet opened to cultivation reveal special fruit capabilities, and while it is too soon to predict as to the northern and central interior, soon to Essentially a be intersected by railways, it is safe to conclude that Fruit Province some, if not most of the kinds, will be produced profitably and in large quantities as far north as, and including, the country tributary to the G. T. P. As the decennial census is being taken this year at the time of writing, and as the statistics of cultivated land and the area in orchards are largely matters of estimate, it has not been deemed advisable to make definite statements. The extension of the orchard area and the planting of trees have increased in a very rapid ratio, and on this point a paragraph from the budget speech of 1911 will be highly pertinent: "As an illustration of the work involved at one point alone I refer.tJM Vancouver, where there were 317,564 packages of fruit, or in round numbers 385 carloads, imported, 25,685 packages of which were condemned. In addition to the fruit there were 3,770,470 trees and nursery plants inspected at Vancouver, of which 69,885 were condemned for infection with pests and diseases, dangerous to the fruit growing industry. The following is a statement of the nursery stock in detail. Were Condemned. Of 383,787 standard fruit trees. 15,361 Of 2,937 nut and fig trees 25 Of 2,788,645 seedlings and grafts 49,103 Of 268,831 small fruits 2,699 Of 320,270 miscellaneous stock 2,697" Altogether, we may conclude that the fruit industry throughout the province has a very extraordinary future, and it would not be surprising if in a few years the value of the industrial product far exceeded that of any other natural resource. A word may be stated as to Governmental the activities of the department of agriculture in respect Activities to it. There is an expert horticulturist, who under the direction of the minister and deputy minister, has supervision of all except the inspection of fruit and nursery stock. Among the AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. latest departures are demonstration orchards, in various districts, the establishment of packing schools, the assistance towards the erection of cooling stations in the shipment of fruit, and expert determination of the capabilities of portions of the northern interior. The farmers' institutes are engaged in an important work, and of these there are about fifty, with a number of women's auxiliaries. The British Columbia fruit growers, livestock, stock-breeders and dairyman's, poultry and beekeepers and agricultural fairs associations are organizations working under the egis of the department of agriculture for specific purposes, indicated by their names. The most important branch of agriculture next to fruit-growing probably is that of dairying, which has been making rapid strides since the establishment of creameries some fifteen years ago. In a country of sparse settlement and only limited cultivation it was difficult to collect enough milk for the operation of creameries and progress was slow at first, but, as shown by the returns, they now aggregate an annual product The Dairy of about $1,250,000 worth of prime butter, which has the read- Industry iest possible sale at the highest prices. As stated before, outside of the bunch grass country there is not much natural pasturage, and there are very few large herds of cattle. Dairying, therefore, is the aggregate of many small holdings, but with a mild climate, nutritious grasses, and plenty of good water, the conditions are ideal in other respects. In Westminster district by reason of its larger area of hay lands, the conditions are 'the most favorable for stockraising and the industry there has been the best developed, though on the southern part of Vancouver Island, and in the vicinities of Shuswap and Armstrong, the production of butter is considerable. The manufacture of cheese is still extremely limited. Grain-growing, except in the Okanagan, where wheat is a staple crop, is limited to oats, of which relatively, there are large quantities grown, i barley, peas, ensilage corn and rye to a limited extent for feed. Wheat is also grown for feed. Hay is a large crop for which there is a large demand. Hay involving the least labor, is, therefore, usually the most profitable of crops. Potatoes are generally grown and always in demand at good prices. Market-gardening is carried on close to the cities and was formerly more in the hands of Chinamen than at present. Hops are extensively grown in the vicinity of Agassiz and in the Okanagan district, and in the market rank for quality with the best English hops. Tobacco of excellent quality is cultivated in the Okanagan, and cigars from the local product are manufactured at Kelowna. The delta land and river bottoms are well adapted for flax, but as a rule special products are not encouraged from the fact that the staple products are so profitable as hot to warrant a departure from them. Poultry-raising and eggs have long been regarded as a field of profitable investment, and is more or less engaged in by all the farmers. Some are 238 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA engaging in it exclusively, and the tendency is increasinglffj Poultry that direction, especially on Vancouver Island. In this con- -and Eggs nection, attention has recently been directed towards a development of the Danish system of co-operative effort of collection and distribution, after the model of co-operative dairying, which has :met with invariable and gratifying success. The raising of cattle is not carried on to any extent, except in the interior range country, for the reason that the butchers' supply is contracted for from the large dealers. There is a constant demand for veal calves and lambs, which is an incidental rather than a regular feature of stock-raising. Hog-raising is more and more on the increase, and in portions of the Okanagan district is quite extensive. Marketable animals are always in demand and pork-packing is gradually growing in dimensions. Speaking generally, the province is -especially adapted to fruit-growing and small specialized farming. This * would be suggested naturally by the conformation and nature of the farming -districts. It is also the result of labor conditions which render farming on a large scale too expensive to be profitable. Added to these considerations is the expense of bringing large areas into cultivation. On the question of local production, which has been the subject of considerable discussion in provincial circles, and which is still lagging in the rear of consumption, the merits of the question cannot be determined by exact statistics, because owing to the almost phenomenal expansion of provincial Demand activities, demand is increasing in equal if not greater ratio, and Supply Finance Master Ellison in his recent budget speech dealt with this phase of the matter, and after commenting upon the great progress of 1910, remarked: "What in one sense is not, perhaps, so gratifying is that the imports of agricultural produce have been still greater than the home production, and amount to $14,962,904. Comparing, however, the figures with those submitted last year by the minister of finance, the home production has almost caught up with the imported articles, despite the fact that the latter were over three and a half millions more than the year previous. The figures altogether show that there has been a great expansion of population in the province, because the total consumption of farm products in 1910 amounted to nearly $28,500,000 in value, and in 1909 it was only about $20,- <000,000(, and in the latter I am allowing $2,000,000 for what I believe to have been an underestimate last year. It means that there was at least $8,500,- 000 more consumed by the population in 1910 than in 1909. If we figure $80 as the consumption of agricultural products per head of the population, and allow for the increased price of farm products, it means that we added between 75,000 and 100,000 to the population in 1910, or a number equal to the entire population of 25 years ago. It is regrettable, of course, that we do not supply more of the home consumption than we do, but, however fast we may produce in view of the increasing population it will be a long time yet before we can fully supply the home market, and in any event there will always be a very considerable amount of agricultural articles in one form or another that we shall import." AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. STATISTICS OF PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION. The following figures are also contained in the budget speech in question, and were compiled from departmental returns. To some extent they are estimated, owing to the difficulty of getting accurate figures in every instance, but are substantially and approximately correct. STATISTICS, 1910 Imported. Home Production. Quantity Value Quantity Value Live Stock— Horses Cattle Sheep Swine Poultry 3,525 56,791 144,378 15,160 5,567,000 5,377,104 3,409,313 845,000 2,383,716 2,681,729 145,705 2,192,429 3,680,466 1,339,260 134,457 2,195,776 155,828 2,250„400 lbs. lbs. lbs. gal. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. doz. lbs. lbs. ton bus. $ 707,000 2,271,640 1,010,646 151,600 1,113,400 2,828 28,395 43,313 13,290 1,868,750 lbs. 3,090,195 lbs. No returns 9,375,300 gal. 2,000,000 lbs. 1,340,964 lbs. 1,457,040 lbs. 44,966 lbs. 48,477,630 lbs. 446,420 doz. 20,000 lbs. No returns 207,770 ton 1,575,000 bus. $ ' 606,000 1,135,820 303,193 191,477 335,375 Dairy Produce Butter Cheese Milk $5,254,286 $1,345,739 680,207 676,000 $2,571,865 $1,081,568 2,563i837 Meats— Bacon, Ham .. Mutton, Lamb. Pork $2,701,946 $ 432,901 203,382 20,337 317,509 $3,645,405 $ 363,215 101,691 203,370 7,195 Fruit and Vege- $ 974,129 $ 163,620 $ 675,471 $1,939,110 Eggs Honey $ 163,620 $ 285,682 21,211 $1,939,110 $ 156,247 3,200 $ 306,893 $ 49,167 3,105,777 2,226,600 $ 159,447 Hay Grain 3,947,530 1,400,000 Miscellaneous $5,381,544 $ 180,486 $5,347,630- $ 60,162- $ 180,486 $ 60,162 Total $14,962,904 $14,399,090 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA FARMERS' INSTITUTES AND THEIR MEMBERSHIP. JUNE, 1911. Alberni 42 Arrow and Slocan Lakes 52 Arrow Park 34 Aldergrove 78 Bella Coola 86 Burton City 87 Comox 61 Cowichan 244 Chilliwack 100 Central Park 195 Creston 173 Cranbrook-Fernie 43 Coquitlam 32 Crawford Bay 46 Delta 144 Greenwood 51 Islands 45 Kitsum Kalum 25 Kent 59 Kelowna 97 Kamloops 91 Kettle Valley 107 Kootenay Lake 42 Langley 86 Metchosin 75 Mission 49 Maple Ridge 19 Matsqui 110 2172 Carried forward 2172 Mynecaster 31 Martins Prairie 77 Nanaimo-Cedar 116 North Vancouver 192 Nicola 103 New Denver 42 Northern Okanagan 114 North and South Saanich 67 Okanagan 108 Okanagan Centre 0J Penticton No returns Peachland 40 Richmond 239 Robson 51 Surrey 95 Spallumcheen 251 Summerland 62 Salmon Arm 132 Sooke 28 Shawnigan 87 Strawberry Hill 33 South Kootenay 132 Victoria 114 West Kootenay 121 Windermere 48 Westbank (not in) Slocan (not formed) Sumas (not formed) Total 4488 CREAMERIES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. The following is a list of creameries In British Columbia, returns from which for 1910, hcwever, are not complete: Comox Creamery Association, Courtenay, B. C; Salt Spring Island Creamery Association, Ganges; Eden Bank Creamery Association, Sardis; Chilliwack Creamery Association, Chilliwack; Victoria Creamery Co., Ltd., Victoria; Cowichan Creamery Association, Duncan; Nanaimo Creamery Association, Nanaimo; Richmond Dairy Co., Ltd., Vancouver; British Columbia Condensing Co., Ltd., New Westminster; Vancouver Creamery Co., Ltd., Vancouver; City Dairy & Produce Co., Vancouver; Stewart Creamery Co., Vancouver; D. Naysmith & Co., Vancouver; Standard Milk Co., Vancouver; Okanagan Valley Creamery Co., Armstrong; Royal Dairy Co., Ltd., Victoria; New Westminster Creamery Co., New Westminster. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 241 l-OO 00 OOON fr g > h g o ® •sujn^eH OOo^f CO OOOOCvl ig 3& > 9 - to©.* o <=>©o>© J?S2 I SH* ssojq a-= eogco co wcRt- § out of e in the li i, therefoi 50,000. ny line, Value Product. $387,387 441,956 495,391 pa a 'JulM Si 1 131 d -ie^na N. ^-"O™1^ ci |a 69- ||s^.a e0E.^lt. || § fl * a a> £ j«ocot-T« §1 •suoireo —utbojo *| CO m « a> I! o **w woe ^S a* a a. • >>b5 «3 o TllTK £ II ^la^0 o« d S- £jd :- z <&■£ h •p9A|909H eo 00 £ S*.&8 3 a"S OC ,-1 OOP.*-2 ^5 o DC eotjj ©S'BjeAV £ o „ "2 £ ° m s o3 ,rr«^„ ^5 R CGjy W "O ggg<£ (0 UJ •sqTE —8pi3H r-ioo o oooveo eo <=>©<=> IO OOt-Oi CO A! S • is 2 riHH'" u C oJ s> d> O. 5 JO^^na oot^S ^ "'SooS S3 ®^3 UJ i < jo ^xmouiv ® fc^ fe «* p UJ 7,220 for b s so far re ed the figu vote them It may, h ics in reg* ade since Value Product. $ 52,819 211,780 268,766 ^ft CC o ll. o •SUOJ^'B<J jo -on ^ 1 h (0 m • c6 S C O K p 1 •eturns are $ he' companie: derably exce atter and de iry product, iplete statist i progress m Lbs. . 186,252 . 753,002 . 958,845 1 pes s S*5c3 odd d £,£ ?si s :^ to +j rj -d o£ 6 «•£ >» s? 5 u >ove gros tood tha must co cture of he total olutely c o show •o © fc : cs II! H a sd 6 ° o § III lis <ja- a a o V o m a z omox Creamery A ancouver Creamer? anaimo Creamery alt Spring Island O >> !> C i i > is •a o ft Included in the a It must be under that the aggregat< von up the manuf fficult to arrive at There are no ab llowing will serve U>Zw O KOH &W3 a YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA CROWN LANDS. Crown lands,* where such a system is practicable, are laid off and surveyed into quadrilateral townships, containing thirty-six sections of one square mile in each. Any person, being the head of a family, a widow, or single man over the age of eighteen years, and being a British subject, or any alien, upon his making a declaration of his intention to become a British subject, may, for agricultural purposes, record any tract of unoccupied and unreserved Crown lands (not being an Indian settlement) not exceeding one hundred and sixty acres in extent. No person can hold more than one pre-emption claim at a time. Prior record of pre-emption of one claim and all rights under it are forfeited by subsequent record of pre-emption of another claim. Pre-emptions cannot be staked by an agent. Land recorded or pre-empted cannot be transferred or conveyed until after a Crown grant has been issued. Such land, until the Crown grant is issued, is held by occupation. Such occupation must be a bona fide personal residence of the settler or his family. The settler must enter into occupation of the land within sixty days ;after recording, and must continue to occupy it. Continuous absence for a period longer than two months consecutively . l the settler or family is deemed cessation of occupation; but leave of .absence may be granted not exceeding six months in any one year, inclusive <of two months' absence. Land may be considered abandoned if unoccupied for more than two rmonths consecutively. If so abandoned, the land becomes waste lands of the Crown. The fee on recording is two dollars (8s.) The settler shall have the land surveyed at his own instance (subject to the ratification of the boundaries) within five years from the date of record. After survey has been made, upon proof in declaration in writing of "himself and two other persons of occupation for two years from date of pre-emption, and of having made permanent improvements on the land to the value of two dollars and fifty cents per acre, the settler, on producing the pre-emption certificate, obtains a certificate of improvements upon payment of a fee of $2. After obtaining a certificate of improvements and paying for the land, the settler is entitled to a Crown grant in fee simple. He pays $10 therefor. The price of Crown lands pre-empted is $1 (4s.) per acre, which must be paid in four equal instalments, as follows: First instalment two years from date of record or pre-emption, and yearly thereafter, but the last instalment is not payable till after the survey, if the land is unsurveyed. NOTE.—"Crown lands" mean and include such ungranted Crown or public lands as are within, and belong to his Majesty in right of the Province of British ^Columbia, and whether or not any waters flow over or cover the same. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Two, three or four settlers may enter into partnership with pre- of 160 acres each, and reside on one homestead. Improvements ai to $2.50 per acre made on some portion thereof will secure Crown the whole, conditions of payment being same as above. Coal and petroleum lands do not pass under grant of lands since passage of Land Act Amendment of 1899. Timber lands (that is, lands which contain milling timber to th extent of 8,000 feet per acre west of the Cascades—Coast range— feet per acre east of the Cascades—Coast range—to each 160 a< not open to pre-emption. No Crown grant can be issued to an alien who may have re< pre-empted by virtue of his declaring his intention to become subject, unless he has become naturalised. The heirs or devisees of the settler are entitled to the Crown his decease. TIMBER LANDS. Timber lands (that is lands which contain milling timber to the average extent of 8,000 feet per acre west of the Cascades—Coast range—and 5,000 feet per acre east of the Cascades—Coast range—to each 160 acres) are not open to pre-emption, lease or purchase. By order-in-council, dated December 24th, 1907, the government placed a reserve on all timber lands undisposed of at that date, consequently no more licences to cut timber will be issued until otherwise determined. PURCHASES. Crown lands may be purchased to the extent of 640 acres, and for this purpose are classified as first and second class, according to the report of the surveyor. The minimum area that may be purchased shall be forty acres, measuring 20 chains by 20 chains, except in cases where such area cannot be obtained. Purchased lands may be staked by an agent. Lands which are suitable for agricultural purposes, or which are capable of being brought under cultivation profitably, or which are wild hay meadow lands, rank as and are considered to be first-class lands. All other lands, other than timber lands, shall rank and be classified as second-class lands. Timber lands (that is, lands which contain milling timber to the average extent of eight thousand feet per acre west of the Cascades—Coast range—and five thousand feet per acre east of the Cascades—Coast range— to each one hundred and sixty acres) are not open for sale. The minimum price of first-class lands shall be $10.00 per acre and that of second-class lands $5.00 per acre: Provided, however, that the minister of lands may for any reason increase the price of any land above the said prices. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA No improvements are required on such lands unless a second purchase is contemplated. In such case the first purchase must be improved to the extent of $3 per acre. When the application to purchase is filed the applicant shall deposit with the commissioner a sum equal to fifty cents per acre on the acreage applied for. When the land is finally allotted the purchaser shall pay the balance of the purchase price. LEASES. Leases of Crown land which has been subdivided by survey in lots not exceeding twenty acres may be obtained; and if requisite improvements are made and conditions of the lease fulfilled at the expiration of lease, Crown grants are issued. Leases (containing such covenants and conditions as may be thought advisable) of Crown lands may be granted by the lieutenant-governor in council for the following purposes: (a.) For the purpose of cutting hay thereon, for a term not exceeding ten years; (b) For any purpose whatsoever, except cutting hay as aforesaid, for a term not exceeding twenty-one years. Leases shall not include a greater area than one thousand acres. Leased lands may be staked by an agent. Timber lands cannot be leased. EXEMPTIONS. The farm and buildings, when registered, cannot be taken for debt incurred after registration; and it is free from seizure up to a value not greater than $500 (£100 English). Cattle "farmed on shares" are also protected by an exemption act. Pre-emptions are exempt from taxation for two years from date of record, and there is an exemption of $500 for four years after record. HOMESTEADS. The government of British Columbia does not grant free homesteads. The fact of a person having a homestead in another province, or on Dominion government lands in this province, is no bar to pre-empting Crown lands in British Columbia. DOMINION GOVERNMENT LANDS. All the lands in British Columbia within twenty miles on each side of the Canadian Pacific railway main line are the property of Canada, with all the timber and minerals they contain (except precious metals). This tract of land, known as the railway belt, with its timber, hay, water-powers, coal and stone, is now administered by the department of the interior of Canada, practically according to the same laws and regulations as are the public lands in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and the territories. ;^^^^^^^$$$^$$^^^s$^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Dominion government agencies are established at Kamloops and New Westminster. The Dominion government also owns 3,500,000 acres of land in the Peace river country, lying between the 120th and 122nd meridians. Any British subject who is the sole head of a family, or any male of the age of eighteen years, may secure a homestead of 160 acres on any unoccupied land within the railway belt, on application to the local*land agent, and on payment of a fee of $10. The homesteader must reside on the land for six months in every year, and cultivate at least 15 acres for three years, when he will be entitled to a free grant or patent. OTHER LANDS. In addition to provincial Crown lands and Dominion lands, the Canadian Pacific railway have considerable areas in the Kootenay and Yale districts on the mainland and by virtue of the concession of the E. & N. railway company (whose rights were acquired) on Vancouver Island. Acquisition of these lands by settlers and others is governed by special regulations both as to land and timber, particulars of which may be obtained from land agents of this corporation. The amount of land suitable for agriculture in the hands of the railway company is now very limited, however. There are numerous land companies with land for sale under a variety of terms and conditions, at prices varying from $10 to $250. SYNOPSIS OF B. C. LAND REGISTRY FEES. On every application, registration and deposit of title papers, $2.50, and one-fifth of one per cent, on the value of real estate up to $5,000, and one-tenth of one per cent, on value of real estate over $5,000. Example, based on property value $3,000: Application $2.50 One-fifth of one per cent, on $3,000 6.00 $8.50 If indefeasible title required, extra cost $5.00. Every subsequent indefeasible title, $1.00. Every duplicate certificate of title, $1.00. Additional on indefeasible titles (assurance fund): Up to $1,000, 50c; $1,000 to $2,500, 75c; $2,500 to $5,000, $1.00; $5,000 to $10,000, $1.50;'each additional $10,000, or part, 50c On registration of a charge, i.e., a lesser interest than an absolute or Indefeasible fee, example: Mortgages, agreements for sale, etc. Application $2.50 (And one-tenth of one per cent, on value of interest covered by the charge.) Inspection or search of any title on the register 50 Certificate of search for each title 1.00 Cancellation of any charge 1.00 Deposit of map of sub-division 2.50 Filing any other document 50 $**«* YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA SETTLERS' EFFECTS. Settlers' effects, viz., wearing apparel, books, usual and reasonable household furniture and other household effects; instruments, and tools of trade, occupation or employment; guns, musical instruments, domestic sewing machines, typewriters, bicycles, carts, waggons, and other highway I vehicles; agricultural implements and live stock for the farm, not to include live stock or articles for sale, or for use as a contractor's outfit, J nor vehicles nor implements moved by a mechanical power, nor machinery for use in any manufacturing establishment; all the foregoing if actually owned abroad by the settler for at least six months before his removal to Canada, and subject to regulations by the minister of customs. Provided that any dutiable articles entered as settlers' effects may not be so entered unless brought by the settler on his first arrival, and shall not be sold or otherwise disposed of without payment of duty until after twelve months'/ actual use in Canada. A settler may bring into Canada, free of duty, live stock for the farm on\ the following basis, if he has actually owned such live stock abroad for at) least six months before his removal to Canada, and has brought them into Canada within one year after his arrival, viz.: If horses only are brought in, 16 allowed; if cattle only are brought in, 16 allowed; if sheep only are brought in, 60 allowed; if swine only are brought in, 60 allowed. If horses, cattle, sheep and swine are brought in together, or part of each, the same proportions as above are to be observed. Duty is to be paid on the live stock in excess of the number above provided for. For customs entry purposes, a mare with a colt under six months old is to be reckoned as one animal; a cow with a calf under six months old is also to be reckoned as one animal. LAWS AFFECTING LAND AND AGRICULTURE. There are a number of acts on the statute books directly and indirectly affecting the acquisition of land and the subject of agriculture. The land act, which has been the subject of numerous amendments from time to time, provides a comprehensive code governing the tenure of land and: timber. There are also acts dealing with the registration of titles, with the procedure relative to the acquisition of lands required for undertakings of a public nature, and with the whole matter of water rights, as appurtenant to the soil for various purposes. There are also acts creating the department of agriculture, for the organization of various agricultural and horticultural associations, including also many co-operative, friendly, benevolent, industrial, loan and investment features; for the governance of farmers' institutes and the board of horticulture; respecting dairying and •cattle-breeding, animals and stock-ranging; the prevention of contagious diseases and noxious weeds; the regulation of fences, water courses, traffic and highways; dyking, drainage and irrigation. The provisions of these acts are too elaborate to be even briefly summarized, but cover a wide field of useful and advanced legislation. FOREST WEALTH IN THEIR extent and diversified character the forests of British Columbia stand in the forefront of her splendid array of natural resources. Their present value is enormous, and considering the ever-increasing- demand for lumber coupled with the rapidly-diminishing sources of supply, their future worth is inestimable. Were it conceivable that British Columbia had no other available asset her forests alone would be an enviable possession, sufficient to support a large population in comfort— a fact which should impress the minds and dictate the policy of those intrusted with their management and conservation. Several years ago Mr. George Johnson, late Dominion statistician,, estimated the area of forest and wood land in Canada at 800 million acres, of which over 182 acres were credited to British Columbia. It was not claimed that the vast area embraced by this computation' Estimated was covered with "merchantable timber," nor was there any Area attempt at determining the extent of commercial forest as distinguished from wooded or bush land. More recent investigators place the area of Canada's merchantable forests at from 500 to 600 million acres, while officials of the Dominion forest service estimate it variously from 300,000,000 to 480,000,000 acres, which would leave British Columbia from 50 to 100 million acres, but according to the- report of the British Columbia forestry commission the province has only about fifteen million acres of merchantable timber, representing 192 billion feet board measure, exclusive of the quantity in the Dominion- railway belt (which there is no present means of ascertaining), probably about 50 billion feet. The commissioners frankly admit that their finding is based upon a mass of conflicting evidence, is more or less conjectural, and not to be accepted as final. Assuming, however, that their figures and general conclusions are based upon a fairly correct apprehension of* existing conditions, they hold that British Columbia, with a total of some 240 billion feet of standing merchantable timber, possesses half the forest wealth of Canada. It would be difficult to exaggerate the importance to the province of this immense store of raw material, and impossible to estimate the profit* which must accrue from its exploitation. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The following table shows the commissioners' estimate in detail: Average stand Tenure. Acreage. per acre ft. B.M. Total stand. Vancouver Island Crown grant timber 318,000 (5) 35,000 11,130,000,000 Mainland Crown grant timber.. 552,000 say 10,000 5,520,000,000 E. & N. Railway Co 375,000 14,300 5,380,000,000 I C.P.R. unpublished timber leaseholds 619,000 20,000 12,380,000,000 Special licence timber 9,000,000 12,000 108,000,000,000 Mill timber on pulp, etc., leaseholds 387,000 at least 12,000 4,640,000,000 Total 11,251,000 acres, with a stand of 147,050,000,000 Reserved timber land conjectured to be one-quarter total forest area, under provincial jur- Say same isdiction, say, roughly 3,750,000 as on licences 45,000,000,000 Total 15,001,000 192,050,000,000 Under the control of the Dominion government, in the railway belt, the merchantable stand of timber is supposed to be between 40 and 50 I billion feet, nearly half of which would appear to have been alienated. Previous to 1888 there was no restriction or regulation governing the cutting of timber, and timber lands were sold and leased on the same terms as other classes of lands. In that year the legislature reserved a royalty of 50c per thousand feet on all timber cut on lands Restrictive thereafter granted. It was not until 1896 that timber lands Legislation were reserved from sale and defined, as lands carrying 8,000 feet of merchantable timber to the acre west of the Cascade (Coast) range, and 5,000 feet to the acre east of the Cascade (Coast) range. Timber leases were issued as early as 1870, and up to 1888 the leases were held on such terms as seemed expedient to the lieutenant-governor-in-council. In 1888 the life of leases of timber was fixed at thirty years, at an annual rental of 10c per acre, with a royalty of 50c per thousand feet, and a ground rent of 5c per acre was imposed on all timber leased lands from December, 1879. Lessees were also required to build and operate a mill of not less than 1,000 feet per day for each 400 acres. In 1891 a deposit equivalent to 10c per acre was required from applicants for leases; that all timber cut from provincial lands must be manufactured within the province; that renewals or leases should be for twenty-one years, and that the area covered by a single lease should be 640 acres. The granting of special timber licences of 640 acres at an annual fee of $100 was also provided for. Various other changes were made from year to year in the law regulating timber leases until 1905, when the granting of leases was Ismail AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION abolished, and the system of special timber licences as the only means through which timber could be acquired was permanently The Licence adopted. New licences were made transferable System renewable" each year for twenty-one years, and existing licences were made transferable and renewable for sixteen years. In 1910 it was enacted that special licences might be renewed annually as long as there is merchantable timber on the land, subject to such terms, conditions, regulations and restrictions as may be imposed by statute or ordcr-in-council then in force or made at any time thereafter. The annual fee for each licence covering 640 acres was fixed at $140 west of the Coast range and $115 east of the Coast range. On December 24, 1907, an order-in-council was passed reserving all unalienated timber in the province, so that no more timber can be acquired from the provincial government. The amendment of 1905, abolishing leases, stimulated the demand for special licences and from then till the end of 1907 over 15,000, representing over 9,600,000 acres, were issued. These, renewable annually, give the province an annual revenue of nearly $2,000,000, as the average annual fee is about $130 per licence. Through the new method of administration of special licences combined with systematic conservation it should be possible to ensure this revenue and an adequate reserve of timber in perpetuity. The many changes in the laws and regulations between 1888 and 1910 render the conditions under which Crown granted and leased timber is held rather complicated. For instance, timber lands Crown granted prior to 1888 are not liable to royalty or stumpage dues and Diversity of leasee granted at various periods contain different Tenure, Etc. provisions; some are renewable indefinitely and the lessee must operate a mill; others are renewable indefinitely and need not operate a mill; and the same terms apply to unrenewable leases, some must operate a mill, while others are free from that obligation. The forestry commissioners recommend the simplification of these various regulations by placing leases upon renewal on a parity with licences; i.e., annual renewal on payment of a fixed annual fee per square mile. In 1888 the legislature authorized the issuing of handloggers' licences, under which the holder could cut logs anywhere in the province for an annual fee of $10. Afterwards handloggers were restricted from using steam power, the licences were issued only in certain parts of the province, and the annual fee was increased to $25. It is quite probable that these licences will be discontinued, as the operations of individual loggers are necessarily wasteful. Leases are also granted for stripping bark for tanning, the lessee to operate a tannery and to pay 2c per acre during the first five years and 5c per acre thereafter. About 19,000 acres are held under these leases. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA There are 225 sawmills and 59 shingle mills in the province, with a daily capacity of 4,500,000 feet of lumber and 4,400,000 shingles. The mills worked to their full capacity would produce ^350,000,000 feet of lumber annually, a quantity which would completely exhaust the Statistics of forests in about 100 years. So far the heaviest output was; industry 1,040,000,000 feet in 1910. In 1910 there were 299 logging camps in British Columbia, employing 13,900 men, 1,170 horses and 353 steam engines. The increasing demand for lumber is illustrated by the following figures, which show the approximate cut of British Columbia mills for eight years: 1908 317,551,151 feet 1904 348,031,790 feet 1905 473,713,986 feet 1906 508,069,969 feet 1907 846,000,000 feet 1908 658,000,000 feet 1909 775,000,000 feet 1910 1,040,000,000 feet The decrease in 1908 is accounted for by the financial depression in that year. The capital invested in the lumber industry is estimated at 150 to 200 million dollars, furnished principally by British, United States and Eastern Canadian investors, and the opportunities for further profitable use of capital are unsurpassed, as the prices of lumber Some are constantly increasing, while the stumpage values are Comparisons lower than in any other part of North America. In the Pacific coast states, Washington and Oregon, the stumpage values are: Douglas fir, $2.50; cedar (red), $3; hemlock, $1.75; spruce, •$2.50, exclusive of taxes, while those of British Columbia vary from 50c to $1, to which must be added license fees and royalty, amounting to about 66c per thousand, a total not exceeding in any case $1.66. The figures quoted for United States timber are standard prices; very choice and easily accessible timber sells at higher rates. The rates in Ontario, exclusive of a royalty of $2 per thousand feet, vary from $11.37 for white pine to $1 for jack pine, and $8.55 for spruce. In Ontario and the States the tenure of timber is limited to a few years, immediate and continuous operation being imperative. The prices of lumber have increased from 60 per cent, to 75 per cent, in ten years and with the rapid settlement of the vacant lands of Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba, the activity in railroad building, and the increasing demands of overseas markets, further considerable advances in price are inevitable. WOOD PULP AND PAPER. Possessing an immense quantity of paper-making woods, British Columbia affords a promising field for the paper maker. Pulp wood 5S553JS55&5J5S3Sg§^3555 ^^^^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. forests border the ocean and many navigable streams, simplifying transportation, and there are numerous water powers to supply motive power to thev^nills. The rapid denudition of the pulp areas of Local the United States will soon compel it to look to Canada for Supply its supply of wood pulp, which, according to the regulations now in force, must be manufactured in the province. There is besides a present demand for pulp in Japan, China and Australia, and when the industry is fairly developed the ocean freights will enable profitable exportation to Great Britain and Europe. Along the coast line of the mainland of British Columbia and Vancouver Island practically inexhaustible areas of pulp woods can be found. South of Knight's inlet the most abundant wood is the Douglas fir, which is successfully used for the manufacture of chemical pulp. Its suitability for mechanical pulp is not so certain. North of Knight's inlet is the spruce and hemlock belt, affording enormous supplies of excellent pulp-wood—the Sitka spruce especially being unexcelled by any other wood for pulp purposes. These woods cover large tracts immediately contiguous to the sea coast, so that logs can be landed at the mills at very low cost. An important point in favor of the industries on the sea coast of British Columbia is the mildness of the winters, which admits of operations being carried on throughout the whole year. The forests of this province are much more densely wooded than those Climate as of eastern Canada, 500 cords per acre being not uncommon, a Factor while from 100 to 150 cords may be taken as a fair average of good timber lands. With proper husbanding the forests are practically inexhaustible for pulp-wood purposes. This is essentially a timber country. Atmospheric conditions are especially favorable to tree growth, which is very rapid, and the extent of otherwise valueless country along the coast that can be devoted to forestry is enormous. Owing to its wealth of raw material, excellent water powers and geographical position, British Columbia occupies a position of eminent advantage in competing for the pulp and paper trade of the Pacific. In 1901, to encourage the establishment of the paper-making industry in the province, the government granted twenty-one-year leases of pulp- wood forests to bona fide applicants on liberal terms and several companies were formed to take advantage of the concession. Pulp These companies selected 354,399 acres in various parts of the Leases province and in 1903 the law granting pulp leases was repealed. The annual rental to be paid under these leases is 2c per acre and a royalty of 25c. per cord of pulp wood cut. The lessees are bound to build, equip and operate in the province a mill with a daily output of not less than one ton of pulp or half a ton of paper for each square YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA mile included in the lease. The merchantable timber on the leaseholds may be cut and manufactured under special timber licence. Four companies have fulfilled the preliminfipy requirements and are now either erecting or operating plants. These are the British Canadian Wood Pulp & Paper Co., with a mill at Port Mellon, on Howe sound; the Powell River Paper Co., Powell river; the Swanson Bay Forests, Wood Pulp and Lumber Mills, Swanson bay; and the Ocean Falls Co., Bella Coola. OPERATING COMPANIES. The Powell River company has a two-machine news plant, high speed Fourdrimers, a forty-ton sulphite mill and 100-ton ground wood mill I with a capacity of 100 tons of paper and 100 tons of pulp daily. The company I is reported to have orders for all the paper and pulp which it can produce. The Swanson Bay company has a complete modern plant and disposes of the bulk of its output in Japan. The Ocean Falls Co., Ltd., started its works at Ocean Falls, Cousins inlet (an extension of Fitzhugh sound) in the fall of 1909 and the pulp mill is in the course of completion. The plant has a capacity of 150 tons of dry wood pulp per day and will be operated by power furnished from Link lake, the capacity of which is 25,000 horsepower. The British Columbia Wood Pulp and Paper Co. operated its mill for some time, manufacturing paper, but recently passed into the control and ownership of the David Investment Co. The works, as stated, are located at Port Mellon, where there is a 50-ton plant. The company possesses an excellent site and the power, 8,000 horsepower, is taken from Rainy river, eight miles north of Gibson's Landing, Howe sound. The company also possesses valuable limits, consisting of 55,000 acres, acquired under the pulp concession clause of the land act, in the vicinity of Quatsino, where it is estimated they have two billion feet of merchantable, including pulp, timber and a waterpower capable of development to 25,000 horsepower. The markets than can, with special facility, be supplied from British Columbia are: British Columbia, Japan, Australia, China, New Zealand, Hawaii, the Philippines, western coast of South America, western coast of Mexico, and Asiatic Russia. The home market is a rapidly- growing one, and with the steady growth of population a correspondingly rapid increase of the requirements in the way of paper may reasonably be anticipated. The long distance from the eastern mills and the freight rates makes competition from the east impossible. Japan probably furnishes the greatest possibilities for the future, the yearly imports of paper averaging over $2,000,000 and that of pulp to about $600,000. Both the demand for pulp and paper in Japan is increasing very rapidly, and the pulp mills of this province will be in the best possible position to supply.it. Markets for Pulp and Paper AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. The Australian market is, perhaps, the most important at the present time. There are no suitable pulping woods on that continent, and no water powers, so that Australia is almost wholly dependent upon outside sources for its supply of paper. The advantage of geographical position possessed by British Columbia in competing for the Oriental and Australian trade is shown by the following table of distances: From Vancouver From London (Miles) (Miles) Yokohama 4,283 12,186 Hong Kong 6,271 10,185 Shanghai 5,461 10,995 Brisbane 6,755 12,465 Sydney 7,265 12,558 Auckland 8,058 13,500 The local or British Columbia market amounts to about $250,000 jper annum in news and wrapping paper; while the prairie provinces will naturally be supplied from British Columbia paper mills. CONSERVATION AND MARKETS In Europe, where the value of standing timber has been well understood for many generations, the preservation of the forests has been developed to a science, with the result that many of those countries derive an annual revenue from their woodlands which amounts to more than Conservation the total capitalized value charged by the government of British Columbia for its licenced timber. On this continent, until very recently, no attempt was made to protect the timber; on the contrary, its destruction was encouraged by ill-considered laws permitting the most appalling waste—the forest, man's best friend, regarded as an obstacle to progress, or esteemed only as an easy source of immediate profit, was ruthlessly extirpated by fire and axe. As a result many once fruitful districts are now arid wastes, and the great forests, considered illimitable and inexhaustible, have dwindled to comparatively inconsiderable areas of virgin timber. Confronted by the results of years of thoughtless extravagance, the governments of Canada and the United States have experienced an eleventh-hour conversion and are now eagerly seeking means to conserve the remnant. Canada, more especially British Columbia, is in the more-favored position, as it still possesses large and compact areas of timber which have escaped the general ruin. The government of British Columbia has established a forestry branch of the department of lands and organized a system of patrol for the prevention and extinguishing of forest fires. These forest A Forestry wardens are doing good work in co-operation with others Bureau appointed by the Dominion government in the railway belt. In 1908 twenty-seven wardens were employed by the province, in 1909 thirty-seven, and in 1910 seventy, the Dominion YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA employing about half that number. In emergencies the wardens have power to engage men to fight fires, 3,894 being employed in July, 1910. During the year over 400 fires were reported, but the losgyof timber was kept down to $40,000, while the loss of buildings and machinery amounted to $317,760. The government spent over $40,000 in wages, and lumber and mining companies whose property was in jeopardy, $20,000, through which united action millions of dollars worth of timber and milling plant were saved. The thorough organization and distribution of a fire-fighting force is a first step in work of conservation, to be followed by the enforcement of regulations for the economic cutting of timber; the removal or destruction of debris; the strict supervision of railway construction and of trains running through timbered country; reafforestration where the soil encourages the growth of inferior species, or where fire has destroyed the seed; the preservation of timber on the higher slopes and head waters of streams to promote the storage of water and prevent erosion and snow and landslides, all of which will require much study and research. It is also the intention of the government to found a faculty of forestry in the University of British Columbia, to establish an experimental park in connection and exclusive of a large forestry reserve for operations on a large scale. A considerable percentage of the manufactured lumber is used locally, but the bulk is shipped to Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec, and the middle, western and eastern States. The eastern market for shingles and for certain kinds of lumber, the finer grades Markets for for finishing and interior decoration, is steadily enlarging Lumber as the quality of British Columbia woods become more widely known. There is also a great demand for heavy squared timber for bridge and other structural work. Overseas markets take a large quantity of lumber annually, some of the large coast mills catering specially for this class of orders. In 1910 the foreign shipments were as follows: Feet Mexico 1,379,556 South America 11,317,006 United Kingdom 3,213,308 China 1,919,617 Japan 1,430,663 Australia 38,885,206 New Zealand 878,786 Fiji Islands 1,345,849 Africa 12,597,770 Total 72,967,761 The foreign shipments in 1905 amounted to 51,515,100 feet, showing an increase in five years of 21,389,873 feet. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. BRITISH COLUMBIA FOREST TREES The principal trees indigenous to British Columbia, and their ranges are: THE Douglas fir (Pseudatsuga douglasii), named after David Douglas, a famous botanist, who explored British Columbia (then called New Caledonia) in 1825-30, is the staple timber of commerce and the most valued. It is widely distributed, being found along the coast from the international boundary north to the Skeena river and inland as far east as the eastern foothills of the Rocky mountains. On the coast it attains immense proportions, growing straight and high and clear Douglas Fir of imperfections. It is often found three hundred feet in height with a base circumference of from thirty to fifty feet. The average, however, and the most prized by the lumbermen are trees of about one hundred and fifty feet, clear of limbs and five to six feet in diameter. It has about the same specific gravity as oak, with great strength, and has a wide range of usefulness, being especially adapted for heavy construction work. It is scientifically described as Standing midway between the spruce and the balsam, and in the opinion of Professor Macoun, Dominion naturalist, is a valuable pulp-making tree. Mr. James M. Macoun, in his little work, "The Forests of Canada," from which a good deal of what follows is taken, says in regard to the Douglas fir: " This is the most abundant, as it is the most valuable tree in British I Columbia. Its range on the mainland is from the international boundary "north to the Skeena river, in latitude 54 degrees, on the coast, and in the I Rocky mountains from the international boundary north to latitude 55 I degrees, though its northern and northeastern limits are not well defined. "It is not found in the Queen Charlotte islands. It attains its greatest I size on Vancouver Island, or along the shores and in river valleys near I the coast on the mainland. There trees 300 feet in height are not rare, I the average height of those felled for lumber being over 150 feet. Trees I of a greater diameter than seven feet are rarely cut, though those of I eight, ten or even eleven feet in diameter are not rare. " The fact that the largest trees are found near the coast greatly I facilitates the transport of the logs from the woods to the mill, and as I the majority of the mills are so situated that the largest ships may load " within a few yards of the saws, the cost per 1,000 feet of A Valuable " handling Douglas fir and other west coast lumber is small. Timber " Douglas fir is chiefly valuable for structural purposes, " being largely employed in ship-building, bridge work and I the construction of wharves. It is exported as dimension timber, lumber, I spars, masts and piles. Locally it is used for construction work of all ""kinds, fencing and railway ties, and in the manufacture of furniture. Its pm YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " durability, when excluded from the air, adds greatly to its value for pile- " work in the construction of bridges and wharves." The giant arbor vitae (Thuya gigantea—Nutt) is next to the Douglas fir in importance in British Columbia, where it attains its greatest size on Vancouver Island, along the coast and in the lower parts of the rivers of the coast range. It is rarely found in the dry interior Grant Arbor of British Columbia, but is abundant in the river valleys Vitae, Red on the slopes of the Selkirk and coast ranges. Though Cedar seldom found more than 150 feet in height, in circumference it rivals the Douglas fir, trees of from 8 to 10 feet in diameter not being rare, and they are occasionally found much larger. It is chiefly used in the manufacture of shingles, for which purpose it is unequalled by any other wood. Formerly the shingles were made by hand, the wood splitting easily, but improved machinery has so lowered the cost of production that comparatively few hand-made shingles are now used, though they are still in demand when a shingle of. superior quality is desired. The wood of the tree takes a very brilliant polish, and is well adapted for interior finishing of all kinds. So great is the variety of shading in the color of the wood that a large house may be finished in it without two rooms being alike. It is not only largely exported, but is now being shipped in increasing quantities to eastern Canada. In British Columbia I it enters largely into the manufacture of doors and cabinet-work of all kinds. Like all the cedars, it lasts well underground, and on this account is much used in the form of telegraph poles and fence posts. The immense J canoes made by west coast Indians are, with very few exceptions, made of I this wood. In addition to its value commercially for shingles and interior finishings, it is the friend of the settler, inasmuch as out of its straight-grained logs he can build his house, make his furniture and fence his I A Useful farm, and that solely with the use of the most primitive of- Friend tools—an axe, a saw and a froe. Owing to increasing demand I for shingles in eastern Canada and the rapid filling up of the J western territories, cedar limits are now becoming very valuable, and the shingle industry especially is assuming large proportions. The yellow cypress (Thuya excelsa—Bong) is not nearly so abundant in British Columbia as the arbor vitae, nor is its circumference so great. Its height is about the same as the arbor vitae—150 feet—and its average diameter is about four feet, though occasional trees ' Yellow Cedar, attain five feet. The yellow cypress is confined to the Yellow Cypress coast and the adjacent islands. In the southern parts of British Columbia it is not found at sea-level, the finest trees growing at altitudes of from 1,000 to 2,500 feet. Though valuable for many purposes, the wood of the yellow cypress is not extensively used at present, the cost of transportation to the seaboard being too great. On AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. the Queen Charlotte islands it descends to the coast. When lower levels have been cleared of other trees, the yellow cypress will be utilized. This wood is very durable, and on account of its pungent odor it is credited I with resisting the teredo. Its grain is very close, and as the wood takes a very high polish it is greatly valued for interior finishing and for the manufacture of furniture. It commands a higher price than either Douglas fir or arbor vitae. The natives along the northern coast of British Columbia make many articles for domestic use from this wood. It is especially valuable for its lasting qualities, and has been known to last Very as sills for over sixty years without being impaired. In a wet Durable climate, such as is prevalent at Port Simpson, where it was found in old Hudson's Bay company foundations, this is Temarkable. Mr. J. R. Anderson, in his paper for the Forestry association, says that on account of its liability to shrink, lengthwise as well as laterally, it requires to be well seasoned before use. The long and slender pendulous fruits which hang from the branches give the tree a very graceful appearance; and the strong, pungent odor which it emits when freshly cut, and which it never loses, renders it very easy of identification. None of the western pines (Pinus monticola—Dougl.) are found in quantity near the coast, and so far they have been used for western purposes only. The best of these is pinus monticola, which is little inferior to the white pine of the east. It is found in the interior Western of Vancouver Island and is abundant in the southern parts White-Pine of the Coast range, where there is heavy rainfall. In the Selkirk mountains it is not very common, but attains a considerable size on the mountain slopes. The wood is used for the same purpose as the eastern white pine. Mr. Anderson says: "It is the most I useful wood for window sashes, doors, powder barrels and similar work. I Being a white and very light wood, it is unsuitable for outside uses, and "has a tendency to absorb moisture when in contact with the ground, and "is, therefore, liable to decay." It has not heretofore been used to a very great extent. It is a splendid looking tree, having bluish-green fronds and cones from 8 to 12 inches long. The black pine (Pinus murrayana—Balfour) replaces the Pinus banksiana, or jack pine, on the eastern slopes of the Rocky mountains. It is abundant in the northern part of the interior plateau of British Columbia, where it covers great areas. In the southern Black Pine part of *the province it is most abundant at altitudes ranging between 3,000 and 4,000 feet. Though esteemed of little value where conifers grow, except for railway ties and firewood, it is much used for mine props and other construction work in the mining districts of British Columbia. It is admirably suited for this purpose, as the wood is very tough, and when not exposed to the weather does not easily decay. It is said to make excellent charcoal. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Menzies Spruce —Sitka Spruce size are found. This characteristic spruce (Picea engelmanni—Engel) of the Rocky and Selkirk mountains is the most useful tree growing in the interior of I British Columbia, and is there largely used in bridge and trestle work and. for heavy construction work generally. In the valley of Engelmann the Columbia it is often more than 150 feet in height I Spruce and 4 feet in diameter. The wood is very like that of the black and white spruces, and may be used for the I same purposes. This was the chief wood used in the construction of the Canadian Pacific railway from the Rocky mountains westward. I Menzies spruce (Picea Sitchensis—Carr) grows chiefly in the immediate vicinity of the coast, ranging in British Columbia from the I international boundary north to Alaska. In the southern part of the province it grows scattered among other trees, but in i the north it is relatively much more abundant, growing" ' sometimes in large clumps. Though averaging less in diameter than the Douglas fir, occasional trees of great Those cut for lumber are, however, seldom more than five or six feet in diameter. No other tree on the west coast is used for such varied purposes, and as it is easily worked up by machinery there is a great demand for it in the manufacture of doors, window sashes^ boxes, shelving and interior finishing. The wood is very white, is elastic,. I and bends with the grain without splitting, so that it is much used in I boat-building, the making of light cars, staves, woodenware, etc. The ' adaptability of British Columbia spruce has given this wood a reputation in eastern Canada and the United States which has created a demand for I it for use in the better class of buildings. It resists decay for a long time, I and, like the Douglas fir, is not attacked by insects. The chief value of the Sitka spruce will, in the near future, be in the manufacture of pulp, for which purpose it is not excelled by any other tree. As soon as pulp mills are established in the vicinity of the large sawmills the immense I waste entailed by the present method of sawing dimension lumber in British Columbia will be obviated. As the shrinkage is usually very great, it is generally kiln-dried before using, or kept stored away until it is- thoroughly seasoned. On account of the sharp-pointed, short fronds it | is quite impossible to grasp them with the naked hand, and this renders this,.'; tree easily distinguished from the other British Columbia coniferae. The hemlock (Tsuga mertensiana—Carr) is abundant along the whole coast of British Columbia and in the interior of the province, wherever; there is sufficient rainfall. Along the line of the Canadian Pacific railway, 1 in the Selkirk mountains, it is very abundant, but seldom over Western 150 feet in height and three feet in diameter. For many years-J Hemlock the coast lumbermen were prejudiced against the hemlock,^ placing it in the same class with its eastern namesake. Of| late, however, it has begun to be recognized as one of the most valuable ^^S?5^^^^^^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Western White Oak of woods, for it has been ascertained by scientific tests and practical experiments that it is in many respects quite equal to the highly-prized fir, and superior to it for all work requiring a fine finish. It is also, next to spruce, the most important of our pulp woods. Hemlock is light, free from pitch and is hard and tough. While not quite equal to fir for structural purposes, it is without a rival for piles and railway ties, and is rapidly supplanting spruce for flooring, box-making and interior finishings, and its bark is rich in tannin. As its habitat is generally at no great distance from the sea it is a wood which could be transported to shipping points without great expense. When young or growing singly the tree is decidedly pretty, and the yew-like fronds which enshroud the trunk form a most welcome and soft bed for the weary prospector or trapper. Though a few trees of western white oak (Quercus jacobi) (according to Macoun) grow on the mainland of British Columbia, it is practically confined to the southern part of Vancouver Island, the finest trees growing in the vicinity of Victoria, where trees three or four feet in diameter, from which logs 10 to 20 feet long can be obtained, are not uncommon. The wood resembles that of English oak, and is very beautiful when made up into furniture and cabinet work. It is not largely used, for two reasons—first, because the supply is limited; and, second, because there are other woods more easily and cheaply obtainable. It is principally useful, and will always remain so, as an ornamental tree. It is very picturesque, and gives to the landscape an appearance which we usually associate with English pastoral scenes. In texture the wood is short-grained and hard, though brittle. The widely-distributed aspen poplar (Populus tremuloides—Mich.) occurs in nearly all parts of the province, and particularly throughout the northern interior. It is a very useful wood, although in British Columbia not largely used. It is used in many parts of Aspen Poplar Canada for fence rails, firewood and making log houses. Commercially, where in sufficient quantities and easily available, it is valuable for the manufacture of pulp. The wood of the aBpen is light and easily worked, and in the east is used for woodenware, light barrels such as those used for sugar and flour, and for crates and light boxes. It is also employed in the manufacture of furniture, and no doubt in the future it will be available for such uses in some parts of the province. The broad-leaved maple (Acer macrophyllum—Pursh) is common on Vancouver Island and along the coast in the southern part of British Columbia. It is the most valuable of the deciduous trees of the west coast. Though not as hard or as strong as the hard maple of the east, the wood is much better than that of the eastern soft maple. Much of it is "curly," which to its value as cabinet-making material. It is used Broad-leaved Maple adds YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA in the manufacture of furniture, mantels and handles, and for interior finishing. It grows to a large size, sometimes attaining a diameter of from 3 to 4 feet. It takes a fine polish. Some specimens of it may be seen in the interior of the Government buildings at Victoria, the beauty of which as wood would be difficult to excel. It will consequently grow more valuable each year. When grown in the open, the broad-leaved maple makes the most effective shade tree we have. A characteristic feature is, of course, its broad leaves, which invariably attract attention and are greatly admired by strangers. OTHER CONIFERAE. The western larch (larix occidentalis) and the mountain larch (larix lyallii) replace L. Americana in the Rockies and British Columbia, where they are used for lumber, telegraph poles, railway ties and mine props. They are quite plentiful in some parts of the southern interior. Mr. J. R. Anderson, in his paper written for the Forestry association, describes the other trees of the province as follows: The western white fir or balsam fir (Abies grandis, Lindl., and its synonyms of Pinus grandis, Dougl. Picea grandis, Loudon, Abies Gordoniana, Carr, Abies amabilis, Murray), is quite common in the vicinity of the coast and grows to a large size, but the wood is held in small esteem, being perishable and brittle; it is, however, white and light, and may in course of time be put to use for boxes, etc. The bark, when young, is thickly covered with large bladders or cells filled with a liquid, resinous gum, which has great healing properties. The tree, with its thick, flat fronds, and rigid growth, although grand in appearance is rather too stiff and formal, and of the Noah's ark type, to be quite pleasing. (It may in time be utilized for the manufacture of pulp.—Ed.) Western yellow pine, or bull pine (Pinus ponderosa, Dougl.; synonym, Pinus resinosa, Hook). Its habitat is the dry plateau of the interior mainland, between the coast and gold ranges. A remarkably handsome tree, with smooth, red bark, very large fronds and large cones bearing a large quantity of seed, which the natives formerly used as an article of food. (In the southern interior the bull pine is a characteristic tree, and is very largely used for lumber.—Ed.) Scrub pine (Pinus contorta, Dougl.; synonyms, Pinus inops, Hook, Pinus banksiana, Lindl. and Gordon). Its habitat is everywhere in the province, on sandy points and exposed rocky points, seldom growing larger than fifteen inches, quite useless for timber, and not at all ornamental. (There is also the yew (Taxus brevifolia) and the juniper. These are limited in quantity. The former is a useful wood, and often takes the place of eastern hardwoods for axe handles, whippletrees, and the like.— Ed.) OTHER DECIDUOUS TREES. There are two native maples in addition to the broad-leaved already described, viz., the vine maple (Acer circinatum) and another resembling it, called Acer glabrum. The former is common on the lowlands of the mainland to the westward of the Coast range, but does not occur to the eastward of the Coast range nor on Vancouver or Gulf islands. As its name implies, it only grows small and crooked, much in the shape of a j AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 261 vine. The latter occurs all over the province, principally in the dry belt to the eastward of the Coast range, where it never gets beyond a bush, and on the islands, where it frequently attains to the dignity of a small tree. Alder (Alnus Rubra; synonym, A. Glutinosa, Pursh). This is another common tree on Vancouver and Gulf islands, and on the mainland to the westward of the Coast range. It attains in many places a diameter of 2 to 3 feet, but much of it is under 2 feet. Growing as it does in close forests, it runs up to a considerable height and is very straight. The wood, which is of a light, brownish color, nearly white, resembles black walnut in the grain, and is used, stained to the proper shade, to a limited degree in imitation of that wood, for furniture, inside finishing, balustrades, etc. The only other representative of this genus is the mountain alder (A. rhombifolia) a worthless variety and more of a shrub than a tree. Its range is general throughout the province, generally on mountain sides. Poplar or cottonwood (Populus Trichocarpa, sometimes called P. Balsamifera) is a common tree throughout the province on low-lying lands in the vicinity of water. It attains a large size in favorable localities, three or four feet in diameter being common, and attaining a great height in dense forests along low river banks and on low islands. The wood is very little used, being white and soft, without any great quality to recommend it. The principal use it has been put to is for the manufacture of excelsior, for which purpose it is well adapted. It has also been used for boxes, being very light, but the objection to its use for this purpose, I am informed, is that it turns dark after being sawed. Possibly this difficulty could be overcome by allowing the wood to season in the log, or other methods. Canoe birch (Betula Papyrifera) is common on the mainland and very scarce on Vancouver Island. The wood is a good, fine-grained, durable one when not exposed to the weather, but it has never been used, to my knowledge, for any purpose but firewood. It attains a size of from one foot to eighteen inches in diameter, but is often smaller. Arbutus, or madrona (Arbutus menziesii). This is quite a common tree on Vancouver Island and the Gulf islands, and on some parts of the coast line on the mainland. It is a striking-looking tree, with its red bark and bright, evergreen leaves. As a rule it does not attain to a great size, especially when growing on exposed rocks and headlands, but trees a foot in diameter are common, although as a rule twisted and crooked; when growing in forests, however, it grows fairly straight, and sometimes attains a large size. On the Alberni road, in the vicinity of Nanoose bay, many fine specimens are to be seen. When travelling in company with Dr. Fletcher and Rev. Mr. Taylor, two months ago, I took the measurement of one tree which was 10 feet 5 inches in circumference. I am not aware that the wood of this tree has been put to any particular use; it is hard, fine and close-grained, and takes a good polish, but is apt to warp and crack if cut before it is well seasoned. Dog wood (Cornus nuttallii). A highly ornamental tree with immense white flowers, fairly abundant throughout the islands and the coast of the mainland. It often attains a size of 12 inches in diameter and a height of 30 feet or thereabouts, and has a fine-grained, hard, pinkish wood, which takes a good polish. Not used, to my knowledge, except in isolated cases for ornamental work. Buckthorn (sometimes called bearberry, and from that often wrongly called barberry) (Rhamnus purshiana) is not an uncommon tree on the islands of Vancouver and the gulf and on the coast of the mainland. It attains a size of about a foot in diameter, but more frequently smaller. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The wood is of a light yellow color, close-grained and hard. Not used except for ornamental purposes. Crab (Pirus rivularis) grows commonly in swamps of the mainland to the westward of the coast range, on Vancouver Island and the gulf islands. It seldom attains a larger size than 9 inches; the wood is hard and close-grained, and is principally used for rollers in mills and similar purposes. The hard woods are usually found in bottom lands, and indicate fruitfulness of the soil. There is no part of British Columbia where the timber supply fff not sufficient for local demands. FURTHER OBSERVATIONS. ' The output of lumber in British Columbia for the year 1910 was as follows: Mountain mills 435,000,000 feet Coast mills 605,000,000 feet Total 1,040,000,000 feet The value of this output was $17,160,000. The lumber included in the foregoing represents the entire cut of the province in the Dominion railway belt as well as what was taken from provincial lands, constituting 1910 the banner year for production. The.j figures for the three preceding years were: 1909, 775,000,000 feet; Output 1908, 675,000,000 feet; 1907, 846,000,000 feet. A few words are necessary in respect to the previous status of the industry, which perhaps above all others has been peculiarly subject to fluctuations and to periods of inflation and depression. In a sense the lumber industry in British Columbia, taking a long series of years, has not been a prosperous one, although owners of mills and timber limits as a rule have grown into wealth. For a long time the lumber industry was in a most depressed V condition, and the efforts of the principal operators were directed towards keeping their plants in operation and turning over overdrafts in the bank. The foreign trade in lumber has always been a limited A Fluctuating one and has not increased in a proportion similar to Industry local demand. Until the middle west had fully opened by settlement there was, therefore, little else than local demand to depend upon. The northwest market fluctuates with crop returns, and where an unusual demand has occurred in the past production has been over-stimulated with consequent over-production and financial reaction. Despite reverses, however, the industry has grown to large proportions and within the past few years has passed into stronger hands and altogether it is on a much better and more satisfactory basis. Owing to an almost phenomenally rapid development in provincial affairs generally, local demand has increased tremendously, far greater indeed than middle west demand, although the latter is an ever-increasing factor of importance. y A Logging Railway. A Big Cedar. Steelhead (Salmo gairclncri). Kamloops Trout {Salmo gairdneri kamloops). Spring Salmon (Oiicorhynchus tschawytscha). AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. The general tendency to a decrease in the continental On a Sound supply, together with the existing era of prosperity, and Footing the advantageous position of the province in respect to substantial reserves, have materially augmented the value of timber limits. In addition to that, recent legislation has placed the question of tenure on a sounder basis, giving confidence to investors, and stimulating a general desire to see adopted a comprehensive policy of conservation. A word is also necessary as to the matter of timber in reserve. It has been generally accepted in the past that the provincial supply of timber was "inexhaustible." As is stated at the outset of this chapter, the/ British Columbia asset is a very large and important one, but the An investigation of the forestry commission "brought to light" Exaggerated what was well known to experienced timber men, that the Estimate extent had been tremendously exaggerated, and not only the extent of timber area, but the average stand per acre. Much that has been rated as commercial limits has already proved either valueless or very much below expectations, that is to say from present commercial standards and availability. Doubtless, in the future a great deal not now in the commercial category will be included, but it is well in considering the subject of commercial supply to avoid those misconceptions which have been current in the past. In discussing the matter of markets for pulp and paper, there is unquestionably a wide field for the British Columbia product, but here also misconceptions may arise. As with the development of an iron and steel industry, nearness to a market by sea does not Shipping necessarily premise a commercial advantage in that market. Facilities All depends upon the facilities of shipping possessed, and the . rate and the availability of return cargoes. At present, Great Britain, on account of the extent and diversity of her shipping interests, has an advantage in almost every market in the world, no matter how far removed. The natural advantage of British Columbia in respect to many of these markets are obvious and with the rapid development of Pacific commerce it may be readily assumed that within a comparatively short period its manufactured products will find conditions favorable to that profitable exchange of commodities which is the basis of success, and that with the development of pulp and paper, iron and steel shipbuilding and other industries those markets, to which attention has been called, will respond to the naturally favorable situation, geographically, which exists. It is a matter of time, to which skill and enterprise must be added. MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS THE policy concerning municipal legislation continuously followed by the legislature of this province has been to give as large as possible a measure of local and self-government to municipal corporations, and to facilitate the incorporation of municipalities wherever warranted by population and property. The general legislation at present in force respecting municipalities is contained in three statutes passed during the session of 1896, known as the Municipal Incorporation act, the Municipal Elections act, and the Municipal Clauses act and amendments, dealing respectively with municipal incorporations, elections, government and internal management. Adequate provisions in these acts conserve the corporate rights, powers and liabilities of existing municipalities. Under the first mentioned act a city municipality, to include a tract of land of not more.than 2,000 acres in area, may be incorporated by letters patent upon petition signed by the owners of more than one-half in value of the lands within the proposed boundaries, if within Incorporation such boundaries there are resident at the date of the date of the first signature to the petition not less than one hundred male British subjects of full age; and a township or district municipality upon petition by the like proportion of owners (including holders of pre-emptions of at least one year's standing), if at least thirty British subjects of full age have been residents of the area proposed to be included in the municipality for at least six months before the date of the first signature to the petition. The act also contains elaborate provisions for securing an extension or reduction of corporate limits, and for securing the dissolution of a municipal corporation upon petition of the ratepayers, should circumstances render such a course necessary. The Elections act codifies the provisions relating to this branch of law; the qualifications of electors, the methods of their registration, and the time and method of holding the annual elections being all fixed by statute, it being left to the municipal -councils to fix by Annual by-law the places for holding the nominations and polls and Election to appoint returning officers and their deputies. For the annual elections the nominations are held on the second Monday in January, and the polling, if any, on the Thursday following in the case of city municipalities, and on the Saturday following in the case of district municipalities. The voting is by ballot; the provisions AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. regulating the mode of voting, the counting of ballots and announcing the results and for the prevention of intimidation and corrupt practices being substantially to the same effect as those regulating elections for the legislative assembly; there are also provisions empowering the supreme and county courts to try upon petition the validity of contested elections. In order to be qualified for nomination and election in a city municipality as mayor the candidate must be a British subject and Qualification must have been registered as the owner of the property of Candidates to the extent of $1,000 in assessed value above any registered encumbrance or judgment, and as alderman must be a British subject, with a similar real property qualification of $500. The qualifications of reeve and councillors in district municipalities are similar, with the exception that the real property qualifications are $500 and $250, respectively. All civic officers and employees are elected by ballot and hold office at the pleasure of the council. Every municipality is divided into wards so as to allow equal representation as nearly as may be on the basis of assessed values, and a re-division on this basis is necessary when the amount of assessed property in any ward exceeds in proportion to its representation in the council more than 40 per cent, of the assessed property in any other ward. Any male or female being a British subject of the full age of twenty- one years who in city municipalities has paid on or before the 1st of November, and in district municipalities before the 30th day of November prior to the date of nomination, all rates, taxes, fees, imposts, etc., is qualified to vote at the municipal elections, (a) who is a land owner of the assessed value of at least $100; (b) who is the holder of a trade licence, the annual fee for which is not less than $5, or, (c), who is a householder. The Municipal Clauses act, continuing and elaborating the policy of the former municipal acts, has for its object the creation of a comprehensive system of municipal government and management, altogether self-supporting, that is to say, dependent for municipal expenditures Municipal entirely upon municipal revenue; the municipal councils Clauses Act being for the more effectual accomplishment of this object invested with powers to raise a revenue by taxation, and also with legislative and executive powers, the scope and limits of these powers and the methods of their exercise being fully and carefully defined. In city municipalities the mayor, and in district municipalities the reeve, is the chief executive officer of the corporation, his duties and powers being defined by the act, and including unrestricted powers and authority to order the conduct of all municipal officers and employees, to direct the method and management of corporate business, and to return for re-consideration any by-law or resolution of the council, this partial YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA power of veto being subject to the right of the council to re-consider and again pass the by-law or resolution over the veto of the mayor or reeve. The council exercise the corporate powers of the municipalities and in cities consist of a mayor and not less than five and not more than nine-; aldermen, and in districts of a reeve and not less than four and not more than seven councillors. Real property ownership, as before mentioned, is a necessary qualification for the holding of elective office in a municipality. All civic officers and employees are elected by ballot by and hold office at the pleasure of the council. The council of every municipality has power to make, alter and repeal by-laws in relation to upwards of 150 classes of subjects, the general effect of the elaborate statutory enumeration of their legislative powers being to invest them with authority by by-law to assist the Powers by establishment of various enterprises within the corporation By-law limits; to construct and acquire water works, lighting, sewerage, and tramway systems; to aid educational and charitable institutions and objects; to raise municipal revenue by means of taxation and by the issue of trades licences; to prevent fires and accidents, and to regulate the carrying on of all trades which have in them elements of danger to life or health; to prevent practices injurious to public morals or tending to disturb the peace; to maintain, repair and regulate streets, bridges and wharves; and to enable permanent works to be carried out on the local improvement principle. The general power of a municipal council to incur liabilities on behalf of the corporation is restricted to the extent of the municipal revenue for the current year. The carrying out of municipal works involving expenditure which cannot be met out of the current revenue, loans by the issue of debentures upon the security of rateable lands or improvements (either or both) of the municipality may be obtained upon by-laws passed by the council and assented to by the ratepayers assessed for property within the municipality up to an aggregate amount (exclusive of loans for works to be performed on the local improvement principle) not to exceed twenty per cent, of the assessed value of the lands and improvements of the municipality. For the purpose of carrying out works to be performed on the local improvement principle by local assessment loans may be obtained upon by-laws in like manner, except that the by-law must expressly show that the debt is created on the special rate settled by the by-law and on that security only. A by-law passed illegally may be quashed upon application of any ratepayer made to the supreme court within thirty days after the by-law has been finally passed by the council. By-laws for contracting debts for other than ordinary expenditure can only be introduced on a petition of at least one-half of the value of the land in township or district municipalities and at least one-tenth of the value AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. of real property in city municipalities, and no such by-law after having been passed can be altered or repealed except by consent of the lieutenant- governor-in-council. Only those who are the assessed owners of land or real property may vote on money by-laws. In city municipalities a three-fifths majority is necessary to carry a by-law requiring the assent of the electors. The council of every city municipality may invest its sinking fund in dominion or provincial government securities or deposit it in an incorporated bank, or may invest it in other securities of a like nature. • District municipalities may from time to time invest in dominion or provincial government securities or in first mortgages of real property held and used for farming purposes and being the first lien on such property, but no sum invested in mortgages shall exceed one-half of the -value of the real property on which it is secured. ASSESSMENT AND TAXATION IN every municipality the assessment roll, as annually prepared and returned by the assessor on the date fixed for such return by resolution of the council, is revised by the council sitting as a court of revision to hear and determine all complaints made by ratepayers of having been wrongfully inserted in or omitted from the assessment roll, or of having been therein undercharged or overcharged. The sittings of the court are advertised for one month in the "Official Gazette" and in the local press; and the court is composed of five members of the council, of whom three form a quorum. An appeal lies from the court of revision Assessment to a county court judge or to a judge of the supreme court and again to the court of appeal. The council may, after the final revision"'bf the assessment roll, levy a rate of one mill for health purposes and two mills for school purposes. The court of revision is also empowered to act as, and its members are constituted a board for the equalization of the assessed value of land and improvements which are, under the act, assessed separately; improvements, in many instances, being exempted. All arrears of taxes bearing interest at six per cenL are, by the act, made a first charge on the property affected, and payment may be enforced by action and judgment, or by the sale at public auction of the lands in respect of which taxes are in arrear. Owners of real property which has been sold for taxes have the right to redeem within one year, by paying or tendering to the clerk of the municipality the sum paid by the purchaser with legal interest thereon. In district municipalities every male person between twenty-one and fifty years of age, inclusive, not otherwise assessed, is liable to perform two days' statute labor annually. Any property holder not assessed over 268 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA $500, and whether resident or non-resident, is also charged with two days; over $500 and not exceeding $1,000, three days; and for every additional $1,000, one day. Statute labor may be commuted in cash, at the amount fixed by by-law, not in any case to exceed $2 per day. Municipalities in addition to powers of taxation by statute labor and assessment may levy and collect licence fees in respect of some twenty-nine trades, occupations and privileges at various rates, the limits of which are defined. Cities are also empowered to construct certain works such as sewers, drains, sidewalks, pavements, etc., under the local improvement system j for which the property specially benefitted may be taxed. No such local improvements, however, except branch sewers and Local connections, maj be undertaken if a majority of the Improvement owners of the property effected (holding at least one-half in value of such property) petition against it. Provision is also made for the carrying out of works on the local improvement principle in district municipalities;-/Drainage and dyking under the supervision of the commissioners on the local improvement plan are also fully provided for, and in respect of all works of local improvement, the ratepayers are empowered to proceed against the proposed by-law for illegality or to appeal, in regard to any errors in the* assessment, to a court of . revision in the same way as provided for in the general assessment. The following property is exempt from taxation: Churches, burying- grounds and cemeteries, hospitals (and grounds not exceeding twenty acres for public and three acres for private hospitals); orphanages (and grounds not exceeding five acres); and property vested in or held by her Majesty in an official capacity; Indian lands; and lands and improvements belonging to the municipality (except where chargeable in respect of local improvement). ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER POWERS. POLICE magistrates in city municipalities are appointed by the lieutenant-governor-in-council, who also fixes the salaries, but they are paid by the municipality. A police magistrate is also ex officio a stipendiary magistrate and is not allowed, directly or indirectly, to act as a barrister or solicitor in criminal matters. Mayors and reeves are ex officio justices of the peace. The act expressly Administration imposes upon all municipalities the duty of maintaining of Justice a sufficient force of police and providing a gaol and also of enforcing not only the municipal by-laws, but the criminal law, and the general laws of the province. In township or district municipalities the police are appointed and paid by and hold office at the pleasure of the council. In city municipalities the police are appointed AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. by and are under the control of the police commissioners. The commissioners fix the remuneration of the police, and the council is obliged, subject to the right of appeal to the lieutenant-governor-in-council, to pay such remuneration, and to provide clothing, accoutrements and accommodation for the police. In every city the board of police commissioners consists of the mayor, and two persons appointed annually by the lieutenant-governor-in-council, one of whom must be a member of the council of the city. Two members of the board constitute a quorum. Provision is made for the filling of vacancies. The commissioners have full power as to summoning and examining witnesses and the making of police regulations. In all cities and towns there are required to be a chief of police and such number of officers and assistants as may be deemed necessary by the council, but not less than is reported as absolutely necessary by the police commissioners. All fines, fees and forfeitures imposed under by-laws and in cases where a municipality pays a salary to a police magistrate and maintains a police force, those collected under the authority of the provincial laws are paid into the municipal treasury and used as a part of its revenue. Boards of licencing commissioners are constituted in each city or district municipality who have exclusive powers in the granting, transfer, renewal and cancellation of licences for the sale of liquor. In cities the mayor and two persons appointed by the lieutenant-governor-in-council, one of whom must be a member of the council, constitute the Licencing board, and in district municipalities the reeve, two councillors Boards elected annually for that purpose by the council, and two justices of the peace with jurisdiction in the municipality and being the registered owners of property of the value of $500 or over. The mayor or reeve, as the case may be, is the presiding officer. Tho board does not make regulations, but simply administers the law. The council of every municipality has power to pass by-laws regulating the. conditions under which the commissioners may act, and limiting, prescribing and otherwise regulating the issuance of licenses. Retail liquor licenses are granted in respect to premises only, and all applications for transfer or new licenses must be duly advertised in a local newspaper. An important feature of the licensing system in regard to new applications is that it recognizes the local option principle. No retail liquor license can be granted in a city unless the application therefor be supported by a petition of two-thirds of the lot owners and resident householders and two-thirds of their wives as well within the block in which the premises are situated, or in the block opposite; and if the premises be situated on a street corner, then of two-thirds of all the lot owners and resident householders and their wives. In city or town municipalities of less than 1,000 inhabitants and in township and district municipalities no retail YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA licenses may issue without a similar petition in its favor with respect to the whole of the municipality; and in order to obtain a license in any rural settlement a like petition must be presented, signed by two-thirds in number of the householders, and the wives of such householders, residing within five miles of the premises for which the license is sought. Assistance to public schools is dealt with under the head of education. Local boards of health.are also dealt with in a special chapter. It is the duty of every city municipality to make suitable provision for its poor and destitute. It is also the duty of all municipalities to publish periodically statements of its financial affairs in a local newspaper; and no municipality can grant special privileges or give exemptions of any kind unless assented to by a vote of the people. Councils may, however, by a resolution, grant aid to hospitals, agricultural societies, mechanics' institutes and charitable institutions, give bounties for the destruction of wild beasts, provide buildings for municipal purposes, acquire land for sanitary purposes, regulate the meeting of the council and pay the expenses of delegates so far as these relate to their own municipality. Provision is made with the assent of the electors for the establishment of a free library, and any municipality may by resolution grant aid in celebrating her Majesty's birthday or in any gathering for public sports and amusements; or in establishing an institution for persons afflicted with contagious or infectious diseases. The city municipalty of Vancouver is incorporated under a statute granting special charter, which Special has been from time to time amended by the legislature. The Charter general acts, of which an outline has been given above, do not apply except where especially provided, or where no special enactments in that behalf is contained in the special act. In the charter of the city of Vancouver, while the methods of organization and administration differ in many details, the principle of government is in general effect the same as that in cities governed by the general act. In"Vancouver the local improvement system has been extensively adopted, while this has not been the case in other cities, with the exception of Victoria and New Westminster. In Vancouver also the ratepayers elect representatives to the licensing and police boards and the boards of park and water commissioners. The municipal system of British Columbia is largely founded on the experience of other provinces, modified to suit local conditions, but more especially is it based on that of Ontario, where the development of municipal institutions received its earliest and most successful Municipal exemplification. In this province, unlike Ontario, with its Growth . extensive and compact rural population, the conditions of municipal growth have been mainly urban in character. In the outlying districts, owing to extent of territory, sparseness of population, AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL and magnitude and costliness of municipal undertakings, the development of municipal organizations has been limited and of slow growth. TAXATION IN MUNICIPALITIES THE assessor is appointed by the mayor and council. The council, by resolution, fixes the time in each year within which the assessor shall begin to make and at which he shall complete his assessment roll. The roll has to be returned to the clerk of the council within a time to be fixed by resolution. The assessor must attach to his roll a certificate on oath that the roll is correct and is prepared by him in accordance with the provisions of the act. For the purpose of taxation, land and improvements (within the municipality) shall be estimated at their value, the measure of which, as to land, shall be the actual cash value; as to improvements, shall be the cost of placing at the time of assessment such improvements on the land, having regard to their then condition; but land and improvements shall be assessed separately. One dollar shall be the minimum tax of any person or body of persons assessed, in respect of real property, within a municipality. Lands in respect of which no crown grant has issued, but which are held under pre-emption or lease or agreed to be sold, granted or conveyed or occupied (while so held or occupied, or during the existence of such agreement), shall be liable to taxation from the date of pre-emption record or lease or agreement. This refers only to lands the title to which remains in the crown. Such taxation, however, does not in any way affect the rights of his Majesty in the lands. The assessor once, in every year has to prepare the assessment roll, in which, after diligent inquiry, he shall set down, according to the best information to be had: (1) The names of all persons having taxable property in the municipality and resident therein; (2) The names of all persons resident out of the municipality, but taxable therein; (3) A full description of all taxable property (real property only), showing the extent and value or amount thereof, including value of improvements separately. The assessor has to send a notice of assessment to every owner of real property, giving the particulars; namely, description of property, the value of each parcel, the total amount of the value, the number of days statute labor (if any) for which the person is liable, the date of delivery or mailing of notice. Before returning the roll to the clerk, the assessor is bound to furnish a copy of the notice of assessment to any one who has a registered YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA K interest in the property, if requested to do so, for which he is entitled to a fee of twenty-five cents. Every person receiving a notice of assessment is entitled to appeal against the assessment to the court of revision. The court of revision, which is the council or five members thereof, sits within two months after the date fixed for the assessor to return his roll for hearing appeals. One month's notice, by publication in the Official Gazette and a newspaper, is given of the sitting of the court of revision. The members of the court of revision, shall form a quorum, and a majority of a quorum may decide all questions before the court. The court may administer oaths and issue summons for witnesses. The court of revision is also constituted a board of equalization. There is an appeal from the court of revision to a judge of the supreme court, or to a judge of the county court having jurisdiction within the municipality. The roll as finally revised is final and binding on all parties. The council is empowered in each and every year to pass a by-law or by-laws for levying a rate or rates on all land and improvements as assessed (provided that the rate on improvements shall not be levied on more, and may, in the discretion of the council, be on less, than 50 per cent, of the assessed value thereof, or such improvements may be exempted altogether) to provide for all sums which may be required for the lawful purposes of the municipality for each year. The rate so levied shall not exceed one and one-half cents on the dollar, in addition to what is required for the board of health and hospital purposes, and for school purposes and for payment of interest and sinking fund on any debt of the municipality. Wild land may be taxed at a rate not to exceed 4 per cent, of its assessed value. The council may in each and every year pass a by-law or by-laws for levying a special rate of not more than one mill in the dollar for board of health and hospital purposes, and of not more than five mills on the dollar for school purposes, and the council may in addition to such rate apply any portion of the ordinary revenue to school purposes. All taxes are deemed to be due and payable on the first day of January of the current year unless otherwise provided for by by-laws. The duties of the collector are fully set out in the act, but for the purpose of this brief synopsis of the taxation system it will not be necessary to repeat them here; ample provision is made for allowing abatement, generally one-sixth of the amount, for prompt payment by a specified date, or a lesser proportion, that is, a smaller rebate on later dates of payment. No discount is allowed other than these rebates. All taxes become delinquent on the 31st day of December, following the date on which taxes become legally due, after which delinquent date 8 per cent, per annum is added. Due notice of delinquency is given, and if not paid within three months of date of notice, lands are liable for sale. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. The collector has the usual remedies by distress or by action for the recovery of taxes, and if either of these remedies is not acted upon, the collector may, between the fifteenth day of June and the fifteenth day of September in each year after the delinquent date, advertise and sell the lands. Public notice is given of the sale in the Official Gazette and a newspaper. Land which has been sold for delinquent taxes may be redeemed within one year from the day of sale on payment of the amount for which sold (which must not be less than the taxes, interest and costs), together with interest at 8 per cent. The act contains forms of procedure, tax sale deeds and other necessary and usual provisions. The right of way, and improvements thereon, of railway companies are assessed as real property within the municipality and taxed at the rate levied on real property. STATUTE LABOR IN MUNICIPALITIES. Every male resident over 21 years of age is liable for statute labor, which may be one day's labor for every $500 of assessed value of real property in the municipality, but which in the discretion of the council may be reduced by by-law in rural municipalities. In cities, the statute labor may be commuted for two dollars per day, and this rate shall also apply to rural districts. Municipalities have power to abolish statute labor by by-laws; but if abolished, the council must expend on the road on which assessed property is situated an amount equal to 30 per cent, of the tax collected on that land. EXEMPTIONS FROM REAL ESTATE TAXATION MUNICIPALITIES. (1) Every building set apart, and in use, for the public worship of God. (2) Every burial ground in actual use as such and every cemetery. (3) Every public hospital and buildings in connection therewith and land adjoining and used for the hospital to the extent of twenty acres, every private hospital and land in connection to the extent of three acres. (4) The land and improvements of property belonging to the municipality, except for local improvements. (5) Property vested in his Majesty. (6) Orphanages and institutions for destitute children, buildings and land to the extent of five acres. All taxes in municipalities are a special lien on the land and improvements and have preference over any other claim, except that of the crown, and does not require registration to preserve it. For list of municipalities, addresses of mayor, reeve, clerk or treasurer, and for statistical information, see separate part of this, publication. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA MUNICIPALITIES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA as constituted to April 30, 1911. URBAN MUNICIPALITIES IIChilliwack, city. Cranbrook Cumberland Enderby Fernie Grand Forks Greenwood Kaslo Kelowna , Kamloops Ladysmith Nanaimo Nelson New Westr Vancr., city. .Phoenix 171Prince Rupert.. lRevelstoke IRossland 'Sandon Slocan Trail Vancouver, city. Vernon Victoria James Munro... P. D. Hunt J. N. McLeod.. J. L. Ruttan... A. W. Bleasdell.. Robert Graw..:. D. Mcintosh F. E. Archer. .. . D. Sutherland... J. T. Robinson. Dr. R. B. Dier... A. E. Planta H. Selous |J. A. Lee Wm. McNeish... D. Matherson... Wm. Manson... Dr. J. Hamilton. M. McKinnon... Dr. W. E. Gomm| Thos. McNeish.. G. F. Weir L. D. Taylor... H. W. Husband.. A. J. Morley Clerk or Treas. . J. Boucher.. . M. Roberts.. . McKinnon... . Rosoman. W. Barclay.. A. McCallum . B. Taylor... |, E. Hodder.. . H. Dunn J. Carment... . Morrison Gough r. E. Wasson.. J. McKay , Shepherd . Hartley . A. Woods... . A. Lawson.. F. Collin '. F. Lawson.. . Parker '. Monypenny r. McQueen.. . G. Tate '. J. Dowler. Chilliwack.. Cranbrook.. Cumberland. Enderby. Fernie Grand Forks Greenwood.. Kaslo Kelowna Kamloops... Ladysmith.. Nanaimo.-... Nelson N. Westr... N. Vancr Phoenix Pr. Rupert. Revelstoke.. Rossland Sandon Slocan Trail Vancouver.. Vernon Victoria Oct. lOct. March July April Aug. Sept. May April June Dec. March July March Oct. Jan. March March Dec. June June April Dec. Aug. 1902 1905 1897 1905 1904 1897 1897 1903 1905 1893 1904 1874 1897 1860 1906 1900 1910 1899 1897 1897 1901 1901 RURAL MUNICIPALITIES Municipality 26|Burnaby 27|Chilliwack, dist.. 28 j Coldstream 29|Coquitlam 30|Delta 31|Kent ""'Langley Maple Ridge Matsqui Merritt Mission North Saanich.. North Cowichan. N. Vancr., dist... Oak Bay Point Grey Penticton Peachland Richmond Saanich ISalmon Arm... S. Vancouver... Spallumcheen... Sumas Summerland.... Surrey 42 15 J. W. Weart P. H. Wilson... VV. C. Ricardo. James Mars John Oliver John McRae D. W. Poppy... J. C. McFarlane W. Merryfleld... J. Eastwood Robt. W. Dick.. W. Armstrong A. C. Aitken J. G. McNaught. W. Henderson.. P. Bowser E. F. Bennett.. W. Ganaway... . Wm. Bridge J. Nicholson R. K. Scales... W. A. Pound... C. T. Shubert... A. Campbell Jas. Ritchie T. J. Sullivan.. Clerk or Treas. C. T. Saunders C. E. Webb B. Henderson.. [John Smith N. McDiarmid...| Harry Fooks R. A. Payne.... E. W. Beckett.. Jas. Gibson H. Priest... A. Catchpole R. Brethour... J. Dickinson.... T. G. Farmer... J. S. Floyd H. Floyd E\ E. Tily H. McDougall... C. L. Blight... J. Carmichael.. EL Bowden G. H. Peake... C. Creed St. G. Yarwood.. J. C. Logie E. Cairncross... Edmonds Chilliwack... Vernon Coquitlam... Ladner Agassiz Langley Pt. Haney... Matsqui Merritt Mission City. Sidney Duncans N. Vancr.... |Oak Bay Kerrisdale... Penticton.... Peachland... Steveston Royal Oak.. Salmon Arm Hill Crest... SpaTmcheen. Huntingdon. Summerland, Cloverdale.. . Incorporated Sept. July Dec. May Aug. Sept. April May Nov. April July March June Aug. July Jan. Dec. Dec. March Feb. May April July Jan. Dec. July 1892 1883 1906 1894 1888 18941 1873 1894 1892 1911 I 1892 1906 1873 1901 I 1906 1908 1908 | 1908 1892 | 1896 1905 I 1892 1892 1892 : 1906 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA sj9Ai3cl9+'ey; jo jgqumjM III | 1 3 :! II 11 i SI 1 1 f mm. UI spa 3 :t£ |j |%^ m f\ :^ pu^i; PtlAl jo 8nI'BA psssassy 5; :s| ;§; oo ; ■X © © c £ -pads J2W TU9£) 1 g n3*S*^. r!^ . .*&£ .^^ ^S* . . . lfl^.j vdj lOvSJ^J S}U8UI9AOJdUII jo eni'BA siq^x-Bi £-°fe. 5§® Pi P5 i S- 1 p 1 J : I i o o a 3c +. p > i 1 1 ; "3: Si ^ P 1| 1 off S : • d~c i c p ;! k5 1 a p c I 5 e 7 2 a 02 s : 2 ; as? aE 32 QQ •raqomn S£ggSSS8S88SSg8S$33333$33SS AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. STATISTICS PER 31ST DECEMBER, 1910. Urban Municipalities. City | 3 d . >3 Total Taxes 1910 3 fl 12 a S* & d 1 2 3 4 5 Chilliwack Cranbrook Cumberland Enderby $ 31,837 167,534 15,283 46,510 472,143 226,980 155,915 36,826 191,458 i04,'l33 564,382 891,908 2,673,984 918,295 38,540 423,711 611,849 252,959 29,732 2 4,*820 19,202,322 455,371 8,292,807 $ 22,868| 140,430] 3,000| 34,381| 403,2651 195,2091 155,915| 17,820| 168,437 '"80,254 485,123 672,892| 2,058,639] 843,389| 10,083 282,100) 556,110] 211,051 12,235 ] 17,130 14,626,555 455,371 6,616,595 $ 59,144 83,740 16,933 13,590 214,618 83,255 40,180 16,999 96,288 27,041 344,874 281,023 813,619 593,072 24,672 73,240 242,826 70,666 5,280 32,885 2,366,519 178,473 1,645,526 $ 60,352 83,800 16,552 15,471 214,567 83,255 40,180 24,050 91,895 27,025 251,957 277,243 812,467 623,645 18,167 320,766 242,826 70,523 4,882 '" 32,885 2,204,242 178,473 1,639,922 $ 1,817 20,290 3,100 4,836 20,806 21,295 10,803 3,277 24,830 i6,855 27,344 75,279 149,459 97,486 7,423 56,252 46,162 25,987 1,620 "'5,085 1,773,536 43,615 706,085 $ 21,604 140,430 3,000 1,881 398,920 6 8 Grand Forks Greenwood 195,179 11,772 10,883 9 10 11 12 13 Kelowna Kamloops Ladysmith Nanaimo 165,500 75,000 477,576 669,182 14 15 16 New Westminster .. North Vancouver .. 1,819,528 375,921 6,930 17 18 19 20 21 22 Prince Rupert Revelstoke Rossland Sandon Slocan 107,217 120,222 207,500 12,000 " •'15,362 23 24 Vancouver 12,808,266 57,667 25 5,398,507 Rural Municipalities. IBurnaby Chilliwack (district)' Coldstream Coquitlam [Delta Kent ILangley Maple Ridge Matsqui IMerritt Mission North Cowichan .. North Saanich .. .. | . North Vancr. (dist.). . I Oak Bay ! Point Grey £ ISteaticton .. I Peachland j . pi Richmond , .. | Saanich Salmon Arm | South Vancouver . .J: Spallumcheen . Sumas Summerland J [Surrey 330,4731$ 36,596| 27,717 11,907 26,219 8,708 9,497 23,224[ 10,4581 226,840) 235,252 971,754 120,418 . ^642,835 23,156 21,414 ,449,705 : '"6,588 308,779 20,254 286,178 $ 32,051 27,717 20,918 1,066 1,629 255 795 2,580 208,487 222,894 773,014 136,374 :588;274 11,677 7,943 ,089,364 "'1,202 300,604 1,504 260,9771$ 51,553 25,675 27,1431 62,073 9,736 ' 18,298 22,549 21,471 25,494 '158,629! 135,763 691,486 150,294 22,957 286*803 75,020 15,352 993,634 253,325 $ 45,169 24,519 19,668 55,062 8,278 17,883 147,6301 129,775 416,009 145,848 25,279 269,380 65,356 14,746 898,911 7,442 6,549 7,233] 234,861 234,861 13,240 55,384[ 54,289| 33,059| 60,517 23,928 7,07f 17,000 27,679 5,578 16,059 11,130 17,967 Si si d <n a) o fiflJ $ 236,650 20,000 9,200 20,000 115,124 27,314 9,150 62,08^ 17,956 83,436 9,619 1,990 32,717 38,607 7,0241 118,8141 137,473 127,401 3,825 130,500 6, ~~~ 448,685 17,568 7,100 1,054,000 PROVINCIAL FINANCES UNDER this head come assessment, taxation, revenue and expenditure, and public debt. As a glance at the accompanying tables will show, there has been a remarkable improvement of the finances of the province in recent years, to which there has corresponded an expansion in all the business activities. Ten, and even eight, years ago the treasury was much depleted and the credit of the province largely exhausted. A policy of careful finance, together with the more rapid development of industry and commerce which has taken place, has resulted in a state of affairs the reverse of what existed prior to that time.. In regard to public debt, only a word is necessary to explain the position. In the budget speech delivered during the last session of the legislature the following statement was made. The position of the province in regard to bonded indebtedness on the 31st March, 1910, was as follows: Four and one-half per cent, debenture stock—Loan Act, 1887, maturing 30th June, 1917, $381,210. Three per cent, inscribed stock loans, Loan Acts, 1891-3-5-9 and 1902, maturing 30th June, 1941, $9,921,936. Three and one-half per cent., dyking debentures—Acts, 1891-8-9, $16,000. Five per cent, treasury debentures—Loan Act, 1903, maturing 30th June, 1937, $500,000. Total funded debt, $10,819,146. Against this amount there is an accumulated sinking fund of $1,849,368. Leaving a balance of $8,969,778. To which is to be added guarantee of the Nakusp and Slocan railway bonds terminable 1st July, 1918, $647,022. A total of $9,616,800. At the close of the fiscal year 1910-11 there was over $8,000,000 in the banks to the credit of the province bearing interest at about four per cent; so that taking the natural reduction of the debt for the year into account and sundry liquid assets the treasury was in a position at the latter date to wipe out the entire debt. Receipts and expenditure under the various heads for the fiscal year 1909-10, as shown in the public accounts, were as follows: ■ ^^^^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. » O u pi o3 a 1SE ■gfl flSg ^OOr Art' ShWcQ S^pJJ ill 3^0 ll l JJ 1 i $ 811,163.79 22,106.83 2,012,103.42 568,463.66 5,945.42 21,083.83 6,030.00 I 0 0 Government House, Victoria.. Roads, streets, bridges, wharves and subsidies Surveys and improvement of lands p 0 CD P a i Shuswap and Okanagan railway, in excess of earnings.. Nakusp and Slocan railway, in excess of earnings Victoria and Sidney railway, 2 % guarantee of interest on bonds • Total expenditure $576,943.49 889,700.87 151,785.84 114,386.86 257,690.41 209,442.14 213,386.61 587,935.91 50,104.43 97,268.89 c 1 ff 1 c T t I e 1 > ! 4) : I 0 | ll 1 "a 0 || > i [ 5 P • 1 \ I i £ 3 p I & 8 pi ^d O a la d£ m u * a 0 < P c E 1 a CD tf 1 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCIAL FINANCES-1871 to 1911. 3 s Tear PS a 4J > CD CD Pi ■*-> ft "3 CD pi a CD 2 <& Z& ZR A oq | ^ $ 1 $ $ $ $ $ 1871 (six months) 191,819 97,691 94,128 1S72 327,215 432,082 104,867 1873 370,150 372,618 2,468 1874 372,417 583,355 210,938 1875 351,240 614,658 263,418 362,121 626,259 1876 381,119 728,310 347,191 1877 408,348 685,046 276,698 1878 ■ 430,785 514,878 84,093 1879 (six months) 213,057 186,715 26,343 1879-80 390,907 446,574 55,667 587,035 811,067 1880-81 397,035 378,778 18,257 1881-82 405,583 474,428 68,845 1882-83 425,808 594,101 168,293 1883-84 503,173 590,629 87,456 1884-85 600,398 655,437 55,039 841,201 850,021 1885-86 514,719 772,211 257,492 1886-87 540,398 713,151 172,753 1887-88 608,678 745,975 137,297 1888-89 706,779 816,267 109,488 1889-90 845,522 911,408 65,886 1890-91 964,943 993,855 28,912 1,125,314 1,797,820 1891-92 1,038,237 1,370,431 332,194 1892-93 1,019,206 1,431,438 412,232 1893-94 821,660 1,514,405 692,745 1894-95 \ ... 896,025 1,906,924 1,010,899 3,075,011 6,499,688 1895-96 989,765 1,614,723 624,958 1896-97 1,383,048 1,569,071 186,043 1897-98 1,439,623 2,001,031 561,408 1898-99 1,531,638 2,156,473 624,835 1899-1900 1,544,108 1,831,205 287,097 1900-01 1,605,920 2,287,821 681,901 3,098,304 8,866,868 1901-02 1,807,925 2,537,373 729,448 1902-03 2,044,630 3,393,182 1,348,552 1903-04 2,638,260 2,862,794 224,534 1904-05 2,920,461 2,302,417 618,044 4,463,869 13,252,097 1905-06 3,044,442 2,328,126 716,316 1906-07 4,444,593 2,849,479 1,595,114 1907-08 5,979,054 3,686,349 2,292,705 1908-09 4,664,500 3,749,170 915,330 1909-10 8,874,741 6,382,993 2,491,748 11,060,843 11,862,478 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. ASSESSMENT AND TAXATION. OUTSIDE of incorporated municipalities, all taxes are imposed and collected directly by the provincial government and form part of the consolidated revenues of the province, and are applied to meet the expenditures for public improvements such as roads, trails, wharves, bridges, public buildings, the administration of justice, the expenses of education, the administration of the civil service, etc. RATES OF TAXATION. Commencing with the assessment rolls for the year 1911, the following are the rates of taxation: On real property (that is improved property), one-half of 1 per cent, on assessed value. On wild land, 4 per cent, of assessed value. On coal land, class "A" (worked mines), 1 per cent, of assessed value. On coal land, class "B" (unworked), 2 per cent, of assessed value. On personal property, one-half of 1 per cent, on assessed value. On income, that is on taxable income (there is an exemption of $1,000 allowed from the total income of each person), when the amount of such taxable income is ascertained under either of the following classes, the rates are as follows: Class "A"—When taxable income does not exceed $2,000, 1 per cent. Class "B"—Exceeds $2,000 and doe's not exceed $3,000, 1% per cent. Class "C"—Exceeds $3,000 and does not exceed $4,000, iy2 per cent. Class "D"—Exceeds $4,000 and does not exceed $7,000, 2 per cent. Class "E"—Exceeds $7,000, 2% per cent. All assessed taxes are subject to a discount of 10 per cent, if paid on or before 30th June yearly. This discount does not apply to arrears. All taxes are due and payable each year, in advance, on 2nd January; become delinquent, if unpaid, at 31st December, and delinquent taxes- are subject to interest at 6 per cent, until paid. Land upon which taxes are delinquent are liable to be sold by auction for the unpaid taxes, or if not sold at the annual tax sale the land is liable to forfeiture to the crown at the expiration of one year from date of annual tax sale. Land which has been sold at a tax sale may be redeemed within two years- from date of sale. EXEMPTIONS. The following exemptions are allowed under the Assessment act. On mortgages, as personal property; on the unpaid purchase money of land, as personal property; oh household furniture and effects in dwelling YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA houses; on homesteads under the Dominion land act, and on pre-emptions under the provincial land act, for two years from date of entry and to the extent of $500 for four years thereafter; on farm produce and on live stock and machinery on the farm up to the value of $1,000, and on ■all income from the farm. Exemption from personal property tax is also allowed on the following: On monies deposited in banks, on minerals, matte or bullion, in the •course of treatment; on timber and coal lands held under lease or licence from the crown; on timber cut from crown leaseholds or from land held under licence from the crown; on timber cut from lands other than crown lands, if the tax payable under the land act has been paid. All pensions paid out of the king's treasury or out of public monies of the Dominion of Canada or any province thereof are exempt from, income tax. TAXATION ON CORPORATIONS, ETC. The following corporations are assessed and taxed 1 per cent, on their gross annual revenue: Life, fire, and other insurance companies; guarantee companies, loan ^companies, trust companies, telegraph, telephone, express companies; gas companies, water works companies, electric lighting companies, ^electric power companies and street railway companies. Banks are assessed and taxed $1,000 on each head office in the province and $125 on 'each branch or agency whether within or without municipalities. Unworked crown granted mineral claims are subject to a tax of 25c. per acre. Railways are assessed and taxed on their right of way, the railway and the personal property and income of the railway company derived .from the railway and its rolling stock at the sum of $10,000 per mile of the track of the main line and branches, and at $3,000 per mile for sidings, spurs and switches, the rate of tax thereon being 1 per cent., subject to 10 per cent, discount if paid yearly before 30th June. Coal and coke are taxed; coal at 10c. per ton, coke at 15c. per ton. This tax is in substitution for all taxes upon the buildings, structures and permanent improvements, machinery and things on the land necessarily nnd actually used for the purpose of operating the coal mines or coke ovens and for all taxes upon the income derived therefrom. Revenue tax of $3.00 payable by each male resident over 18 years -of age. The province is divided into assessment districts, and in each district there is an assessor and collector appointed. The assessor makes an annual revision of the rolls, and he is bound by the assessment act to fix the assessed value at the actual cash value of the property. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Notices of assessment are sent by the assessor or collector annually to the last known address of the taxpayer, and the taxpayer should notify the assessor or collector if any change in address. The rolls are subject to annual revision by a court of revision and appeal, the sittings of which are duly advertised in the British Columbia Gazette. Each taxpayer has the right of appeal to that court against the assessments made. After the roll has been certified by the court of revision no change can be made in the assessed values. In addition to the liability of all property for the taxes imposed upon it, there is a personal liability for all taxes. The public school act provides for a school tax to be levied in rural school districts, and which tax, for convenience, is collected by the provincial collectors, and the amount sent to the treasury department, and it is kept separate from the consolidated revenue, and handed over to the rural school trustees. The rural school trustees at the annual school meeting in July vote the amount needed for the ensuing school year. This amount is levied upon the land and personal property of the taxpayer in each rural school district by the collector, according to the amount of each individual assessment as shown upon a special school assessment roll, the rate of school tax, therefore, varies in each rural school district. The rural school tax is due in January yearly, and no discount is allowed for prompt payment, but if not then paid the tax may be immediately recovered by distress of the goods and chattels of the taxpayer. If any rural school taxes should remain unpaid at 31st December the lands of the taxpayer will be exposed for sale by public auction. ROYALTY ON TIMBER. A royalty of 50c. per thousand feet of board measure is reserved to the crown on all timber cut from crown lands, from railway subsidy lands, and from lands held under lease or licence from the crown, also a royalty of 25c. per cord on wood cut upon crown lands, timber leaseholds and timber limits. A tax is payable under the land act upon all timber (except that upon which a royalty is reserved), but a rebate is allowed where the timber is manufactured or used in the province. PROBATE AND SUCCESSION DUTY. On every probate and letters of administration a charge of 1 per cent, is payable on the value of personal estate to father, mother, husband, brother or sister of deceased, and in case of all other legatees or next of kin, except wife or children, 5 per cent, on the full value of the estate. No charge is made on the value of the estate to the wife or children. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA SUCCESSION DUTY. Dutiable Value of Estate, Legacy or Request. To Father, Mother, Husband, Wife, Child, Grandchild, Daughter-in-iaw, Son-in-law. I To Grandfather, | Grandmother or Any Other Lineal „, .- „,, Ancestor (Except To **& Other Father and Mother), Brother, I Sister, Cousin, Nephew, Niece, Uncle, Aunt. Relative and Strangers. $5,000 and under .. $5,001 to $25,000 ... $25,001 to $100,000 . $100,001 to $200,000 $200,001 and upwards Nil SUMMARY OF ASSESSED VALUES FOR YEAR 1910. Railway mileage at $10,000 per mile; 1,343.455 miles $ 13,434,550.00 Railway mileage at $3,000 per mile; 687.600 miles 687,600.00 Railway mileage taxed at 1 per cent 14,122,150.00 Real property (other than railway mileage) 46,881,993.00 $ 61,004,143.00 Wild land 6,772,731.00 Coal land, class "A" $1,736,736 Coal land, class "B" 250,205 1,986,941.00 Timber land , 5,539,478.11 $ 75,303,293.11 Personal property 35,202,449.00 Incomes 14,164,338.34 $124,670,080.45 AMOUNTS COLLECTED FROM TAXATION FOR THE YEAR ENDE© 31st MARCH, 1910. Real property tax $ 335,74i|(H Personal property tax 161.692.SS Wild land, coal land, timber land tax 250,904.71 Income tax 190,984.16 Mineral tax 102,608.93 Revenue tax 260,682.00 Unworked crown granted mineral claims 39,869.65 Tax on coal and coke 222,722.91 Total taxes collected $1,565,209.50 PROVINCIAL ASSESSMENT. Statement Showing Assessed Values and Taxes Collectible in Province of British Columbia for the Years 1900 to 1910. 1900. Real property (3-6 of 1 %) Wild land (2 1-2 %) "Personal property (1-2 of 1 Income (various rates) 1901. Real property (3-5 of 1 %) Wild land (2 1-2 %) ^Personal property (1-2 of 1 %) Income (other than insurance co.) Income (insurance co.) 1902. Real property (3-5 of 1 %) Wild land (2 1-2 %) Personal property (i-2 of 1 %) Income (except insurance co.) ... Income (insurance co.) 1903. Real property (3-5 of 1 Wild land (2 1-2 %) ^Personal property (1-2 ol Income (except insurance Income (insurance co.) . 1904. Real property (at 1 %) ^EQd land (at 5 %) Personal property (at 1 %).. Income (except corporation) Income (corporations) ,. 1905. Real property (at 1 %) Wild land (at 5 %) Personal property (at 1 %) , Income (except corporation) Income (corporations) 1906. 'Heal property ipild land (4 %) Coal land, class "A" (at 1 %) .... Coal land, class "B" (at 2 %) Timber land (2 %) Personal property (at 2-3 of 1 %) Income (except corporation) Income (corporations) $21,874,648] 2,646,701 14,670,331 1.821,165 $131,247.90 66,167.53 73,351.67 20,643.67 41,012,845 21,992,273 2,943,923 15,738,943 2,008,462 500,000 291,410.77 131,953.65 73,358.07 78,694.71 32,323.00 8,070.87 43.183,601 23,871,915 2,624,477 17,670,494 1,893,377 500,000 324,400.36 143,323.49 65,612.32 88,352.47 29,753.33 8,126.14 46,560,263 24,769,119 2,580,677 18,076,926 2,049,138 511,985 335,167.75 148,614.70 64,516.92 90,384.63 30,930.62 9,199.98 47,987,845 31,809,577 2,543,365 21,899,129 2,493,892 3,410,615 343,646.85 318,095.77 127,168.25 218,991.29 50,710.00 42,531.08 62,156,578 33,145,087 2,445,717 21,987,973 2,086,369 3,470,814 757,496.39 331,450.87 122,278.95 219,879.73 35,689.12 39,039.01 63,135,960 36,019,107 1,836,393 143,940 1,001,931 1,907,546 21,922,693 2,424,393 4,712,424 748,337.68 336,503.58 73,456.41 1,439.40 20,038.62 38,150.93 146,163.39 53,047.25 I 45,686.55 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCIAL ASSESSMENT (Continued) 1907. Assessed Value $39,742,593 Tax $235,470.44 Wild land (4 %) ■ 2,288,416 246,300 91,098.34 2,463.00 1,076,800 21,536.00 2,316,298 46,325.97 23,053,440 138,323 07 5,334,379 52,760.25 Income (other than corporation) 3,127,187 71,537.88 1908. 77,185,413 45,045,831.00 659,514.95 301,685.38 Wild land (4 %) 3,463,170.00 138,526.83 15,178.57 3,629.45 Coal land, class "A" (1 %) .* 1,517,857.00 163,472.50 4,041,121.35 80,822.44 25,160,071.00 153,118.45 Income (other than corporation) Income (corporation) 4,157,712.89 6,100,000.00 100,412.21 63,000.00 1909. Real property Wild land 89,649,235.74 50,172,517.00 5,258,886.00 856,373.33 345,167.14 211,083.39 1,523,457.00 15,234.57 273,012.00 5,459.85 5,233,582.00 104,671.63 Personal property Income (other than corporation) Income (corporation) .". 29,678,530.00 5,279,423.00 7,496,949.00 180,905.50 138,812.58 81,941.40 1910. Real property Wild land 104,916,356.00 61,004,143.00 6,772,731.00 1,083,276.06 421,966.64 270,909.15 1,736,736.00 17,367.36 5,004.11 110,789.62 5,539,478.11 Personal property Income (other than corporation) Income (corporation) 35,202,449.00 6,063,827.00 8,100,511.34 $124,670,086.95 230,582.26 148,891.32 95,874.97 $1,301,385.43 The taxes given above were subject to a discount of 10 % if paid before 30th June annually. Previous to 1906 "wild land" included coal land and timber land. The above does not include the tax on minerals. For full particulars of revenue of the province, application may be made for a copy of the public accounts to the King's Printer, Victoria. The tax on real property given above includes the tax at 1 % on railway mileage. The tax on railway mileage for 1910 was: Assessed value, $14,122,150; tax, $141,221.50. RAILWAY AND ELECTRIC -ENTERPRISE" IN THE limited space assigned to the subject it is impossible to give a history of railway building in British Columbia. One of the principal conditions of the agreement under which the crown colony of British Columbia became a province of the Dominion in 1871, was connection with eastern Canada by an all-Canadian line of railway, and this was fulfilled by the completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway from Montreal to Burrard inlet in 1885. The estblishment of this main trunk line stimulated the imaginations of many enthusiasts, who bombarded the provincial legislature with railway, proposals. Scores of railway charters, in some cases carrying j Railway large subsidies in cash and land were granted, in many cases Projects to men whose sole object was to sell out their prospective rights to the highest bidder. A few of the companies secured sufficient capital to build portions of their undertakings, enough to enable them to hold their land grants, but the majority forfeited their rights through inaction and lapse of time, or were absorbed by the Canadian Pacific Railway and Great Northern. For several years successive administrations sought to secure railway construction by grants of land and consequently large blocks of valuable timbered and agricultural lands were alienated. This policy was finally abandoned and now, if aid be granted a railway, it is either* in the form of a cash subsidy per mile of completed road, or a guarantee of interest for a period of years on bonds issued by the railway company, the?' province being indemnified from possible loss by a first mortgage on the railway and its equipment. In cases where it is shown that the under* taking is in the general, interests of Canada, the Dominion government 3Up^ plements the provincial aid by a cash subvention per mile, and a guarantees of a fixed sum per mile for conveying the mails. So far railway building has been confined to the southern belt, lying between the 52nd parallel and the United States boundary, but the Grand Trunk Pacific Company is now constructing the Pacific division of its main transcontinental road from the Yellowhead pass to Prince Rupert, near the mouth of the Skeena river. This railway has been generously G. T. P. subsidized by the Dominion government, but has not been granted any extraordinary aid or privilege by the province. It will serve in the development of a very rich and extensive country (the)' central belt) lying between the 52nd and 56th parallels, and provide a new outlet to the Pacific. The G. T. P. contemplates the construction of several AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. branch lines, or "feeders," running north and south from the main line to tap the tributary agricultural, mineral and timber districts. The company has completed the first 100 mile section from Prince Rupert eastward, up the Skeena river valley, and is working on the sections extending into the Bulkley valley. The Canadian Northern Railway Company has entered into an agreement with the government of British Columbia to construct about 600 miles of main line, connecting with its eastern lines, from the The Canadian Yellowhead Pass, following the valleys of the North Northern Thompson and Fraser rivers, to tide water near Vancou ver, crossing thence by ferry to Victoria, on Vancouver Island, and continuing the road from that point to one on Barkley sound, west coast of the island. Under the agreement, the province guarantees the company's bonds at 4 per cent, to the extent of $35,000 per mile for thirty years, the company granting the province a first mortgage on the railway. The company is also exempted from taxation until July 1st, 1924. The company undertakes to complete the railway within four years from June, 1910. The company is now building sections of the road on the mainland and on Vancouver Island, and the contracts for the whole line will shortly be let. The Pacific division of the Canadian Northern is to be known as the Canadian Northern Pacific railway. RAILWAYS UNDER CONSTRUCTION. The Esquimalt and Nanaimo Railway company is extending its line from Wellington to Alberni, about 60 miles, and a branch from Duncan to Cowichan lake, 23 miles. It also has in contemplation an extension from French Creek to Comox. The Kettle River Valley railway has contracted with the province to build a line from Grand Forks up the north fork of the Kettle river, for 30 miles, and from Midway to Penticton without any aid, the province subsidising an extension from Penticton to connect with the Nicola, Kamloops and Similkameen railway at Nicola, 150 miles, at the rate of $5,000 cash per mile, and exemption from taxation under the "Railway Assessment Act, 1907," for ten years after completion. The work on this railway is proceeding between Midway and Penticton and between Penticton and Nicola. The Canadian Pacific is building a line from its main line at Golden through the upper Columbia and Kootenay valley to a point near Jaffray on the Crow's Nest branch. This road will be about 200 miles long and will give access to a magnificent stretch of country. The Howe Sound and Northern Railway company is building from Newport, at the head of Howe sound, to the town of Lillooet. The Portland Canal Short line is constructing a road from Stewart, at the head of Portland canal, to serve the mines in that district. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA PROJECTED RAILWAYS. There are several railways projected, upon which the preliminary work of surveying and locating is proceeding, but none of these have reached the stage of actual construction. These companies are incorporate under the "British Columbia Railway Act," and are not granted special subsidies. The following railways are in this class: British Columbia and Alaska railway—From a point near Lytton to Fort George, thence to a point on the northern boundary of the province at or near Teslin lake. British Columbia Central railway—From Lillooet to Fort George. Comox Logging and Railway company—Comox harbor to Campbell lake. Graham Island railway—Skidegate inlet, Graham island, to Naden harbor, Virago sound. Island Valley railway—Queen Charlotte city, Graham island, to mouth of Yakoun river, Masset inlet. Menzies Bay railway—Menzies bay, Vancouver Island, to Quinsan river. Northern Vancouver Island railway—Hardy bay or Port McNeill to Coal harbor, Quatsino sound. Pacific railway—Salmon river, at its source, to where it crosses the northern boundary of the province. Penticton railway—Penticton to the international boundary at Osoyoos lake. Port Moody, Indian River and Northern—Port Moody to the mouth of the Mesliloet or Indian river. Queen Charlotte railway—Skidegate inlet to Stewart or Kundis bay, Masset inlet. Vancouver and Nicola Valley railway—Nicola lake to Vancouver. Crow's Nest and Northern railway—Crow's Nest pass to divide between the north fork of Michel creek and Grave creek. Eastern British Columbia railway—The loop, Crow's Nest branch of C. P. R., southeasterly for 14 miles. Hudson Bay Pacific railway—Port Simpson to Pine river pass. Flathead Valley railway—Corbin to international boundary at crossing of Flathead river. Meadow Creek railway—From near Yahk to where Meadow creek crosses the international boundary, 14 miles; from near Cranbrook to Perry creek, 8 miles. Pacific Northern and Omineca railway—Kitimaat inlet to mouth of Copper river; mouth of Copper river to junction of Bulkley and Telkwa rivers. Following is a list of railways operating in the province, their total mileage being 2091.30 miles. Roads now actually under construction will, when completed, increase this mileage by about 1,000 miles. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Canadian Pacific Railway Main Line and Branches. Miles Laggan to Vancouver 526.0 New Westminster branch 8.2 Mission branch—Mission Junction to Sumas 10.0 Arrow Lake branch—Revelstoke to Arrowhead 27.4 Vancouver to Coal Harbor 1.2 Nicola, Kamloops and Similkameen Coal and Railway Co. (leased)—Nicola to Spence's Bridge 47.0 B. C. Southern (leased) Crow's Nest to Kootenay Landing 182. Nelson to Proctor 20.4 ■ 202.4 •Columbia and Kootenay Railway (leased) Nelson to Robson 27.4 Spur to mouth of Kootenay river 0.8 I? Slocan Junction to Slocan 31.3 — 59.5 Shuswap and Okanagan Railway (leased)—Sicamous Junction to Okanagan Landing 50.8. Ta&akusp and Slocan Railway (leased)—Nakusp to Three Forks 36.4 Three Forks to Sandon (owned) 4.3 Vancouver and Lulu Island Railway (leased)—Vancouver to Steveston 16.9 Kootenay and Arrowhead Railway (leased)—Lardeau to Gerrard 33.2 iJBsquimalt and Nanaimo Railway—Victoria to Cameron Lake 115.0 Columbia and Western Railway (leased)—<3astlegar to Rossland 29.3 K Rossland to Le Roi 1.3 E Trail to Smelter Junction 2.0 I Midway to Junction with C. & K. Railway 103.2 jfe Mining spurs, Boundary Creek district 23.05 159.3 Crow's Nest Pass Line— Crow's West to Kootenay Landing 182.1 North Star Junction to Kimberley 19.1 §£ Marysville Junction to Marysville 0.9 Fernie to Fernie... Mines 5.0 Curzon to Kingsgate (leased) 8.5 215.6 1513.2 Great Northern Railway Company Branches and Leased Lines.-jiles Crow's Nest Southern Railway—International boundary at Gateway to Michel, B. C 74.18 Nelson and Fort Sheppard Railway—International boundary at Waneta, B.C. to Troupe Junction 55.42 Red Mountain Railway—International boundary near Paterson, B. C, to Rossland, B. C 9.59> New Westminster Southern—International boundary at Douglas to South Westminster, B. C 24.10> Vancouver, Victoria and Eastern Railway and Navigation Company—International boundary at Laurier to Grand Forks, B. C 16.47 Grand Forks to Phoenix 25.82 International boundary at Midway to Molson , ... 28.89 International boundary at Chopaka to Keremeos 18.20 Keremeos to Princeton 41.00- New Westminster to Vancouver 14.79 Cloverdale to Point Guichon 17.31 Mines to Granby Smelter 4.74 Blaine, Wash., to Mud Bay 11.32 Olivers to New Westminster 17.13 Cloverdale to Abbotsford 5.75 Vancouver, Westminster and Yukon 17.28 Kootenay Railway and Navigation Company— Bedlington and Nelson Railway—Kuskonook to Bedlington 15.3 Kaslo and Slocan Railway—-Kaslo to Sandon 28.33 Morrissey, Fernie & Michel Railway—Swinton to Carbonado 6.10 Fernie to Coal Creek 6.12 Other Lines 437.94 Vancouver Copper Company's Railway—Lenora Mines to Grofton ... 11.75 Victoria and Sidney Railway—Victoria to Sidney 16.26 Victoria Terminal Railway and Ferry Company—City of Victoria 1.14 Wellington Colliery Company's Railway—Ladysmith to Extension Mines 9.94 Union Bay to Cumberland 10.75 White Pass and Yukon Railway—White Pass to White Horse 90.32 140.16 2091.30 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA © • 1Q © •©© • ■© • -00 •© o© • t- © cq © © © o • ©*©' ©©©tho©©© © © • <© © t-^ © © © o -©©©©©rM©©©*© © t-T I © © c<f © © © © "©"©"©©"©"•*"©"©"©© ©OS .00N lOOlO OO .©©©U3©COOO©©C75 JM8S* d d i i*3* M§ d a . o C ft a d u <° o fe ! m d d " t? o • 5 £ 5 § £-&l3 3 M W S £ £ M o fc & tf ! 5 o < AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. STAGE ROUTES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. THE complement of the railway and steamboat is the stage, which it is still necessary to use largely in many parts of the province, and possibly to some extent It will be necessary for many years to come. Until 1886, indeed, the stage, or express, and the mule team were, outside of the steamboat, the only means of conveyance. The main line of travel in the early days was the Cariboo road, and it has not yet lost a very considerable importance. As the province has opened, new lines were developed, the stage route in most instances preceding the railway. There are at present about 35 regular stage routes. In future, where railways do not take their place, the automobile and road engine will in all probability be substituted for horses. The following are the principal lines in operation: Agassiz to Harrison Hot Springs, on arrival of trains. Agassiz to Chilliwack, daily. Ashcroft to Barkerville, via Quesnel, weekly, connecting at One Hundred and Fifty Mile House for Harper's Camp, Horse Fly, etc., weekly, and at Quesnel for Blackwater, Fort George, Nechaco, etc., weekly, and at Clinton for Kelly's Lake, Big Bar, Gang Ranche, etc. Ashcroft to One Hundred and Fifty Mile House, weekly, connecting at Hat Creek for Lillooet, weekly. Comox to Courtenay and Sandwick, weekly. Duncan io Cowichan lake, tri-weekly. Fort Steele Junction to Fort Steele, on arrival of trains. Golden to Cranbrook and way points, and return, weekly. Greenwood to Midway and return, twice daily, except Sunday. Greenwood to Phoenix and return, daily, except Sunday. Greenwood to Mother Lode, three times daily, except Sunday. Hedley to Penticton, tri-weekly. Kamloops to Stump lake and Nicola, weekly. Kamloops to Lewis creek and Blucher Hall, weekly. Kamloops to Black Pine, daily. w Kelowna to Vernon, tri-weekly. Keremeos to Hedley and Princeton, daily. Lytton to Lillooet, four times a week. ■ Midway to Camp McKinney, Chesaw and Oroville, bi-weekly. Nicola to Princeton and way points, weekly. Nanaimo to Alberni, tri-weekly. Jr Oroville (Washington) to Osoyoos and Penticton, tri-weekly. Parksville to Comox and way points, weekly. Comox to Parksville, weekly. Penticton to Fairview and Okanagan Falls, tri-weekly. Penticton to Princeton and way points, tri-weekly. Sandwick to Grantham,. twice a week. Thompson's Landing to Trout Lake City, daily. Trout Lake City to Ferguson and Beaton, daily except Sunday. Vernon to Kelowna and Okanagan Mission, tri-weekly. Vernon to Lumby and Blue Springs, tri-weekly. Westholm to Crofton, daily, except Sunday. Victoria to Sooke, twice a week. Victoria to Colwood and Metchosin, weekly. Victoria to Keating and Tod inlet, daily. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA H INTERNATIONAL AND INTERPROVINCIAL AND PROVINCIAL HIGHWAYS ONE of the most ambitious projects of recent years, and comparable with the building of transcontinental lines of railway, is the proposal to construct an automobile road from Vancouver to Winnipeg as part of a concerted scheme among the western provinces, which may ultimately find an extension to the uttermost limits of eastern Canada itself. As a complement to this is the international highway planned from Vancouver city to Mexico, or from Mexico to Vancouver city ,s you please. The first is in a measure a recrudescence of an old idea, ^orn of the brain of Sir James Douglas when railways had not reached the stage of crossing continents, and automobiles had not been dreamed of. Reference is made to this in the opening chapter of this book; but the resources of the province in those now far off days were too limited to admit of the idea taking complete effect. The building of the W^gou road to Cariboo and the Dewdney trail through the southern interior cT the province to its eastern boundary is an example of monumental effort to achieve in that direction. Again when confederation with Canada had been decided upon, the original proposal for connection with eastern Canada, was a wagon road, and not a railway; but the old horse wagon was so slow that distance rendered that style of communication of but little practical value for interprovincial purposes. To Hon. Jos. Trutch is due the credit of first suggesting a railway as the true solution of the terms of union that proved so onerous of completion on the part of Canada. Had motor cars, with a speed of from 30 to 60 miles an hour, been in use, it is possible that motors I would have been the medium of travel, for a time at least. The development of motor traffic at this late date, with large numbers in use by men of means for pleasure and business purposes, has created a new condition I which will make the travel of the future by men of that class a factor ofI great importance. The very opportunities afforded by international and interprovincial roads for taking long trips during vacation and for business reasons will cause transcontinental motoring to become almost universal, a consideration which suggested to the Hon. Thos. Taylor, minister of public works, the great future for British Columbia by taking advantages to be derived in that way. Early in 1909 he proposed a scheme of systematic road-building for this province which would ultimately result in a public highway to the province of Alberta. ULTRA-PROVINCIAL CO-OPERATION. In 1910, the ministers of public works in Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta were communicated with and asked to co-operate with a view to providing an international highway from Vancouver to Winnipeg, it being pointed out that in British Columbia a considerable portion wa» already completed and that an endeavor would be made to complete the entire AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. route through the province by the summer of 1914. Surveys, covering portions of the route where entirely new work would be necessary, .have been completed with due regard to elevation and to ensure grades adaptable to motor traffic, the proposal being that throughout British Columbia the scenery traversed, so to speak, will be unsurpassable. As a consequence, the keenest interest has been displayed in respect to the project, not only in the west but throughout eastern Canada, and the minister of public Works is daily in receipt of enquiries from eastern auto clubs and individuals to whom the proposed enterprise has appealed. The complement of the interprovincial highway is the international highway. Washington, Oregon and California have co-operated with the object of building a through road adaptable for automobiles from the boundary of Mexico to the border of British Columbia, and the government of the latter have undertaken to extend that road by connection at Blaine to New Westminster and Vancouver. In this connection, it may be remembered that a proposal was made two or three years ago to build a national highway through the United States from New York to the Pacific coast, following from St. Louis what is known as the Old Oregon Trail taken by the first settlers in their migrations to Oregon. This undoubtedly will assume definite shape, if it has not already done so; so that, assuming that eastern Canada will build the eastern portion of the Canadian highway to Winnipeg, there would be an alternative route for travellers to come and go by. THE PROVINCIAL ROUTE. In the Colonist of April 9th, 1911, the proposal of the Hon. Thos. Taylor is "described in detail, together with a general account of the road system of the province is given. The interprovincial trunk road on the mainland begins at Vancouver city. It then proceeds to New Westminster, and via Yale road to Hope; from Hope over Hope mountain to Princeton; from Princeton to Cascade; from Cascade across the mountains to land; from Rossland to Trail, crossing the big bridge over the Columbia river, now under construction; thence on the other side of the river up Lost creek, and down Summit creek, following the Dewdney trail to Creston. At Creston the river is again crossed to the main trunk road, running through to the boundary of the province, where Alberta begins. This, though the main road, is not the only one proposed. In the article in question it is stated that. " This in briefest outline is the main British " Columbian section of the great interprovincial and international western " trunk road of the very near future. At various points, however, other "interesting motor roads diverge, to give connection with outlying centres " of especially picturesque character or with nearer individual points "possessing some characteristic and particular attractions. The principal "of these is the motor road from Cranbrook to Golden, which constitutes "one of the most attractive by-paths for scenery-loving automobile parties YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA " to be found anywhere in the west. This road, too, is destined to form a " part of a great scenic motoring circle, the interprovincial highway being " followed from Cranbrook to Calgary through the Crow's Nest Pass, and " travellers by road working westward again from the chief commercial " city of Alberta by way of the fine motor driveway recently decided upon " by the Dominion government from Calgary to Banff, and thence on to " Castle mountain. " The Dominion now has construction well advanced of that portion of " this fine road from the prairies to the capital of the national park district. " From Banff it is to be continued as quickly as may be possible to the " British Columbia boundary, coming into this province by way either of " Simpson pass or the Vermillion river pass. From the provincial boundary " the work of construction will be taken over by the provincial government " of British Columbia and the Canadian Pacific Railway company, in co- " operation, the road being continued to connect with the present popular " motor road from Golden to Cranbrook down the Columbia valley, thus " completing the great circle previously referred to." One ardent admirer of the old Dewdney trail has suggested that the route through British Columbia should follow that, but what is best from engineering and scenic points of view will be ultimately adopted, though sentimentally the suggestion in question has much to recommend it. VANCOUVER ISLAND INCLUDED. What has been decided upon for the mainland will in a lesser way be undertaken upon the Island of Vancouver. Already a roadway used by motorists extends from Victoria to Campbell river. A most important link in this highway was completed recently at large expense, being the section from Goldstream by way of Saanich inlet to Mill bay, avoiding the difficult road over the Sooke mountain. The mouth of Campbell river is the eastern point of ingress to Buttles lake and the new Strathcona park reservation. Between these two locations the government is considering the advisability of building a motor highway. Quoting again from the Colonist article: " It is suggested ?lso that another means of inter-communication may '* be provided from Alberni by way of the Great Central lake. Preliminary " investigations with respect to this line and also of the practicability of road " construction from Nootka sound are at the present time under way. " Either or both of these proposed new roads would constitute a short " direct and picturesque avenue of communication with the western sea- " board, and upon the completion of the Alberni-Strathcona park road, a " grand sight-seers' circle of Vancouver Island would be provided—motorists " going from this provincial capital via the Mill bay marine drive along the " Saanich fiord through the Duncan valley and Nanaimo, traversing the " picturesque Comox valley and skirting the fascinating river stretches of " the Campbell, up to the lake and mountain wonderland forming the pro- " vincial park, and after having exhausted its marvels or their available AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. I time, proceeding on to Alberni by way of Great Central lake, and re-con- 1 necting with the island trunk road at Parksville, thirty-five miles distant " from Port Alberni. " The Alberni-Victofia road has been much travelled by motorists during I the past few years, and is now being put in excellent condition. From I Victoria to Parksville and Parksville to Alberni is, in all, a distance of 125 I miles, the last thirty-five leading through some of the most marvelous I forest scenery that the western world has to offer." THE SYSTEM OF ROAD-BUILDING. Coming now to provincial roads, exclusively, it may be stated that the southern end of Vancouver Island has been exceedingly blessed from the outset with numerous good highways, something for which the people interested have to thank Sir James Douglas in particular, who was essentially a road-builder—as witness his monument in chief, the Cariboo wagon road— I and incidentally his surveyor-general, the late J. D. Pemberton. Road- I making on the mainland in the early days was directed by the Royal Engineers. After their disbandment, and owing to lack of funds, not much I progress was made, and that for some time of a. hap-hazard character. After Confederation the Westminster-Yale road was built by the provincial government, but for many years the financial condition of the province was one of chronic hardupness. No systematic, scientific plan was followed until within the past ten years, road and trail making being dictated largely by necessitous or importunate demands on the part of settlers, some times without reference to real needs or the best route in the public interests. I Roads in this province usually originate in trails, these in the process of I evolution incident to settlement and development becoming rural thorough- I fares and ultimately trunk highways," and this accounts for lack of system, in addition to financial straits and want of definiteness, which at the present time has been wisely departed from. Road-making and repairing in the past was not an economical method, because farmed out to local residents, to many of whom for years it was a means of livelihood and performed without expert supervision and without reference to any general plan. The modern policy has been to introduce road-making machinery wherever possible. Graders, traction engines, wagons, road rollers, and logging engines, with rock-crushers, are generally employed, with a more generous use of powder than ever before, and the application of the machinery of the logging camps to a large extent where heavy clearing is necessitated. The disposition is to do away as far as possible with the old pick and shovel methods, substituting therefor modern business system, by which a gain in results of fully 100 per cent, is secured. In its road-making plant ir> all parts of the province the government at present possesses an asset roughly representing in value $100,000, while of the appropriation of this year of $4,500,000 for roads and bridges, the largest estimate for any year in the history of the country, it may conserva- YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA tively be said that a gain or saving in result of at least $1,500,000 will be secured through the use of still further road-making machinery and modern scientific methods at a cost of another $100,000 as against the practice of the old pick and shovel days. At the close of the last fiscal year about 15,500 miles of roads, including improved pack trails, had been completed, an increase of about 4,500 miles since 1902-3. Aproximately between 500 and 800 miles are being added annually. The cost per mile varies from $500 per mile to, in different sections, $4,000 to $6,000, proving to what extent the province is penalized by the mountainous conditions to be overcome. On account of the vast extent of new country being opened by new lines of railway, the road expenditure will be proportionately increased, as seen by the appropriations for the purpose. It is estimated, indeed, that something like $20,000,000 will have been expended in the period of 1910-13, inclusive, and that amount but lays the foundation for future improvement and extensions. TRAMWAYS, ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER. OUTSIDE of the coast cities and districts and the city of Nelson there are no electric tramways in the province. Nelson's tramway, originally a private concern, is now owned and operated by the city itself, the power being supplied from a station at Bonnington Falls. As to electric lighting, it is general. All the cities and towns of any importance are lighted by electricity, the power being supplied by steam plants or from local water powers. It is therefore unnecessary to particularize. The most important of the electrical and tramway enterprises—in fact, the only one of note—is the British Columbia Electric Railway The B.C.E. Ry. Co. Company, whose sphere of operations so far have been confined to the lower mainland in the Fraser river valley and on the southern end of Vancouver Island. The development of this enterprise has been one of the most remarkable instances of the progress to be noted in this work, and has been sufficient to justify the details which follow, which are given in the briefest form possible. The British Columbia Electric Railway Company, Ltd., whose head office is in London, was incorporated in April, 1897. There are two local subsidiary I companies with local boards of directors. When formed the company took over several lines of tramway and electric plants in Victoria, Vancouver and New Westminster. The last named, however, owns its own electric lighting plant. THE BRITISH COLUMBIA ELECTRIC RAILWAY COMPANY, LIMITED—EARLY HISTORY. VICTORIA—The Victoria Electric Railway and Lighting Company was originated -in 1888 and obtained a franchise in November, 1888, to lay and operate a street railway in Victoria and supply electricity for lighting and AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. motor purposes for a term of fifty (50) years. The company was incorporated early in 1889. Owing to heavy losses through fire and other causes the company got into financial difficulties. The business was advertised for sale and was taken over by the Consolidated Railway Company, and finally in 1897 it passed into the hands of the present owners, the British Columbia Electric Railway Company, Limited, of London, England. VANCOUVER—As early as 1887 an electric illuminating company was formed. A power house was erected and a lighting plant installed. About the same time a street railway company was incorporated, but the first line was not built until 1889, when the two companies above named were amalgamated under the name of the Vancouver Electric Railway and Light Company, Limited. The venture was, however, unsuccessful. Electricity was at that time * in an experimental stage, and the expenses of the company were greater than its revenue. Accordingly, in 1893, the trustees for the debenture holders took possession of the company's assets, and the electric system of Vancouver passed through the same stages as the Victoria company, being first taken over by the Consolidated Railway Company, and finally by the British Columbia Electric Railway Company in April, 1897. NEW WESTMINSTER—In 1890 companies were formed for the purpose of operating street railways in the city of New Wetsminster, and an electric railway between the cities of New Westminster and Vancouver. The two companies were soon made into one, and the twelve-mile line connecting the cities was opened for traffic in September, 1891. Although traffic on the line was brisk and the service given excellent, still the expenses were too high, and after various changes in the ownership the ■pstem followed the example of the electric companies in Vancouver and Victoria, and passed into the hands of the British Columbia Electric Railway Company, in April, 1897. VICTORIA—About twenty-four miles of street railway are in operation within Victoria and connecting Willows, Oak Bay and Esquimalt to the city. About 30 passenger cars are in use. The company furnishes lighting and power to private citizens. Over 100,000 incandescent lamps are in service. A twenty-two-mile line is now in course of construction running from Victoria city through, the Saanich peninsula to Deep bay. Power is at present supplied from Goldstream, a distance of thirteen miles, and subsidiary power is supplied from two steam-plants located in Victoria. A new water power development at Jordan river will be completed very shortly. VANCOUVER—About 23 miles of street railway are in operation within Vancouver city limits, and 11 miles suburban (Hastings Townsite, District Lot 301 and South Vancouver). About 110 passenger cars are in use. The company furnishes lighting and power to private citizens, and at the present time there are about 328,000 incandescent lamps, 375 incandescent arcs, and 1,025 street lamps, in service. In South Vancouver there are about 13,000 incandescent lamps, and 100 street arcs in service. The street lighting service is furnished under contract, entered into early in the year 1910. NORTH VANCOUVER—The company obtained franchise from North Vancouver, in the year 1905, for tramway system, light, heat and power system, and street lighting (by arc lamps). The service was turned on YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA August 15th, 1906. Now operating about 75 street arcs, and about 10,000 incandescent lamps. Commenced operating street cars in North Vancouver on Sept. 1, 1906; length of track, five miles. The company has since built an extension to Lynn valley—about two and one-fourth miles—which was opened to traffic on April 13th, 1910. Now under construction and nearly completed, an extension to Capilano river—about two miles. LULU ISLAND BRANCH—Vancouver to Steveston, 14.55 miles. Built by Vancouver and Lulu Island Railway Company (C.P.R.) and turned over to British Columbia Electric Railway Company for operation. Commenced operation of freight and passenger service July 4th, 1905, with an hourly passenger car service to Steveston. Service since increased to half-hourly, as far as Eburne. EBURNE-NEW WESTMINSTER LINE—This line, which extends from Eburne to New Westminster, is 9.65 miles in length; was built by the Vancouver and Lulu Island Railway Company (C.P.R.) and turned over to British Columbia Electric Railway Company for electrification and operation. Commenced passenger service (hourly) on 15th November, 1909. LADNER—In 1906 the company extended its light and power service lines to Ladner. The wires are suspended across the Fraser river from high towers. Electric current for the light and power service was turned on, on the 18th December, 1906. At the present time about 1,600 incandescent lamps are in service, in addition to a number of electric motors, used by various industries, and farmers in the vicinity of Ladner. BURNABY MUNICIPALITY—During the year 1909 the company obtained a franchise from Burnaby municipality for the operation of electric railways. A line has now been built through the valley, in the vicinity of Burnaby lake, which, when completed, will connect Vancouver and New Westminster with another through line. The company also operates light and power systems in Burnaby. At the present time there are about 4,000 incandescent lamps in service, and a large number of electric motors. COQUITLAM MUNICIPALITY—During the year 1910 the company extended its light and power system to Coquitlam municipality and to the hospital for the insane, which is now under construction near Westminster Junction. POINT GREY MUNICIPALITY—During the year 1910 a franchise was granted to the company for the operation of a tramway system in the municipality of Point Grey. Part of this tram system is now under construction. The company also entered into an agreement to supply street lighting, and at the present time there are about 35 street lamps in operation. RICHMOND MUNICIPALITY—The company dQes a light and power business in the Richmond municipality, including Steveston. At the present time there are about 4,500 incandescent lamps in use, and a large number of small motors. NEW WESTMINSTER—About seven miles of street railway in New Westminster and suburbs; this is exclusive of Westminster-Vancouver, and Westminster-Eburne interurban lines. The number of passenger cars operated in New Westminster city at the present time is nine. The company AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. is now operating a half-hoarly service between Vancouver and New Westminster, mileage 11%; cars in operation, 10. A 15-minute service is operated between Vancouver and Central Park. A freight service is also operated between Vancouver and New Westminster.* VANCOUVER ISLAND POWER COMPANY, LIMITED. The generating station is located on the west. coast of Vancouver Island, about forty miles northwest of Victoria. This water power was located and recorded by G. M. Tripp for the power company in November, 1907. In October, 1909, work was started on the development and at this date the initial installation is practically ready for operation. Water is diverted from the bed of Jordan river at an elevation of 1,180 feet and is carried to a forebay reservoir in a wooden flume 31,600 feet in length. From the forebay reservoir to the power house the water passes through 9,000 feet of steel pipe, delivering water to a 6,000 horsepower waterwheel at 1,150 feet head. Electric energy is generated with a 4,000 K.W. generator and after passing through the raising transformer is delivered to Victoria sub-station, where it is distributed to Victoria city, Oak Bay municipality, Esquimalt and the Saanich peninsula. A dam is being constructed across Bear creek to hold back water for use during the dry period, and a second unit of 4,000 K.W. is under construction. The ultimate capacity of this development will be 24,000 horsepower. VANCOUVER POWER COMPANY, LIMITED. The generating station is located on the north arm of Burrard inlet, near Lake Buntzen. Power was first developed from Lake Buntzen watershed and simul- ?taneously a tunnel was driven from Lake Buntzen to Lake Coquitlam—a distance of 12,775 feet. First electric current transmitted to Vancouver sub-station December 23rd, 1903. Tunnel completed in year 1905. Formal opening, by Sir Henri Joly de Lotbiniere (the then Lieutenant-Governor of British Columbia) took place on 10th June, 1905. The installation at date of formal opening consisted of three 1,500 kilowatt generators, directly connected to three 3,000 horsepower water- wheels. Additional power units were installed from time to time. Present capacity consists of four 1,500 K.W. generators directly connected to four 3,000 horsepower waterwheels; two 5,000 K.W. generators, directly connected to two 10,500 horsepower waterwheels. Total development to date, 33,000 horsepower. This electric current is transmitted at high voltage to the company's various sub-stations, where it is transferred to lower voltage and distrib- uted at the cities' of Vancouver, North Vancouver, New Westminster and the municipalities of South Vancouver, Point Grey, Burnaby, Richmond, Delta, Coquitlam, Surrey, Langley, Matsqui, Sumas and Chilliwack. The Vancouver Power Company is now building a large dam at the >«itlet of Coquitlam lake, thus greatly increasing the storage capacity of /YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA the lake. The tunnel leading from Lake Coquitlam to Lake Buntzen^ (12,775 feet in length) is also being enlarged. These works, when completed, will permit of the enlargement of the Lake Buntzen generating station to a capacity of 60,000 horsepower, by the addition of hydro-electric units as and when required. TELEGRAPHS BEFORE the advent of the C.P.R. the telegraph facilities of the province consisted of a single wire from Victoria to Nanaimo, a line across to . Gabriola and Valdez island by short cable, and a longer cable between Valdez island and Point Grey, a land line to New Westminster, two wires to Matsqui, one of which branched to Seattle, the other continuing, via Chilliwack, Hope and Ashcroft to Barkerville. Com- Ante-C.P.R. Days munication with eastern Canada and the outside j, world was by means of connection with the American,; or Western Union, system. Many readers are probably familiar with the- fact that the first proposal for connecting this continent with Europe was by way of Behring strait through British Columbia, and actual construction had proceeded a considerable distance when the news of the successful laying of the Atlantic cable caused it to be abandoned. Since the advent of the C.P.R., the progress has been gradual, and during the past twelve years it has been very rapid. The C.P.R. started with a pole mileage of 510 and wire mileage of 1,530. They absorbed the government mileage west of Ashcroft. The part east of C.P.R. Mileage Chilliwack was subsequently abandoned on account of lack of utility having been supplanted by a better and- more up-to-date line. The pole mileage at the end of 1910 was 1,292 miles— wire mileage 6,615; of this one-fourth is copper. There are two submarine cables connecting the mainland with Vancouver Island along different routes—one twenty-nine knots, the other thirty-seven and one-half knots* each having three conductors, giving the island six wires with the mainland. There is also a cable from Alberni to Banfield, thirty and one-quarter knots, having but one conductor. A cable across the Arrow lake at Arrowhead of one mile and a fifth containing three conductors. The opening of the Yukon led the Dominion government to extend its system in the province through the northern interior, following practically the old telegraph trail of the Western Union as far as Dawson. The actual mileage of Dominion government wires in the province is 2,000 miles. With the incoming of the G.T.P., and the Canadian Northern railway and Great Northern and the extensions of the C.P.R. in various directions, the present mileage will be very largely increased during the next five years. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. TELEPHONES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. AB IN the case of electric light and tramways, British Columbia was not far behind other parts of the American continent in introducing the telephone. In fact, the telephone system was established and in operation within three years of the date of Professor Alexander Graham Bell's discovery. In 1880, the Victoria and Esquimalt Company was organized with Mr. R. B. McMicking as manager, and an exchange The First was opened with 36 subscribers on July 15 of that year. The Telephones B. C. Telephone Company, Ltd., dates back to February, 1884, when a provincial charter was secured for the construction of a telephone line between New Westminster and Port Moody, which line was built. Following this a line was built from New Westminster to Vancouver by the New Westminster and Burrard Inlet Telephone Company, in the fall of 1885, the installation being destroyed in the fire of 1886 in Vancouver. The people associated with the Vancouver and New Westminster telephone business organized the Vernon and Nelson Telephone Company, and that company became interested in the Kootenay Lake Telephone Company, which operated in Nelson only. About 1891 the same parties interested themselves in a company serving Nanaimo. For a number of years these four companies operated as individual units. In 1898 Four Companies Victoria and Esquimalt Telephone Company was acquired by those backing the fortunes of the four little companies, and that year marked the introduction into British Columbia telephone circles of Mr. William Farrell, president of the B. C. Telephone Company. It was not till 1903 that power was obtained from the legislature for the amalgamation of the interests of these various companies, it having been found by that time that they must be united if the growing requirements of the public were to be satisfactorily met and the money invested was to be made to pay a fair return. Amalgamation took place in 1904 under the name of the B. C. Telephone Company. In the fall of 1905 necessity presented itself for furnishing connection between the company's systems on the mainland and Vancouver Island, and the International Telephone and Telegraph Company was organized under the laws of the state of Washington for the purpose Connection of laying a cable between the mainland and Victoria, via the by Cable city of Bellingham and Orcas and San Juan islands. The route via the islands was adopted, because the difficulties of transmission made it advisable to use the shortest possible length of cable. With the cable in operation the company's systems on the lower mainland and island were "hooked up" for business. This cable was a two-pair one and at first it was but little patronized. To-day business over the cable has increased to such an extent that the company is arranging to lay an additional seven-pair cable in 1911. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA To illustrate the growth of the business of the company in Vancouver: In 1900 there were less than 1,000 telephones in use in the city as compared with 11,000 to-day. During the year 1910 the company installed no less than ,200 instruments in Vancouver. The expenditure of the B. C. Telephone Company to date on plant, buildings and real estate is approximately $3,500,000, and it is estimated that the expenditure on new plant in 1911 will be not less than $750,00$ f OVER 20,000 TELEPHONES. The following is a statement showing the number of telephones at each exchange on the first of January, 1911, since which there has been considerable increase. Abbotsford ... 15 Kamloops 240 Agassiz 43 Keatings 35 Chemainus ... 19 Ladner 25 Courtenay ... .. 67 Ladysmith 68 Cumberland ... . 100 Milner 90 Duncan . 146 Nanaimo 400 Eburne ... 85 Nelson 574 Grand Forks .. .. 198 New Denver .... 52 Greenwood ... .. 119 New Westminster 1064 Hammond .. . 83 North Vancouver. 280 Phoenix ... Port Moody Rossland . Sidney ..." Steveston . Trail ... . Union Bay Vancouver Victoria Westminster Jet. 102 27 220 52 26 72 13 10918 3904 34 Total Number 19,071 The above was an increase of over 4,000 telephones over the first of January, 1910. It does not include the telephones of the Okanagan Telephone Company, which operates in the Okanagan valley and is independent of the B. C. Telephone Company. Up to the present there has been little or no agitation for the taking over of the telephone system as in the middle west. Private control seems to have given good satisfaction, and the service on the whole has been excellent in character. WATER POWERS. IN THE modern system of industrial development waterpower is one of the most important factors. It may, indeed, be said to be the most important factor in all matters in which electricity plays a part Naturally, in a country of many mountains and numerous lakes and rivers there are many waterpowers, and, therefore, one of the assets of an industrial future is assured. It may be stated, however, Plentiful Power that British Columbia is not remarkable in that respect, and waterpowers of large capacity easily accessible are not too plentiful, and where they exist will possess a special value. There are very many powers ranging from 100 to 500 horsepower, and as time goes on and the requirements increase prospecting will reveal many farther ^^^^§^§§§§^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. inland that it will pay to utilize, either singly or in combination. The most important powers that have been developed are the Bonnington Falls, the 0gIdstream, Buntzen lake, Stave river, Jordan river, Kettle river at Cascade, Ocean Falls near Bella Coola, Rainy river (Howe sound), and the north fork of the Kettle river near Grand Forks. Other large powers that are still undeveloped but well known are those on Campbell river on the east coast of Vancouver Island, on Elk river in East Kootenay, and at Quatsino. There are many others to which attention has not yet been directed by immediate necessity for industrial purposes. An estimate of available known water- powers is 2,065,500, of which about 100,000 horsepower has been developed. THE PRINCIPAL POWER SOURCES. So far, Bonnington Falls is the most potential source of energy, a power of over 250,000 horsepower being possible of development, therefore being one of the largest in Canada. The falls are situated eleven miles from Nelson on the Kootenay river; present electric installation 16,000 horsepower, hydraulic installation 32,000 horsepower, and can be developed to a capacity of 60,000 horsepower. This power is transmitted and sold to the mining and smelting companies all through the West Kootenay, extending as far as Boundary Falls, a distance of 84 miles. Here is also located the powerhouse of the city of Nelson for its electric light and railway use. The next largest so far developed is the Stave river power, owned by the Canada Western Power Company. The possible development is said to be 60,000 horsepower, but the first installation will have a capacity of 25,000 horsepower, and the cost of construction when completed will be about $5,000,000. Stave river flows out of Stave lake into the Fraser river and the falls are about six miles north of the junction of the two rivers. Reference is made previously in this chapter in dealing with electric tramways, to the powers of the B.C.E.R. Co. at Buntzen lake, Jordan river and at the watershed of the Goldstream river. The last named is the property of the Esquimalt waterworks and the power is supplied to the tramway company under contract. Reference has also been made to the powers to be employed in the several pulp and paper works mentioned in the chapter on Forestry, and it will be unnecessary to duplicate the information. The works of the Cascade Water, Power and Light Company at Cascade generate 3,000 horsepower, and that is about the limit at that point. At Elko on the Elk river there is a fall of about 190 feet and it is estimated that about 15,000 horsepower could be developed. Attention has recently been directed to the capabilities of the Campbell river on the east side of Vancouver Island for the generation of power under favorable conditions. It is estimated that at present there is a horsepower of 50,000 horsepower, with potentialities as high as 100,000. There is a large waterpower also on the Nimkish river, and in several other YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA of the Vancouver Island streams there are useful powers at present not utilized. In the Okanagan district the Okanagan falls have good possibilities, and in many of the lakes of the mountains throughout the entire interior there are splendid natural reservoirs only awaiting the opportunity to be rendered industrially of service in supplying power. An Unknown Field Speaking generally, there is no subject of economic interest in connection with the exploitation of the provincial resources concerning which there is less known than the extent to which waterpowers may be rendered available. The value of any or all of these depend upon the extent to which they may be diverted for beneficial use. In the future development some of these, practically unknown or unthought of, may be productive of important results. Some by reason of their isolation or the nature of the country to which they would be tributary may never be brought into requisition. One thing is tolerably certain, however, that while the waterpowers of the province may prove ultimately inadequate to requirements of new forms of industry and transportation—and concerning that present data is not sufficient to determine— there are wide possibilities and that present development has only exhausted but a fraction of the power in store at various points. EXISTING POWERS. Estimated Possible (Horsepower Bonnington falls Stave river Lake Buntzen Cascade (Kettle river) .. North Fork Kettle river . Goldstream (V.I.) Jordan river Rainy river Quatsino Ocean falls Swanson bay Powell river Elk river Campbell river Nimkish river Other powers (estimated) 275,000 60,000 60,000 7,000 1,500 5,000 24,000 10,000 25,000 25,000 10,000 40,000 15,000 100,000 20,000 1,500,000 Horsepower Developed 40,000 25,000 33,000 3,000 1,100 3,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 20,000 West Kootenay Power Co. Western Can. Power Co. Vancouver Power Co. Cascade Waterpower Co. ranby Smelter Esquimalt W. Works Co. Van. Island Power Co. David Investment Co. David Investment Co. Ocean Falls Co., Ltd. The last named is an estimate which has appeared in print in a publication issued by the C.P.R., for which the author takes no responsibility, as he is not familiar with the data upon which it is based. GAME of BRITISH COLUMBIA FROM a sportsman's point of view, this province is decidedly interesting field, as well as a very rich and wide one, possessing it does many varieties of game and presenting by reason of its extent and rugged exterior those physical obstacles to success which are the real stimuli to the true sportsman. Notwithstanding the somewhat stringent game laws which have existed, there has been an indiscriminate and wasteful destruction of, especially, big game. Owing to wide extent of practically unorganized territory with sparse population, and the number of Indians, who slaughter for the heads and hides, the law is difficult of enforcement. In very recent years, Destruction of however, as the result of the organization of an efficient Big Game system of game protection, conditions are more favorable to perpetuation of the principal and most prized varieties, and game in many districts are actually, and in some instances rapidly, on the increase. One element of protection exists in the fact that the rugged and mountainous interior affords a retreat for game which only the most adventurous sportsman can hope at times to reach. Mining development will tend to dispersion, but it may be safely premised that it will be many, many years to come before prospector and miner, to whom no spot on earth may be said to be sacred or inaccessible, will have dislodged it. GAME AND FUR-BEARING ANIMALS. Moose (Alces americanus).—Moose are very plentiful throughout the northern interior, but the biggest and best heads are obtained in Cassiar NHStrict. In the neighborhood of Atlin there is excellent hunting, as also near Telegraph creek, on the Stikine. An excellent moose Moose country can be easily reached from Fort George, on the Fraser river, by a week's canoe trip. This district is not so pleasant to hunt in as the Cassiar country, owing to the amount of timber, but it probably has more moose to the square mile than any other part of the continent. Twenty years ago moose were comparatively scarce in both the above-mentioned districts, but they have rapidly increased in numbers and every year better sport can be obtained. In northeast Kootenay there have always been a few moose, but until recently they were so scarce that their existence was doubtful. They are now protected in that district and are becoming plentiful. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Wapiti (Cervus canadensis).—Fairly plentiful on Vancouver Island, especially so in the northwest end of the island. There is also getting to be a fair number in southeast Kootenay, where they are protected. About the 15th of September is the best time to hunt Wapiti, or wapiti, when the bulls are bugling. Towards the end of American Elk the season there is generally a fall of snow and then the chances are very good. At one time wapiti were more or less numerous all oyer the mainland, even where the city of Vancouver stands today, but probably some severe epidemic exterminated them. Black or mountain Caribou (Rangifer montanus).—The mountain caribou is fairly plentiful in parts of the Selkirks, from the United States boundary line to probably as far north as 54 deg. In Chilcotin there are a good many, but probably the best grounds can be reached Caribou from Quesnel or Fort George. For those who cannot take such lengthy trips, Revelstoke, on the C. P. R. main line, is within a day's journey of a fair caribou range; also from Mara, on the branch line to Vernon, and from Wilmer, on the Columbia river, caribou are to be got in a few days' journey.. They are, however, nothing like so plentiful as in the two first-named districts. Osbcrn's caribou (Rangifer osborni).—This caribou is very easily found in the Cassiar district, where big bands are still frequently seen. It is claimed that the Cassiar caribou are the finest on the continent. Telegraph creek, on the Stikine river, is the best starting point, but Atlin is also good. Mule deer (Cariacus macrotis); Richardson's or large black-tailed deer (Cariacus richardsonii).—Both these deer are very closely related; their habitat is the same; they differ principally in size and structure of their horns, which are the finest of all our deer. They are more or Deer less plentiful all through the southern part of the province to the east of the coast range. Lillooet, Chilcotin and parts of east Kootenay are the best places to hunt them. They are not often seen north of 54 deg., but seem to be gradually working farther north. White-tailed deer (Cariacus virginianus).—Chiefly found in the bottom lands to the east of the coast range and south of the main line of the C. P. R. There are also some in the Babine range, and a few on the Fraser river, between Quesnel and Fort George. At one time fairly plentiful, but owing to the advance of settlement they are less numerous. There are probably more in southeast Kootenay than anywhere else. They are also to be found in the Okanagan and Yale districts. Columbian or coast deer (Cariacus columbianus).—This deer is extremely numerous all along the coast and Vancouver island, and, in fact, on all the islands except the Queen Charlotte group. Not found to the east of the coast range The best heads are obtained on the mainland. AND .MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Common bighorn (Ovis cervina, or Ovis montana).—Found in different localities on the mainland from the United States boundary to as far north as 52 deg. The biggest and best heads are obtained in the Rockies of east Kootenay. There is still a good number of sheep in that Mountain district, but the hunting is harder, as the mountains are very Sheep rough and the timber and undergrowth thick. Bridge river and Chilcotin are the favorite hunting grounds with tourists, as the travelling is easy, the climate not to be beaten, and sheep still fairly numerous. The Okanagan and Similkameen districts still have a few sheep, but they are hardly plentiful enough to justify a special trip. Ovis stonei.—This is the most abundant of all our sheep, and in the Cassiar country is very easily obtained. The Sheslay river is a particularly good spot for them. To get there, go to Telegraph creek and from there by pack-train a seven days' journey, and you will have no trouble in getting all you are allowed to kill. These sheep, until lately, were so little hunted that they were quite tame, and a person would have had no difficulty in getting good photographs of them before he took shots. Ovis fannini.—Plentiful about fifty miles farther north of the Sheslay river, but anybody going to hunt them had better go in to Atlin and down to the south end of the lake. Three miles from the lake sheep are numerous. Going in from the Sheslay river, a very rough country has to be traversed. Ovis dalli, or Yukon sheep.—This sheep is found from the south end of Teslin lake all through the country away to the MacMillan river. It is more or less numerous all through the country. Teslin lake can be reached either from Telegraph creek or Atlin, the latter recommended. The two above-mentioned sheep are closely related, and sometimes all three varieties are found in the same band. Their horns are not so massive as the common big-horn, but for spread and fine points cannot be beaten. Mountain goat (Mazama montana).—Goats are very numerous all over the province, wherever there are high mountains. On the coast they are in even greater numbers than in the interior. They can be found on the mountains close to Vancouver. At the head of Jervis inlet, cr Goats almost anywhere on Bute inlet, they cs»n be seen from the sea with a good pair of field-glasses. They are not found on the islands except in exceptional places, such as Pitt island, which is only a short distance from the mainland. Grizzly bear (Ursus horribilis).—Found all over the mainland, but not on Vancouver Island. Very plentiful in parts of the interior, especially so in Lillooet, east Kootenay and Cariboo districts. They are most plentiful in the northern portion of the province. The Nass, the Bear Stikine and the Skeena rivers, are all very good, as also most of the long inlets. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The best time to hunt bear is in the spring, just as soon as the snow has gone off the old slides on the mountains and a little remains in the timber. Northern coast bears come out between the middle and the end of April, according to the weather; in the interior generally a week or ten days later. Black bear (Ursus americanus).—The so-called black bear, which frequently varies in color from a light brown to glossy black, is to be found everywhere. They are most plentiful on Vancouver Island and the coast. When the salmon are running up the small streams they live almost entirely on these fish, and are easily found by watching the streams in the evening or the early morning. White bear (Ursus kermodei).—Most of the specimens have come from Gribble island and that vicinity, but an odd white bear (whether distinct specimens or merely freaks) has been obtained in many localities. Timber wolf (Canis occidentalis).—Found more or less all over the province, but particularly numerous on Vancouver Island and along the northern coast. They are enormous animals, probably the Wolves biggest of the wolf family, and vary greatly in color from almost entire black to grizzly grey and from brindled brown to yellow. Coyote (Canis latrans).—More or less plentiful throughout the interior. Cougar, mountain lion, panther (Felis concolor).—Extremely plentiful on Vancouver Island and some parts of the mainland; notably so in the Okanagan and boundary district. They have been The Cat Family killed as far north as 54 deg., but are not plentiful. Lynx (Lynx canadensis).—May be found anywhere on the mainland, but most numerous in the interior. Wild cat (Lynx faciatus).—Fairly common on the mainland in the vicinity of the coast. A few are to be found in the interior, even so far north as Yukon. Foxes Black fox, silver fox, cross fox (Vulpes decussata), common fox. —All the species of fox are confined to the northern interior. The common fox is very numerous. OTHER FUR-BEARING ANIMALS. Beaver (Castor fiber).—Found everywhere in the province, both on the mainland and the islands. Are not allowed to be taken. Musk rat (Fiber zibethicus).—Found almost everywhere, but most numerous at the mouth of the Fraser river. Sea otter (Enhydris lutris).—Very scarce. A few specimens are taken nearly every year by the Haida Indians in Hecate straits, and occasionally one or two on the west coast of Vancouver Island and Queen Charlotte sound. Land otter (Lutra canadensis).—Found more or less everywhere, but only in a few places in the north can they be considered as plentiful. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Racoon (Procyon lotor).—There are quantities of these animals all along the coast and for some distance up the rivers. Marten (Mustela caurina).—Found on both the mainland and the islands. The best skinp are obtained in the north. Mink (Lutreola vison).—Most plentiful on the coast, but are found more or less throughout the province. Wolverine (Gudo luscus).—Principally confined to the mainland, but a few specimens are taken on Vancouver Island. Badger (Tanidea americana).—Found throughout the interior. Porcupine (Erethizon epixanthus).—Found everywhere on the mainland. Northern hare (Lepus americanus).—Extremely plentiful in the north and more or less so everywhere. Jack rabbit (Lepus texianus).—Not plentiful; have been taken in the Okanagan district. Baird's Hare (Lepus bairdii).—Not plentiful; have been taken in the Okanagan district. Little chief hare (Lagomys).—Found on the mainland; plentiful in east Kootenay. Polecat, little striped skunk (Spilogala phenax latrions).—Common on the mainland. Skunk (Mephitis spissigrada).—Common on the mainland. Weasel (Putoris steatori).—Found throughout the province. Fur seal (Callorhinus ursinus).—Occasionally taken in Hecate strait. Hair seal (Phoca vitulina).—Very plentiful all along the coast and for some distance up the large rivers. Sea lion (Eumetopias stelleri).—Fairly plentiful on the coast north of 51 deg. GAME BIRDS Biologically, the animals of British Columbia differ from the same varieties in other parts of the world in the measure that local conditions have affected their development, and the differentiation in many instances is marked. Speaking generally, it may be said that Local things are on a larger scale on the western than on Characteristics the eastern slope of North America—higher mountains, larger trees, bigger animals. Compared with similar latitudes, the environments, perhaps, are more favorable to growth. With reference particularly to birds, though it may be questioned to what extent plumage is affected by local conditions, the distinction is noted that the forms are larger and darker than in the east. The humidity of climate and the density of forest no doubt account for the fact. One special feature may be noted, and the circumstances referred to are quite consistent, and YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA that, is the absence of singing birds. There are comparatively few native songsters. An effort is being made to introduce foreign varieties, and as the country is opened up and cultivated conditions will become more favorable. Few forms of bird life are to be met with in the deep woods, these being mainly found in the open stretches on the coast and throughout the interior. MERGANSERS, DUCKS, GEESE AND SWANS. American merganser (Merganser americanus).—Found throughout the province. Red-breasted merganser (Merganser serrator).—Found distributed throughout the province. Hooded merganser (Lophodytes cucullatus).—Common throughout the province and on the Pacific coast. Mallard (Anas boschas).—An abundant resident throughout the province; breeds in suitable localities throughout its range. Gad wall—Gray duck (Chaulelasmus strepera).—Not common; a few have been taken near Victoria. European widgeon (Mereca penelope).—Rare. American widgeon—Baldpate (Mereca americana).—A common winter resident on the coast. Green-winged teal (Nettion carolinensis).—An abundant resident. Breeds in the interior of the mainland. Common on the coast throughout the winter. Rare on Queen Charlotte islands. Blue-winged teal (Querquedula discors).—Not common on the coast; a few are taken every year. Cinnamon teal (Querquedula cyanoptera).—A summer visitor in the interior of the province. Shoveller spoon-bill (Spatula clypeata).—A common resident on the mainland; rarely met with on Vancouver Island. Pintail—Sprigtail (Dafila acuta).—An abundant winter resident on the coast. Breeds in the interior of the mainland. Wood duck (Aix spona).—Not common. A summer resident on island and mainland. Red-head—Pochard (Aythya americana).—A winter resident on the coast, but nowhere common; a few are taken every season. Canvas-back duck (Aythya vallisneria).—A winter resident on the coast. American scaup duck—Blue-bill (Aythya marila).—An abundant winter resident on the coast. Breeds in the interior of mainland. Lesser scaup duck (Aythya affinis).—Not common on the coast. Ring-necked duck (Aythya collaris).—Not common. A few have been taken on Vancouver Island. ^^^^^^^^^^pum^i AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 313 American golden-eye—Whistler (Clangula clangula americana).—A common winter resident on the coast. Barrow's golden-eye (Clangula islandica).—Not common. It winters on the coast; a few have been taken on Vancouver Island. Buffle-head—Butter-ball (Charitonetta albeola).—An abundant winter * resident on the coast; breeds in the interior of the mainland. Long-tailed duck—Old squaw (Harelda hyemalis).—Common; the coast of Vancouver Island and mainland. Harlequin duck (Histrionicus histrionicus).—A common resident on the ccast. American black scoter (Oidemia americana).—Not common; has been taken at Victoria and Port Simpson. White-winged scoter (Oidemia deglandi).—An abundant resident, and is found on the ccast throughout the year. Surf scoter—Sea coot (Oidemia perspicillata).—Abundant resident along the coast of Vancouver Island and mainland. Ruddy duck (Erismatura jamaicensis).—Not common on the coast; a few are taken in the winter. Lesser snow goose (Chen hyperborea).—A winter resident on the coast. Ross's snow goose (Chen rossii).—This is a rare bird in British Columbia. American white-fronted goose (Anser albifrons gambeli).—Abundant on the ccast in winter. Breeds both on island and mainland. Canada goose (Branta canadensis).—An abundant winter resident on the coast. Breeds in the interior of the mainland. Hutchin's goose (Branta canadensis hutchinsii).—Abundant in the spring and fall migrations, and winters on the coast. White-cheeked goose (Branta canadensis occidentalis).—Rare. Cackling goose (Branta canadensis minima).—Winter resident on the coast. Brant (Branta bernicla glaucogastra).—Rare. Black brant (Branta nigricans).—An abundant winter resident on the coast. Emperor goose (Philacate canagica).—Rare. Whistling swan (Olor columbianus).—A winter resident on Vancouver Island and southern mainland. Trumpeter swan (Olor buccinator).—Rare. CRANES, BAJLS, ETC. Little brown crane (Grus canadensis).—Common, during migrations, throughout the province. Sandhill crane (Grus mexicana).—Common throughout the province; it breeds in the interior of the mainland. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Virginia rail (Rallus virginianus).—Tolerably common on island and mainland. Carolina rail (Porzana Carolina).—Found on Vancouver Island and mainland. SHORE BIRDS. Red phalarope (Crymophilus fulicarius).—Rare. Northern phalarope (Phalaropus lobatus).—Abundant along the coast of island and mainland in the spring and autumn. Wilson's phalarope (Steganopus tricolor).—Rare. SNIPES, SANDPIPERS, ETC. Wilson's snipe (Gallinago delicata).—Common throughout the province on island and mainland; breeds in the interior. . - Long-billed dowitcher—Red-breasted snipe t (Macrorhamphus scolo- paceus).—Tolerably abundant throughout the province. Stilt sandpiper (Micropolama himantopus).—Rare. Knot—Robin snipe (Tringa canutus).—Abundant during migrations; chiefly along the coast. Sharp-tailed sandpiper (Actodromas acuminata).—Not common. Pectoral sandpiper (Actodromas maculata).—Not common; taken along the coast during migrations. Baird's sandpiper (Actodromas bairdii).—Distributed along the coast of island and mainland. Least sandpiper (Actodromas minutilla).—Common along the coast of island and mainland. Red-backed sandpiper (Pelidna alpina sakhalina).—Common in the spring and autumn migrations along the coast of island and mainland. Semipalmated sandpiper (Ereunetes pusillus).—Not uncommon in migration along the coast. Western semipalmated sandpiper (Ereunetes pusillus occidentalis).— Abundant in the fall along the coast. Sanderling (CaJidris arenaria).—Not common. Marbled godwit (Limosa fedoa).—The whole of British Columbia; breeds chiefly east of Cascades. Greater yellow-legs (Totanus melanoleucus).—Common along the coast in winter. Lesser yellow-legs (Totanus flavipes).—Tolerably common through the province; winters on the coast. Solitary sandpiper (Helodromas solitarius).—Found throughout the province. Western solitary sandpiper (Helodromas solitarius cinnamomeous).— Rare. Western willet (Symphemia semipalmata inornata).—Rare. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 315 Wandering tatler (Heteracitis incanus).—Tolerably common along the coast of island and mainland. Bartramian sandpiper (Bertramia longicauda).—Rare. Buff-breasted sandpiper (Tryngites subru ficollis).—Not common. Spotted sandpiper (Acitis macularia).—This bird is found along the entire coast. Long-billed curlew (Numenious longirostris).—Not common. Hudsonian curlew (Numenious hudsonicus).—Not common, but distributed along the coast of island and mainland. Black-bellied plover (Charadrius squatarola).—Abundant during migrations along the coast. American golden plover (Charadrius dominicus).—Common on the coast during migrations. Killdeer plover (^Egialitis vocifera).—Found throughout the province; occasionally on the coast in winter. Semipalmated plover (^gialitis semipalmata).—Not common. SURF-BIRDS AND TURNSTONES. Surf-bird (Aphriza virgata).—Not uncommon along the entire coast line of the province. Turnstone (Arenaria Interpres).—Along the entire coast line, but not common. Black turnstone (Arenaria melanocephala).—Common along the entire coast of the province. GROUSE, PARTRIDGES, ETC. Mountain partridge (Oreortyx pictus).—Common on Vancouver Island; introduced from California. California partridge (Lophortyx californicus).—Common on Vancouver Island; introduced from California. Sooty grouse (Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus).—Abundant west of Cascade mountains, including Vancouver Island, Queen Charlotte islands and all the larger islands along the coast. Richardson's grouse (Dendragapus obscurus richardsonii).—An abundant resident east of Cascade mountains to Rocky mountains. Franklin's grouse (Canachites franklinii).—An abundant resident throughout the wooded portion of the interior east of the Cascade mountains, from Okanagan to Cassiar. Canadian ruffed grouse (Bonasa umbellus togata).—An abundant resident east of and including the Cascade mountains. Gray ruffed grouse (Bonasa umbellus umbelloides).—Rocky mountain district, Soda creek and Beaver pass. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Oregon ruffed grouse (Bonasa umbellus subini).—An abundant resident on Vancouver Island and all the larger islands on the coast, and on the mainland west of Cascade mountains. Willow ptarmigan (Lagopus lagopus).—Northern portion of British Columbia, Dease lake, Cassiar, Atlin. Rock ptarmigan (Lagopus rupestris).—Common on the summits of most of the mountains on the mainland and Vancouver Island. Quite common at Atlin. White-tailed ptarmigan (Lagopus leucurus).—Found on the summits of most mountains on the mainland, except the coast range. Columbian sharp-tailed grouse—Prairie chicken (Pedicecetes phasianel- lus columbianus).—An abundant resident east of Cascade range through the southern portions of the province. Sage grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus).—Rare. PHEASANTS. Ring-necked pheasant (Phasianus torquatus).—Abundant on Vancouver Island and in the lower Fraser river valley and other portions of the mainland. Introduced from China; now thoroughly naturalised. Band-tailed pigeon (Columbia fasciata).—A common summer resident in the southwestern portions of the province, including Vancouver Island. PIGEONS. Passenger pigeon (Ectopistes migratorius).—Mentioned in John Keast Lord's "Naturalist in British Columbia" (1866). If it ever did occur here it is now, without doubt, extinct. (Fannin). Mourning dove (Zenaidura macroura).—Not common. There are heavy penalties in the act for violation of its provisions, and section 18 enumerates specialties in the case of certain big game. Persons not resident in the province for the space of six months (other than officers and men of H.M.S. army and navy and the permanent corps of militia for the time being in the province) are required to take out licences for shooting and fishing as follows: For general licence, per annum, $100. To hunt bear between the 1st day of January and the 15th day of July, $25. To shoot birds during the season, $50. For yearly licence to angle, $5. The use of automatic guns is prohibited. It is not lawful to trap bear south of the C.P.R. main line. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 317 Eggs of birds are not allowed to be taken, except for breeding, and no birds are to be taken by traps, snares, etc. Farmers or employees may kill deer depasturing in their fields. The sale of protected animals and birds is prohibited during close season, and game is not allowed to be kept in cold storage at any time. Special licences are issued by the game warden to British subjects not residents of the province to kill game during the close season at $5 per week. OPEN SEASON FOR GAME ANIMALS. Moose (bull)—September 1st to-December 31st inclusive. Bag limit, two in one season; one in Kootenay. Wapiti (bull)—September 1st to December 31st. Two in one season. Caribou (bull)—September 1st to December 31st. Three in one season. Deer (buck or doe), except species known as Columbian or Coast deer— September 1st to December 15th. Three of one kind, or not more than five in all. Deer (Columbian or Coast deer)—Season opened by order-in-council each year, usually September 1st to December 15th. Three of one kind, or not more than five in all. Mountain Sheep (ram)—September 1st to November 15th. Two of any one species, or one in Kootenay; not more than three in all. Mountain Goat—September 1st to December 15th. Three in one season. Bear—Close season between July 15th and August 31st. No bag limit. OPEN SEASON FOR GAME BIRDS. Pheasant (cock) Grouse (of all kinds) | Season opened by order-in-council, usually October 1st to December 15th; varies according to district. Quail " " Prairie Chicken Ptarmigan Duck (of all kinds) Geese Snipe Jag limit, 250 order-in-council February 28th. m season, usually Season opened by September 1st to YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA t aaassaaaaaa C fi t: fl S C f! Ci S C C cdctfc3c3a3o3c3ctfc3c^c3 >> >> >> m >. >> >>"» >>>>>>>>!>> ai bt 3 a- ©©©©©©©©©©<$£ o; o © 3© © ®<tf<I 3 © ®® 3 5®*?- P©-*"^© i? ^ © © © <n Illllllllls^lfl^llls^lll^Slo^^l^l^lg^llll c3c3o3ctfcda$ci3G3a3c3c3 £>/£ ^ ^ cd . _.c«ceo3_.^rc3-q®.ce^t);ceggw;-cci3<33(53i53 lip -3 "3 © si dZ2 ir. 3 §3 985 a j3 3 ©,2 3 ca ca'SiJ §"C"E d % © 5 j'M'jSfcs b^eiSis^gSSS3^ tlH£4?i?P£<mmSfflarjr3sB££SHHowa5aaaaaaai5: COMMERCE and SHIPPING SINCE the completion of the C.P.R. in 1886, when steamship service was confined to connection with San Francisco and Sound ports and British Columbia coast ports, there has been a remarkable expansion in the shipping business, which may now fairly be said to be worldwide, with especial development in respect to points on the Pacific ocean, justifying the hope that within a generation at least Pacific coast commerce will be on a parity with that of the Atlantic. The con- New Route of struction of the C.P.R. across the continent has created Commerce new conditions out of which has grown the western, all- empire route of travel. These new conditions will be accentuated by the completion of the Panama canal, and possibly altered to some extent; but in any event the latter will bring the two commerces into very close association, and undoubtedly divert a great deal of trade from existing routes and in a material way alter the trend of trade altogether. Just how the commerce of this coast will be affected it will be very difficult to forecast. Just now, however, the object is to indicate the nature of the present development rather than to predict the future. The following are the main lines of steamship with ports of call and routes on the British Columbia coast: TO THE ORIENT, VIA VANCOUVER AND VICTORIA. The Ocean Steamship Company, and the China Mutual Steam Navigation Company (Blue Funnel line), via Japan, China and Suez canal to Europe, carrying cargo to and from all points. The ports of call on this coast are Tacoma, Seattle and Victoria; monthly sailings. The Canadian Pacific Railway Company's royal mail line—To China and Japan, from Vancouver, via Victoria, the Empresses sailing at published dates. The Nippon-Yusen-Kaisha (Japan Mail Steamship Company)—Hong Kong-Seattle line in connection with the Great Northern railway; bimonthly sailings, 'with Seattle*- and Victoria as ports of eall. The Bank line (Frank Waterhouse & Co.)—To Japan, China, Manilla, with Tacoma, Seattle and Vancouver as ports of call; dates of sailing as published. The Osaka-Shosen-Kaisha (American line)—Regular fortnightly service, carrying imperial Japanese mail, in connection with Chicago, Milwaukee and Puget Sound Railway Company, with ports of call at Tacoma and Victoria. Service to China, Japan and Manilla. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA TO AUSTRALASIA, ETC. The Canadian-Australian Royal Mail Steamship line—From Vancouver and Victoria, as ports of call, to Australasia, via Honolulu and Suva; monthly sailings. The Australian Mail line (Frank Waterhouse & Co.)—Between Vancouver, Tacoma, San Francisco and New Zealand and Australasia; monthly sailings. ^, -.^^ TO CALIFORNIAN PORTS AND MEXICO. The Pacific Coast Steamship Company—Between Seattle and California ports, with Victoria as British Columbia port of call. The Canadian-Mexican Pacific Steamship Company—From Vancouver to Salina Cruz. „"" " The Harrison line—Leaving Antwerp, Swansea, Glasgow and Liverpool, carrying cargo direct and via the Tehuantepec railway, with Victoria and Vancouver as British Columbia ports of call. BRITISH COLUMBIA COAST SERVICE. Canadian Pacific Railway's British Columbia coast service: Vancouver and Victoria, twice daily. Vancouver and Seattle, daily. Victoria and Seattle, daily, Victoria and Prince Rupert, via Queen Charlotte islands and way points, twice a month. Hardy Bay logging-camp route—Vancouver to Hardy Bay and way points, weekly. Vancouver to Nanaimo, daily except Sunday. Victoria-Nanaimo-Vancouver-Comox route, calling at islands and way points, weekly. Fraser route—From New Westminster to Chilliwack, calling at all way points, three times a week. West Coast (V.I.) route—From Victoria to Quatsino, calling at west coast points, three times monthly. Prince Rupert-Alaska route—From Victoria and Vancouver to Skagway, calling at Swanson Bay, Prince Rupert, Juneau, etc., three times monthly. Tacoma-Vancouver Steamship Company—From Vancouver to Seattle and Tacoma, tri-weekly. The Union Steamship Company (Vancouver) have five steamers, each of which plies weekly to points on the coast of the mainland and Island of Vancouver as far north as Stewart in the Portland canal, having numerous ports of call. The Royal City Navigation Company—New Westminster to Chilliwack and intermediate points, tri-weekly. Canadian Pacific Navigation Company—From Victoria to islands of the gulf and New Westminster, weekly. R. Cunningham & Son, Ltd.—Port Essington to Prince Rupert, daily. Grand Trunk Pacific Coast Steamship Company—Seattle, Victoria and Vancouver to Prince Rupert and Stewart and way points, weekly. Northern Steamship Company of British Columbia—From Vancouver to Prince Rupert and Stewart and way points, twice a month. Pacific Coast Steamship Company—Seattle, via Vancouver, for Prince Rupert and Alaskan points, about six times monthly. New Westminster-Ladner-Steveston service—New Westminster to Ladner and way points, daily. Gulf Islands route—Victoria to Saturna island and way points, triweekly. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Boscowitz Steaniship Company—From Vancouver and Victoria for northern points as far as Stewart, weekly. Howe Sound route (The Terminal Steam Navigation Company)—Vancouver to Britannia mine and way points, daily. North Arm Steamship Company—Vancouver to points on Burrard inlet and North Arm of the inlet, daily. - Fraser River route—New Westminster for Langley (steamship Kerland). In addition to the foregoing, there are regular lines of steamers plying on the Skeena to Hazelton; On the upper Fraser, from Soda Creek to Quesnel, and on water stretches further in the interior; On the Okanagan lakes; On the Arrow lakes; On the Kootenay lakes; On the Columbia river from Golden to Cranbrook. BRITISH, CANADIAN AND FOREIGN SEAGOING VESSELS—OUTWARD. With Cargo. In Ballast. Places. ° 1 | mbo a °£ °1 u ° £ 3. do PI'S s $ Pi bo Z> frti h£ Zo Z> E%ti Zo Chemainus 18 26,317 4,824 42,021 325 17 1,556 37 16 408 41 Ladysmith 147 63,354 86,754 1,767 60 11,560 659 Nanaimo 520 368,535 366,952 11,694 130 17,675 1,349 New Westminster 44 52,361 40,452 8,794 985 24 1,154 117 Port Simpson 12 9,900 20 570 37 20,823 1,318 Prince Rupert 14 12,166 225 9 773 192 257,963 10,443 Sidney 9 10,161 6,742 188 13 342 71 Stikine 6 36 6 30 4 1,416 108 Union Bay 71 164,097 142,561 2,435 10 4,602 157 Vancouver 1199 1,116,669 131,582 157,305 60,611 B«1 343,199 12,142 Victoria 518 700,397 14,646 5,146 36,447 475 676,571 31,515 White Rock 37 874 6,228 160 8 74 22 2590 2,524,867|794,250|220,017 115,985 11547 1,337,343|57,979 BRITISH, CANADIAN AN] D F OREIGN SEAGOINC J VES SEL 3—INWARD. With Cargo. In Ballast. « | S a to. 2 1 ffl&O row °£ ■■S °fc Pi 60 pstai . % &f°< £l | gg .?£ o © O© Ot| z> Zo z> EHtf 1 £o Chemainus i 1,0521 1,000 22 24 11,093 225 4 264 260 82,252 25 Iiadysmith 32 19,600 16,084 450 578 2,887 Nanaimo 36 48,878 15,917 810 345 249,698 7,283 New Westminster 40 9,331 6,212 1,156 846 30 16,734 358 Port Simpson 16 13,884 26 27 872 36 391 1,420 Prince Rupert 89 81,472 31,622 1,682 4,606 112 82,284 5,700 Sidney 9 890 688 772 61 18 3,267 141 Stikine 13 3,048 516 3 239 1 379 27 Union Bay 4 1,635 138 46 77 141,675 3,155 Vancouver 1363 1,314,751 233,911 100,225 71,945 202 251,267 10,413 Victoria 903,445 43,265 13,969 52,804; 218 412,139 11,447 White Rock ! 5! 182| 94 22| 42 918 180 2376| 2,398,168|349,4731118,284 131,951) 1373 1,252,357|43,261 TEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA COASTING TRADE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA FOR THE YEAR 1910. Htf Sailing Vessels. 3 Ml Zv Chemainus Ladner Ladysmith Nanaimo Nelson New Westminster Port Simpson.. Prince Rupert.. . Sidney Union Bay Vancouver Victoria White Rock 120 1,698 2,603 2,868 859 448 1,543 355 798 5,684 2,619 1 32,129 10,406 244,701 655,306 808,549 82,580 153,597 403,247 33,678 132,254 1,290,297 1,214,900 Chemainus Ladner Ladysmith .. Nanaimo Nelson New Westminster Port Simpson.. .. Prince Rupert .. Sidney Union Bay .. Vancouver. Victoria I 355,703 4,507 1,952,750 32,548 122 5,611 30,755 9,196 344,055 7,990 2,178 35 13,140 119,76615,062,3271324,95111 f4277 2,744,799|18,193 Statement showing the description, number and tonnage of vessels built and registered in British Columbia ports for period of ten years ending 31st March, 1910. Ii Registered Year. Steam Sail Total | Steam Sail Total |No|T'n'g No|T'n'g|No|T'n*g|||NolT'n'g No|T'n'g|No|T'n'g 1900 431 6,114 11 1,847 54 7,961 39 5,916 14 553 53 6,469 1901 19 4,011 10 1,022 29 5,033 16 3,147 15 3,363 31 6,510 1902 ... 8 1,191 12 904 20 2,095 10 3,407 11 604 21 4,011 1903 24 629 22 1,045 46 1,674 8 5,765 10 2,844 18 8,609 1904 15 1,199 4 1,029 19 2,228 8 3,196 4 5,502 12 8,698 1905 8V 2,506 11 1,647 48 4,153 4b 6,158 11 1,594 56 7,752 1906 42 1,916 19 1,633 61 3,549 53 4,342 22 3,635 7 b 7,977 1907 46 1,549 4 178 50 1,727 60 4,797 b 1,620 6b 6,417 1908 64 4,541 3,212 ?A 3,814 1,703 MS 8,355 4,915 M 3,709 1,829 9,4 3,709 1909 86 15 101 26 7 6,210 33 8,039 389 26,868 132 14,822 521 41,690 1289 42,266 99|25,925|388!68,191 OFFICIAL RETURNS OF BUILDING STATISTICS. For the period 1901 to 1910. • Victori.a Vancouver. 1901 $ 740,600 * 1902 652,000 $ 833,607 1903 675,880 1,426,148 1904 607,150 1,968,891 1905 554,250 2,653,000 1906 ... .: : ... 699,300 4,308,410 1907 1,490,250 5,632,744 1908 1,314,240 5,950,883 1909 1,773,420 7,264,565 1910 2,373,045 13,150,365 $10,880,135 $43,188,613 For half-year ending 30th June, 1911 1,432,585 9,190,856 Grand Forks | 2,237,075| Greenwood Kaslo I 318,8131 Nanaimo 2,701,318| Nelson I 844,248 New Westminster I 2,839,236 Prince Rupert Revelstoke Rossland 494,211 Vancouver 3,542,955 gVictoria .) 3,160,549 • YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA VALUE OF EXPORTS AND IMPORTS AT BRITISH COLUMBIA PORTS— Continued. 1909. | 1910. Port Export Import Total 1 1 Export Import, Total $ $ $ 1 $ $ $ Cranbrook | 741,492 438,987 1,180,479 '540,793 3,931,580 1,031,542 2,961r629 464,988 623,589 1,496,530 Grand Forks 3,390,787 3,585,218 Greenwood 293,113 279,255 572,365 323,383 362,572 685,955 Kaslo 4,340 26,174 30,51'1 134 16,557 16,691 Nanaimo ... 3,564,910 677,379 4,242,28' 4,210,410 958,300 5,168,710 Nelson 1,505,257 1,344,445 2.849,702 204,889 494,726 699,615 New Westminster 5,567,011 928,658 6,495,669 5,938,057 1,088,984 7,027,041 Prince Rupert 72,752 72,752 3,021 209,310 212,331 Revelstoke 350,268 350,268| 367,350 367,350 Rossland 733.751 679.398 1,413,141' 370,450 330,320 700,770 Vancouver 5,848,378111,901,425 17,749,80; 7,769,129 16,873,468 24,642,597 Victoria 1,333,155 4,097,834 5,430,989 1,514,275 4,861,8681 6,376,143 1 |22,240,699|20,898,381|43,139,080| |25,068,411|27,091,019|52,159,430 SUMMARY. Value of Exports and Imports for Ten Years, 1901 to 1910. 1901 $32,785,629 1902 28,776,591 1903 26,745,964 1904 28,615,416 1905 29,242,901 1906 38,536,157 1907 29,103,344 1908 48,121,639 1909 43,139,080 1910 52,159,430 357226,151 STATEMENT OF INLAND REVENUE COLLECTED During the Year Ending 31st December, 1910, in the Divisions of Victoria and Vancouver, the Former Representing Vancouver Island and the Latter the Mainland. Articles. Victoria Vancouver 1 Beer $ 18,435.60 5 28 3 $5,208.14 1,475.00 43,764.45 112.10 4 3,725.00 5 Malt 82,865.73 627.57 108.95 6 7 Methylated spirits 8 163,121.48 14,147.70 8,843.67 351,445.16 9 10 11 Tobacco, raw Tobacco, smok Vinegar Other receipts eaf Ing and chewing 29,075.48 4,074.90 1,340.70 12 6,664.31 1,211.25 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. EXPORTS AND IMPORTS Comparative Trade Returns at British Columbia Ports of Entry, 1872-1910 o ft H i o ft B o P o ft M H o ft | "3 o 1872 $ 1,912,107 $ 1,790,352 $ 3,702,459 $ 63,785,649 $ 62,460,948 $ 126,246,597 1873 1,792,347 2,191,011 3,983,358 1892 ... 6,574,989 6,358,976 12,933,965 1874 2,120,624 2,085,560 4,206,184 1893 ... 5,641,653 4,918,168 10,559,821 1875 2,824,812 2,543,552 5,368,364 1894 ... 8,142,564 5,269,617 13,412,181 1876 2,755,787 2,996,996 5,752,783 1895 ... 9,121,098 4,379,611 13,500,709 1877 2,393,057 2,220,262 4,613,319 1896 ... 10,576,551 5,566,238 16,142,789 1878 2,798,860 2,247,477 5,046,337 1897 ... 14,017,568 7,031,861 21,049,429 1879 2,755,972 2,440,789 5,196,761 1898 ... 16,919,717 8,690,263 25,609,980 1880 2,643,570 1,756,291 4,399,861 1899 ... 14,749,032 8,687,221 23,436,253 1881 1 2,255,753 2,489,246 4,744,999 1900 ... 17,851,812 10,560,532 28,412,344 1882 I 3,154,194 2,899,186 6,053,380 1901 ... 21,648,191 11,137,438 32,785,629 1883 3,383,342 3,937,536 7,320,878 1902 ... 18,385,335 10,391,256 28,776,591 1884 3,100,404 4,142,286 7,242,690 1903 ... 15,604,896 11,141,068 26,745,964 1885 3,237,804 4,089,492 7,327,296 1904 ... 16,536,328 12,079,088 28,615,416 1886 2,953,616 3,953,299 6,906,915 1905 ... 16,677,882 12,565,019 29,242,901 1887 3,478,270 3,547,852 7,026,122 1906 ... 22,817,578 15,718,579 38,536,157 1888 3,928,077 3,509,951 7,438,028 1907 ... 16,138,405 12,964,939 29,103,344 1889 4,334,306 3,763,127 8,097,433 1908 ... 23,941,187 24,180,452 48,121,639 1890 5,763,467 4,379,272 10,142,739 1909 ... 22,240,699 20,898,381 43,139,080 1891 6,199,280 5,477,411 11,676,691 1910 .. 25,068,411 27,091,019 52,159,430 63,785,649 62,460,948 126,246,597 366,439,545 282,090,674 648,530,219 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA POSTAL STATISTICS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 6,973 7,630 7,322 7,408 6,320 10,761 11,755 13,222 fcfi 12,914 13,692 12,833 11,832 14,806 16,293 18,123 15,554 23,325 24,179 24,796 10,258 11,072 11,727 12,343 14,148 12,564 20,797 22,595 25,446 03 Dh >Ph >w Otf Htf 13,058 12,158 10,381 9,134 9,547 9,434 9,416 7,359 9,363 9,204 8,721 I L.148 42,835 2,589 47,247 7,300150,172 6,488152,343 6,592155,525 3,016 1,083 61, 1,975 53,465 101,945 107,041 111,384 116,716 127,914 137,639 154,071 I 129,180 207,597 234,807 268,011 237,668 249,743 260,132 274,770 313,477 337,377 385,715 336,407 548,315 597,370 694,367 Med 588,078 575,847 10, 583,404 587,452 718,640 733,474 862,966 767,527 1,112,196 1,126,584 1,148,283 37, 750,000 950,000 ,231,000 ,551,000 . ,637,000 300,000 862,000 ,150,000 ,524,000 ,181,000 ,266,000 POSTAL STATISTICS FOR YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1910. < Z op'S H Ph Gk o « © ° •° ©^ ||| <o <to% o o © &oai O £ s> ° Z%0l, S'E £ pi ■o o © '3 hS a, Nanaimo 3,032 12,286 9,876 1,594 91,094 32,281 64,360 14,000 7,368 14,414 7,305 90,374 33,781 259,989 228,627 115,799 287,028 121,299 1,863,980 515,281 4,797,024 1,771 890 2,328 914 16,238 4,137 33,039 3,235 8,006 6,405 2,581 58,972 22,906 46,485 75,596 141,868 New Westminster .. Rossland Vancouver Victoria Other places 122,553 38,072 1,332,700 508,843 943,398 | 214,523 1 427,231 | 7,929,038 | 59,317 | 148,588 | 3,163,030 Estimated Number of Letters and Other Articles of Mail Matter Posted in British Columbia and Canada, Respectively, During Year Ending March 31, 1910. British Columbia Canada Letters 37,266,000 456,085,000 Post cards 1,827,000 45,104,000 Registered letters 918,000 10,465,000 Free letters 683,000 14,975,000 Books and printed mater including circulars, etc 3,798,000 77,552,000 Newspapers, periodicals, etc 734,000 9,685,000 Packets open for inspection 315,900 6,978,900 Closed parcels for Europe, etc 14,119 133,760 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. CLEARING HOUSE REiURNS.1LA The Following are the Total Monthly Clearings During the Year 1910: Month. Victoria Vancouver January $ 7,390,767 $ 29,331;3Sf'/ $ 36,721,991 February 6,404,570 29,534,529^ 35,939,109 March * 7,170,028 35,415,061 42,585,089 April 7,239,433 ' ^38,731,598 43,971,031 May ... _. 7,485,447 36,460,680 43,946,127 June ... ■ 9,189,761 37,092,464- 46,282,225 July 10,517,0P' 37,630,303 48,147,326 August 8,865;3S9 38,533,143 45,398,502 September 7,983,404 40,428,521 48,411,925 October 8,750,129 40,115,870 48,865,999 November 10,386,173 43,041,230 53,427,403 December 10,184,070 42,674,185 52,858,255 $101,566,164 $444,988,818 $546,554,982 COMPARISON OF CLEARS rG HOUSE RETURNS SINCE 1899. [ Victoria Vancouver 1900 $ 32,038,700 $ 46,161,432 $ 78,200,132 1901 30,607,315 46,738,805 77,346,120 1902 28,680,679 54,223,989 82,904,648 1903 30,817,928 66,100,774 96,918,702 1904 32,993;113 74,640,500 107,633,613 1905 36,890,464 88,460,391 125,350,855 1906 45,615,615 132,606,358 178,221,973 1907 55,330,583 191,734,480 247,065,068 1908 ** 85,256,013 183,083,446 238,339,459 1909 70,695,882 287,592,941 358,288,823 1910 101,566,164 444,988,818 546,554,982 BUSINESS FAILURES. As will be seen by the figures for the last ten years, as compiled from the statistics published from year to year by R. G. Dun & Co., despite the great expansion of business activities in all branches, there has been a remarkable decline in. the number of failures in that period, showing that business is not only prosperous but that it is on a very sound basis. Total Commercial Manufacturing 11 Other Trading Commer- : cial TEAR. | © © © © £ ■° •° d o d a Z < 3 p a Z $ f| 3 1901 88 $1,270,945 $1,267,750 6 $ 45,500! 79 $1,195,210 3 $27,040 &02 101 1,275,600 1,582,550| 10 ISfcjBOO 90 1,444,250 1 2,000 1903 U-a 61 442,012 425,1501 11 204,3001 49 213,850 1 7,000 1904 76 1,019,544 1,001,106 20 131,780 55 862,326 1 7,000 1905 76 488,115 612,449 116 315,975! [58 289,469 2 7,005 226,043 236,666 16 56,091 28 180,575 178,046 232,219 133,265 15 74,750 15 58,515 43,35(H 11 55,501H23 123,520 1909 .X M 41 I 207,603 17 141,842 1 10,200 1910 , •&■&* 58 \ MM5h 437,699 5 184,80.0 [51 234,417 2 18,482 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA CONSULS AND CONSULAR AGENTS VANCOUVER. American—Consul-general, David F. Wilber; vice-consul-general, C. G. Woodward; deputy consul-general, A. E. Galpin,. 2 Williams building Belgium—Vice-consul, J. M. Whitehead, 519 Granville. Chilian—Consul-general for Canada, Hon. M. P. Morris. Chinese—Consul, Ow Yang King. Ecuador—Consuledo-general, John Macquilan, 18 Inns of Court, banish—Vice-consul, Trolls Marstrand, 814 Hastings W. French—Consul, L. Duchastel de Montrouge, 336 Hastings W. German—Imperial consul,'A. T. Von Etlinger, 405 Hastings St. W. Japanese—Imperial consul, C. Yada, Imperial block. Mexican—Consul, Manuel C. Tellez, 619 Hastings St. W. Netherlands—Vice-consul, M. A. Von Roggen, 206 Winch building. Norwegian—Consul, Chas. B. Stahlschmidt, c|o Robert Ward & Co. Peruvian—Consul, Robert.Jackson, 1639 Comox St. Spanish—Vice-consul, Capt. H. A. Mellon, 419 Cordova St. W. Swedish—Consul, R. V. Winch, c|o Robert Ward & Co. VICTORIA. Belgian—Consul, T. R. Smith. Danish—Vice-consul, W. A. Ward, 24 Bastion St. French—Consular agent, A. O. P. Frances. German—Consul, Carl Loewenberg, 73 Wharf St. Norwegian—Consul, F; A. Futcher, c|o Robert Ward & Co. Swedish—Consul, T. R. Smith, 17 Fort St. AMERICAN CONSULS. Dawson City—George C. Code. Fernie—Frank C. Dennison. Victoria—Abraham E. Smith. AMERICAN CONSULAR AGENTS. Cumberland—G. W. Clinton. Nelson—W. S. Riblet. Nanaimo—Joseph H. Pashley. White Horse—Geo. B. Edwards. PROVINCIAL BOARDS OF TRADE—SECRETARIES. Armstrong—R. M. Burns. Atlin—J. Stables. Chilliwack—H. T. Goodland. Cranbrook—T. M. Roberts. Fernie—J. S. T. Alexander. Fort Steele—E. A. Elton. Golden—T. O'Brien. Grand Forks—D. McCallum. Greenwood—-G. A. Gaunce. Kamloops—J. F. Smith. Kaslo—J. W. Cockle. Ladysmith—R. Allen. Kelowna—G. C. Rose. Midway—E. T. Mowe. Moyie—L. Thomson. Nanaimo—W. F. Norris. Nelson—E. K. Beeston. Phoenix—W. B. Wilcox. Revelstoke—H. Floyd. Rossland—A. B. Mackenzie. Trail—Alex. E. Steel. Westminster—C. H. Stuart-Wade. Vancouver—W. Skene. Victoria—F. Elworthy. Vernon—(Okanagan Board of Trade)—R. J. Davies. Also Associated Boards of Trade of Southern British Columbia—Secretary, A. B. Mackenzie, Rossland. LONG AGO the social conditions existing in British Columbia, considering that it is among the newest of the provinces and that the elements of the population are the most cosmopolitan, were singularly well established and organized. Among the first things demanded of the incoming population in the early days was respect of law and order, and this was enforced rigidly. Many of the leading citizens came fresh from old, settled communities in Great Britain, Early Conditions eastern Canada and the United States, so that it was not long before society began to crystallize along conventional lines. Along with the hotels, which were the abiding place of all newcomers and many others, came churches, fraternal societies, libraries, theatres, schools, clubs, newspapers, and the hundred and one accessories of modern town life—and €h<9' great majority of the population lived in the towns and cities—until at the present time all the luxuries, conveniences, institutions, public utilities, fraternal organizations, hospitals, educational facilities, athletic associations, moral and spiritual agencies which belong to the most highly civilized communities in the empire or on this continent are possessed and enjoyed in British Columbia if not in the fullest at least in a very high degree. Public Utilities and works include paved streets, sewerage, waterworks, eleetrfe lighting, and telephones. The towns and cities have churches of all denominations, high and collegiate schools, public libraries, modern, well-equipped hotels, newspapers, hospitals, social clubs, and hosts of social and political organizations, so that, lacking some of the outer semblances of civilized life in older communities which age alone can impart, the visitor from any part of the empire Completely will find conditions similar to those he has left behind. He Organized may not find all the comforts and luxuries to which he has been used, or at least in an equal degree, but he will be hard to please if he grumbles at his daily fare. He will mingle among men of his own class of intelligence and training; he will discover his own traditions respected; he will associate among people of his own race and national sympathies, and he will confront the same social and political problems. In short, he will be surrounded by men and women and an atmosphere as thoroughly British as are to be found anywhere under the Union Jack and as Canadian as are to be found in the Dominion. Owing to the multiplicity of social activities of all kinds it would be tediously long to enumerate or classify. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LABOR AND WAGESAG OWING to the fact that the majority of workers in British Columbia are employed in some of the industrial occupations and live for the main part either in towns and cities or in mining, lumbering or fishing communities, or-camps, as they are more familiarly known, the questions which affect labor communities naturally found an early lodgment among them, and unionism was early developed. There is, therefore, a large element to which such questions appeal and which m Labor Issues affected by them. Years ag$0there was an anti-Chine® agitation which later took the form of anti-alien, in general, and anti-Oriental in particular. It was not long before all the trades and mosr of the occupations became unionized under international affiliations. Among the leaders there has developed a strong leaning towards Socialism, and many of thst issues are as clear-cut and well-defined as in any part of the United States, with which country there is a striking harmony in labor matters. However, with conditions more favorable to stability there has been, generally speaking, much less friction between the two classes than on the other side of the line. The principal source of irritation has been in the mines, though there have been incipient strikes at various times among other classes than miners, and for the reason that the miners as a class have been drawn from outside of the province and their unions are controlled internationally. Wages on the Pacific coast have from the outset been higher than in other parts of the continent, and where employment has been available the profit to the laborer greater, even taking into account the increased cost of living; but employment has not always been equal to the demand, and one source of complaint on the part of Supply and organized labor has been that the wage rate has been too Demand much advertised, creating during periods of depression a surplus of workers. This in the past has been more or less true in regard to many of the skilled occupations as the result of necessarily restricted operations in the industrial lines. In other words, although wages have been high and conditions of labor unusually favorable as compared with many parts of the world, the labor market has at all times been easily congested. During the greater part of the last decade, however, with the exception of the latter months of 1907 and all of 1908 there has been little real cause of complaint. The activity in railway building in the west, the expansion of business, the prosperity of the lumber industry and development in mining, fishing and farming have created a steady and practically uninterrupted demand. The present situation is, perhaps, the most unusual for some time and arises out of the prevailing good times, which have been coincident with the general rise in the cost of living. Cost of Living There has been a general and sympathetic strike among the coal miners of the interior and considerable unrest on the coast among the members of the building trades. It represents a AND M^N*JsMiflOR^PRO;¥INCIAL INFORMATION. nu demand on the part of labor based on two things :„ Consideration on account of the increased cost of living, which relatively reduces the wage profit, and for an increased share in the profits incident to prosperity. Coal operators of the interior are apparentlycdetermined not to yield to the I pressure, which they regard as extraneous and uncalled for, and on the Qpa#t the situation, is complicated by the ease of obtaining imported labor,. largely the. jsesult of temporary lull in the labor market of the stateioofe Washington, and to some extent from the number of arrivals from eastern points. Otherwise, the situation is very satisfactory from the labor point of view. It was at one time feared that the great contemplated expansion in railway construction would be hampered for want of laborers, but anticipations have not been realized, and contractors are not experiencing unusual difficulties in obtaining a supply. The one department in which there is a general and chronic lack of labor is in farming and fruit- Farm Labor growing. TMs does not arise so much from the lack of " \iatfpr for all purposes as from the disinclination of wage- earners to engage in farming work, and from the fact that farming does not permit fojfprofit Of the same rate of wage being paid as in other occupations. Hence, in a system which of necessity is reduced to small holdings the farmer and fruit-grower are compelled to depend in the main on their own labor and that of members of their own families. Owing to the restriction of Chinese and Japanese immigration, from which rural employers formerly drew their supply of help, the wages of Chinese and Japanese have increased to within the range of white labor and the supply is scarce at that. The controlling factor of the situation in respect to farm labor is < that the price of labor in other avocations, and the demand, are so much better that farming offers but little inducement. An effort has been made. to ease the market through the agency of the Salvation Army, but with what ultimate- suecess remains to be seen. In regard to the hours per day it has generally been reduced in skilled labor to^ eight hours, and in unskilled to nine hours. In a few instances it still remains at ten hours. With respect to the following table, it represented the current rates two years ago. There has been an increase in wages in some of the items, with a general tendency towards shorter hours, but in the main it reflects the normal state of the labor market, and is sufficiently accurate as a guide: YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA -SCALE OF WAGES. Occupation. "£ 3 ^ Blacksmiths •*¥*¥. ..$0.30 10 Bricklayers.. .62 8 Builders' laborers 25 9 Boiler-makers 25 If • Brick-makers 40 9 Cabinet-makers 40 9 Carpenters 50 8 Drivers (1 horse) 30 9 Drivers ^^orses) 30 9 ElectriG wirers 44 8 Joiners 50 8 Ship joiners.T;V" -50 8 Iron moulders (jobbing) per day $3.50 t<yy)0r Lathers.^er 1,000 25 MachiniiS/ 40 9 Metal workers if ip& 9 Machinist (tin printing press) 44 8 Metal pattern-makers 50 8 Linotype operators (night) .60 7% Linotype operators (day).. .56 2]3 7% Laborers 15-25 8-10 Laborers (lumber) 20-25 Paper rulers (skilled) . ... r .35 9 Printers 50 8 Stereotypers 45 8 Painters 44 8 Plasterers .62 8 Plumbers.. 40 9 Road laborers 15-25 9 Stone cutters 62 8 Stone masons 62 8 Tinsmiths 40 9 Unskilled labor 15-25 9 Steam fitters 40 9 Sawyers (head) 60 10 Sawyers (second) Aiy2 10 Millwrights 40 10 Per day. Agricultural labor ...$1.50 to $2.50 8 Miners (quartz). ... 3.00 to 4.00 8 Miners (helpers) .. .. 2.00 to 3.00 8 Miners (laborers) ... 2.00 to 2.50 8 Miners (blacksmiths and machinists) ... 3.00 to 5.00 8 Miners (coal) 60c to 80c per ton Day rates. Pireboss $3.25 Shotlighters 3.00 Occupation. Day rates Bratticemen '.3$^*. 2.60 Timbermen 3.00 Timbermen helpers 2.60 Tracklayers..1?^ 2.75 Tracklayers helpers 2.60 Roadmen 2.60 Drivers (boss) 3.00 Drivers (double) 2.75 Drivers (single) 2.60 Drivers (boys) ^^,r $1.50 to 2.25 Pushers ... 2.60 Linemen 3.00 Motormen 2.75 Motormen assistants $1.50 to 2.25 Engineers, diagonal slope 2.75 Engineers, endless rope ..."■'?.$*.; 2.25 Winches $1.00 to 2:60 Rope inspectors ,.. . .^ak.. 3.00 Endless ropes (men) ... $2.60 and 2.75 -Endless ropes (boys) $1.25 to 1.75 Rope riders $1.50 to 2.60 Door boys 1.00 Cagers 3.00; Cagers assistants 2.60 Miners 3.00 Loaders 2.60 Machine'runners $3.00, $3.25, 3.50 Machine helpers ... IQ1W;:. 2.60 Drillers $3.00, $3.25, $3.50 Brushers 2.75 Muckers i.-i$$L. 2.60 Cogmen .,,».. 2.60 Laborers ... .. 2.60 Pipemen $2.60 and 3.00 Pumpmen 2.60 Stablemen '2;W Saw-mills—Wages of mill-hands and loggers. Skidroad men 2.50 Fallers $2.75 to 3.25 Buckers $2.50 to 3.00 Hooktenders $3.50 to 4.00 Rigging slingers $2.50 to 3.00 SwamperfP. $2.50 to 3.00 Engineers 3.50 Head sawyers 6.00 Second sawyers 4\75 Millwrights 4.00 Laborers $2.25 to 3.00 Per month Cooks $25 to $75 and board Domestics, women, $15 to $35 and board AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. VITAL STATISTICS, 1872-1910. 1 bo .60 . Year j* Si a '£, Year £j «3 u d n i i pq P ■ % 1872 50 37 15 1892 1,165 757 655 1873 164 112 88 1893 II 1,241 827 640 1874 174 83 78 1894 1 1,378 836 595 1875 181 113 96 1895 1 1,252 735 621 1876 236 130 141 1896 1,641 1,020 636 1877 193 98 95 1897 1,331 1,013 629 1878 )1 226 104 122 1898 / 2,038 1 1,755 1,340 965 1879 223 134 145 1899 1,415 872 1880 263 170 94 1900 II 1,774 1,494 1,004 1881 314 249 148 1901 II 2,147 1,488 1,150 1882 293 280 146 1902 • 1 1,977 1,655 1,148 1883 283 328 169 1903 ! 2,093 1,572 1,160 1884 263 377 227 323 307 1904 2,139 1,734 1,252 1885 320 320 1905 j 2,427 1,603 1,252 1886 335 335 1906 2,470 1,778 1,587 1887 I 362 362 439 1907 3,047 2,396 2,025 1888 462 462 527. 1908 3.684 2,537 2,142 1889 572 572 552 1909 4,264 2,784 3,448 1890 641 641 555 1910 ij 5,005 3,221 3,280 1891 922 922 750 1 Total . || 49,305 36,034 30,078 HOSPITALS. LIBERAL provision is made by the government for the assistance of hospitals throughout the province. Formerly, it was a matter of arrangement, the legislature voting sums towards the erection of buildings and maintenance without reference to any particular system. Latterly, since demands became more numerous, assistance is governed according to the provisions of an act by which govern- Government Aid ment aid is uniform on the basis of the patients treated. The initiative is with the residents of a locality desiring hospital accommodation, whereupon certain conditions being complied YEAR BOOKAW BRITISH COLUMBIA with, legislative action is automatic. All hospitals, private as well as public, are under government supervision, although only hospitals of a public character are given public aid. There are numerous private hospitals, including those conducted by Sisters of the Sacred Heart, some of which in certain cases are subsidized. Hospitals in the following places are assisted by the government under the provisions of the act in question: Arrowhead, Grand Forks, Queen Charlotte, Atlin, Greenwood, Revelstoke, BarkerviBSI Hazelton, Rossland, Bella Bella, Hedley, Sandon, Bella Coola, Kamloops, Stewart, Chase, Kaslo, Tranquille, Chemainus, Lillooet, Vancouver (General), Chilliwack, ?TicheI, Vancouver (St. Paul's) Corbin, Nanaimo, Vernon, Cranbrook, Nelson, Victoria, Cumberland, New Denver, Ymir, Columbia (Alert Bay), New Westminster, Trail, Columbia (Van A.nda), North Vancouver, Hosmer, Columbia (Roch Bay), Phoenix, Quesnel, Fernie, Prince Rupert, Princeton, fl olden, Port Simpson, Wilmer. NAVAL ESTABLISHMENT Esquimalt drydock transferred by the British admiralty to the Canadian government, on 9th November, 1910. The following officers were appointed: Commander in Charge—Commander J. D. D. Stewart. Engineer Commander in Charge—Engineer- Commander T. J. Morgan. Naval Store Officer and Cashier—George Phillips, Esq. H.M.C.S. "Rainbow"—Commander J. D. D. Stewart, in command. -Gruiserr second-elass; length 300 feet; breadth, 43 feet 11 inches; draught, 19 feet; displacement, 3,600 tons; estimated horsepower, 7,000; speed, 18 knots; armament, two 6-inch, six 4.7-inch, eight 6-pounders, one 3-pounder; torpedo tubes, two; complement, 17 officers, 253 men. H.M.C.S. "Niobe"—Commander William B. Macdonald, in command. Protected cruiser; length 435 feet; breadth, 69 feet; draught, 26 feet; displacement, 11,000 tons; estimated horsepower, 16,500; speed, 20 knots; armament, sixteen 6-inch, twelve 12-pounders; two torpedo tubes; complement, 40*efllcers and 659 men. Imperial ships employed on the west coast of America, June, 1911: H.M.S. "Shearwater"—Screw sloop; 980 tons; indicated horsepower, 1,400 N.D.; Commander Gerald William Vivian, R.N.peommander in charge west Gcrys$;of America; complement, 108. '^!a9i£^ifJitt;';Algerine"---Twin screw sloop; 1,050 tons; indicated horse- SSi'ScSSfc^'^rl^^^F'-Br- (1*400 FjD.).; complement, 103; Commander Alexander Keim Jones/Tt.N\ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. PERMANENT MILITARY ESTABLISHMENT (DISTRICT NO. 11). Militia stationed in British Columbia (June, 1911). Canadian Headquarters Staff (Stationed at Victoria). Col. R. L. Wadmore, D.O.C. Major Lindsay, District Engineer. Major C. E. Hart, District Medical Officer. Capt. W. L. Moore, D.S.A. Capt. M. C. Dillon, Senr. Ordnance Officer. Capt. J. F. Foulkes, District Paymaster. Artillery— Strength. 5th Company Can. Garrison Artillery (Major J. G. Milne) 103 Engineers— 3rd Fortress Company Royal Canadian Engineers (Major W. B. Lindsay) ... 9th Detachment Army Medical Corps (Major C. E. Hart) 11th Detachment Can. Ordnance Corps (Capt. M. C. Gillin) .'2=*.... .. Detachment Army Pay Corps (Capt. J. F. Foulkes) VOLUNTEERS. Cavalry— Strength. "A" Squadron, B.C. Horse (Major J. M. Harper) 76 "B" Squadron, B.C. Horse (Major R. J. Mutrie) 76 "C" Squadron, B.C. Horse (Major J. C. L. Bott) 76 "D" Squadron, B.C. Horse (Major C. L. Flick) 76 Infantry— 5th Regiment, Lt.-Col. Currie, commanding, (Canadian Garrison Artillery) 320 6th Regiment, Lt.-Col. J. Duff-Stuart, commanding (Duke of Connaught's Own Rifles) ... 404 72nd Regiment, Lt.-Col. J. R. Edwards Leckie, commanding (Highlanders of Canada) ... 404 102nd Regiment, Lt.-Col. W. J. H. Holmes, commanding (Rocky Mountain Rangers) .... 320 104th Regiment, Lt.-Col. W. A. Johnston, commanding 150 Armstrong Independent Company of Infantry, Capt. F. T. Wolfenden, commanding 42 Earl Grey's Own Rifles, Capt. A. Stock, 'commanding 42 18th Field Ambulance Corps, Major F. C. Mc- Tavish, commanding 102 Stationed. Victoria Victoria Victoria Victoria Victoria Kamloops Vernon, Coldstream Merritt Victoria Van^uver Vancouver Nelson New Westminstei Armstrong Prince Rupert Vancouver AREA. The area of British Columbia has been variously set down from 375,000 to 395,000 square miles. From careful surface measurements of the map, the following results have been obtained, according to the present main political divisions: Square Miles. Acres. Kootenay 23,500 15,060,000 Yale 24,300 15,850,000 Lillooet 16,100 10,300,000 Westminster ... 7,6b0 4,900,000 Cariboo ... 150,500 *r*Ms850,000 Cassiar 157,100 100,550,000 Comox (Mainland) ... 7,100 4,550,000 Vancouver Island ... 16,400 10,000,000 402,660 The foregoing figures are given approximately, figures as nearly as possible. 257,560,000 to approach round ALTITUDES. Altitudes given by various authorities are as follows: Feet. Fraser river at Lillooet 700 Seton lake ; 802 Pemberton meadows 695 Pavilion 1,357 Pavilion mountain 3,500 to 5,000 Fraser river at Big Bar 1,200 Fraser river, Alkali lake and mouth of Riskie creek 1,350 Riskie creek, Chilcotin 2,170 Chilcotin valley, average 2,625 Midway 1,850 Anarchist mountain 3,500 Grand Forks 1,750 Greenwood 2,400 Phoenix 3,900 Keremeos 1,000 Princeton ... »^. 1,650 Okanagan district 1,150 to t,800 Griffin lake 1,900 Craigellachie 1,450 Sicamous 1,300 Notch hill 1,708 Kamloops 1,193 Spence's Bridge 99"6 Feet. Nicola lake 2,170 Lytton 687 Ashcroft 1,508 Bridge Creek 3,086 Lac la Hache 1^9* 2,682 Cache creek, about 1,500 70-Mile House 3,300 Hat creek 1,686 Clinton 2,973 Bonaparte valley, "The Mound".. 2,144 Bridge creek and Lac la Hache .. 1,800 Soda Creek Crossing 1,690 Fraser river at Alexandria 1,420 Fraser river at Quesnel 1,490 Quesnel 1,700 Quesnel Forts (Bullion) 2,775 Barkerville 4,180 Stuart lake l»80jfcf Tobacco plains 2,300 Goldstream lake 1,501 Victoria Practically sea level Duncan Practically sea level Nanaimo Practically sea level LAKES. Many natural depressions are filled by lakes in British Columbia, the principal of which are tabulated below, the areas being transcribed from the reports of the last census of Canada: Lakes. Area in Acres. Lakes. Adams 33,280 Atlin (part) 211,680 Babine 196,00 Chilco 109,760 Harrison 78,400 Kootenay 141^120 Lower Arrow 40,960 Okanagan 86,240 Area in Acres. Owikano 67,720 Quesnel 94,080 Shuswap 79,150 Stuart 141,120 Tatla v • • 86,240 Tagish (part) 58,180 Teslih (part) 78,400 Upper Arrow 64,600 BRITISH COLUMBIA -GAZATEER- IT WAS the intention in this chapter to publish a complete gazetteer of the province, giving information in a concise way about places which are in the main post offices or railway stations or calling points for steamers to which a letter might be addressed or a destination indicated, incidentally taking in the more prominent geographical features, which would include rivers, lakes, bays, inlets, capes, peninsulas, etc.; but in the most condensed form possible f$£ the purpose the space required would be far in excess of what could be allotted for the purpose, and in what follows only the most important of these have been selected. Wherever practicable, the origin of the name is given as a matter of additional interest, and in this respect the author is indebted to Capt. Walbran's very excellent work— "British Columbia Coast Names"—recently issued. In regard to the coast names, wherever credit is not given, it belongs to him, and for the great pains and tireless research involved in years of work too much credit cannot be given. It is possible that in a future issue a special feature may be made of work on similar lines for the whole of the province. Place names , in a special sense contain the history in germ of every locality and as the Year Book will circulate in every part of the province the author would suggest that those interested should communicate information of this character about their own district or locality. Abbotsford: Named after Harry Abbott, formerly general superintendent Pacific division, C. P. R. Six miles south of Fraser river. On Westminster- Sumas branch line. Seven miles south from Mission junction; 49 miles from Vancouver. Station on the G. N. Railway's Guichon-Vancouver section, and on B. C. Electric Chilliwack extension. Population 800. Agassiz: Named after Louis Agassiz, an early settler and a large land owner there. On the main line of the C.P.R., 70 miles east from Vancouver. Population 600. Here is located Dominion Government experimental farm. Harrison Hot Springs five miles distant. Ainsworth: Named after George J. Ainsworth, promoter of the Kootenay Railway and Navigation Company. Steamer-landing on western shore of Kootenay lake, 32 miles east of Nelson and 13 miles south of Kaslo. A mining division taking in the north section of Kootenay lake, Howser lake, and Duncan river. Alberni: Named after Don Pedro Alberni, a Spanish captain of infantry in Mexico. Post offiqe^and settlement at head of Alberni Canal, west coast of Vancouver Island. 150 miles northwest from Victoria by sea route; 50 miles from Nanaimo by stage—a farming and timber district with a future. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Population 800. Terminus of E. & N. R., now under .conatxuetion from Wellington. A mining division, with Alberni as mining recorder's office. Includes the country around. Alberni and Great Centr|A lake. Also an electoral riding. Armstrong: On Shuswap-Okanagan branch C. P. R., 19 miles from Okanagan Landing and 32 miles from Sicamous junction.. Population 1,250. (Tributary population 1,300.) A center of rich agricultural country, and a centre of industries arising out of the resources of the district. Arrowhead: Head of Arrow lake and terminus of branch line C. P. R., from Revelstoke, also terminus of their Columbia river steamer service. Population 400. (Tributary-, population 300.) Twenty-eight miles from Revelstoke. Supply point for the mines in the Trout lake district, small steamers running from here to Thompson's landing at the head of the northeast arm where lumber mills are located, which is the western gateway to the mining district of the Lardeau. Ashcroft: After the House of the Cornwalls >ta England,? bmng the residence of the late lieutenant-governor Ashcroft. On^ main line of C. P. R., 203 miles east from Vancouver, on Thompson river. Population 600. (Tributary population 2,000.) A promising fruit and vegetable district in which is also carried on mixed-farming and cattle-raising. Ashcroft is the natural gateway to the Cariboo country and Nechaco valley and is also the outfitting point to the Highland valley, mining district. Atlin: An Indian name. On east side Atlin lake, 35 miles south of Yukon boundary, reached by White Pass railway and steamer service on Taku arm. A northern mining town of 500 inhabitants, which sprang into sudden prominence after the discovery of gold at that point. * "A" mining division, and an electoral riding. Atlin mines contribute largely to the output of placer gold. Atlin lake: 65 miles long, is in the northwest of Atlin district. Babine: A trading post of the Hudson's Bay Company, at the north end of Babine lake, 65 miles east of Hazelton by trail, in the west of the Omineca district. Babine lake: About 100 miles in length, 50 miles east of Hazelton. Babine river, 50 miles long, runs from north of Babine lake into Skeena river, 35 miles north of Hazelton. Banfield: Named after W. E. Banfield, on H.M.S. Constance, who afterwards lived for a time and traded with the Indians. Post office and Pacific cable station at entrance to Barkley sound, 110 miles north of Victoria. Barkerville: Named after William Barker, one of the original discoverer of gold in Williams Creek. Mining town and terminus of the Cariboo wagoipl*pad, 270 miles north of Ashcroft; an important mining centre in the south Cariboo district. The government offices of the district are located here. Barnet: Named after J. Barnet Maclaren (now deceased) of the Mac- laren-Ross company, Ottawa. A town on the main line of the C. P. R., nine miles eastward from Vancouver. ^o§t office and steamer-landing on Burrard inlet. Population 250. Beaton: Named after Mr. Beaton, for some time publisher of the Nelson miner. Post office and steamer-landing on northeast arm of Upper Arrow lake, on Trout lake city stage route. (Also called Thompson's Landing.) Bella Coola: An adaptation of the name of the local tribe. Steamer- landing, post office and settlement on the Burke channel. It was the point near which Sir Alexander Mackenzie reached the coast on his celebrated AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. overland journey in 1793. Mining division on coast between latitude 51 and 53. BritisJiIC&riiHBfl&ia: Captain Walbran in hisbdak on coast names says: ■'Nahied by HeBE^filaje&ty Queen Victoria in 1858. In the 'Lette&e® of Queen Victoria,' which were published in 1907, appears one having an historical interest for this province. It is dated Osborne, 24 July, 1858, and was addressed by the Queen to Sir E. Bulwer Lytton. At that time objections were being made in France to the name of New Caledonia being given to the proposed colony between the Pacific and the Rocky mountains. The Queen wrote: "The Queen had received Sir E. Bulwer Lytton's letter. If the name of New Caledonia is objected to as being already borne by another colony or island claimed by the French, it may be better to give the new colony west of the Rocky mountains another name. New Hanover, New Cornwall and New Georgia appear from the maps to be names of subdivisions of that country, but do not appear on all maps. The only name which is given to the whole territory in every map the Queen has consulted is 'Columbia,' but as there exists also a Columbia in South America, and the citizens of the United States call their country also Columbia, at least in poetry, 'British Columbia' might be, in the Queen's opinion, the best name." Campbell River: Post office and steamer-landing on east coast of Vancouver Island, 36 miles north of Comox, noted fishing and pleasure resort. River flows 42 miles from Buttles lake, through the Campbell lakes into the sea, 37 miles north of Comox. Another Campbell river runs into Semiamu bay, one mile north of Boundary line. Cascade: Flag station on Boundary section of C.P.R., 82 miles from Nelson at southermost end of Christina lake. Population 250. (Tributary population 200). Here is located the works of the Cascade Water Power and Light Company, electric power works, generating 3,000 h. Chemainus: Named after local tribe of Indians. Station on E. & N. R., 52 miles from Victoria. Seaport town dependent upon the manufacture and export of lumber. The sawmills of the Victoria Lumber Company are located here and do a large export trade. Population about 500. Situated on Horseshoe bay. Chemainus is a land district. Chemainus bay is eight miles northeast of Chemainus. Chemainus river, 34 miles long, flows into Horseshoe bay. Chilcotin: A ranching settlement and post office on Riske creek, in the north of the Lillooet district, 35 miles southwest from 150-Mile House and 25 miles northeast of Hanceville. There is a sawmill 'and flour mill. In the C^KotiWptains there is an extensive grazing country. Chilcotin lake is two miles long, 40 miles northwest of Alexis creek. Chilliwack: Named after "Chil-whey-uk" Indians. An incorporated city municipality and steamer-landing on east bank of the Fraser river, 5! east of New Westminster. Station on the B.C. Electric railway and important town and agricultural centre. Chilliwack municipality embraces one of the finest and best developed agricultural districts in the province. Chilliwack river flows out of Chilliwack lake (five miles long) for 34 miles from Chilliwack. Clayoquot: After west coast rtribe of Indians. "Cla-o-quaht" means people different from what they formerly were. Post office, settlement and steamer-landing on west coast of Vancouver Island, about 150 miles north of Victoria. Government life-boat station and telegraph office. A land district. Clayoquot sound, one of the several large openings on west coast of Vancouver Island, 150 miles northwest of Victoria. Clinton: One of the names of the Duke of Newcastle. Post office and mining town on the Cariboo stage route, 38 miles northeast; of Ashcroft. A YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA i mining division situated around Clinton post office, which is the recording office, and taking in the valley of the Chilcotin river. Coldstream: A rural municipality extending along the valley of Coldstream creek, Okanagan district, five miles southeast of Vernon. The Cold- Stream fruit lands are included within its limits. Columbia river: Originally the "Oregon" of Carver's naming, called after Captain Gray's ship, rises almost in the southeast corner of the Province and runs north about 150 miles to where the Canoe river runs into it, when turning west, in an abrupt semi-ellipse, it takes a southerly course and, draining the watershed of the Arrow lakes, leaves the Province in the vicinity of Rossland. Though interrupted by a number of rapids, it is navigable to a very large' extent, and steamers ply regularly between Windermere and Golden, and both north and south from Revelstoke. Altogether it makes a course of about 530 miles within the Province. The district included with the northern turn of this remarkable river is known as the "Big Bend." At the Canal flats at the lower end of the Upper Columbia, where it was proposed to lower the lake by draining into the Kootenay, we have the Kootenay river, the waters of which flow southward. Comox: According to Captain Walbran, the abbreviated name in the Yaculta (Euclataw) tongue for the part of Vancouver Island, now so called, being Komuckway, or Comuckway, meaning "plenty," "abundance," "riches,' which name properly designated a district rich in coal, timber and agricultural resources. Post office and steamer-landing on east coast of Vancouver Island, 65 miles north of Nanaimo. A land district, with a government agent at Cumberland. Comox is the name of the harbour. Comox lake, five miles long, lies three miles west of Cumberland. Coquitlam: Post office at Westminster Junction, on the C.P.R., 17 miles east of Vancouver. The new provincial insane asylum buildings are being erected there, in connection with which there is a large farm of 1,000 acres. Coquitlam lake, seven miles long, 16 miles northeast of New Westminster, is the source of water supply for that city. Coquitlam rural municipality lies at the east of Burrard inlet, stretching south to Fraser river, and east to Pitt river. Farming is carried on extensively. Coquitlam river, 11 miles long, runs from Coquitlam lake into Fraser river, five miles east of New Westminster. Courtenay: After Captain George William Conway Courtenay, H.M.S. Constance, on this station 1846-49. Post office and settlement in Comox district, Vancouver Island, two miles north of Comox. Courtenay river, 17 miles long, runs through Comox river into Comox harbor. Cowichan: An Indian name. A station on the E. & N. R., 36 miles north of Victoria. Also a large and important farming district, of which Duncan is the centre. The name is also applied to Cowichan bay, a post office and steamer-landing on east coast of Vancouver Island, 35 miles north of Victoria, and to a large lake on the E. & N. extension to Alberni, which is a popular fishing resort, about which is the finest timber to be found In the province, and to a river which flows out of it into the straits. The latter is reached by stage, 20 miles from Duncan. Cranbrook: Named by Colonel Baker, a resident and former cabinet minister, after his home in England. Divisional point, on Crowsnest' pass section of the C.P.R., and junction with North Star of Cranbrook-Kimberley branch line, 100 miles west of Crowsnest. Important centre of mining, lumber and farming industries in East Kootenay district. Population 3,500. (Tributary population 500). Two hundred and four miles from Lethbridge. An incorporated'city municipality. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Creston: On the C.P.R., Crowshest pass line and terminus of G.N.R. branch line from Bonner's Ferry to Creston, 16 miles south of Kootenay landing, 67 miles from Cranbrook. Population 550 (Tributary population 1,000). This is a fruit-growing centre and large areas of land are being planted with fruit trees. Crofton: Named after Henry Croft, C.E., by whom it was laid out as a townsite. Post office and steamer-landing on east coast of Vancouver Island, 52 miles north of Vancouver in Nanaimo district. A smelter was erected there which operated on ores from Mr. Sicker mines and elsewhere. Cumberland: An incorporated city municipality and steamer-landing, 70 miles north of Nanaimo. An important coal-mining city in the Comox district. Dewdney: Flag station on the main line of the C.P.R., 48 miles eastward from Vancouver. Takes its name from the Hon. Edgar Dewdney, Lieutenant- Governor of the province of B.C., 1892-1897, also an electoral riding and municipality. It is an important farming district north of the Fraser river. Douglas Lake: Post office and cattle ranching settlement in Kamloops district, 60 miles south of Kamloops. Douglas lake is five miles long, and is the headquarters of the famous Douglas lake stock ranch, over 100,000 acres in extent. Duncan: Named after William Duncan, the pioneer Settler. English residential centre, in Cowichan district, 40 miles from Victoria, on E. & N. R. Population 600. The Cowichan valley is ideal for mixed farming and fruitgrowing. Elk river, 120 miles long, rises near Kananaskis pass, on Alberta boundary and flowing south for 120 miles enters the Kootenay river, 15 miles north of the U. S. Boundary. Elk river flows into Campbell river, four miles south of Upper Campbell lake, V. I. Elk river, 13 miles long, runs into Campbell river, four miles south of Upper Campbell lake, five miles northwest of Field, is a tourist resort. Eburne: Post office, steamer-landing and electric railway station, 10 miles west of New Westminster. A farming, canning and lumber-milling centre. Elko: On the Michel-Rexford branch of the G.N. R., 40 miles southwest from Michel; also station on Crowsnest Pass section of C.P.R. Population 300. (Tributary population 100). On Elk river, 156 miles from Lethbridge. The Elk river at this point has a fall of 190 feet in one mile, and it is estimated that 14,000 h.p. could be developed. Enderby: On Shuswap-Okanagan branch C.P.R., 28 miles from Okanagan landing, 23 miles from Sicamous junction, at the junction of Mable lake and Spallumcheen valley. Mixed farming, fruit-growing and dairying successfully carried on. Has elevator, capacity 80,000 bushels, and large sawmill. Population 700. (Tributary population 1,500). An incorporated city municipality. Esquimalt: Naval station, four miles from Victoria, on E. & N. R. Chief centre of shipbuilding industry. Population 200; is connected with Victoria by electric tramline; has graving dock and is a naval and military headquarters. Has also large marine railway. Hatley Park, the residence of Mr. James Dunsmuir, lately lieutenant-governor of the province, is on the western shore of the inlet. Fairview: A mining town and post office on the Pen&cton-Okanagan Falls stage route, 10 miles east of Keremos. Population 350. Offices of government agent and mining recorder are located here. Ferguson: Post office and mining settlement, five miles east of Trout Lake city, West Kootenay district by stage route. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Fernie: Named after Mr. William Fernie, Victoria, the discoverer of the coal fields. On Crowsnest Pass section C.P.R., also on Michel-Rexford branch of G.N.R., 21 miles from Michel; coal-mining centre of East Kootenay district; city recently burnt and rebuilt. Papulation 5,000. (Tributary population 2,000), 137 miles from Lethbridge. Coal Creek mines of the Crowsnest Pass Company are tributary to this point; total output 1909, 379,968 tons of coal and 117,268 tons of coke; number of coke ovens 450; men employed 920. An incorporated city municipality. Fort George: A rising township in the Cariboo district, at the junction of the Nechaco and Fraser rivers, 310 miles north of Ashcroft, near the line of the Grand Trunk Pacific railway. An old Hudson's Bay Company trading post. Its position as a prospective interior railway centre has given exceptional interest to its future. Fort Rupert: Beaver harbor, Vancouver Island, after Prince Rupert, the first governor of the H. B. Co. An old trading post, and the scene of the earliest coal discoveries and development on the coast. Lies at southern extremity of Queen Charlotte sound, on northeast end of Vancouver Island, 22 miles north of Alert bay. Fort Steele: After Captain Steele of the mounted police. Flag station on Crowsnest Pass section C.P.R., 10 miles east of Cranbrook. Population 500. A new line is under construction running up through the Windermere valley in the direction of Golden, on the main line, and will open up a very fertile fruit-growing and mixed farming country. Fo>rt Steele is a pioneer town of the district, near the scene of the mining excitement at Wild Horse diggings, 12 miles from Cranbrook. A mining division. Fraser river: Is the great water course of the province, named after Simon Fraser, of the North West Company, who in 1808 led an expedition of discovery to its mouth. Rising in the Rocky mountains, about midway along the eastern boundary, it runs almost due west in two branches for some 200 miles, and these joining it flows southerly through "the Cariboo, Lillooet and Yale districts till, near Chilliwack, it abruptly turns to the west and finds an outlet to the Pacific through the gulf of Georgia. Several tributaries of importance add to its volume, among them being the Thompson, draining the Kamloops and Shuswap lake areas, the North Fork, Chilcotin, Nechaco, Blackwater, Quesnel, Lillooet, Nicola, Harrison and Pitt. From its last westerly turn it flows through a wide alluvial plain, mainly deposited from its own silt. It is navigable for vessels drawing 20 feet to New Westminster, about 15 miles from its mouth, and light-draught boats can travel to the town of Yale, 95 miles farther inland. Another stretch of 100 miles in the interior is also navigable for small craft, from Soda Creek to Fort George canyon. The waters of the Fraser team with salmon, and the canneries near its mouth give employment to many thousand men during the fishing season. Its total length is about 750 miles. Galena: Post office and mining settlement in the East Kootenay district, on the Columbia river, 45 miles southeast of Golden by stage route. Galena bay at Kootenay lake, three miles northeast of Ainsworth. Galena, another bay at north end of Upper Arrow lake. Gerrard: On the Nelson-Lardeau-Trout Lake city branch C.P.R., 07 miles from Nelson and 52 miles north of Kaslo, at the foot of Trout lake. Lumbering and mining are local industries. Gibson's Landing: Named after a settler, originally on the Vancouver police force. A post office, settlement and steamer-landing on Howe sound, about 20 miles northwest of Vancouver. Golden: On main line C.P.R., 475 miles east from Vancouver. Population 800. (Tributary population 2,000). On the Columbia river. Government AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. agent and gold commissioner for the district are located here. Lumbering is carried on extensively. The Kootenay Central railway to connect Golden and Fort Steele is being built through the rich Columbia valley. A mining division on the eastern boundary of the province, taking in the valley of the Columbia river from Galena northward to Boat Encampment. Also a land district and an electoral riding. Goldstream is a land district. So named after discoveries of gold there in 1858. Flag station on the E. & N. R. The chief source of water supply for the Esquimalt waterworks. Goldstream lakes, three lakes each between one and two miles in length, in the Malahat district, about 20 miles northwest of Victoria. Gordon head: After the Hon. John Gordon, brother to the Earl of Aberdeen, who came to the Oregon territory to report on its resources, etc. Post office and fruit-growing settlement in the Saanish district, five miles northeast of Victoria. Graham island: The largest of the Queen Charlotte group, named in 1853 by Commander Prevost after Sir James Robert Graham, first lord of the Admiralty. It is 85 miles long, is 60 miles from Prince Rupert and has agricultural land, coal deposits and timber. There are several settlements, at Queen Charlotte city, Lome Hill and Masset. Graham reach, between east of Princess Royal island and mainland, at Swanson bay, was named after Sir James Robert Graham, first lord of the Admiralty, 1852-55. Granby: Named after a town in Quebec province by Mr. Miner, who became largely interested in mining development in the Boundary district. Station on Boundary section C.P.R., 96 miles west of Nelson and one mile east of Grand Forks. The site of the great Granby smelter. Grand Forks: On Boundary section C.P.R., and Spokane-Kootenay branch G.N.R., 95 miles west of Nelson, a mining centre. A town of importance located on the forks of the Kettle river in southeast Yale district. Population 3,000. (Tributary population 300). Here is located the Granby smelter, which treats 3,800 tons of ore per day and employs 250 men. Surrounding this point is a very fertile valley producing cereals and fruit. Greenwood: Important mining and business centre on Boundary section C.P.R., 117 miles west of Nelson and 22 miles west of Grand Forks. Population 1,500. (Tributary population 400). Here are located the smelting works of the B. C. Copper Company with a daily capacity for treatment of 2,000 tons of ore. The Mother Lode mine, owned by the B. C. Copper Company, supplies the principal ores smelted. A mining division taking in the watershed of the Kettle river, Yale district. Recorder's office at Greenwood. Also an electoral riding. Grey point: Strait of Georgia, at entrance to Vancouver city, named in 1792 after Captain George Grey of the navy. A rural municipality and a suburb of Vancouver, selected as the site for the British Columbia University. Halcyon Hot Springs: On C.P.R. lake route, midway between Arrowhead and Nakusp on east side of Upper Arrow lake. The site of a sanatorium. Hanceville: Post office and settlement on the 150-Mile-House, Big creek of the CarlbOo wagon road stage route, 55 miles west of the 150-Mile-House, on the Chilcotin river. Hardy bay: Named after Vice-Admiral Hardy, who served with Nelson on the Victory at Trafalgar. Steamer-landing on northeastern coast of Vancouver Island, 20 miles north of Alert bay. A prospective terminal for railway lines. Hardy island: Steamer-landing at entrance to Jervis inlet. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Harrison Hot Springs: Named after the springs there:. A sanatorium and summer resort, with post office at the south end of Harrison lake, five miles north of Agassiz. Harrison lake is 31 miles long and the scenic environment is very impressive and beautiful. The hotel and springs are located at the south end. Harrison river: After a Quaker director of the Hudson's Bay Company. The post office for Harrison Mills and the Dominion Government salmon hatchery at the junction between the Harrison river (the outlet of Harrison lake) and the Fraser river, 60 miles easjoof Vancouver. Harrison river, 12 miles, flows from Harrison lake to Fraser river. Harrison Mills: On the main line of the C.P.R., 61 miles east from Vancouver, on Harrison river. Population 200. (Tributary population 100). Lumber and shingle mills located here. Hazelton: Post office and steamer-landing on the Skeena river, 180 miles northeast of Port Essington. The head of steamboat navigation and distributing station for the Bulkley river region and on the line of the G.T.P. railway and for the Kispiox valley. Hedley: On the Spokane-Phoenix branch of the G.N.R., 17 miles northwest of Keremeos, Yale district. Site of the Nickle Plate mine. Hope: Named by Sir James Douglas. Flag station on the main line of the C.P.R., 89 miles east of Vancouver. Hope, on the other side of the Fraser river, has a population of several hundreds, now attracting attention on account of building of the Great Northern and Canadian Northern railways through it. Horsefly: Post office and mining camp on the 150-Mile-House-Big Creek connection of the Cariboo wagon road stage route, 40 miles northeast of the 150-Mile-House. Horsefly lake, 16 miles long, is south of Quesnel lake. Horsefly river, 60 miles long, runs into Quesnel lake. Hosmer: Named after Mr. Hosmer, for many years head of the C.P.R. telegraph system. Flag station on Michel-Rexford branch G.N.R. and on Crowsnest Pass line of C.P.R., 14 miles from Michel. Population 1,200. Tributary population 500). Coal mines and coking are the main industries, about 400 men being employed. Jedway: From a Hydah word meaning "fish trap." Post office and steamer-landing on south side of Skincutle inlet, Moresby island, Queen Charlotte islands; office of the mining recorder. Jordan meadows: At the headwaters of the Jordan river, Vancouver Island. Jordan river, 20 miles long, rises in Malahat district, and flows into the southwest coast of Vancouver Island, 38 miles west of Victoria. The Jordan river is a new source of power for the B.C. Electric Railway Company on Vancouver Island. Kamloops: An adaptation of an Indian name variously derived. The late J. W. McKay said from "Kamalulipa," meaning "cut through and water meeting." It is referred to by Ross as a place called by the Indians "Cum- cloups." This is the first mention of it in history. It is also referred to "Camps" and "loup," meaning in the jargon of the "coureur du bois" the "field of the wolf." It is situated on the main line of the C.P.R., 250 miles east of Vancouver, population about 4,500, the centre of a ranching, fruitgrowing and possible mining district, the importance of which has been greatly increased by the construction of the Canadian Northern. Kaslo: An Indian name. On the Nelson-Kaslo-Lardeau route of the C.P.R. lake service, 45 miles north end of Nelson. Terminus of the Kaslo and Slocan branch of the G.N.R. Population 500. (Tributary popuplatioa KgaaggggaagAgagag^ Kgggj&SKagasssj ^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 500). On Kootenay lake, a distributing .point for the mining camps and is a fruit-growing centre. Kelowna: The Indian name for grizzly bear. Landing-place on C.P.R. lake route on eastern shore Okanagan lake, south 28 miles from Okanagan landing. The chief centre of fnrifcferowing. Population L800. (Tributary population 5,000). Carries on large fruit industry. Keremeos: Name of Indian tribe in southern interior, the only one using the letter "r," literally meaning "cut in two by a stream of water." On the Spokane-Princeton branch of the G.N.R., seven miles north of Similkameen. Kettle river, 180 miles long, has its source in the Monashee mountains, east of Lumby, and flows southwest for 120 miles, crossing the United States boundary at MMway, runs through the State of Washington for 25 miles and recrosses into British Columbia at Carson; flows east, touching the south end of Christina lake, then turns south again into-the State of Washington, joining the Columbia river, 25 miles south of the boundary. The west fork (50 miles long) joins at Westbridge, and the north fork (50 miles long) at Grand Forks. Kootenay Landing: Terminus of the Crowsnest Pass-Section C.P.R., at southern end 0fj*KOotenay lake, 40 miles northwest from Curzon. Landing- place of lake steamer service to Nelson and the point at which passengers for Nelson transfer to lake steamers. Kootenay river rises in the mountains about 20 miles south of Leanchoil and flows southeast for about 26 miles, passes the southern end of Upper Columbia lake, then continues due south for 100 miles, crossing the United States border west of Tobacco plains; flows through the State of Idaho for 120 miles and again flows north, crossing into British Columbia at Bedlington and empties into the southern end of Kootenay lake. The river emerges again from the west arm of that lake at Nelson and flows southwest into the Columbia river at Castlegar. Total length about 400 miles. Ladner: Named after William H. Ladner, a pioneer settler. Centre of the Delta division, at mouth of Fraser river, 12 miles southwest of New Westminster. Important fishing and cannery station, and has fine section of delta land tributary to it. • Ladysmith: Named during South African war. On E. & N. Railway, 59 miles from Victoria. An important coal-mining centre and the site of the Tyee smelting works; a seaport town of prominence in the coal export trade, situated on Oyster bay, east coast of Vancouver Island. It is the outlet for the Extension mines. The C. P. R. freight ferry from Vancouver connects here. Population 4,000. Langley: Steamer-landing and settlement on the south side of the Fraser river, in Langley municipality, 18 miles east of New Westminster. The site of the old Hudson's Bay Company's fort, established in 1826, and named after a director of the company. Fort Langley was first selected as the capital of the new colony of B. C, but afterwards changed to New Westminster. Langley municipality stretches south to the boundary. It is a farming district, having an area of 75,000 acres, the main settlements being Langley, Langley Prairie and Aldergrove. Lardeau: A mining division taking in the watershed around Fish river, and north end of Arrow* lake. Recorder's office at Arrowhead. Lardeau mountains lie to the east of Upper Arrow lake and between it and Trout . lake. Lardeau river, 28 miles long, flows from Trout lake southward into the north end of Kootenay lake. Lillooet: An Indian name. An important town of some 500 inhabitants, a centre of mining and farming industry; situated on the Fraser river and «S^ it YEMi BOOK OF : BRITISH O&LVf&telA da t-Ke5 Cariboo wagon 0©ad stage route, 60 miles north of Ashcrb^.^' Lillooet is a land district, a mining division and an electoral riding. IF&e government's agent is at Giihton, and the mining recorder's office at Lillooet.- Ullooe&laJw, 16 miles long, is 40 miles north of Harrison lake. A smaller lake of the same name is situated in Maple Ridge municipality, 10 miles northeast of Port Haney. Lillooet river, 30 miles long, runs from Lillooet lake into Harrison river. A smaller river of that name runs from Lillooet lake into Pitt river. Lumby: Named after Mr. Moses Lumby, a pioneer there. Post office and farming settlement in the Yale district, 16 miles eastward from Vernon by stage route. Lytton: After Lord Lytton. On the main line of the C. P. R., 156 miles east from Vancouver. Population 675. (Tributary population 4,000.) At the junction of the Fraser and Thompson rivers; a distributing point for interior towns. Mara: Named after J. A. Mara, ex-M.P., Victoria. On Shuswap-Okanagan branch C. P. R., 38 miles from Okanagan landing, and 13 miles from Sicamous junction. Mara lake: An offshoot of Shuswap lake, running south from Sicamous for ten miles. Merritt: Named after Merritt, pioneer settler. On the Spences Bridge- Nicola branch of the C.P.R., 40 miles from Spences Bridge junction. Population 400. Merritt is in the new Nicola coal producing district, and is the last created rural municipality. Metchosin: "Smets-shosin," literally "the place of oil" or "smelling of oil," on account of a whale being cast up there. A post office and farming centre in the south end of Vancouver Island, 15 miles southwest of Victoria. Metlakatla: A Metlakatla word which James Deans says was "Muh-lit-pah-la"—meeting of the waters. Captain Walbran gives the derivation as "Metla," between, and "Kah-thla," salt, understood to mean a passage between two bodies of salt water. Post office and steamer landing on west side Tsimpsean peninsula, opposite Prince Rupert. An Indian settlement and Anglican church, with an important history. Michel: Station on the Crowsnest Pass line on the C.P.R., and terminus of the Michel-Rexford branch of the G.N.R. A most important coal mining centre on the Alberta boundary. East Kootenay district, 21 miles northeast of Fernie. Population 4,000. Midway: Named on account of its position. The terminus of the Boundary section of C.P.R., and on branch line of the G.N.R., 127 miles west of Nelson, 31 miles westward from Grand Forks in the south Yale district, on the U. S. boundary. Population 300. (Tributary population 400.) Considerable mining development took place in the immediate district and the Kettle River valley, in which it is situated, has some good farming land suitable for irrigation. Mission Junction: Named on account of the Roman Catholic mission there. On the main line of the C.P.R., 42 miles eastward from Vancouver and the junction with the branch line to Sumas with the Northern Pacific railway system. Population 600. (Tributary population 1,500.) Centre of a fruit-giwing district. Moodyville: After S. P. Moody, of Moody, Dietz & Nelson, who built a mill there, lost with steamer Pacific. On north side of Burrard inlet, one mile east of North Vancouver. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. B^Mfcyie: Statftm on Crowsnest Pass seetioi£ C.P.R., 20 -miles south, <jfl Cranbrook. Population 1,200. Situated near the St. Eugene silver-lead mine, a large producer of sliver-lead ore, which has employed about 450 miners. Nakusp: An Indian name. Town of West Kootenay, on eastern side of Upper Arrow lake, 36 miles south from Arrowhead. Northern termiiitta Nakusp-Sandon section, C.P.R., and landing place of their Columbia- river steamers. Population 500. Lumber and fruit industries. Nanaimo: According to J. W. McKay, "moo" signified dwelling. Hence Nanaimo* .'would seem the dwelling place of "Nanais." Captain Walbran in his book states on the authority of Mr. Mark Bate that the name is derived from "Sue^ny-mo," understood to mean "the whole" or "a big strong tribe." City second in size and importance on Vancouver Island, the chief centre of the coal mining industry and export trade, 73 miles from Victoria on the E. & N. R., 33 miles from Vancouver by water. Population 10,000. Steamer service to Vancouver in addition to its railway connection with Victoria. The herring industry is an important one here; and it is also the centre of considerable farming. An urban municipality. Nass: Formerly "Naas" and "Nasse," is a Tlingit word meaning literally "the stomach," no doubt relating to the food supply of fish. Post office and steamer landing at mouth of Nass river, 40 miles north of Port Simpson. A fishing and canning station. Name also of an extensive valley. Nass river, 220 miles long, rises in the north of the Skeena district and flows into the Portland inlet. Also an Indian village. Nechaco: Name of tribe of the Dene Indians. An extensive and very rich agricultural valley on the Nechaco river, a tributary of the Fraser, now being opened up and settled as the result of prospective railway development. Nechaco Valley is the name of the post office, 45 miles north of Quesnel. Nelson: Named after the late Mr. Hugh Nelson, lieutenant-governor. The mining and distributing centre of B. C, on west arm Kootenay lake, 540 miles from Vancouver. On the C.P.R. and lake route system and terminus of Nelson-Fort Sheppard branch, G.N.R. The administrative centre of Kootenay. Population 8,000. In the vicinity there are at least 10,000 acres of land suitable for fruit growing. Lumbering is also actively carried on. The Hall mines and smelter are situated near the city and there are rich mines in the vicinity. An urban municipality. New Westminster: The capital of the colony of British Columbia before union with Vancouver Island. The selection being changed from Fort Langley, there was a dispute as to whether it should be named "Queensborough" or "Queenborough," and upon reference to the Imperial authorities, Queen Victoria was asked to select a name, and New Westminster was her choice, the reason for it being locally termed "the Royal City." Population estimated 15,000. Terminus of the Vancouver-New Westminster branch of the C.P.R. and of the B. C. Electric company's railway to Chilliwack; also on the lines of the G.N.R. (Guichon-Vancouver railway) and the Canadian Northern railway. New Westminster has long been the centre of the salmon canning, lumber and agricultural industry of the Westminster district. It is 12 miles from Vancouver, with which it is connected by electric tramway. One high and five public schools. Nicola: Named after N'kuala, the great chief of the local Indian tribe, about a century ago. The terminus of the Spences Bridge-Nicola branch of the C.P.R., 47 miles from Spences Bridge, and the centre of the cattle ranching district of Nicola. Population 150. (Tributary population 500.) Nicola lake, 13 miles long, is 38 miles east of Spences Bridge. NUdbift- ffvef 348 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH QflbUMBIA flows out of the west end, 38 miles, into the Thompson river. Nicola mining division includes the watershed of the lake and river. Nootka: There is a wealth of reminiscence about this name, said by gather Brabant to be (vide Walbran's "B. C. Coast Names") the frequenta- tion of "nootk-siti," to go around, make a circuit. "Nootka-a" would be a form of ti^gimperativej'(accent on the last "a" being slight), go around, and so on. And, therefore, applied b|if paptain Cook to the place where he landed. Nootka island, 24 miles in length, lies on the west coast Of Vancouver Island, 200 miles north of Victoria. An Indian settlement and the historic scene of some of the earliest episodes of European discovery on the Pacific coast. There is a steamer landing and post office at Friendly Cove. It is a mining district, iron, copper and marble'* being found. Nootka sound lies adjacent. North Vancouver: On the north side of Burrard inlet, opposite to, and connected by ferry with, Vancouver city. A prosperous and independent municipality soon to be connected by bridge with the south side by bridge over the second narrows, and with every prospect of ^becoming an important city. Population about 6,000. An urban municipality with two public schools, also a rural municipality and land district. Okanagan: According to the late J. W. McKay, an Indian name "Ukan- akane," meaning people of "Ukana," the affix "ane," "eue" and "ene" meaning "the people of." Post office and agricultural settlement at north end of Okanagan lake, eight miles north of Vernon. But, principally, the name applied to the entire district, now famous for its fertile^alleys and particularly for its fruit farms. Okanagan lake is 65 miles long, stretching north and south, with steamer service and a number of important landing places. Okanagan river, 98 miles, flows south from the lake through Dog and Osoyoos lakes from the Columbia south of the boundary line. Omineca: A mining and land division taking in the northeast section of the province between latitudes 54 and 57. Sub-recorder's offices at Hazelton. Omineca river, 160 miles long, rises in the east Of the Cassiar district and flows in an easterly, direction into Finlay river, 15 miles north of its junction with Peace river. Osoyoos: Properly So-oyus, a sheet of water divided in two by a narrow extension of land from opposite sides. A mining settlement on west bank of Osoyoos lake, on the American boundary, 15 miles south of Fairview by stage route from Penticton. Osoyoos mining division takes in watershed in part of Okanagan and Similkameen rivers. Osoyoos lake, 10 miles long, extends into American territory half its length. Peace river is formed by a junction of the Finlay and Parsnip rivers at latitude 56, longitude 124. It flows east, crossing into Alberta 190 miles from its start. Near latitude 56, longitude 118 it turns and flows north and then in latitude 58, longitude 117, it changes to a northeast direction and joins the Slave river at latitude 59, longitude 112. Total length about 700 miles. The largest extent of arable land in the province lies in the Peace river valley. Peachland: Landing place on C.P.R. lake route on western shore Okanagan lake, south 41 miles from Okanagan Landing. Population 300. (Tributary population 400). So named on account of the early cultivation of peaches there. It is a thriving settlement of fruit-growers. A rural municipality with high and public schools. Phoenix: Terminus of the spur line connection with C.P.R. Boundary line at Eholt Junction; also terminus of branch of G.N.R. In southeast Boundary district of Yale, 10 miles south of Eholt and 23 miles from Grand §mm AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Forks. Population 2,200. (Tributary population 300). At Phoenix are located the Granby consolidated and other mines, which form the principal source of supply for smelters in the district. An urban municipality with public school. Penticton: An Indian name, properly Pente-hik-ton. Landing-place and terminus on C.P.R. lake route, at south end of Okanagan lake, 63 miles from Okanagan Landing. Population 1,100. Owing to sub-division of large ranches there, fruit-growing has become an important industry. A rural municipality with public school. Port Essington: Post office and steamer-landing near the mouth of the Skeena river, 540 miles north of Vancouver. Important distributing station for the B.C. hinterland and centre of fishing and canning industry. Distant from Hazelton, the head of Skeena river navigation, 150 miles. Port Moody: Named after Captain Theodore Clement Moody, R.E., who was the first chief commissioner of lands and works of British Columbia. A town on the main line of the C.P.R., 12 miles eastward from Vancouver, at the statutory western terminus of the C.P.R. system. Population 1,200. Port Simpson: An old Hudson's Bay Company post, built in 1854 and named after Captain Emelius Simpson, in the marine service of the company and a chief trader, who died in 1831 at Fort Nass. Post office and steamer- landing on northwesteJia; side of Tsimpsean peninsula, at entrance to Portland canal and 27 miles north of Prince Rupert. An important mission and trading station. Was for some time regarded as the probable terminus of the G.T.P. railway. Powell river: Named after Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria, in 1880. Post Office and> Steamer-landing at the head of Powell lake, 12 miles south of Lund. Powell river runs from south end of Powell lake into strait of Georgia. Powell lake is 40 miles in length and is important for its water power, which is being utilized for the operation of pulp and paper mills erected there. khIMj' Prince Rupert: The Pacific terminus of the G.T.P. railway project. Situated on Kaien island, adjoining the Tsimpsean peninsula, 28 miles northwest of Port Essington, 25 miles south of Port Simpson and about 550 miles northwest of Vancouver. An urban municipality with public schools. Princeton: Terminus of the Spokane-Princeton branch of the G.N.R., 25 miles northwest of Hedley, Yale district. It is the centre of the important district of Similkameen. Procter: Named after Mr. Thos. Procter, of Nelson city. Landing-place on C.P.R. lake route on southern bank of west arm Kootenay lake, 30 miles from Nelson eastward. Situated in an excellent fruit-growing district. This is the point where the freight traffic is transferred from rail to car barge which connects with the Crowsnest line at Kootenay landing. Quesnel: Named after Quesnel, one of the Simon Fraser party in 1808. A town on the Cariboo wagon road stage route, 80 miles north of the 150- Mile House. A Fraser river steamer-landing. Population 300. Quesnel is a mining division for the district about Quesnel lake, 65 miles long, of irregular shape. Quesnel river is formed of two branches, one from Cariboo lake and the other from Quesnel lake, and flows into the Fraser, 72 miles. Quesnel Forks: Post office and mining settlement on the Cariboo wagon road stage route, 40 miles northeast of the 150-Mile House, at the junction of the two forks of Quesnel river. Revelstoke: After Lord Revelstoke, of Baring Brothers, bankers. City on main line C.P.R., 379 miles east of Vancouver and the junction with Ar- YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA rowhead branch line. Population 3,700. On the Columbia river, which is navigable for 200 miles. It is the distributing point for the camps of this district on the Jjljecillewaet, Albert Canyon, Trout Lake, Lardeau and Big Bend, as well as being the northern gateway of West Kootenay. There are considerable areas of fruit and agricultural land tributary to it and from this point of view alone it has a good future in addition to its present position as a mining centre and divisional point on the C.P.R. An urban municipality with high and public schools. Robson: Named after the late Hon. John Robson, premier. Station on Boundary section C.P.R., 28 miles west from Nelson and landing-place of the Columbia river steamer service. Rocky mountains stretch north and south through the whole length of the province. From the U.S.A. boundary northward to the 54th parallel they form the boundary between British' Columbia and Alberta. North of that they run in a northwesterly direction through the province into the Yukon territory. Rosebery: Landing-place on the C.P.R. lake route, on east side of'KolM tenay lake, 24 miles north of Slocan City. Station on the Nakusp-Sandon section C.P.R., 29 miles from Nakusp. A mining and lumber centre of West Kootenay. Rossland: Named after Ross Thompson, who pre-empted the townsite. Terminus of the Nelson, Trail and Rossland section of C.P.R., 55 miles southwest from Nelson and six miles west of Trail. Terminus also Red mountain branch of G.N.R. An important mining centre of West Kootenay district. Population 5,500. Here are located the Le Roi, War Eagle, Centre Star and a number of other mines producing high-grade copper ore which is shipped to Trail smelter for treatment. An urban municipality with high and two public schools. Ruskin: After John Ruskin. On the main line of the C.P.R., 36 miles eastward from Vancouver. Population 215. (Tributary population 400). Large shingle mill here and the power plant of the Western Canada Power Co., six miles distant on Stave lake. Sandon: Terminus of Nakusp-Sandon section C.P.R., 41 miles from Nakusp southeast. Slocan division, West Kootenay. Also terminus Kaslo-San- don section of G.N.R., centre of mining and lumber industries. Population 300. Several rich silver-lead mines in operation. An urban municipality with public school. Sapperton: Named because it was the camp of the early Sappers and Miners of the Royal Engineer force. suburb of New Westminster. Flag station on the Vancouver-New Westminster branch of the C.P.R., 23 miles from Vancouver. Station of the G.N.R. and B.C. Electric service. Among its institutions are the provincial insane asylum, B.C. penitentiary, Royal Columbia hospital. Selkirk mountains lie west of and parallel with the Rocky mountains, forming the boundary between the East and West Kootenay districts, and stretching north for about 500 miles. This range is divided into the Purcell, the Gold, and the Cariboo mountains. Named after Thos. Douglas, fifth Earl of Selkirk. Shawnigan lafce: Local Indian name. Station on the E. & N. railway, 28 miles from Victoria. Largely patronised >as a summer resort and during the shooting and fishing seasons. The lake is five miles long>"with picturesque surroundings. A settlement in the vicinity in the Shawnigan land district. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Shuswap: Properly Seh-Huap. Flag station on the main line C.P.R., 284 miles east from Vancouver. Population 25. On NOrth Thompson river. Shuswap is a very large lake of very, irregular shape, Of which there are four long arms—Seymour, Salmon, Mara and Anesty. Shuswap river, otherwise known as Spallumcheen, 90 miles long, flows into the lake at Sicamous. Sidney: Probably after Sidney island, previously named. Terminus, of the. Victoria-Sidney section G.N.R., on the Saanich peninsula, 18 miles from victoria. Terminus also of the Sidney and Nanaimo Transportation Company's steamers, which provide daily service between the ports and islands on eastern coast of Vancouver Island. Fine farming section tributary. Skeena river is second in importance of the rivers wholly within the province and is navigable nearly 200 miles from its mouth. Hazelton, 150 miles inland, is at present the most easterly point having steamboat connection, which lasts about seven months each year, or during the season of high water. The total length of the' Skeena is 350 miles and its general course is southwest. Its main tributaries are the Babine, Bulklfcy, Copper and Zymoetz. The name, on the authority of Bishop Ridley, is derived from "K'shian," to divide; also said to be a corruption of *fBi-en," meaning river. i Slocan City: In the West Kootenay district, at southern end of Slocan lake, terminus of Nelson-Slocan section of C.P.R. boundary line, mining centre, 44 miles from Nelson. Population 250. (Tributary population 250.) An urban municipality with public school. Sooke: Indian name of tribe, Soke. Post office and settlement on west side of Sooke harbour, west coast of Vancouver Island, 25 miles southwest of Victoria. The earliest settled district of British Columbia. Sooke lake, five miles long, the proposed new source of water for the city of Victoria, 22 miles northwest. Sooke river runs from Sooke lake into Sooke harbour. South Vancouver: A municipality between Vancouver city and the north arm of the Fraser river, with post office at junction of North Arm and River roads. Public schools. Steveston: After W. H. Steves, original owner of the townsite. Post office and steamer-landing on Lulu island at mouth of Fraser river, 17 miles south of Vancouver. The centre of a large fishing and canning industry and backed byfarms. Stewart: Post office and steamer-landing at head of the Portland canal. The scene of considerable mining excitement and now a town, the terminus of a line of railway being built by Sirs Mackenzie and Mann. Stikine river, formerly spelled in a variety of ways, like many words derived from the Indian. According to the late J. W. McKay from a Tlingit word, "sta-hane," meaning the river. Although for the last few miles of its course the Stikine river runs through Alaska, it forms the main artery of communication at present for that portion of the province known as Cassiar district. It has been regularly navigated for many years for a distance of 130 miles, the eastern steamboat termini being Glenora and Telegraph creek. Rises in lat. 58, long. 129 and flows west, then south into the Pacific ocean, 12 miles north of Wrangell. Strathcona park: A reserve of 276 square miles recently set apart by the government as a provincial park and game preserve in the interior of the island of Vancouver. It includes the greater part of Buttles lake, and it: is the intention to develop it as a great resort, to which will be extended a road for motor and other vehicles. It was named in honor of Lord Strathcona, Canadian High Commissioner in London, England. Summerland: Named by J. W. Robinson, founder of the settlement. Landing place on C.P.R. route, on "western shore, -soHitfa end of Okanagan YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA lake, 47 miles south from Okanagan Landing. Population 2,000. Prosperous farming settlement made up principall^lof small fruit holdings. A rural municipality with four public schools. Surrey municipality: On the south side of the Fraser river, opposite New Westminster, and stretching south to the American boundary. It is a farming district 76,000 acres in extent, the main settlements being Surrey Centre, Cloverdale and Hazelmere. A rural municipality with 14 public schools. Thompson river, so called, is practically two distinct streams flowing at right angles to each other into the eastern end of Kamloops lake. It was named by Simon Fraser in 1808 after David Thompson, the explorer and astronomer of the North West Company. The South Thompson, having its source in the Clearwater lakes, Cariboo, flows due south through a wide valley, suitable, with irrigation, for agricultural purposes. For a considerable distance both rivers are navigable. The north branch of the North Thompson, which rises in the vicinity of Tete Jaune Cache and empties into the main river at Victoria point, 195 miles, is also an important stream, draining a large area of agricultural and grazing land. The main river flows west for 50 miles and then flows south and joins the Fraser river at Lytton. Kamloops lake is an expansioi&of the Thompson. Three Forks: Station on the Nakusp-Sandon section C.P.R., 37 miles southeast of Nakusp. Point of mining enterpriliFin West Kootenay district, four miles from Sandon. Trail: On the line of the old Dewdney trail, hence the name. On the Nelson, Trail and Rossland section C.P.R., 56 miles southwest from Nelson and 11 miles east of Rossland, on Columbia river. The site of the great smelting plant of the Canadian Smelting Company and the only lead refinery plant in Canada. Population 2,000. (Tributary population 200). These works employ 1,600 men and treat 1,650 tons of ore per day from all parts Kootenay and Boundary districts. An urban municipality with public school. Trout Lake City: Terminus^of the Nelson-Lardeau-Trout Lake City branch C.P.R., 114 miles from Nelson and 69 miles north of Kaslo. Population 350. Centre of a prospective rich mining district, which also contains valuable timber resources. Vancouver: City on Burrard inlet, the commercial metropolis of British Columbia, named in 1886 at the suggestion of (Sir) W. C. Vanhorne, the then chief executive official of the C.P.R. The population is variously estimated at the time of writing at between 115,000 and 125,000, and has prospect of becoming the largest city of the Pacific Coast, its growth being very rapid. It was incorporated and began existence in 1886, as the result of the extension of the line of the C.P.R. from the terminus at Port Moody. The town- site was previously known as Granville, and a small portion of it laid out by the Provincial Government in lots. It is the western termini of the C.P.R., to which it owes its existence, and the Canadian Northern and Great Northern systems in Canada, and has direct ocean connection by a number of steamship lines with the Orient, Australasia, Mexico, Alaska, and all coast points. Generally speaking, it is the commercial and industrial centre of the Province, having large industries, wholesale houses and financial and monetary institutions. It is connected with New Westminster by electric tramline and also with Eburne and Chilliwack. It is also the forwarding point for large consignments of overland goods of all kinds. North Vancouver, South Vancouver, Point Grey, Shaughnessy Heights and Port Moody are suburban growths. Schools: McGill University College, two high schools and 15 public schools and normal school. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Vancouver Island: Named by Captain Vancouver after Captain Quadra and himself as a momenta of their friendship and amicable relations, "Quadra and Vancouver Island." The name Quadra has long since fallen into disuse. For description see "Vancouver Island" under the chapter head of "British Columbia by Districts." Vernon: Named after the late George Forbes-Vernon, a prominent resident of the district, who represented the district in parliament for a period of years. On Shuswap and Okanagan branch C.P.R., five miles from Okanagan landing and 46 miles from Sicamous landing. Population about 3,500. It is the administrative centre of the Okanagan district, and large and thriving agricultural Mra ^rrnijr-growing industries are tributary to it. The celebrated Coldstream ranch extends almost to its boundaries. The site is one of the most pleasing and picturesque in the province. An urban municipality with high and public schools. Victoria: Originally Fort Camosun, was selected as the administrative centre and chief depot of the Western Department of the Hudson's Bay Company in 1841, and in 1843 the fort was built and named Victoria in honour of Her Majesty. It naturally became the capital of the old colony of Vancouver Island and after the union of the colonies in 1866 became the capital of British Columbia. It is most picturesquely situated on the southern extremity of Vancouver Island, distant 84 miles from Vancouver City, and is the terminii of the E. & N. railway to Nanaimo, now being extended by the C.P.R. to Alberni on the west coast and Comox to the northward, and of the Victoria and Sidney railway running through the Saanich peninsula from Sidney, 16 miles distant, through which district also the B.C. Electric railway is being extended. It will also be the island terminus of the Canadian Northern Railway under construction to Barkley sound by way of Cowichan lake. The districts contiguous are well settled, and fruit-growing, dairying and small mixed farming are generally carried on. It is also the headquarters of the B.C. coast service of the C.P.R., and situated on the strait of Fuca is directly on the road to the ocean and is the port of first and last call for most of the ocean steamship lines. The city is next to Vancouver in respect to industrial importance and is enjoying a large share of the tatter's progress. Population is estimated at between 45,000 and 50,000, and it has as suburbs Oak Bay, Victoria West and Esquimalt. Schools: McGill University College, high school and 11 public schools. Walhachin: Pronounced Wall-a-sheen, accent on the last syllable. A Shuswap name, meaning a bountiful valley spreading out; formerly Pennys, a flag station on the main line of the C.P.R., 15 miles east of Ashcroft. On the banks of Thompson river. There is a large fruit orchard at this point which runs parallel with the railway, of which 600 acres have already been planted with fruit trees and 2,000 additional acreage is in preparation. Windermere: After Windermere in England. Post office and town in the East Kootenay district, on the east side of Windermere lake, 80 miles south of Golden by stage route and 85 miles by stage route from Cranbrook, to be connected shortly by Kootenay Central railway. Industries, farming, mining and lumbering. Yale: After Mr. Yale, a former factor of the Hudson's Bay Company, who established it as a fort. On the main line of the C.P.R., 102 miles east of Vancouver. Was a busy point in early days of mining and during construction of C.P.R., being the head of navigation and starting point for Cariboo. Limited but excellent fruti-growing capabilities. YEAR BOOK JAW: :BRIflSH?iOCOfelM^|A^ INDEX Page. Abbotsford ...... 337 A&pp^is^ations, List of Since Confederation 71- 74 Agassiz 337 Agriculture, Department of ... ... 234 Agriculture and Horticulture 227-246 Agricultural Areas 122 Ainsworth 337 Ainsworth Division Mines ... ... 181 Alaska ,rt h 25, 137 Alaska Boundary ... 26 Alberni 124,337 Alder 261 Alert Bay • 132 Aliens, Rights of 80-81 Altitudes in B. C 336 Anglo-Russian Convention 12 Anchovy (fishX-,-, 210 Animals, Game 307-311 Arbutus 261 Area of Province 336 Arms of British Columbia 87-88 Armstrongs, 338 Arrest, Law of ... "... 99 Arrowhead 338 Arrow Lakes 114 Art Gallery and Museum 87 Ashcroft 338 Assessment and Taxation, Municipalities 267-2,73 Assessment and Taxation, Provin- fgaj. 281-287 Assignment, Law of 99 Astoria Founded 34 Atlin 338 Australasia, Shipping to 320 Babine 338 Banfield 338 Barkerville 338 Barkley Sound, Islands of 126 Barnet 338 Bearberry 261 Beaton 338 Beche de Mer 214 Begbie, Matthew Baillie 17 Bella Coola 338 Bering, Vitus, Voyages of 30 Birch, Canoe 261 Birds, Game 311-317 Bills of Sale 100 Black Cod or Skil 210 Blanchard, Governor 14, 35 Buckthorn 261 Building Material, Supply of .... 191 Building Statistics, Victoria, Vancouver, 1910 322 Business 'Failures 327 Boards of Trade, Provincial .... 328 Boat Rating 207 Boundary District 116 Boundary Mines 182 B. C. Coast Service and Shipping 320-321 British Columbia Law Society ... 98 British Columbia, Colony of .... 16, 26 Page. British -Russian Treaty 34 Cameron, ..Chief Justice .. • • rQ-jw f «afl-^ Camosun, Fort 14 Campbell River 339 Canadian Northern, The 288 Canadian Pacific Railway .. 288, 289, 291 Cassiar and Cariboo Districts 24, 120-121 Cascade .. ..m* l.Z?T?1. 339 Cassiar and Cariboo Districts 24, 120-121 Cattle Rafnefeing 231 Cedar, Red 256 Cedar, Yellow 256 Central and Northern Valleys.$**>,. 122 Certificates, Teachers' .. .. ^z -,.^146, 147 Chattel Mortgages 100 Chemainus 339 Chilcotin-iifi-; 339 Chilliwack 339 Churches and Missions 49 Clams and Mollusks 213 Clayoquot 339 Clearing House Returns 327 Climate and Climatic Conditions 137-138 Clinton 24,139 | Coldstream 340 Coal, Discovery of 13, 35 Coal Mining in B. C. 173, 180, 184, 188, 190 Coal Mines Regulation Act . rilS- . 200 Coast District, Mining 183 Coast Journey, fa. C. to Alaska .. •?*3»4£9 Coast Trade of B. C 322 Cod, Fishing and Curing .. 210, 211-212 Coke Production in B. C 180 Colonial Governments 55- 60 Colonies, Union of 20 Columbia River 33, 340 j Columbia Valley 114 Commerce and Shipping 319-325 Comox • I, vj " 125,340 Confederation 21, 22, 23 Confederation, Dates After 36 Coniferae 255-260 ! Consuls and Consular Agents .. 328 j Conservation of Timber 253 I Constitutional Questions .. ••»^T.. 103 I Coquitlam 340 l Cook, Capt. James 10, 25, 31 I Cordilleran Region, The CHSgf 1 Cottonwood 261 I County Court, Constitution of the 96- 97 j Courtenay 340 Courts, Jurisdiction of 100 Courts, Minor 97-98 I Cowichan District 124,340 Crab Apple 262 Crabs and Shrimps 214 Creameries in B. C 240-241 Crease, Sir Henry P. P 18 Creston 341 Crofton 341 Crown Lands 242-245 Cumberland 341 Cypress 256 Dairy Industry, The 237 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL SflFORMATIQN. Page. Dates in Our History 25 Dates After Confederation 36-47 Deciduous Trees ;i ^*.260-262 Debtors, Absconding 99 Dedication 6 Deep Sea Fishing 208 Dewdney 341 Districts of B. C 113 Dog Fish, etc..oD*<- 216-217 Dogwood 261 Douglas, James. . .. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22 Douglas Fir 255 Douglas Lake 341 Drake, Sir Francis 9 Duncan 341 East Kootenay Mines 181 Eburne 341 Educational System of B. C 144-157 Eggs and Poultry 238 Elections, Dominion 90 Elections, General 75- 81 Elections, General, Since Confed.- ■-; eration 75 Electors, Qualifications of 80 jiSHJetric Light and Power 298-302 Elections, Municipal 264 itfco 341 Elk River 341 Enderby 341 Esquimalt 14, 341 Esquimalt and Nanaimo Railway . 289 Esquimalt, Graving Dock at .... 23 Executive Council, B. C, Before Confederation 60 Executive Council, Members of .. 71- 74 Explanation, In 7- 8 Explorers, Early.. . -. 47 Exports and Imports 323-324 Failures, Business 327 Fairview 341 Farmers' Institutes 240 Ferguson 341 Fernie 342 Finances, Provincial 278-287 Fir, Balsam 260 Fir, Douglas 255 Fir, Western White 260 Fisheries 203-222 Fish Breeding 225-226 Fisheries Question 103 Fisheries in Railway Belt 105 Fishery Regulations 218-222 Net Licences and Fees .... ..218-219 Shellfish Licences 220 Prohibitions 220 Close Seasons 220-221 Size Limit 221 Tidal Boundaries 221 Weekly Close Time 221 Close Season for Trout 222 Fisheries Statistics 223-226 Fish Bait 215 Flax 237 Flounders 209 Forests, Area of 247 Forestry Bureau 253 Forest Trees Described 255-262 Forest Wealth 247-263 Forts. Founding of 48 Fort George 342 Page. Fort Rupert. 133,342 Fort Simpson 136 Fort Steele 342 Fort Vancouver 14, 34 Eraser,. Simon, Descends Fraserjtii> River 34 Fraser River 342 Free Text Books. System 149 . Fruit-growing 234, 235,236 j Furbearing. Animals 307-311 1 Fur Traders, Early 47 G. T. P., The 288 Galena .. ^.., 342 Game of B. C 307-318 Game Birds 311-317 Game Fish 214 Game Laws, Synopsis of 318 Gardner Inlet 135 Qarnishment, Law of 101 Gazetteer of British Columbia ..337-354 Geology of B. C 109-112 Georgia, Strait of 9 Gerrard 342 Gibson's Landing 342 Gold, Discovery of .1/«#f 35 @q4d Mining in B. C 174, 177, 178 Golden 342 Goldstream 343 Gordon Head 343 Government of B. C 52-92 Government Buildings 83- 87 Governors of B. C *tm '82 Governors of Vancouver Island .. 82 Governments, Colonial and Provincial 55- 74 Graded Schools 152 Graham Island 343 Granby '..'.' .1 343 Grain-growing 237 Grand Forks 343 Gray, Capt., Discovers Columbia River 33 Great Northern Railway 281 Grey, Point 343 Greenwood 343 Halcyon Hot Springs 343 Halibut 208 Hanceville 343 Hardy Bay 343 Harrison Hot Springs 344 Harrison Mills 344 Hatcheries 207 Hay 237 Hazleton 344 Hedley 344 Helmcken, Hon. J. S 14, 21 Higher Education 149 Highways, International, Interprovincial and Provincial .. ..294-298 High Schools 152 History, Dates in Our 25 Historical Review 9-52 Homesteads 244 Hope 24, 344 Hop-growing 237 Horticulture and Agriculture.. ..227-246 Horsefly 344 Hosmer 344 Hospitals 333-334 House of Commons, Members of. . 89 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Page. Hudson's Bay Company 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 29 Hudson's Bay and North West Companies Amalgamated . *fc*s>48 "1 Kydraulicing 186 Imports and Exports t-J 323-324 Incorporation, Municipalities .. .. 264 Indian Population 158-169 Indians. The. of B. CE£*& 158-169 Indian Reserves ] Indian Reserves Question 103 Inland Revenue, Statement of .... 324 Indian Title, The 3 Interest on Judgment Debts .... 101 Iron and Steel Industry 191-198 Iron and Steel, Supply and Demand .#i .191, 192 Economic Factors .. .... >§ f> .. 193 Markets 1 Products in Demand ] Staple Commodities 194 Conditions and Scope of Market 1 Effect of Panama Canal 195 Ore Supply 195 Coke Supply 196 Flux Available 197 General Conclusions 197 |*pbina as Competitor 197 •Jedway 344 Joint Stock Companies 100 Jordan Meadows 344 Juan de Fuca, Strait of 9, 28 Judgments 100-101 Juniper ;5W'Y 260 Justice, Administration of 93-105 Kamloops 344 Kaslo 344 Kelowna 345 Kennedy, Arthur, Governor 21 Keremeos 345 Kettle River 345 Kettle River Valley Railway .... 289 Kootenay and Arrow Lakes 114 Kootenay District 24, 113 Kootenay Landing 345 Kootenay River 345 Kootenay Valley 114 Labor Facilities, Mining 186 Labor and Wages 330-331 Ladner 345 Ladysmith 345 Lakes of B. C 336 Lands, Crown 242-245 Lands, C. P. R. and Others .... 245 Lands, Dominion Government .. ..105, 244 Land, Registration of 102,245 Langley 19, 345 Larch, Mountain 260 Larch, Western 260 Lardeau 345 Laws Affecting Land and Agriculture 246 Law Society of B. C 98 Laws of B. C, Synopsis 99-102 Leases, Land 244 Legal Action, Limitation of 101 Legislative Assembly, After Confederation 61-65 Legislative Assembly, Vancouver Island 55, 56 legislative Council, B. C 57-59 Page. Legislative Council, Vancouver Island 57 Legislature, B. C 70 Lewis and Clark's Expedition .... 33 Library, Legislative 86 Libraries, School 148 ^■|oencing Boards, Liquor -269 Licences, Timber 248,249 Lieut.-Governors Sinee Gonfedera-- tion 82 Lillooet District 24, 118, 345 Living, Cost of 330-331 Live Stock Statistics 239 Lobsters ■.. .. 214 Local Improvements 268 Lode Metals and Mining.. ..175, 178-183 Lumber Industry, Statistics of.. .. 250 Lumber Markets .. .4fl$tf%5 .. .. ■<$&4 Lumber Output for 1910 262 Lumby Pptft 346 Lytton District 24, 346 Mackenzie, Sir Alex 11 Manual Training in Schools .. .. 148 Maple, Broad-leaved J&T.. 259 Maple Vine 260 Mara 346 Markets for Agricultural Products 228 Markets for Lumber 254 Married Women, Law 101 Merritt 846 Metchosin 346 Metlakahtla 136,346 Michel 346 Midway 346 Military Drill, Schools 150 Military Establishment 335 Mineral Production, Value of .. ..176-177 Minerals in Railway Belt 105 Mineral Resources of B. C 183 Mines and Minerals 170-202 Mines, Department of .. .. 9* ..198-202 Organization 198-199 Inspection 199,200 Laboratory and Analysis 199 Mineral Museum 199 Mining, The General Outlook 188-190, 191 Mining, History of 172-173 Mining, Latent Possibilities .. .. 170 Mining Law 101,201 Missions and Churches 49 Mission Junction 346 Mixed Farming 233 Mollusks and Clams 213 Moody, Lieut.-Colonel 17 Moodyville 346 Mount Sicker Mines 182 Moyie 347 Municipal Affairs 264-277 Municipal Clauses Act 265 Municipalities, Rural 274 Municipal Statistics 275-277 Municipalities, Urban 274 Museum and Art Gallery 87 Musgrave, Anthony, Governor .. 23 Naas 347 Nakusp 347 Nanaimo 13,24,35,347 Native Races, Our 158-160 Naval Establishment 334 Na/vigators, Early 9 j^^ggg^^^^gggggllgg^gl AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. Page. Nechaco 347 Nelson 347 Nelson Division Mines 182 New Caledonia 16 New Metlakahtla 137 New Westminster 17,20,347 New Westminster District 24 Hicola 118, 347 ffootka 348 ll^rthern Valleys 122 Northwest Coast, The 128 jterth West Company 11, 12, 34 Nootka Convention 11 Nootka Abandoned by Spaniards .. 33 Nootka Affair and Treaty 32 Normal School 148 North Vancouver 348 Oak, Western White 259 Officials; Dominion Government in British Columbia 92 bfecmls, Provincial 66-69 OJcanagan DisiftSt 116,348 Qlnineca 348 Oolachan ;-.*? 210 Oregon Boundary 11,12,25,35 gfcent-, Shipping to 319 Osoyoos 348 Overland Journeys 18 Oysters 213 Paper and-Pulp 250-253 Peace River 348 Peace River Country 123 Peachland - 348 feemberton, J. D 17 Penticton 349 Phoenix 348 Physical Characteristics 106-143 Physical Culture, Schools 150 Pine, Black 257 Pine, Bull 260 Pine, Scrub 260 Pine, Western 257 Pine, Western Yellow 260 Placer Gold Mining in B. C 177-178 Poplar, Aspen 259 Population of British Columbia .. 222 Population of Indians 158-163 Port Essington 349 Port Moody 349 Port Simpson 349 Postage Stamps, Issues of 49 Postage, Rates of 50 Postal Statistics 326 Poultry and Eggs 238 Powell River 349 Powers of Municipalities 265,266 Pre-emption Regulations 242 Prince Rupert 349 Princeton , 349 Printing Office, Governmental .... 87 Procter 349 Provincial Finances 278-287 Provincial Governments 61- 74 Provincial Highways 295-296 Provincial Officials 66-69 Pulp and Paper 250-253 Purchases, Land 243 Quadra, Bodega y 10 Queenborough 20 Queen Charlotte Islands 128 Queensborough 20 Quesnel 349 Quesnel Forks 349 Railways Under Construction .. .. 280 Railway and Electrical.Enterprise 288-291 Railway Projects 288 Railways Operating in B. C 291 Railway Statistics 292 Responsible Government 24 Revelstoke 349 Rivers 108 Rivers Inlet H-'2B$ Road-building r£«« 17, 295, 297, 298 Robson 350 Rocky Mountains 107, 350 Rosebery .. 350 Rossland .. 350 Rockfish 213 Rossland Mines 181 Royal Engineers 17 Russian America 12, 25- Ruskin 350 Salaries, Teachers' 147,154 Salmon Canning 204 Salmon, Habits of 205 Salmon Pack of B. C 223-224 Salmon Run 204 Salmon, Varieties of 203-204 San Juan Affair 12,35 Sandon 350 San Juan Island 15 Sapperton 350 Sardines 211 Saw Mills and Shingle Mills .. .. 250 Scenery of Coast Journey 133 School Attendance 155 Schools, Cost of 152 School Inspection 148 Schools, Various Classes 146, 147, 152, 153,154 Schools, Private and Denominational 150- School Property and Expenditure 156-157 Schools, Statistics of 151-157 Sea-going Vessels, Statistics of .. 321 Sealing '.. . 215 Selkirks, The 107,350- Senate, Representatives of B. C. in 91 Settlement, Early 13 Settlers' Effects 246 Seymour, Frederick 21, 22 Shad 213 Shawnigan Lake 350 Shingle and Sawmills 250 Shipping and Commerce 319-325 Shrimps and Crabs 214 Shuswap 351 Shuswap Lake 118 Sidney 351 Similkameen 116 Skeena River 135, 351 Skil 210- Slocan City 351 Slocan District Mines 181 Small Holdings 232 Smelting and Smelteries 176, 186 Smelts, etc 211 Social Conditions 329 Sooke 361 358 |j YEAR1 BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Page. Speakers of the Legislative Assembly 82 South Vancouver 351 Spruce, Engelmann 258 Spruce, Menzies 258 Spruce, Sitka 258 Stamp MiUs and Concentrators .. 187 Statistics, Agricultural Production 239 Statistics, Building 322 Statistics, Fisheries 223-226 Statistics, Municipalities 275-277 Statistics, .Provincial Finance.. . .279-280 Statisticssp'^aiiways .. ., 292 Statistics, Schools 151-157 Statistics, Shipping 320-322 Statistics, Timber Industry. .250, 254, 262 Statistics of Trade 323-324-325 Stage Routes in B. C 293 Statute Labor in Municipalities .. 273 Steel and Iron Industry 191-198 Steveston 351 Stewart 351 Stikine River 351 Strathcona Park 351 Sturgeon 212 Summerland 351 Supreme Court of Vancouver Island 15 Supreme Courts of Vancouver1,'Is- V'1 land and British Columbia .. .. 93- 95 Surey Municipality 352 Tariff, B. C 51-52 Taxation, Municipalities 267-273 Taxation, Provincial 281-287 Teachers' Certificates 146-147 Teachers' Examinations 147-148 Teachers, Classification of 154 Teachers' Institutes '. .. .. 148 Telegraphs 302 Telephones in B. C 303-304 Terms of Union 23 Thompson, David, Explorer .. .. 33, 34 Thompson River Valley 117 Thompson River 352 Three Forks .. 352 Timber Lands 243 Timber Leases and Licences .. .'.248-249 Timber in Railway Belt 105 Tobacco Culture 237 Trade Returns Trail .... .. Tramways, Electric Light and Power .. .. ; 298- Travellers, Early ^o#fe Lake City Trout, Varieties, etc Union of Colonies Union, Terms of .. University, A Provincial University Site Commission .. .. Upper Cohiiabia: Yafte^??0^ Vancouver Vancouver Island 123-126, Vancouver Island a Crown Colony Vancouver, Capt. George.. ..10-11, 32 Vancouver Coal Company Vancouver Island Council Vancouver Island, Legislative Assembly 55- Vancouver Island, Legislative Council v&z. Vancouver and Other Islands.. .. Vancouver Island Proclaimed a Colony I Vernon I Vessels Built and Registered ,i '{.w^i-i I Victoria 17, 21, 24, Victoria Founded Victoria District Victoria and Sidney Railway .... Vital Statistics Voyages, Early Wages, Scale of Walhachin Water in Railway Belt Water Power and Its Sources ..304- West Kootenay Mines Westminster District Whaling White Pass & Yukon Railway .. Windermere X. T. Fur Company Founded .. Yale Yale Convention Yale District Yale District Mines Yew ^^^^^^^^^^^^ NEW MEMBERS LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. B.C.. ELECTED 1912. COLUMBIA, w " WW Yl 1 Hfc pj ^ |a H. 1 L Forster. (Cor iservative.) NEW MEMBERS LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY. B.C.. ELECTED 1912. L. A. Campbell. (Conservative.) ESQUIMALT. THE ISLANDS. R. H. Pooley. (Conservative.) W. W. Foster. (Conservative.) YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA DATES IN OUR HISTORY In the list of dates in the opening part of the Year Book the following were omitted, on page 44, between "Inauguration of regular tramway service between Vancouver and New Westminster, October 28, 1892," and "Dunsmuir Delegation to Ottawa, February 6, 1901": 1892, Jan. 4—Arrival of steamer "Quadra" from England. 1892, Jan. 20—Death of Hon. Roderick Finlayson, a well known Hudson's Bay Company official. 1892, Jan. 27—Appointment of British Columbia Fisheries Commission by the Dominion Government. 1892, Mar. 15—Government steamer "Quadra" goes into commission. 1892, Mar. 19—Decision of C. P. R. to build through Crow's Nest Pass announced. 1892, Mar. 21—Act introduced in Legislature to authorize the settlement of Crofters in British Columbia Coast for purposes of fisheries development. 1892, April 5—Rudyard Kipling and bride arrive in Victoria from Japan. 1892, April 8—A. O. U. W. Grand Lodge British Columbia was formed. 1892, April 21—J. M. and Robert Kennedy, publishers New Westminster Columbian, brought before the Bar of the House for contempt. 1892, June 15—Lord Hannen and Sir John Thompson appointed representatives of Great Britain in Bering Sea arbitration. 1892, June 17—Death of Thomas Ferguson, Saanich, at the age of 101. 1892, June 28—-Imperial Parliament sanctions the loan to British Columbia for carrying out the Crofter project, which subsequently came • to naught. 1892, June 30—Death of Hon. John Robson, Premier of British Columbia, in London, England. 1892, July 12—Government regulations issued re smallpox epidemic and port of Victoria quarantined. 1892, Sept. 12—Death of Chief Scomiak of the Songhees. 1892, Sept. 15—General Sir John Ross, commanding H. M. forces in Canada, arrived in Victoria. 1892, Sept. 21—Seizure of 37 sealers (men from various schooners) by Russians and sent to sea in condemned schooner Rosie Olsen, arrived safely at Vancouver. 1892, Sept. 25—Seizure, of sealing vessels at Ounalaska by Americans. 1892, Oct. 7—Royal Commission appointed to inquire into smallpox outbreak. 1892, Oct. 20—Baroness Macdonald arrived in Victoria. 1892, Oct. 28—Inauguration of regular tramway service between Vancouver I and New Westminster. 1892, Nov. 8—Japanese warship "Kongs" arrives at Esquimalt. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 1892, Nov. 15—Dominion Prohibition Commission in Victoria taking evidence. 1892, Nov —First Assizes held in Vancouver, Judge McCreight presiding. 1893, Feb. 19—Death of D. W. Gordon, M. P., at Nanaimo. 1893, Feb. 28—Sale of "Silver King," Nelson, to Scotch capitalists is announced. 1893, Mar. 3—Death of Hon. Hugh Nelson in London, England. 1893, Mar. 16—F. M. Rattenbury's plans for new Government Building is accepted. 1893, May 18—Steamer "Miowera," first of Australian line, leaves Sydney for Vancouver. 1893, May 27—Death of I. B. Nason, M. P. P., Cariboo, at Victoria. 1893, June 19—Rt. Rev. W. W.-Perrin enthroned in Victoria as Lord Bishop of Columbia. 1893, July 20—Completion of Mackenzie's overland journey celebrated at Victoria by meeting of pioneers. 1893, Aug. 15—Award of the Bering Sea arbitration made. 1893, Aug. 19—"C" Battery left Victoria for Quebec. 1893, Aug. 25—Sir Henry Irving and Ellen Terry at Agassiz. 1893, Aug. 26—Edward Holmes completed walk from Montreal to Vancouver, 2,926 miles, in 2,700 hours. 1893, Oct. 16—Death of Rev. Father Mondart, pioneer of 1863. 1893, Oct. 23—Death of Moses Lumby, promoter of Shuswap & Okanagan Railway, at Okanagan. 1893, Nov. 11—Death of Joseph Despard Pemberton, first Surveyor-General of Vancouver Island. 1893, Dec. 12—Sir Mackenzie Bowell returns from Australia. 1894, Jan. 2—Death of Captain Gold, of Queen Charlotte Island exploring repute. 1894, Mar. 2—'Failure of Green. Worlock & Company's Bank at Victoria, with heavy loss to depositors. 1894, May 25—Royal City Mills, New Westminster, destroyed by fire. 1894, May 29—Unprecedented floods in the Fraser River Valley, which was inundated; great loss and suffering involved. 1894, June 2—Opening of Victoria & Sidney Railway. 1894, June 5—Disastrous storm at Kaslo; great damage done. 1894, Aug. 24—Execution of Hugh Lynn for Savary Island murder. Lynn was born on the ship "Thames," which brought out a detachment of Royal Engineers in 1859. Lynn Creek, North Vancouver, is named after his father. Death of Charles Freezy, Chief of the Songhees. Chief Cooper elected to succeed him. ■Norwegians established a colony at Bella Coola. Sir Mackenzie Bowell, Premier, and Hon. T. M. Daly, Minister of the Interior, in Victoria. 1894, Oct. 16- 1894, Oct. 20- 1895, Aug. 15- YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 1895 Oct. i 1895 Nov. 5 1895 Nov. 'i 1895 Dec. 1896, 1896, 1896, Feb. April April 1896, May 1896, 1896, 1896, 1896, 1896, 1896, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, 1897, Sept. Oct. Nov. Nov. Dec. Dec. Jan. Jan. Jan. Feb. April April April May May July July July 23—w. A. Carlyle appointed Provincial Mineralogist for British Columbia. 29—D. S. Milligan, pioneer of 1860, died at New Westminster. 29—John Wintemute, pioneer of 1865, died at New Westminster. 1—Death of George Williscroft, Hudson's Bay Company official at Georgetown, near Port Simpson. 16—British Columbia obtains Cabinet representation at Ottawa in the appointment of Hon. E. G. Prior, of Victoria, as Comptroller of the Department of Internal Revenue. 13—Death of Alexander Fraser, pioneer prospector and son of the late Paul Fraser of the Hudson's Bay Company. 1—Trail smelter commences operations. 9—Terrible explosion of nitro-glycerine at Departure Bay. • 9—Death of the Hon. A. J. Langley, merchant pioneer of 1858 and prominent in public affairs. 24—Point Ellice bridge disaster at Victoria; 55 persons drowned; span collapsed. 15—Li Hung Chang, Chinese Ambassador, arrives at Vancouver. 25—Death of Captain Martley, pioneer of 1862, at Lillooet. 19—Hon. Israel Tarte, Dominion Minister of Public Works, visits Victoria. 23—First meeting of the Bering Sea Claims Commission at Victoria. 5—Hon. Louis H. Davies, Minister of Marine and Fisheries, visited Victoria. 17—Hon. Mr. Blair, Minister of Railways and Canals, visited Victoria. 9—Death of Henry Lawson, editor of the Colonist, at Victoria. 10—Survey of Crow's Nest Pass Railway begun. 21—News of transfer of Kootenay Steam Navigation Company to C. P. R. 3—Bering Sea Commission concludes sittings at Victoria. 1—Railway Bill submitted providing for $2,500,000 aid in construction of railways. 5—Death of Thomas E. Kitchen, M. P. P., at Chilliwack. 8—Loss of steamship "Coquitlam" in Malaspina Strait. 10—Death of Mrs. David Oppenheimer by falling from train en route to Philadelphia. 30—Long list of suits filed against Victoria in re Point Ellice bridge disaster. 3—Steve Tingley sold out his stage and express business in . Ashcroft. 4—Death of Hon. Amor de Cosmos at Victoria. 7—West Kootenay Power & Light Co. started operations at Nelson. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 363 1897, July 9—Coke ovens at Union in successful operation. 1897, July 20—Klondike excitement at its height. Thousands went in over White Pass and Dyea Pass, business in all the coast cities being greatly stimulated. Facilities of communication were greatly increased by building of White Pass Railway and establishment of line of steamers from White Horse to Dawson. 1897, Aug. 22—Consecration of Bishop Dontenwill at New Westminster. 1897, Sept. 19—Drowning of ex-Mayor Fred Cope, Vancouver, while crossing the Skagway River. 1897, Sept. 25—Long distance telephone between Nelson and Rossland in operation. 1897, Nov. 3—Hon. Clifford Sifton addressed Board of Trade, Victoria, en route from the Yukon. 1897, Dec. 16—News of death of F. J. Allison, pioneer of Princeton. 1897, Dec. 31—Death of David Oppenheimer, ex-Mayor, Vancouver, pioneer of British Columbia and very prominently associated in business and municipal affairs. 1898, Jan. 12—Death of Bishop Lootens at Victoria. 1898, Jan. 16—Sudden death of William Templeton, retiring Mayor of Vancouver. 1898, Jan. 27—Announcement of arrangement with Mackenzie & Mann to build line from Telegraph Creek to Teslin Lake. 1898, Feb. 10—Opening of new Parliament Buildings at Victoria. 1898, Feb. ....—w. A. Carlyle resigns as Provincial Mineralogist and goes to Rossland. 1898, Feb. 26—Death of L. B. Hamlin, C. E., at Dawson, as the result of exposure. 1898, Mar. 7—Death of Chief Justice Davie. 1898, Mar. 9—Resignation of Speaker Higgins on account of difference with Government over Cassiar Railway concession. 1898, May 4—Introduction of Loan Act to' raise $5,000,000 for aiding 1,040 miles of railway. 1898, July 3—Earl and Countess of Aberdeen visit Victoria. 1898, Aug. 5—Induction of Rt. Rev. Alexander Christie, Bishop of Vancouver, at Victoria. 1898, Aug. 8—Hon. J. H. Turner dismissed by Lieut-Governor as Premier, and former Premier Robert Beaven called upon to form a Government. 1898, Aug. 9—Lord Herschell visits Victoria and is banquetted by members of the Law Society. 1898, Aug. 13—Excitement over the discovery of gold in Atlin District, to which subsequently there was a large rush. 1898, Sept. 10—Great fire at New Westminster, and complete destruction of the business portion of the city. 364 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 898, Oct. 5—Lt.-Gen. Lord William Seymour, commanding British forces.in Canada, arrives in Victoria. 898, Nov. 21—Police Magistrate Macrae, Victoria, dismissed by Attorney- General Martin. 898, Nov. 17—Death of Wm. McGregor, Manager of North Vancouver Coal Company, at Nanaimo. 898, Nov. 19—Loss of steamer "Ainsworth" and nine lives on Kootenay Lake. 898, Nov. 26—Commencement of Nelson & Bedlington Railway. 899, Jan. 1—News of death of James Yates in Edinburgh, a pioneer of 1849 and member of the first Legislative Assembly of Vancouver Island. 899, Feb. 20—Vancouver excited over the lease of Deadman's Island to Mr. Ludgate. 899, Mar. 6—Death of Jacob Lenz, founder of Lenz & Leizer, at Victoria. 899, Mar. 13—Death of George Byrnes, auctioneer and pioneer of Victoria. 899, April 23—"City of Kingston" cut in two in collision with the Oriental liner "Glenogle." 899, April 27—Miners' riots at Wardner. 899, May 1—Provincial Executive takes possession of Deadman's Island for the Province. 899, May 5—Government of British Columbia offers one million dollars in support of Pacific Cable. 899, May 16—Decision to locate smelter at Grand Forks announced. 899, May 18—Burning of Cary Castle, Government House, Victoria. 899, June 20—'Row at Rossland banquet, in which Attorney-General Martin figures conspicuously and on account of which was asked to resign. 899, July 26—Party caucus turns down Mr. Martin, and he resigns as Attorney-General. 899, July 27—Death of Mrs. Ogden at Cariboo, Hudson's Bay Company pioneer of 1846. 899, Aug. 10—Death of Jacob H. Todd, pioneer wholesale merchant, at Victoria. 899, Aug. 25—Death of T. Kruger, pioneer of Osoyoos, B. C. 899, Sept. 6—Death of John Weiler, pioneer, and founder of Weiler Brothers, at Victoria. 899, Sept. 13—Smelter announced for Mount Sicker. 899, Sept. 18—Survivors of Edmonton party for Dawson arrived Vancouver; 100 deaths reported en route. 899, Oct. 5—Visit of Hon. David Mills, Minister of Justice, to Victoria. 899, Oct. 10—Death of Benjamin Evans, historic Court Usher of Victoria and companion of Sir Mathew Baillie Begbie in his travels. 1899, Oct. 18—Contingent from Victoria go to South Africa. SSSSi AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 3H5 LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR j His Honour Thomas Wilson Paterson. PRIVATE SECRETARY: H. J. S. MUSKETT. EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. President of the Council (not filled). Provincial Secretary and Minister of Education The Honourable Henry Esson Young, M.D. Attorney-General and Commissioner of Fisheries The Honourable William John Bowser, K.C. Minister of Lands The Honourable William Roderick Ross, K.C. Minister of Finance and Agriculture The Honourable Price Ellison Minister of Mines The Honourable Sir Richard McBride, K.C. (Premier) Minister of Public Works and Railways The Honourable Thomas Taylor. LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY (Elected March 28th, 1912: term expires 1916.) The Honourable David MacEwen Eberts, K.C, Speaker. Behnsen, Henry Frederick William Bowser, Hon. William John, K.C Campbell, L. A ... Callanan, Michael, M.D Carter-Cotton, Francis L Caven, Thomas Donald Cawley, Samuel Arthur Davey, Frederick Eberts, Hon. David MacEwen, K.C. " Ellison, Hon. Price Forster, H. E Fraser, John Anderson , Gifford, Thomas Hayward, William Henry Hunter, William Jackson, John Robert Lucas, Alexander Macgowan, Alex. Henry Bos well.... Mackay, Neil Franklin Constituency ; Represented. ; Victoria City Vancouver City.: Rossland City Cariboo Richmond I. Cranbrook -.. Chilliwack Victoria City Saanich Okanagan Columbia Cariboo New Westmin'r City Cowichan Slocan Greenwood Yale Vancouver City Kaslo Postoffice Address. , Victoria j Victoria Rossland Barkerville Vancouver Cranbrook Chilliwack Victoria Victoria I Victoria Golden Quesnel New Westminster ! Duncan Silverton ! Midway Vancouver Vancouver ! Victoria YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY—Continued Manson, Michael Manson, William Manson, William J Miller, Ernest MacKenzie, Francis James A MacLean, W. R McBride, Hon. Sir Richard, K.C.. McDonald, Archibald McGuire, George Albert, D.D.S.... ♦Foster, W. W Place, J. T. W Pooley, R. H Ross, Hon. William Roderick, K.C. Schofield, James Hargrave Shatford, Lytton Wilmot Shaw, James Pearson Taylor, Hon. Thomas Thomson, Henry Broughton Tisdall, Charles Edward Watson, Henry Holgate Williams, Parker _ Wood, J. G. C • Young, Hon. Henry Esson, M.D.. Constitnency Represented Comox Skeena Dewdney Grand Forks Delta Nelson City Victoria City Lillooet Vancouver City. The Islands Nanaimo City... Esquimalt Fernie Ymir Similkameen Kamloops Revelstoke Victoria City Vancouver City Vancouver City Newcastle Alberni Atlin Post- Office Address Union Bay Prince Rupert Mission City Grand Forks New Westminster Nelson Victoria Clinton Vancouver Victoria Nanaimo Esquimalt Fernie Trail Hedley Shuswap Victoria Victoria Vancouver Vancouver Ladysmith Alberni Victoria *The Hon. A. E. MePhillips, President of the Council, resigned his seat upon his appointment as a member of the Court of Appeal, and was succeeded by W. W. Foster, formerly Deputy Minister of Works. OFFICERS OF THE HOUSE. Clerk of the Legislative Assembly Thornton Fell Law Clerk Knox Courtney Sergeant-at-Arms Charles Cullin King's Printer William Cullin OFFICE OF PRIME MINISTER. Prime Minister The Hon. Sir Richard McBride Private Secretary Lawrence Macrae AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. ATTORNEY-GENERAL'S DEPARTMENT. Attorney-General The Hon. W. J. Bowser, K.C. Deputy Attorney-General J. P. McLeod Registrar of Joint Stock Companies H. G. Garrett Inspector of Legal Offices H. C. Hannington Departmental Solicitor A. V. Pineo Censor of Moving Pictures Loo Gordon Superintendent Girls' Industrial School T. H. Collier (Acting) Superintendent of Provincial Police C. S. Campbell, Victoria Inspector of Provincial Police T. G. Wynn Provincial Game Warden A. D. Williams, Vancouver Inspector of Factories C. R. Gordon, Vancouver Inspector of Trust Companies Upton Runnalls, Victoria Inspector of Electrical Energy D. P. Roberts, Vancouver Inspector of Tramways j W. Rae, Vancouver Inspector of Insurance Ernest Gunther, Victoria Librarian and Archivist E. O. S. Scholefield, Victoria Deputy Commissioner of Fisheries r Neil Mclntyre, Victoria Assistant to Commissioner of Fisheries J. P. Babcock, Victoria Registrar of Titles f Vancouver A. C. Smith Victoria S. Y. Wootton New Westminster T. S. Keith Prince Rupert M. E. Burritt Kamloops W. H. Edmonds Nelson S. R. Roe Supreme and County Court Registrars f Victoria B. H. T. Drake ' Vancouver A. B. Pottinger New Westminster J. J. Cambridge Nelson J T. M. Bowman Rossland H. R. Townsend Victoria F. G. Richards, Victoria Nanaimo C. F. Traufford, Nanaimo Vancouver' J. D. Hall, Vancouver New Westminster....T. J. Armstrong, New Westmin'r Cariboo E. S. Peters, Quesnel Yale H. C. Kerman, Grand Forks Yale W. F. Wood, Kamloops Kootenay H. C. Moore, Golden Kootenay W. J. Law, Revelstoke Kootenay S. P. Tuck, Nelson Atlin J. Shirley, Prince Rupert. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Victoria I John Munro New Westminster A. Turnbull Gaol Wardens \ Nelson W. R. Jarvis Nanaimo John Munro Kamloops A. Noble Superintendent of Industrial Schools D. Donaldson, Vancouver Judge Juvenile Court George Jay, Victoria Judge Juvenile Court H. C. Shaw, Vancouver DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND AGRICULTURE. Minister of Finance and Agriculture The Hon. Price Ellison Deputy Minister of Finance and Agriculture ; W. J. Goepel Auditor-General William Allison Surveyor of Taxes and Inspector of Revenue J. B. McKilligan Deputy Minister of Agriculture W. E. Scott Inspector of Fruit Pests T. Cunningham, Vancouver Live Stock Commissioner W. T. McDonald Statistician and Secretary W. J. Bonavia Provincial Horticulturist R. M. Winslow Chief Inspector of Poultry J. R. Terry Dairy Inspector Henry Rive Secretary Bureau of Provincial Information Ernest McGaffey Government Agents f Alberni J. Kirkup ' Ashcroft H. P. Christie Atlin J. A. Fraser Barkerville . C. W. Grain Clinton E. C. Lunn Cranbrook, N/-S A. A. Wallinger Cumberland J. Baird Duncan J. Maitland-Dougall Fairview J. R. Brown Fernie J. S. T. Alexander Fort George T. W. Heme Fort Fraser J. Hooson Grand Forks S. E. Almond Greenwood W. R. Dewdney Golden H. C. Rayson Hazelton S. H. HoskinsJ Kamloops E. T. W. Pearse :| Kaslo R. J. Stensonl Nanaimo G. Thomson! New Westminster F. C. Campbell *.ND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. . John Cartmel .... W. N. Rolfe .Mc f Nelson Nicola , 150-Mile House Prince Rupert J. Princeton Hugh Hunter Queen Charlotte Islands E. M. Sandilands Revelstoke R. Gordon Rossland H. R. Townsend Teiegraph Creek H. W. Dodd. (Acting) Vancouver J. Mahony Vernon L,, Norraa DEPARTMENT OF LANDS. Minister of Lands The Hon. W. R. Ross Deputy Minister of Lands .:i,.L.... R. A. Renwick Surveyor-General G. E. Dawson Water Commissioner J. F. Armstrong Timber Inspector '„, G. D. McKay. Vancouver Official Log Scaler A. L. Bryant Chief Forester ,'. W. R. McMillan District Forester G. D. McKay DEPARTMENT OF MINES. llffiiSSte^of^Mines .L'A.5.L.. The'Bfon'; Sir Richard McBride (Premier) Deputy Minister of Mines R. F. TbJmre' ProvinciaJ^Mtoeralogist W. Fleet Robertson Chief Assayer W.'Fleet Robertson Chief Inspector of Mines T. Graham DEPARTMENT OF PROVINCIAL SECRETARY. Provincial Secretary and Minister of Education....The Hon. H. E. Young, LL.D. Deputy Provincial Secretary and Minister of Education...A. Campbell Reddie Secretary Provincial Board of Health W. Bapty, M.D. (Acting). Sanitary Inspector F. DeGrey Curator of Provincial Museum P. Kermode King's Printer William Cullin Superintendent Insane Asylum C. E. Doberty, M.D., New Westminster Superintendent of Education Alexander Robinson Assistant Superintendent of Education G. H. Deane Inspector of High Schools J. S. Gordon, Vancouver Principal Normal School W. Burns, Vancouver Officer in Charge of Free Text Book Distribution David Wilson YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS. Minister of Public Works The Hon. Thomas Taylor Deputy Minister and Chief Engineer ! J. E. Griffith Assistant Engineer J. P. Napier Chief Inspector of Boilers J. Peck, Vancouver Superintendent Westminster Bridge T. Gifford, New Westminster DEPARTMENT OF RAILWAYS. Minister of Railways The Hon. Thomas Taylor Chief Engineer of Railways F. G. Gamble BRITISH COLUMBIA LEGISLATURE. On page 70 there is a table showing the dates of the opening and prorogation of the several sessions, and of the dissolutions of the Legislature. The following table gives the complete information to date: Opening Prorogation Dissolution Twelfth .... 3 1 2 Jan. ill, 1912 Feb. 27, 1912 Jan. 16, 1913 Feb. 29, 1913 Jan. 15, 1914, March 6. 1914 The date of the general election following dissolution of the House was March 28, 1912, on which occasion the McBride Administration was returned to power with a majority of 40. The remaining members elected were Socialists, and therefore the record is unique in a Government being elected without a regular Opposition. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. PROVINCIAL ELECTION RETURNS, 1912 Alberni— Wood, J. G. C C. Accl. Atlin— Young, Hon. H. E C. Accl. Cariboo (2)— Callahan, Dr. M C. 310 Fraser, J. A C. 335 - Holt, — LC. 182 Chilliwack— Cawley, S. A C. Accl, Comox— Manson, M C.| 694 LeFeaux, — S. 355 Cowichan— Hayward, W. H C. 441 Herd, A. A. B L. no Columbia— Forster, H. E C.| 282 Parson, H. G C.1 263 Cranbrook— Caven, Thos. D C. Accl. Delta- Mackenzie, F C.j 748 Oliver. John L. 308 Dewdney— Manson, J. W C.| 803 McNiece, — C.j 194 Esquimalt— Pooley, R. H C. 398 Helmcken, H. D C.j 186 Jackson L.| 151 Jardine, J Ci 96 Oliver, G S. 25 Fernie—■ Ross, Hon. Wm. R C.| 1067 Davidson, W S. 763 Greenwood— Jackson, R ,..C. 364 Heatherton S. 102 Grand Forks— Miller, Ernest C. Accl. (1) The Islands— MePhillips, Hon. A. E C. 345 Winch, F. K J.C. - 111 856 1830 ~366 456 (1) The Hon. A. E. MePhillips having resigned to accept a judgeship on the Court of Appeals, W. W. Foster, Deputy Minister of Public Works, was elected in his stead. The election took place on the 6th of December, 1913. The following were the candidates, and votes polled: W. W. Foster (C.) 467 Alexander Hamilton (C.) x^^ 265 Eustace D. Maude (I.C.) „ 23 Total 755 YEAR BOOK OF. BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCIAL ELECTION RETURNS—Continued Kaslo— Mackay, Neil C.| Kamloops— Shaw, John F C.| Leighton L.j Lillooet— McDonald, Archie C. Henderson, Stuart 1 L.| Nanaimo City— Place, John T. W S.| Planta, A. E C.| Shepherd, H L.| Nelson City— McLean, W. R C.| Wright, Harry I.C.j Harrod S.| Newcastle—j Williams, Parker S.l Dier, Dr C. New Westminster— Gifford, Thos C.| Kennedy, George L. Okanagan— Ellison, Hon. Price C.j Stirling S.| Rossland City— Campbell, L. A C.j Taylor, L. D L.j Casey S. Richmond— Carter-Cotton, F. L C. Revelstoke— Taylor, Hon. Thos C.j. Saanich— Eberts, Hon. D. M C. Noble L.j'. Slocan— Hunter, Wm Cl Shilland, A S., Skeena— Manson, Wm C.j Clayton I.C.| Manson, A LJj Montgomery S.j Similkameen— Shatford, L. W C.| Vancouver City (5) — McGuire, Dr. G. A C. Bowser, Hon. W. J C.| Tisdall, C. E C. Macgowan, A. H. B C. Watson, H. H C.| Smith, R L.| Enright; C. W L.| 931 397 200 81 621 578 375 527 188 177 1328 297 336 168 95 392 176 373 198 940 106 520 Accl. 5114 5101 5085 5061 4977 3257 2947 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. PROVINCIAL ELECTION RETURNS-Continued Vancouver City (Cont'd)— Smith, M L. 2744 Cameron, W. S L. 2716 Ellis, J. N L. 2619 MacDonald, J. A S. 1263 Reid, J s. 1156 Bennet, W s. 1134 Lord, J. F s. 1133 Pritchard, W. A s. 1081 Greer, S i.e. 897 46,285 Victoria City (4)— McBride, Hon. Sir R c. 3223 Thomson, H. B c. 2641 Davey, F c. 2471 Behnsen, H. F. W c. 2392 Brewster, H. C L. 2049 Elliott, R. T L. 1979 Midgley s. 663 Perry, B. J Ind. 616 16,034 Yale- Lucas, A C. 524 McConnell, J. B L. 279 803 Ymir—■ Schofield, J. H C. 1024 Pettipiece S. 261 1285 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA < s s 3 o u X en p CC uJ V z > s a: D H UJ CC 2 o p u UJ Ul O Q o ft ft O h3 P P J. H. King L. Ralph Smith L. p I 1- E. T. Kingsley Soc. Hon. W. Templeman L. Gordon Brown Soc. K. C. McDonald L. Jas. F. Johnson Soc. •qrc •8UOQ A^IJOPBJH 188 1,074 688 1,693 3,256 484 1,889 Member Elected H. S. Clements C. A. S. Goodeve C. P. H. Shepherd C. J. D. Taylor C. H. H. Stevens C. G. H. Barnard C. M. Burrell C. aeqqO M| | i 2 s so^oa rueqrc 1,622 3,039 1,750 1,849 3,796 2,332 1,962 1 so^oa OAiq -BAJtasuoo 1,810 4,113 2,438 3,642 7,052 2,816 3,851 of VQWd sje^OA. 3,432 7,152 4,188 5,391 11,899 5,438 6,059 5 !)SI1 uo saeqo_A. 5 5 3 3 5 5 £ of So 1 < E 6 > C j c 1 1 > I p c c 0 H 2 UJ < a: < a. i H Uh UJ H ai UJ Q Z D Q UJ X O i UJ J UJ OQ iroO ■'ft i > Q 3 0 p 1 c d < Railway Commissioner for Canada, April 4, 1912 Hon. Martin Burrell appointed Minister of Agriculture, Oct. 10, 1911. O+s ftp ft® O 1 si 3 § 0 i i fe'O « I $ n * 3 tf X 1 w ■IS rf% 6 0 ^1 6h 0$ 0 § Z c 1 p S 1 1 0 i s A a O i AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. DOMINION GOVERNMENg^OFFICIALS IN THE PROVINCE Superintendents of Indian agencies: W. E. Ditchburn, Victoria; A. M. Tyson, Vancouver; K. C. Macdonald, Nelson. Agent marine and fisheries: Capt. E. G. Robertson, Victoria. Steamboat inspectors: W. J. Cullum, Victoria; B. Mantrop, Victoria; F. M. Robertson, Vancouver; A. E. Hopper, Vancouver. Master D. G. S. Quadra: Capt. E. C Leblanc, Victoria. Inspector of hulls: F. F. Pickard, Victoria. Inspector of Lights: Gordon Halkett, Victoria. Chief examiner of masters and mates: Captain Charles Eddie, Vancouver. Inspector of gas and electric lights: Frank Dresser, Vancouver. Resident superintendent of public works: William Henderson, Victoria. District engineer: A. W. R. Wilby, Prince Rupert. "Medical superintendent of quarantine station: Dr. Nelson, Victoria. Chief inspector of fisheries, British Columbia: F. H. Cunningham, New Westminster. Assistant inspector fisheries, district No. 1: A. P. Halliday, New Westminster. Assistant inspector fisheries, district No. 2: J. T. Williams, Prince Rupert. Assistant inspector fisheries, district No. 3: E. G. Taylor, Nanaimo. Inspector customs, mainland: Angus Munn, Vancouver. Inspector customs, Vancouver Island and northern coast: W. Marchant, Victoria. Inspector customs, Victoria: J. C. Newbury. Inspector customs, Vancouver, J. M. Bowell. Inspector customs, New Westminster: M. M. Mathieson. Inspector customs, Rossland: D. B. Stevens. Inspector customs, Nelson: George Johnstone. Inspector customs, Nanaimo: B. H. Smith. Inspector customs, Cranbrook: H. White. Inspector customs, Fernie: G, E. Henderson. Inspector customs, Grand Forks: R. R. Gilpin. Inspector customs, Greenwood: Hugh McCutcheon. Prince Rupert: J. H. McLeod. Revelstoke: B. R. Atkins. Inspector customs, Abbotsford: P. R. Peel. Inspector of Inland Revenue: J. E. Miller, Victoria. Collector of Inland Revenue: R. Jones. Collector of inland revenue, Victoria: E. B. Parkinson. Postoffice inspector, Victoria: E. H. Fletcher. Postoffice inspector, Vancouver: J. R. M. Greenfield. Postmaster, Victoria: H. S. Bishop. Postmaster, Vancouver: R. G. Macpherson. Superintendent meteorological station, Victoria: E. Baynes-Reed. Director Victoria observatory: Napier Denison. Warden penitentiary, New Westminster: J. C. Brown. Superintendent Dominion experimental farm, Agassiz: P. H. Moore. Assistant receiver-general: D. B. McConnan, Victoria. Dominion land agent, New Westminster: W. D. Magee. Dominion timber agent, New Westminster: E. W. Beckett. Dominion land and timber agent, Kamloops: W. C. Cowell. Inspector of weights and measures, Victoria: W. R. Harris. Inspector of weights and measures, Vancouver: A. H. Dutton. Medical superintendent of immigration, Victoria: Dr. G. L. Milne. Medical superintendent of immigration, Vancouver: Dr. Munro. Inspector customs, Inspector customs, YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA EDUCATIONAL From pages 144 to 155 will be found a full description of the educational system of the province. Since that chapter was written, owing largely to rapid increase of population, it has expanded rapidly in every direction. Particular attention has been paid to the higher branches. The university has now been definitely organized, with a board of governors, the appointment of a chancellor and that of a president. Clearing of the site at Point Grey is in progress, and plans, under competition, have been selected for building up an extensive campus. It is anticipated that buildings will be opened for classes in the fall of 1914. Technical education, particularly in the way of manual training, has become part of the established curriculum. Provision has been made for the establishment of a second normal school, at Victoria, an appropriation for which was placed in the estimates of the present year. The following is a condensation of statistics taken from the annual report for 1911 and 1912: — 1911 No. colleges , | 2~ " high schools | 23 " graded schools | 62 rural schools | 25 " rural and assisted schools | 296 Total enrolment colleges and schools I 45,125 No. boys ~—j#t 23,277 " girls j 21,848 Average actual attendance | 32,163 Percentage of attendance .'j-e-r?'-1 1 71.27 No. school districts '.....| 211 Enrolment, colleges .AJ...'— I 180 high schools 1,988 boys 940 girls 1,048 graded city schools 24,673 boys 12,734 girls tt>.t3 .....It 4,493 " rural municipal schools 9,372 boys ;„■_ 4,879 girls :.^::. ™.™ 4,493 " rural and assisted schools 8,912 boys 4,609 girls 4,303 Total No. teachers ! 1.179 Male .!.^.iIf.ffiJ.?.::.:. 323 Female i'.:iBiS...J.i..:..cM 853 Academic 212 First class 275 Second class 347 Third class 188 Temporary 157 Expenditure for education $ 715,734 By Dept. Works ,rr'..J. 286,074 Total expenditure by Government i I 1,001,808 By municipalities, etc. ...l.:..J.:a....:JriiLCiLKUJ.lX--'-.— I 1,639,714 Grand total expenditure | 2,641,522 ♦Including assisted schools. ' Grand total expenditure I 2,641,522 324 | 50,170 | 25,870 24,300 I 37,568 j 74.88 * 328 202 j 2,151 | 973 1,178 27,034 | 14,058 • 5,427 11,174 5,747 5,427 9,609 4,956 4,653 | 1,353 | 269 371 218 235 $ 876,415 275,300 1,151,715 86 26 370 57,608 29,699 27,909 43,274 75.12 474 224 2,680 1,232 1,448 30,278 15,693 14,585 13,573 7,031 6,542 10,853 5,588 5,265 1,597 406 $1,032,038 630,964 1,663,003 2,995,891 3,882,489 | 4,658,894 3,882,489 | 4,658.894 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. FISHERIES (Supplementary to Page 223.) For the fiscal year ending 1912-13 the fishery product of British Columbia was $14,455,488, being an increase of $778,363 over the previous year. ' The total for Canada for the same year was $33,389,464. This credits British Columbia with almost half of the entire fishery product of the Dominion. The next in order is Nova Scotia with $7,384,055. Until'the year 1910-11 Nova Scotia invariably led Canada in regard to the value of fisheries. The increase in British Columbia is the result of the increased halibut catch, and of further developments in the herring fishery. The salmon catch for the year in question was considerably greater than that of the previous year, but its value was $300,000 less. The falling off in value was largely due to the fact that a large proportion of the catch consisted of humpbacks and other kinds which sold at a much lower rate than the famous sockeyes and spring salmon. The herring catch was much greater and increased its value by more than $600,000. A similar increase is shown in the value of the halibut fishery. In round numbers the value of the halibut catch in four years increased from $1,000,000 to $2,500,000. The number of persons employed on sea and shore in connection with the fisheries was 15,628. The foregoing statistics apply to the fiscal year ending March 31st, 1913, - up to which time the particulars of the entire output are tabulated. It has not been possible, therefore, to give the statistics for the subsequent nine months. The details of the salmon pack, however, are available, from which it would appear that the total pack of salmon for the season of 1913 amounted to 1,353,901 cases, at an estimated value of $8,803,000. It will be seen that although there was a considerable increase in pack over 1912, the value is estimated at about a million dollars less. Returns are not complete, but the halibut fishery will show an increase over the previous year. The run of herring was large, but the fishery was not so profitable as formerly. A gratifying feature of the commercial development of fisheries is the fact that fresh halibut has been shipped successfully throughout Great Britain and found a ready market. Experiments in salmon packed in ice have also been successful, so that we may confidently look in future to considerable fishery trade between this coast and Great Britain. By way of comparison, the value of fishery production for the past four years was: Year British Columbia Canada ■ 1910 $10,314,755 $29,629,167 1911 ~ 9,163,235 29,965,433 1912 13,677,125 34,667,872 1913 14,478,078 33,389,464 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The following are the details for 1912-13: used fresh .. canned salted mild cured smoked Cod " used fresh .... " green-salted " dried Oysters Herring .. used fresh smoked " pickled " used as bait . Octopus Whiting Perch Hair seal skins Guano Fish oil Whale oil Whales Whale bone meal Halibut " used fresh ... " smoked Soles Flounders Skate Smelts Oulaohans Trout Sturgeon Clams " used fresh " canned Crabs Shrimps Mixed fish Whale fertilizer Fur seal skins Caught and Landed in * a Fresh or Green State Marketed Quantity 1,232,638 Value $3,693,864 Quantity Value 84,441 1,050,357 134,000 51,042 5,019 2,000 $ 930,160 6,996,908 1,309,555 258,030 55,715 10,000 29,371 154,625 26,948 211 376 200,330 2,637 5,640 5,564 11,282 794,491 703,425 42,708 8,856 327,196 51,894 245 500 1,306 . 2,275 150 85,826 1,369,096 338,295 122,995 - 525,333 53,384 245 500 1,306 2,275 1,715 1,750 7,836 569 3,675 5,000 13,060 569 5.097 29,075 464,638 581 174,300 656 15,744 253,283 1,535,847 250,385 1,249 3,520 2,155 898 3,277 14,795 2,761 y2 5,051 2,442,473 18,735 3,520 2,155 898 3,277 14,795 2,761% 5,051 11,512 17,600 9,825 2,694 20,624 73,175 27,615 35,357 23,024 35,200 13,625 7,184 42,090 78,950 40,142 75,765 3,622 7,955 20,252 27 10,798 1,484 205 15,380 31,820 20,252 27 10,798 81,008 270 53,990 202,520 540 53,990 56,392 205 6,150 6,150 $6,727,611 $14,478,078 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE (Supplementary to Page 227.). The interim between 1910 and 1914 has been notable for several things —the greatly increased value of farm lands, the -large increase in orchard areas, the expansion of the activities of the agricultural department covering a wide field of usefulness, and the report of a royal commission on agriculture. In some respects, the speculation in farming lands has been a deterrent to development and has tended decidedly toward increased cost of products. On the other hand, a healthful reaction has set in and the tendency is' now towards small holdings with a view to diversified farming, in which poultry raising, stock and fruit-growing are most conspicuous. Great interest has been roused in the subject of co-operation among farmers on business lines towards a better system of distribution and sale of farm products. In a few products, for special reasons there has been a decline, but on the whole there has been a large and gratifying increase. Owing to the rapid increase of population imports have increased in almost similar proportion. Population has about trebled since 1901, and production about quadrupled in the same time. The increase of production in 1913 over 1912 was $1,700,000. Dairying products, hay and grain show a slight decrease over the previous year; but in live stock, poultry and eggs, fruits and vegetables, there has been a large increase. The 1913-14 appropriation in aid of agriculture amounted to $321,086, providing for a large staff of expert instructors in the field, the preparation of bulletins and regular courses of instruction. Fifteen new farmers' institutes were incorporated during the year, there now being a membership of 8,072. There are now also 35 women's institutes with a membership of over 2,000. Demonstration work in all branches of agriculture—live stock, dairying, poultry-raising, horticulture, fruit-packing, cow testing, dairying farm competitions, stock judging contests, etc., etc.—was strongly featured by the agricultural department. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA AND .MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS From Bulletin VI. regarding the last census of Canada (1911) the following particulars have been extracted: The Province has an area of 226,186,370 acres land and 1,560,830 acres water, making a total area of 227,747,200 acres, or 355,855 square miles, which is nearly three times the area of the United Kingdom and 1% times greater than either France or Germany. The Province has a land area greater than the total area of Belgium, Denmark, Holland, Norway and Sweden combined. In 1901 the population was 178,657 of which 88,478 or 49.5 per cent, was rural, while the returns of the last census show that 188,796 or 48.1 per cent. out of a total population of 392,480 was rural. As at the date of the census there were no incorporated towns or villages in the Province the classification of the population as urban and rural is not strictly comparable with the other provinces where town and village municipalities exist. The number of farm holdings in 1901 was 6,739 of which 5,938 contained five acres and over as compared with 14,071 farms of five acres and over and 4,396 of less than five acres or a total of 18,467 holdings in 1911. The number of holdings of 50 acres and under increased from 2,086 in 1901 to 11,000 in 1911 which is a gain of 427 per cent, in ten years. The number of holdings over 50 acres were 4,653 in 1901, as against 7,467 in 1911, a gain of 60 per cent, in the decade. Land in field crops increased from 171,424 acres in 1900 to 239,820 acres in 1911. The number of acres under crops in 1910 was 214,069 being an increase in the area under field -crops in 10 years of 42,645 acres. The land under orchard and nursery increased from 7,502 acres in 1901 to 33,606 acres in 1911; land in vegetables increased from 2,840 acres to 9,213 acres; land in vineyards increased from 18 acres to 309 acres. The acreage under small fruits, which in 1901 was included with vegetables, is placed in this census at 1,280 acres. While the area under grain crops fell from 56,979 acres in 1900 to 47,402 acres in 1910 the land under hay and clover and alfalfa increased from 102,- 751 acres in 1900 to 137,058 acres in 1910, and the land devoted to hoed crops rose from 11,694 in 1905, to 29,609 acres in 1910. For 1911 the area, under grain crops .was 67,462 acres, under grasses 141,776 acres, under hoed crops 30,582 acres, being increases of 20,060 acres, of 4,718 acres and 973 acres respectively in one year. The total value of field crops, vegetables and fruits in 1910 was $9,619,- 281 as against $3,536,371 in 1900 being an average per holding for the last census of $520.88 as compared with $524.73 in the previous one. The large i^m 382 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA,. acreage represented by non-bearing fruit trees, indicates the setting out of new orchards and not being producing, the consequence is that the average value of farm products per holding is kept down. The statistics of live stock for 1911 places the number of horses at 57,415, of milch cows at 33,953, of other horned cattle at 105,230, of sheep at 39, 272, of swine at 33,604, of turkeys at 8,926, of geese at 6,808, of ducks at 27,898 and of hens and chickens at 967,841 as compared with 37,325 horses, 24,535 milch cows, 100,467 horned cattle, 33,350 sheep, 41,419 swine, 2,790 turkeys, 3,786 geese,. 9,371 ducks and 346,480 hens and chickens in 1901. The figures show increases for all classes of animals except swine. The number of pure-bred horses and of sheep have more than doubled in the decade, and an increase of 65 per cent, is shown in the number of pure-bred cattle. The average value of horses in 1911 was $136, of milch cows $58.88, of other horned cattle $28.56, of sheep $6.71, of swine $10.75, as compared with an average value for 1901 of $55 for horses, $43.22 for milch cows, $23.83 for other horned cattle, of $5 for sheep, and $6.55 for swine. The total value of live stock in 1911 was $14,135,477 against a total value of $6,184,313 in 1901. The value of live stock sold in 1910 was $3,296,647 which is an increase of $2,860,853 or 656 per cent, over the figures of ten years ago. The value of animals slaughtered on the farm rose from $307,397 in 1901 to $413,614 in 1911. The value of dairy products which was reported at $1,159,993 in 1901 increased to $2,620,495 in 1911. There was an increase in the value of wool of $10,463 and of eggs of $601,247. The number of weeks of hired labour on the farm in 1910 was 159,088, and the value $1,952,875 being an average wage per week of $12.28 as against 135,597 weeks in 1900 with a total value of $1,223,230 and an average of $9.02 per week. This is an increase in the cost per week of farm labour of over 36 per cent, from 1900 to 1910. The total value in 1911 of lands owned, buildings, farm implements and live stock on hand was $179,359,601, with an average value per holding of $9,712 as compared with a total value of $33,386,886 and an average value of $4,954 in 1901. The gross returns to the farmers of the Province as represented by field crops, fruits, live stock sold, dairy products, animals slaughtered on the farm, wool, eggs, honey and wax aggregated in the last census $17,874,932 or an average per holding of $968 as compared with $5,879,412 and an average per holding of $872. , AND, MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. VALUES OF LANDS, FARM ANIMALS AND PRODUCTS 1911 AND 1901 Schedule 1911 1901 1 $131,686,122 $21,041,840 Buildings j 30,000,914 4,969,537 620,059 215,007 | 3,537,088 1,201,196 | 7,792,689 2,074,528 1,060,607 1,999,176 3,006,139 2,391,426 | 263,517 164,679 | 361,144 271,327 Poultry -. 683,325 209,747 Hives of Bees | 29,487 7,261,310 11,999 3,100,577 312,512 Vegetables (1910 and 1900) 1,022,978 I 435,794 1,022,481 J ' Live stock sold (1910 and 1900) .. ..)' 1,116,272 j 358,115 | 1,142,926 114,317 I 435,794 352,572 j Poultry 211,329 J Dairy products (1910 and 1900) Milk, total product | 2,620,4 95 471,097 i 400,040 f 1,159,993 847 j ...... 230,879 | 25,625 I 101,019 f 307,397 56,091 J Other farm products (1910 and 1900) Wool 18,751 8,288 426,629 6,287 4,940 Hired labour on farms— Weeks Value of ...No.) 159,088 ... $ 1,952,875 1 135,597 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA TIMBER AND FORESTRY (Supplementary to Page 247.) The Budget Speech, delivered at the recent session of the Legislative Assembly, contains a very concise and excellent review of the lumber industry during 1913, and the Minister's remarks are here reproduced for the purpose of convenience: "From the official scaling returns it appears that there was a cut of 1,457,041,939 feet, and in excess of all previous records for the province. If the. large amount of material used in timber construction cut off Crown lands in the interior be added to the total cut for the. year, the latter will approximate 2,000,000,000 feet, which does not include the timber cut in the Dominion railway belt. The total revenue derived by the province in 1913 from its timber assets was approximately $3,000,000, and is relatively greater than that of any other country in the world, except, perhaps, one or two of the German states. The increased revenue from the timber industry is due largely to the efficiency of the Forestry Department, by which there has been closer scaling and much timber brought to account that heretofore escaped official notice. This applies particularly to material cut for railway purposes and products such as ties, telegraph and telephone poles, cord- wood, mining props, etc. Commercially speaking, however, notwithstanding the increased output, the lumber industry was far from prosperous. The most fruitful cause of this condition has been over-production, coupled with the temporary financial depression which seriously affected building operations throughout Western Canada. A similar condition prevailed throughout the entire Pacific coast, adding American competition as a factor of the situation. According to an estimate made by the Mountain Mills Association, consumption in the four western provinces decreased in 1913 by 450,- 000,000 feet as compared with 1912. At the same time the production throughout the same area, which is a market for ninety-five per cent, of its output, declined only 162,347,000 feet, leaving large stocks of lumber on hand still unsold. Some of the mills as a consequence have closed down temporarily. It is stated that the entire capacity of the mills in Western Canada is 3,000,000,000 feet per annum, whereas the total output of these mills last year was 1,827,000,000 feet, so that only about fifty-seven per cent, capacity was employed. It will be seen, therefore, that for the present the milling capacity is much in excess of the demand. Owing to the great depreciation which occurs in. idle plants, a number of mills are now run without profit rather than close down, so that it will be several years yet before business is likely to become normal. American competition is another factor in the ; situation. Mills in Washington, Oregon, Idaho and Montana are also greatly AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. overstocked, and are dumping in Western Canada. Importations from these sources for the past three years were as follows: 1911 264,413,000 feet 1912 300,000,000 feet 1913 133,145,000 feet Millmen state that the taking off of the duty on rough lumber in the United States will not for some years, except in the higher grades, make much difference in the sale of lumber from this province. Generally speaking, as to the immediate future the prospects are uncertain. While the industry is an exceedingly large and important one, representing the largest single investment of capital among the industries and employing the largest number of persons, the producing capacity is out of proportion to the market at present. I am speaking now of temporary conditions only. Ultimately, when conditions of supply and demand have adjusted themselves, there can • be no doubt but that the industry will be very profitable. The exhaustion of the supply in the United States, which is being cut at the rate of 40,000,-. 000,000 feet per annum, and the opening of the Panama Canal must greatly extend the market in time, while in our own Middle West, with its present population of over one million and a third changed to nine or ten millions, there will be a market equal to our entire output. "The value of the timber products of 1913 was about $32,500,000. The foreign export trade has been steady but not extensive. The total was about 51,500,000 feet, or less than one-tenth of the export from the Pacific Coast states. In addition, British Columbia exported 53,000,000 feet of logs to the State of Washington, cut from private lands. "It is satisfactory to note that the pulp and paper trade is prosperous and promises great things for the future. Large quantities of pulp are being shipped to the Orient and to the Pacific Coast states. News-print supplies the market locally, and is shipped to Alberta and the Pacific Coast states. The value of pulp and paper manufactured by the Powell River and Howe Sound mills amounted last year to over $3,000,000. The Powell River mills manufacture 225 tons of news-print and the Howe Sound mills 40 tons of sulphite pulp daily. The capital invested in the pulp and paper industry in the province amounts to $13,000,000. "It is satisfactory also to note that the efforts being put forth by the Forestry Department are giving such excellent results, not only in revenue, but in the conservation of the timber. The value of the service is best expressed by the fact that the gross revenue from timber was $3,000,000, while the net cost of the Forestry Department to the province was only $341,000, or in a ratio of one to nine as between expense and revenue. The system of patrol has been augmented by what will be a complete system of communication by telephone and telegraph to give intelligence of fires. By a system of adequate protection and careful conservation of the timber areas YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA it is hoped to maintain the timber supply permanently undiminished. The chief forester states that there are in British Columbia 6,500,000,000 feet B. M. produced each year, or five times the annual cut, and that everywhere burned over and logged off lands are being rapidly reforested." RAILWAY BELT. Full returns showing the lumber cut in the railway belt during the calendar year 1913 have not yet been received. The returns up to date show the following quantities cut: 108,689,320 feet B. M. lumber . 12,767 1/3 cords wood 58,730,000 shingles 123,316 railway ties 295,991 lineal feet piling 29,423 telegraph poles 5,508 lineal feet cribbing The following quantities were cut during the fiscal year ending the 31st March, 1913: 127,674,638 feet B. M. lumber 330*^ cords wood i3&£?i 67,225,565 shingles 162,597 railway ties 133,206 lineal feet piling 8,948 telegraph poles TIMBER VALUES, PRESENT AND PROSPECTIVE. The following is an estimate made by Mr. McMillan, Chief Forester of the province, as to the present and prospective value of the timber as an asset to the Government of British Columbia: Timber (stand) 350,000,000,000 feet (very conservative) Ground rent 1,800,000 per year Royalty 600,000 Royalty reserved in timber figured at 1914 rate $210,000,000 Law provides for increase as lumber goes up in price: Figured at 1924 (estimated rate) $245,000,000 Figured at/1944 (estimated rate) 700,000,000 J YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA LAND SURVEYED AND UNSURVEYED. The following table gives an estimate of the total surveyed area in the province. These figures include surveyed areas within the lands transferred to the Dominion Government in 1884 in connection with the construction of the Canadian Pacific and Esquimalt and Nanaimo Railways. They must be taken as approximate only: h Area under In Railway Provincial Belts, Dom. Jurisdiction Govt. & B. & N. nds surveyed mineral claims surveyed Acres. 19,602,659 5,763,863 546,000 387,167 26,299,689 The following table shows the unsurveyed area to which more or less defined rights have been obtained by the public, and gives an idea of the extent of the duties of the staff in connection with private surveys. Figures for conditions at the end of last year are given for comparison: Applications to purchas •Pre-emption records . . Coal licences Applications to lease . Timber Licences 2,128 2,800 2,202 Estimated Area. 1,097 1,745 1,510 95 6,000 Acres. 1,300,000 310,000 1,400,000 10,445 Acres. 658,000 179,000 900,000 The following table shows for the past seven years the areas of land surveyed and dealt with under the various Statutes governing the alienation of Crown lands, mining rights, etc.: ; Pre Pur Mineral Timber Coal B.C. Govt. emption chases Claims Limits Licenses Surveys I Acres Acres Acres | Acres Acres | Acres Acres Acres 1907 . 50,460 162,218 10,017 83,016 20,367 4,387 113,968 444,433 1908 . 66,788 147,980 14,607 1 167,925 9,821 2,580 97,072 506,773 1909 . 71,316 145,325 10,744 426,121 8,310 15,239 512,373 1,189,428 1910 . 79,273 455,356 12,499 1 509,201 43,363 5,864 302,536 1,407,912 1911 . 89,485 1,352,809 21.325 [ 686,909 120,938 6,500 948,644 3,226,610 1912 .| 99,461 1,011,934 16,645 804,730 99,236 8,560 826,362 2,866,997 1913 . 55,202 1 508,062 18,043 11,181,365 f 72,719 4,740 1,014,366 2,854,487 388 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. TTV^tY.' WATER RIGHTS BRANCH. The Water Rights Branch of the Lands Department, under the new system of water control, is actively organizing a system of water records and investigating the entire subject of water rights and sources of water supply. The total number of old records before the board of investigation amounts to 7,260, of which 2,446 were investigated up to the 10th of December, 1913. Of these, 1,031 have been confirmed, 483 have been cancelled, and 932 are still undef consideration. The following are the amounts of record fees and rentals paid during the years 1910,. 1911, 1912 and 1913: Domestic $ 2,556 Municipal 1,559 Irrigation 21,357 Industrial 11,128 Power 72,974 Mining 11,637 Mineral Waters 81 $121,292 Total record fees and rentals of 1910 $ 4,057.18 Total record fees and rentals of 1911 49,591.04 Total record fees and rentals of 1912 29,849.08 Total record fees and rentals of 1913 . 37,794.60 Total revenue, making the sum of $121,291.90 The chairman of the board of investigation states in his annual report that, apart from the fees for recording water from year to year and rentals, the old records will, when fully adjusted, yield a revenue seven times what is at present received from that source. PUBLIC DEBT. The net debt of the province, exclusive of the $1,500,000 treasury bills .due 28th of May, 1914, is $8,500,000. When the proposed new loan of $10,- 000,000 is floated it will be $18,500,000. Against this there are arrears of land sales of $13,000,000 bearing interest at six per cent., and a 25% interest in 150 townsites. It is estimated that the value of the interest in the town- sites of Prince Rupert, Fort George and Smithers, and the provincial land adjacent to the city of Vancouver, is alone $35,000,000. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA S3 « c .5 s 0 r. ' i i ^ : i ! o oi B • : 53 36c_ hSbJE d°«~ mooOQMdSSSSfcfc ^ j? J> i" *T c3 "3 w e. , AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. g a ^si 3 ® K w^fi p Jt,jf o „ ft pic --+J a a Us "Si Is *pl| 5 p PI ©si . Eh^> i ;. jSo i 2 f?'S a fc>? | '£ 1 gj Q O p. 6* AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE—PROVINCE REVENUE. 1910-1911 1st April to 31st March 1911-1912 1st April to 31st March 1912-1913 1st April to 31st March - Dominion of Canada:— $ 29,151.06 150,000.00 142,925.60 100,000.00 100,000.00 2,431,231.36 321,586.98 18,052.97 $ 29,151.06 180,000.00 304,629.60 100,000.00 100,000.00 1,805,390.71 323,895.21 17,544.59 45,619.24 350.00 83,066.04 2,300,263.28 68,101.21 93,461.70 a 75J£|3h36 7,995.00 $ 29,151.06 180,000.00 323,338.40 ' 100,000.00 Do. special grant "B.N.A. Act, 1907" 100,000.00 2,344,596.52 301,184.95 22,053.48 49,984.03 230.00 106,857.75 2,357,951.32 68,937.86 105,319.55 92,498.00 7,815.00 200.00 46,203.69 37,294.41 200,459.88 30,992.30 613,092.22 210.25 Timber Leases 84,576.39 2,457,129.37 62,985.70 94,754.35 86,207.60 6,175.00 48,215.15 30,111.23 152,243.93 43,817.13 592,398.73 173,401.20 3,439.20 21,200.00 381,432.00 298,076.26 257,267.53 428,274.57 240,731.63 100,659.29 195,207.78 3,564.74 430.00 43,436.00 63,858.47 43,743.52 193,523.90 73,569.33 712,258.43 141,957.55 7,820.82 17,580.00 313,338.00 352,372.44 179,052.70 ■ 316,310.83 192,924.78 91,038.43 248,332.86 1,463.32 560.00 42,020.84 4,892.89 25,850.00 360,663.00 459,570.40 197,790.44 Wild Land Tax (including Coal and Timber Lands) 546,087.20 280,302.88 Mineral Tax 155,163.36 302,225.35 2,366.70 520.00 Tax on unworked Crown-granted Mineral Claims 42,733.43 127,776.49 38.91 917.00 26,274.07 308.30 793.45 1,066,000.00 23,817.81 248,772.40 19,080.07 20,827.04 27,518.64 82,657.79 62,751.48 115,111.43 203.91 662.50 32,004.09 5,532.62 1,449.66 1,432,660.94 21,500.00 329,220.00 19,080.07 26,454.46 27,239.61 26,988.67 90,735.38 87,162.70 47.20 863.00 35,541.08 4,101.87 3,017.16 Chinese Restriction (Act, 1884, Dominion Stat- 1,723,990.60 23,000.00 276,522.56 Dykes, Assessment Act, 1905 (tax on lands 19,080.07 28,829.81 25,210.93 32,170.00 290,457.71 Licences, Taxes, and Fees under "Fire Insurance Act" ...." 36,609.08 10,430,968.42 61,923.85 10,677,762.71 67,946.11 12,436,027.72 74,187.36 Unclaimed Money Deposits (reverted to the 10,492,892.27 10,745,708.82 12,510,215.08 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE—Continued. EXPENDITURE. ♦Sinking Funds (chargeable to investment account) as follows:— Trustees' acc't, "Loan Act, 1877".... Do. Interest invested, Do. "Loan Act, 1887".... Do. Interest invested, " Do. "Loan Acts, 1891, '93, '95, '99 and 1902" Do. Interest invested, Sinking Fund, "Dyking Assessments Adjustment Act, 1905" . Premium and Exchange . Discount and Commission Incidental Expenses of negotiating Loan, 1902 t Redemption of Debentures (Loan Act, ran . f Redemption of Debentures (Loan Act, 1903) t Redemption of $100,000 Dyking Debentures (purchased before maturity @ .91) t Do $71,000 " .93 t Do 25,000 " .95.....'. t Do 30,000 II.—Civil Government (Salaries) III.—Administration of Justice (Salaries) . IV.—Legislation -Public Institutions (Maintenance):— Printing Office Hospital for the Insane Museum Provincial Home Bureau of Mines Fisheries (hatcheries & administration) VI.—Hospitals and Charities VII.—Administration of Justice (other than Salaries) | VIIL—Education IX.—Transport X.—Rent XI.—Revenue Services XII.—Public Works:— Works and Buildings : Parliament Buildings i Government House, Victoria (see note)! Roads, Streets, Bridges and Wharves " Surveys New Westminster Bridge | Carried forward , 99,219.36 52,525.77 1911-1912 1st April to 31st March 1912 1913 1st April to 31st March 23,750.00 503,"6"76'.44 161,286.67 71,500.87 126,815, 131,329.73 6,523.72 15,721.' 4,421.03 17,508.86 304,605.01 689,141.75 54,251.00 8,577.22 10,036.14 99,219.36 57,909.97 875,609.73 28,374.65 74,171.95 93,666.32 169,971.04 2,221.28 14,129.81 3,261.25 17,650.57 366,904.92 272,808.06 783,295.47 91,912.29 52,349.25 1,818,402.95 2,525.15 5,584.54 28,500.00 857,092.24 43,489.89 132,008.89 83,082.30 7,557.38 13,580.93 • 3^23.26 30,688.63 393,369.21 451,205.69 944,037.71 84,428.50 94,566.55 2,815,648.50 18,348.76 3,072,696.90 2,995,732.92 473,267.06 4,790,461.24 $7,530,680.73|$8,181,350.22|$1,656,080.21 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE—Continued. Carried forward Irrigation Bridges Ferries „„ Subsidies to Steamboats Subsidies to Steamboats, Ferries, and Bridges „ $7,630,680.73 XHL--Miscellane* ..(see note) 861,593.5 8,181,350.22, $1,656,080.21 853,719!92 Nil! 42,710.85 Nil. 8,750.00 Nil. 13,236.05 3,912,366.8 8,392,273.38111,368,767.04 'Less amount of Sinking Fund as above, chargeable to Investment Account 169,720.431 175,742.69 15,626,805.96 181,983.94 fLess Redemption of Debentures as chargeable against Loans ,552.95111,193,024.35115,444,822.02 ,750.00 4,000.00 32,500.00 Net Expenditure 8,194,802.95 11,189,024.35 15,412,322.02 PROVINCIAL ASSESSMENT. On page 285 are given the particulars of the provincial assessment up to and including 1910. The following tables are for 1911, 1912 and 1913: Year 1911 Real propert; Wild land .... Coal land, B Timber land *.. _. Personal property-' ^L;. Incomes (general) " (corporation) Totals 1912 Roll®— '' Real property, improve Wild land Coal land "A" Coal land "B" Timber land Personal property Income (general) Income (corporations) . ssessed Value ! 68,906,586.75 | 10,373,711.71 | 1,978,787.70 I 1,146,030.50 I 6,890,051.06 | 37,146,773.69 | 8,532,369.62 | 9,656,261.57 | 71.90 | $1,450,830.08 '88.00 | $ 513,616.53 08.00 I 718,234.60 .29.00 20,651.85 192.00 I 23,651.29 160.00 | 150,059.19 26.00 | 223,326.69 105.00 j 231,611.17 192.00 | 115,693.01 Totals 1913 Rolls- $182,768,900.00 $102,838,630.00 19,787,430.56 1,644,314.00 1,702,948.32 8,329,032.29 49,313,957.00 16,443,590.30 13,492,393.10 $1,996,844.33 $ 627,218.57 873,549.01 16,443.14 34,058.96 Timber land . 166,580.61 252,535.52 Incomes (general) —„_....„... 304,403.07 97,625.38 $213,552,295.57 $2,372,414,26 394 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA RAILWAYS (Supplementary to Pag B The following particulars in regard to railways are taken from a report in a publication entitled "Railway Statistics" of the Dominion of Canada for the year ended June 30, 1913. The mileage of railway in British Columbia for the past seven years is given as follows: 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1686 miles 1733 1796 1832 1842 1855 1951 Mileage of railways under construction, not included in the foregoing, is as follows: Surveyed 1433.80 miles Under contract 1600.11 " Completed 837.52 In operation 13.00 " Total 3884.43 miles To the above is to be added 360 miles provided for during the session of the Legislative Assembly of 1914. TAXATION OF RAILWAYS, PROVINCIAL AND MUNICIPAL. 1909 $154,025 1910 220,687 1911 205,894 1912 205,286 1913 247,936 The amount of land grants to railways in British Columbia is 8,119,221 acres, exclusive of concessions to the Dominion on account of railways. The cash aid to railways by British Columbia amounts to $223,202. With respect to the guarantees of the Canadian Northern Pacific Railway during the session of the Legislative Assembly of 1914, the guarantees above recited were increased by $10,000 per mile for 511 miles, the rate of interest being 4^%. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. With respect to the Pacific Great Eastern Railway, provision was made for a guarantee of bonds on an extension of 30 miles at $35,000 per mile; bonds bearing interest at 4^%. Also for a continuation of the line of railway from Fort George to the Dominion Peace River block, a distance of 330 miles; the guarantee of bonds being at the rate of $35,000 per mile, at 4%%. Also for an increase of the guarantee from Vancouver to Fort George of 47,000 per mile for 480 miles. The liabilities of the Province in respect to the guarantee of interest and principal on railway bonds is as follows: Canadian Northern Pacific $47,976,000 Pacific Great Eastern 31,710,000 Nakusp & Slocan 647,072 Total $80,333,072 RAILWAYS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. (Year Ending June 30th, 1913.) Bedlington & Nelson British Yukon (l)*Canadian Pacific Crows Nest Southern Eastern British Columbia Esquimalt & Nanaimo (2) Kaslo & Slocan Kettle Valley Morrisey, Fernie & Michel Nelson & Fort Sheppard New Westminster Southern Red Mountain Vancouver Copper Co.'s Rly Victoria, Vancouver & Eastern ... Victoria & Sidney Victoria Terminal Ry. & Ferry Co. Wellington Colliery 5,891 ?,694 5,178 J.59P 2.00 65,036 295, 25,904 123, 3,344 118, 2,116| $1,000,000 61,9641 4,978,879 282,298 163,869 478,570 2,637 851,758 31,112 63,303 22,912 1,447,789* 45,282 815,000 1,279,507 2,816,800 600,000 412,600 19/05*0*666 403,000 250 500,000 NOTE.—The minus sign indicates a loss. Footnote (1)—The statistics in regard to the main and branch lines Canadian Pacific Railway in British Columbia cannot be segregate the returns for the whole Dominion, and are therefore not given. Footnote (2)—The Kaslo & Slocan Railway was abandoned by the Great em Railway and the depletion of rolling stock and rails by the company. It is now being reconstructed by the Canadian Pacific ] under an arrangement with the Government. YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA BRITISH COLUMBIA ELECTRIC RAILWAY VANCOUVER. The present status of the British Columbia Electric Railway, which includes in its operations transportation, light and power, was as follows, December 31, 1913: Miles of street railway within city limits 57.69 Miles of street railway outside city limits 37.57 GREATER VANCOUVER. Constructed during the year 1913, miles 11.29 Passenger cars maintained 206 Incandescent lamps in use 650,000 Arc lamps 545 Street lights 2,513 VICTORIA. Miles of street railway within city limits 30.55 Miles of street railway outside city limits 9.71 Miles constructed during the year 2.36 Passenger cars maintained 53 Incandescent lamps in use 215,000 Arc lamps 74 SAANICH. Victoria to Deep Bay, officially opened June 28; miles 24.20 Passenger and baggage cars maintained 7 NORTH VANCOUVER. Constructed within city limits, miles 7.81 Constructed outside city limits, miles 3.26 Passenger cars maintained 18 Incandescent lamps in use 24,453 Arc lamps 11 Street lights 209 LULU ISLAND AND EBURNE-WESTMINSTER. Miles under operation 40.05 Miles constructed during 1913 0.21 Passenger cars maintained 11 LADNER. Incandescent lamps maintained 2,478 BURNABY. Vancouver to New Westminster:— Mileage within municipality 10.24 Mileage outside municipality 6.91 Incandescent lamps maintained 17,205 Arc lamps 4 Street lights 207 PORT MOODY. Incandescent lamps maintained 1,127 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. POINT GREY. In operation within municipality, miles 15.29 Incandescent lamps '. 35,070 Arc lamps 1 Street lights 323 RICHMOND. Incandescent lamps in use 3,942 Arc lamps 3 NEW WESTMINSTER. •Miles within municipality 14.03 Miles outside municipality 2.12 Passenger cars maintained 13 To Millside and Queensboro, miles 2.12 Passenger cars maintained on Interurban Division 32 Mileage of Interurban Division 12.38 (Total mileage 27.42, of which 8.75 miles are within the limits of New Westminster and Vancouver, and 18.67 miles in the municipalities of South Vancouver and Burnaby.) FRASER VALLEY. Miles between New Westminster and Chilliwack 77.27 Number of trains operated daily 8 Incandescent lamps in Fraser Valley 2,980 Incandescent lamps in city of Chilliwack 7,513 Incandescent lamps in Fort Langley and Cloverdale 22 POWER. There are two generating stations located on the North Arm of Burrard Inlet, near Lake Buntzen. Energy from Lake Buntzen at 40,000 volts is at present delivered to Vancouver sub-station within a radius of 80 miles. On completion of a transformer station at Hastings, the voltage of transmission will be increased to 60,000 from Lake Buntzen to Hastings. On Vancouver Island, the main generation station is located on the west Coast of Vancouver Island at the outlet of the Jordan River, 40 miles from Victoria. For additional storage capacity, a large reinforced concrete dam has been built across Jordan River. Power is generated at 2,300 volts, and transmitted to the sub-station at Victoria at 60,000 volts. From the substation the city and surrounding districts are served. W YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA HIGHWAYS. There are at present about 20,000 miles of roads and trails in the Province, costing approximately $35,000,000. - During the past 10 years there has been expended in the Province on roads and bridges, the sum of approximately $20,000,000. TELEGRAPHS. Owing to the number of railway lines under construction and the extension of existing systems, it is impossible to give anything like a correct statement of the increase of telegraphs since 1911, although the number of miles of new wiring has been very great. TELEPHONES. On January 1st, 1911, there were 20,000 telephones in use in the Province, exclusive of the telephones of the Okanagan Telephone Company. That number was increased to 42,000 at the end of 1913. COMMERCE AND SHIPPING Clearing house returns for the year 1910 and for previous years are given at page 327. For 1911 and 1912 the monthly clearings at Victoria and Vancouver have been as follows: Victoria— 1911 1912 1913 January $ 9,013,716 $ 11,902,519 $ 15,987,507 February 9,078,881 12,610,627 13,950,100 March 12,358,220 13,246,577 15,335,494 April 11,693,804 14,683,203 15,294,112 May „ 12,670,535 14,814,154 16,555,539 June 11,361,784 14,775,923 .>?15»18A040. July 1;'im5l\$zi 14,067,927 15,428,229 August 11,394,981 16,254,589 14,133,320 September Siffii 9,652,304 15,266,380 13,852,444 October 11,527,732 17,772,643 15,227,359 November 12,869,885 18,119,381 12,772,795 December 11,753,343 17,030,315 13,260,135 |$134,929,816|$183,544,238|$176,977,074 BANK CLEARINGS. Vancouver— 1911 1912 January February ... March April May June July August September October November . December . 8,953,2891$ 48, 6,529,964 " 4,084,854 1,337,756 6,522,543 5,558,690 3,239,102 7,232,335 7,008,169| 9,210,372* 4,031,618 9,775,662 371,226 351,107 902,878 324,013 979,196 781,824 840,212 929,314 896,987 492,120 815,185 434,815 Total for British Columbia, 52,431,3 50,641,4 47,535,1 54,383,2 54,445,0 49,389,2 51,411,8 47,436,3 51,812,9 51,891,3 47,711,8 47,810,9 |$543,484,354|$644,118,877[$606,899,710 AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. BUILDING RETURNS. | 1911 Vancouver |$17,652,642 Victoria | 4,026,315 New Westminster | 1,124,587 Nelson | 166,700 Nanaimo j | Vernon 1912 1913 $19,428,432|$10,423,197 8,208,155| 4,037,992 1,634,528| 958,975 273,865| I 292,660 | 175,068 The available returns show that the volume of building business for 1913 was about half of the previous year. Generally speaking, business blocks are now adequate for a time, and that, except for special purposes and residences, there will be a lull in building operations. INLAND REVENUE. 1911 Excise |" $766,553| Seizures | 2,553| Weights and Measures | 3,651| Gas Inspection ; . . i 3,466| Electric Light Inspection | 11,480| Sundries j 1.001J $8-89,5021 150] 3,548| $995,646 304 4,049 $788,804| $908,156 BUSINESS FAILURES. (Supplementary to Page 327.) | 1911 1912 | 1913 No ^ 129 145 $478,955 766,129 317 | $579,259 $1,187,457 Liabilities | 948,549 1,378,564 Although the number of failures in 1913 was more than double that of 1912, the assets, as compared with the liabilities, are more favorable than in any previous year, showing that while business was on a comparatively sounder basis, the financial stringency was responsible for the increase of suspensions. SHIPPING STATISTICS SEA-GOING AND COASTING VESSELS ENTERED AND CLEARED AT BRITISH COLUMBIA PORTS DURING TWELVE MONTHS ENDING MARCH 31, 1911, 1912 AND 1913. Year. Arrived. Departed. j Tons. j No. Tons. 1913 . . | 5,287 | 4,347,527 4,959 4,985 3,776 | 4,120,233 1 4,933 | 4,584,738 | 4,618,430 1911 . 3,744 | 2,362,693 | 3,718,054 COASTING VESSELS. Year. No. Tons. No. Tons. 1 25,456 | 9,523,139 35,892 22,592 19,187 | 9,331,509 26,610 1 7,212,593 | 7,540,163 1911 . 1 22,048 | 6,011,523 | 6,193,079 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA SHIP-BUILDING. Statement showing description, number and tonnage of vessels built and registered in British Columbia, 1911, 1912 and 1913. Year. No. Tons. | No. | Tons. 1913 121 | 9,913 | 111 | 8,915 | 67 | 2,739 | 62 47 1912 9,093 1911 POSTAL STATISTICS 1910 1911 1912 210 427,231 $7,929,038 235 541,700 $10,141,107 679,017 $12,269,040 Total sums received on acct. money orders.... Estimated number of letters and other articles of mail matter posted in British Columbia during years ending March 31st, 1911 and 1912. 1911 1912 46,677,000 2,247,000 1,129,000 5,983,507 56,386,000 2,714,000 1,364,000 7,227,876 Other mail matter Revenues of offices in operation in British Columbia for years ending March 31, 1911 and 1912. ♦Revenue— 1911 1912 Nanaimo $ 14,825 25,168 30,883 8,017 348,780 108,344 536,017 $853,545 613 46,677,000 $ 16,170.46 26,972.08 39,928.95 7,907.41 429,525.21 135,285.96 375,558.00 $1,031,348.00 672 56,386,000 *The report of the Postmaster-General for 1913 has not yet been received; hence statistics for the year are not available. AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. H eo 3 s pq m 0 £ s I ' Z <a 11 p" .9 Ph -CJ 1 I Ph O Ph X § 1 | | 1 Ph O 1 1 a « 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 ii 1 | 1 o 1 3 1 -2 ' SohnShnnS® SS s SEr" ft M H o ft 1 II ilium |ll| 1 Exports flllpll 1113 cf ft 5 SSoS^SSt^^So? lo if j i 1 fx 1 •p '"5 c i E c | 2 2 .p I Z > w 2 S [ o 1 0*0 1 | § Illllli ft pi S^oSSSnSi^ 1 >> 1 ctf- Pi O1 ilSsiili j § ps ©SSSSoSoS 1 I PS (OMMffllOOO i 1 if 1 P Pi o Ph O | i p | c p o 0 C 3 O i i AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. HOSPITALS. On pages 333-4 is given a list of hospitals aided by the Government. Since the issue of the 1911 edition the list has been augmented by fifteen, including institutions at the following places: Duncan, Merritt, Fort Steele, Salmon Arm, Ladysmith, Nicola, Port Essington, Nakusp, Kelowna, Telegraph Creek, Fort George, Lytton, Baynes Lake and (St. Joseph's) Victoria. VITAL STATISTICS AND POPULATION From the report of the registrar of births, deaths and marriages, the following figures are obtained: 1911 1912 1913 5,841 8,008 9,199 4,619 12,586 It will thus be seen that the natural increase in population in three years has been 10,462. From figures given by the Dominion immigration returns, the population of British Columbia has increased from outside sources about 136,000 during 1911, 1912 and 1913. If we add the natural increase and the estimated inflow of 15,000 from other provinces, we get an increase in all of 151,000 since census taking in 1911. If we deduct 25,000 from this number as attributable to departures from the province during the same time, we get an estimated population of about 525,000. It is impossible to get accurate figures outside of actual censes taking, as there is no official record of those who come from . eastern provinces or of those who depart from the province. However, if the returns made by the Dominion Government are at all reliable, the result must be about as estimated. For the calendar years of 1912 and 1913 the Dominion figures show an immigration to British Columbia of 56,817 and 43,969, respectively. CITIES AND TOWNS. Cities. Popu ; i9ii. ation. 1901. Cities. Popuh 1911. ~ 4,476 " 13,199 8,196 662 4,184 3,017 2,826 151 1,460 100,401 2,671 31,660 itlon. 1901. 1 3,090 1,196 164 1,640 1,012 1,359 1,594 450 261 746 6,130 Nelson 5,273 Chilliwack ... 1,657 New Westminster ... North Vancouver . . . 6,489 ... 1,237 Enderby 835 ... 3,146 866 Prince Rupert ... 1,577 1,600 6,156 Kamloops \..\ 3,772 Trail 1,360 1,663 27,010 . 3,295 802 703 Victoria 20,919 Nanaimo ...| 8,306 YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA AREA AND POPULATION OF BRITISH COLUMBIA BY PROVINCIAL ELECTORAL DIVISIONS. Alberni Atlin Cariboo Chilliwack Columbia Comox Cowichan Cranbrook Delta Dewdney Esquimalt Fernie Grand Forks Greenwood The Islands Kamloops Kaslo Lillooet Nanaimo Nelson (c) Newcastle New Westminster Okanagan Revelstoke ♦Richmond (part) ♦Richmond (part) Rossland Saanich Similkameen Skeena Slocan Vancouver Victoria Ymir Areas in 1911. Population. Acres. i Male. Female. Totals. 3,699,840 2,813 1,269 4,082 31,412,380 2,173 1,009 3,182 83,667,680 4,648 1,345 5.993 215,040 4,784 2,731 7,515 4,428,800 2,424 700 3,124 6,134,992 7,439 1,983 9,422 652,800 2,459 1,405 3,864 2,936,320 3,382 1,012 4,394 207,360 5,726 2,925 8,651 2,219,200 8,019 3,296 11,315 528,000 4,365 1,554 5,919 2,179,840 6,109 2,536 8,645 523,520 2,012 902 2,914 231,680 1,099 458 1,557 117,930 1,418 900 2,318 6,709,970 5,525 2,837 8,362 1,761,060 873 354 1,227 11,698,240 1,759 1,139 2,898 1,738,880 20,124 11,698 31,822 536 2,630 1,846 4,476 .399,840 1,361 733 2,094 3,100,480 35,906 19,773 55,679 2,554,400 6,998 4,277 11,275 2,564,020 2,128 527 2,655 1,833,600 1,583 453 2,036 57,600 4,837 2,411 • 7,248 1,920 1,622 1,204 2,826 39,680 3,662 2,364 6,026 2,983,680 2,772 1,362 4,132 48,600,074 13,147 4,973 18,120 1,126,080 2,045 860 2,905 100,401 1,894 19,089 12,571* 31,660 2,294,300 5,671 3,263 8,934 ♦The details as given in the Census volume { segregate owing to over-lapping of divisions. . little difficult to properly RURAL AND URBAN POPULATION. Provinces and Districts. British Columbia . Comox-Atlin Kootenay Nanaimo New Westminster Vancouver City ... Victoria City Yale and Cariboo . Urban. ML Augmentation Rural Urban 203,684| 88,4781 5,421 20,725 18,888 13,736 11,601 15,417 19,997 16,031 103,456 1,885 31,660| 12,661| 20,684 90,179 100,3181 732 16,117 18,226 18,148 6,876 4,804 7,945 19,651 27.01C 18,561 20,915 8,471 23,037| 113,505 4,689 662 4,725 12,052 76,446 10,741 4,190 ^gggg^^^^^g^^^^^ AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. POPULATION OF CITIES AND TOWNS HAVING 4,000 INHABITANTS AND OVER IN 1911 COMPARED WITH 1871-81-91-1901. Vancouver Victoria ♦New Westminster ♦Nanaimo North Vancouver .. Prjnee Rupert ♦Nelson 1911 j 1901 I 1891 13,7091 16,8411 6,678| 4,5951 L I 00,401 27,010 31,660 20,919 13,199 6,499 8,306 6,130 8,196 4,184 4,476 5,273 5.92E 1.50C 1.64E ♦The census of British Columbia of 1871 was not taken by the Dominion Government, but by local authorities, and was more or less imperfect. Nanaimo and district was given as 729; New Westminster city and district was given as 1,256. Nelson had a small population in 1891. DOMINION ELECTORAL DIVISIONS. British Columbia Comox-Atlin Kootenay Nanaimo New Westminster Vancouver City Victoria City Yale and Cariboo Male. Fem 251,619 140,861 30,969 11,294 33,974 16,798 20,124 11,698 35,906 19,773 74,390 49,512 19,089 12,571 37,167 19,215 392,480 42,263 | 50,772 31,822 55,679 123,902 31,660 56,382 e^y^vc) YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA INDEX ADDENDA. Addenda Errata L Dates in Our History Legislative Assembly and Officials—Province Provincial Election Returns Dominion Election Returns—Province of British Columbia... Dominion Government Officials Educational Fisheries - ,. Agriculture and Horticulture Timber and Forestry Public Debt „ Municipal Statistics Revenue and Expenditure, Province - Provincial Assessment Railways Highways ..-. Telegraphs Telephones Commerce and Shipping Bank Clearings Building Returns Inland Revenue Business Failures - Shipping Statistics Postal Statistics Manufactures of British Columbia Imports and Exports Mineral Output Hospitals Vital Statistics and Population Index Addenda Page 359 359 360 ...365-370 -371-373 374 375 ...376 ...377-378 ...379-384 ...384-388 388 , ...389-390 ...391-393 393 ...394-397 398 398 398 398 398 399 399 399 ...399-400 §§§§8 •ft* 0*5 "TnTOTE OIF1 TT!-^"^T, A TnT A TTQ1V A number of copies of the 1911 edition of the Year Book of British Columbia still remaining unbound, it was decided to add a section including the statistics for the years 1911, 1912, and 1913, bringing the information contained therein up to date. There have also been added three full page illustrations, portraits of the new members of the legislature elected in 1912, and the representatives of British Columbia in the House of Commons at Ottawa. This copy is presented with the compliments of the Government of British Columbia. Please acknowledge receipt on the form attached addressed to The King's Printer, Victoria, B.C. Received from the Government of British Columbia one copy of the Year Booh of British Columbia (1911, with supplements). Signature Address , 19U mm •K«o*.| \-iA ""-'
Includes index. Other copies: http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/977251114
Books
English
Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library
Victoria : Authority Legislative Assembly
Images provided for research and reference use only. For permission to publish, copy, or otherwise distribute these images please contact digital.initiatives@ubc.ca.
Original Format: University of British Columbia. Library. Rare Books and Special Collections. F5803.1 .Y39
British Columbia
Yukon Territory
The Year book of British Columbia and manual of provincial information
Text